IMC GLOBAL INC
10-K, 1999-03-29
AGRICULTURAL CHEMICALS
Previous: DREYFUS CASH MANAGEMENT PLUS INC, NSAR-B, 1999-03-29
Next: VARIABLE ACCOUNT I OF AIG LIFE INS CO, 24F-2NT, 1999-03-29





<PAGE>
===============================================================================
                               SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                                     Washington, D.C.  20549

                                           FORM 10-K
	
                  X      ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF 
        ---     THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 (FEE REQUIRED)

                           For the year ended December 31, 1998
                               Commission file number 1-9759

                                        IMC GLOBAL INC.
                   (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

                           Delaware                      36-3492467
                (State or other jurisdiction of       (I.R.S. Employer
                 incorporation or organization)        Identification No.)

                     2100 Sanders Road                     60062
                     Northbrook, Illinois                (Zip Code)
           (Address of principal executive offices)

             Registrant's telephone number, including area code:  (847) 272-9200
                 Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class                  Name of each exchange on which registered
- - -------------------                  -----------------------------------------
Common Stock, par value $1 per share    New York and Chicago Stock Exchanges
Preferred Share Purchase Rights         New York and Chicago Stock Exchanges
Warrants to Purchase Common Stock       New York Stock Exchange

            Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  NONE

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports 
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the 
Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to 
such filing requirements for the past 90 days.        
Yes X  No 
   ---   ---     

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 
of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the 
best of Registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements 
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to 
this Form 10-K.  [    ]

State the aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates 
of the Registrant:  $2,168,229,493 as of March 15, 1999.  Market value is 
based on the March 15, 1999 closing price of Registrant's common stock as 
reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transactions for such date.

APPLICABLE ONLY TO CORPORATE REGISTRANTS:  Indicate the number of shares 
outstanding of each of the Registrant's classes of common stock: 114,342,634 
shares, excluding 10,738,520 treasury shares as of March 15, 1999.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE, IN PART:  Information required by Items 
6, 7, 7a and 8 of Part II is incorporated by reference to the sections of the 
Registrant's 1998 Annual Report to Stockholders described in such Items.  
Information required by Items 10, 11, 12 and 13 of Part III is incorporated by 
reference to the sections of the Registrant's definitive proxy statement for 
the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on April 27, 1999.
===============================================================================

<PAGE>

                        1998 FORM 10-K CONTENTS


Item                                                              Page

Part I:

1.      Business                                                    1
           Company Profile                                          1
           Business Unit Information                                2
           Factors Affecting Demand                                14
           Other Matters                                           14
           Executive Officers of the Registrant                    15
2.      Properties                                                 17
3.      Legal Proceedings                                          17
4.      Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders        19

Part II:

5.      Market for the Registrant's Common Stock and Related  
         Stockholder Matters                                       19
6.      Selected Financial Data                                    19
7.      Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results of 
         Operations and Financial Condition                        20
7a.     Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about 
         Market Risk                                               20
8.      Financial Statements and Supplementary Data                20
9.      Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on
         Accounting and Financial Disclosure                       20

Part III:

10.     Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant         20
11.     Executive Compensation                                     20
12.     Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and 
         Management                                                20
13.     Certain Relationships and Related Transactions             20

Part IV:

14.     Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports 
         on Form 8-K                                               21

Signatures                                                         33


<PAGE>

PART I.

Item 1.  Business.(1)

         COMPANY PROFILE

         IMC Global Inc. (the Company or IMC) is one of the world's 
         leading producers and distributors of crop nutrients to the 
         international agricultural community, one of the foremost 
         manufacturers and distributors of animal feed ingredients to 
         the worldwide industry and one of the world's leading 
         producers of salt. The Company mines, processes and 
         distributes potash in the United States and Canada and is the 
         majority joint venture partner in IMC-Agrico Company 
         (IMC-Agrico), a leading producer, marketer and distributor of 
         phosphate crop nutrients and animal feed ingredients.  The 
         Company also mines, processes and distributes salt products in 
         the United States, Canada and Europe, including water 
         conditioning, agricultural, industrial, consumer and road 
         salt.  In addition, the Company, through its interest in 
         Phosphate Resource Partners Limited Partnership (PLP), 
         participates in the exploration and production of oil & gas 
         (Exploration Program) through its agreement with McMoRan 
         Exploration Company (MMR), formerly McMoRan Oil & Gas Co. 
         (MOXY).  The Company's current operational structure consists 
         of six business units corresponding to its major product lines 
         as follows:  IMC-Agrico Phosphates (phosphates), IMC Kalium 
         (potash), IMC Salt (salt), IMC-Agrico Feed Ingredients (animal 
         feed), IMC AgriBusiness (wholesale and retail distribution) 
         and IMC Chemicals (soda ash and other inorganic chemicals). As 
         a result of the pending divestitures of IMC AgriBusiness and 
         IMC Chemicals, the future operational structure of the Company 
         will be comprised of the following four business units: IMC-
         Agrico Phosphates (Phosphates), IMC Kalium (Kalium), IMC Salt 
         (Salt) and IMC-Agrico Feed Ingredients (Feed Ingredients). 

         IMC and PLP have a 56.5 percent and 43.5 percent, 
         respectively, direct economic interest in IMC-Agrico over the 
         term of the joint venture.  IMC owns 51.6 percent of the 
         outstanding PLP limited partnership units.  As a result, the 
         Company's total interest in IMC-Agrico is approximately 78.9 
         percent. 

<PAGE>

         The three major nutrients required for plant growth are 
         phosphorus, contained in phosphate rock; potassium, contained 
         in potash; and nitrogen.  Phosphorus plays a key role in the 
         photosynthesis process.  Potassium is an important regulator 
         of plants' physiological functions.  Nitrogen is an essential 
         element for most organic compounds in plants.  These elements 
         occur naturally in the soil but need to be replaced as crops 
         remove them from the soil.  Currently, no viable substitutes 
         exist to replace the role of phosphate, potash and nitrogen in 
         the development and maintenance of high-yield crops. Salt 
         serves several high volume applications where there is either 
         no substitute or no economical substitute. It is an essential 
         nutrient for animal health and is used universally to season 
         food, as a food preservative and as an additive to livestock 
         feed products. It also is the primary material used to provide 
         safe highways, walkways and parking lots. It is used 
         extensively in manufacturing many chemicals where it is the 
         most economical source of both sodium and chlorine. Another  
         large volume application is for both industrial and consumer 
         water conditioning where it removes other minerals and hence 
         "softens" or conditions water.

         The Company believes that it is one of the most efficient 
         North American producers of concentrated phosphates, potash, 
         salt and animal feed ingredients.   IMC's business strategy 
         focuses on maintaining and growing its leading position as a 
         crop nutrient, animal feed and salt producer and distributor 
         through extensive customer service, efficient distribution and 
         transportation as well as supplying products worldwide at 
         competitive prices, largely by capitalizing on economies of 
         scale and state-of-the-art technology to reduce costs.  

         For additional information on the Company's acquisition and 
         divestiture activity, see Note 2, "Acquisitions," Note 4, 
         "Discontinued Operations" and Note 5, "Other Divestitures," of 
         Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part 
         II, Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data," of 
         this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

         BUSINESS UNIT INFORMATION

         The amounts and relative proportions of net sales and 
         operating earnings contributed by the business units of the 
         Company have varied from year to year and may continue to do 
         so in the future as a result of changing business, economic 
         and competitive conditions as well as technological 
         developments.

<PAGE>

         In the fourth quarter of 1998, the Company initiated a 
         restructuring of its operations (Restructuring Plan).  One 
         initiative of the Restructuring Plan was the combination of 
         operating activities of Phosphates and Kalium in order to 
         realize certain operating and staff function synergies.  The 
         following business unit information discusses Phosphates and 
         IMC Kalium separately as they are still considered two 
         distinct business units.  The following business unit 
         discussion should be read in conjunction with the information 
         contained in Part II, Item 7, "Management's Discussion and 
         Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," of 
         this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

         IMC-Agrico Phosphates
         ---------------------
         Net sales for Phosphates were $1,572.8 million, $1,484.8 
         million and $1,661.3 million for the years ended December 31, 
         1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.  Phosphates is a leading 
         United States miner of phosphate rock, one of the primary raw 
         materials used in the production of concentrated phosphates, 
         with 20.0 million tons of annual capacity.  Phosphates is also 
         a leading United States producer of concentrated phosphates 
         with an annual capacity of approximately four million tons of 
         phosphoric acid (P2O5).  P2O5 is an industry term indicating a 
         product's phosphate content measured chemically in units of 
         phosphorous pentoxide.  Phosphate's concentrated phosphate 
         products are marketed worldwide to crop nutrient 
         manufacturers, distributors and retailers.

         Phosphates' facilities, which produce concentrated phosphate, 
         are located in central Florida and Louisiana.  Its annual 
         capacity represents approximately 32 percent of total United 
         States concentrated phosphate production capacity and 
         approximately ten percent of world capacity.  The Florida 
         concentrated phosphate facilities consist of three plants:  
         New Wales, Nichols and South Pierce.  The New Wales complex is 
         the largest concentrated phosphate plant in the world with an 
         estimated annual capacity of 1.8 million tons of phosphoric 
         acid (P2O5 equivalent).  New Wales primarily produces four 
         forms of concentrated phosphates: diammonium phosphate (DAP), 
         monoammonium phosphate (MAP), granular triple superphosphate 
         (GTSP) and merchant grade phosphoric acid.  The Nichols 
         facility manufactures phosphoric acid, DAP and granular MAP 
         (GMAP).  The South Pierce plant produces phosphoric acid and 
         GTSP.  The Louisiana concentrated phosphate facilities consist 
         of three plants: Uncle Sam, Faustina and Taft.  The Uncle Sam 

<PAGE>

         plant produces phosphoric acid which is then shipped to the 
         Faustina and Taft plants where it is used to produce DAP and 
         GMAP.  The Faustina plant manufactures phosphoric acid, DAP, 
         GMAP and ammonia.  The Taft facility manufactures DAP and 
         GMAP.  Concentrated phosphate operations are managed in order 
         to balance Phosphates' output with customer needs.  Phosphates 
         suspended phosphoric acid production at its Nichols facility 
         in October 1998 and suspended production at its Taft facility 
         in November 1998 in response to reduced market demands.  The 
         Taft facility subsequently resumed production in January 1999.

         Summarized below are descriptions of the principal raw 
         materials used in the production of concentrated phosphates: 
         phosphate rock, sulphur and ammonia.

         Phosphate Rock
         All six of the Company's phosphate mines and related mining 
         operations are located in central Florida. Phosphates extracts 
         phosphate ore through surface mining after removal of a ten to 
         50 foot layer of sandy overburden and then processes the ore 
         at one of its beneficiation plants where the ore goes through 
         washing, screening, sizing and flotation procedures designed 
         to separate it from sands, clays and other foreign materials.  
         Currently, four of the Company's phosphate mines are operating 
         while one was idled in November 1998 and another was idled in 
         January 1999.  One of the operating mines will permanently  
         close in mid-1999 pursuant to the Restructuring Plan.  The 
         present mining plan, developed in conjunction with the 
         Restructuring Plan, anticipates the re-start of the two idle 
         mines in the second half of 1999.  The mining plan was 
         developed to maximize the available resources, lower the cost 
         of producing rock and manage the level of phosphate rock 
         inventory.

         Phosphates' phosphate rock production volume for the years 
         ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996 totaled 20.0 million, 
         20.0 million and 22.5 million tons, respectively. Anticipated 
         production in 1999 will be less than the prior years as 
         Phosphates reduces its level of rock inventory through the 
         temporary idling of the two mines.  Although Phosphates sells 
         phosphate rock to other crop nutrient and animal feed 
         ingredient manufacturers, it primarily uses phosphate rock 
         internally in the production of concentrated phosphates.  Tons 
         used internally, primarily in the manufacture of concentrated 
         phosphates, totaled 14.8 million, 14.1 million and 14.3 
         million for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, 

<PAGE>

         respectively, representing 74 percent, 70 percent and 64  
         percent, respectively, of total tons produced.  Product 
         shipments to customers totaled 5.0 million, 4.6 million and 
         6.5 million tons for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 
         and 1996, respectively.  Customer shipments have been reduced 
         in order to maximize relative values of rock and concentrated 
         phosphates by utilizing high-quality reserves for internal 
         upgrading.

         Phosphates estimates its proven reserves to be 530.0 million 
         tons of phosphate rock as of December 31, 1998.  These 
         reserves are controlled by Phosphates through ownership, long-
         term lease, royalty or purchase option agreements.  Reserve 
         grades range from 58 percent to 78 percent bone phosphate of 
         lime (BPL), with an average grade of 66 percent BPL.  BPL is 
         the standard industry term used to grade the quality of 
         phosphate rock.  The phosphate rock mined by Phosphates in the 
         last three years averaged 65 percent BPL, which management 
         believes is typical for phosphate rock mined in Florida during 
         this period.  Phosphates estimates its reserves based upon the 
         performance of exploration core drilling as well as technical 
         and economic analyses to determine that reserves so classified 
         can be economically mined at market prices estimated to 
         prevail during the next five years.

         Phosphates also owns or controls phosphate rock resources in 
         the southern extension of the central Florida phosphate 
         district (Resources).  Resources are mineralized deposits 
         which may be economically recoverable; however, additional 
         geostatistical analyses, including further explorations, 
         permitting and mining feasibility studies, are required before 
         such deposits may be classified as reserves.  Based upon its 
         preliminary analyses of these Resources, Phosphates believes 
         that these mineralized deposits differ in physical and 
         chemical characteristics from those historically mined by 
         Phosphates but are similar to certain of the reserves being 
         mined in current operations.  These Resources contain 
         estimated recoverable phosphate rock of approximately 114.0 
         million tons.  Some of these Resources are located in what may 
         be classified as preservational wetland areas under standards 
         set forth in current county, state and federal environmental 
         protection laws and regulations, and consequently, the         
         Company's ability to mine these Resources may be restricted.

<PAGE>

         Sulphur
         A significant portion of Phosphates' sulphur requirements is 
         provided by the sulphur subsidiary of MMR under a supply 
         agreement with the Company.  Phosphates' remaining sulphur 
         requirements are provided by market contracts. 

         Ammonia
         Phosphates' ammonia needs are supplied by its Faustina ammonia 
         production facility and by world suppliers, primarily under 
         annual and multi-year contracts.  Production from the Faustina 
         plant, which has an estimated annual capacity of 560,000 tons 
         of anhydrous ammonia, is used internally to produce certain 
         concentrated phosphates.

         Sales and Marketing
         Domestically, Phosphates sells its concentrated phosphates to 
         crop nutrient manufacturers, distributors and retailers.  The 
         Company also uses concentrated phosphates internally for the 
         production of animal feed ingredients (see IMC-Agrico Feed 
         Ingredients).  Virtually all of Phosphates' export sales of 
         phosphate crop nutrients are marketed through the Phosphate 
         Chemicals Export Association (PhosChem), a Webb-Pomerene Act 
         organization, which the Company administers on behalf of three 
         other member companies.  PhosChem believes that its sales 
         represent approximately 53 percent of total United States 
         exports of concentrated phosphates. The countries which 
         account for the largest amount of PhosChem's sales of 
         concentrated phosphates include China, Australia, India, Japan 
         and Brazil.  In 1998, Phosphates' exports to Asia and China 
         were 48 percent and  27 percent, respectively, of total 
         shipments.

         The table below shows Phosphates' shipments of concentrated 
         phosphates in thousands of dry product tons, primarily DAP:

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    1998         1997         1996
                                ------------------------------------
                                 Tons    %    Tons    %    Tons    %
                                ------------------------------------
         <S>                    <C>    <C>   <C>    <C>   <C>    <C>
         Domestic      
           Customers            2,373   32   2,065   29   2,350   32
           Captive, to other 
            business units        563    8     615    9     581    8
                                -----  ---   -----  ---   -----  ---
                                2,936   40   2,680   38   2,931   40
      
         Export                 4,377   60   4,425   62   4,451   60
                                -----  ---   -----  ---   -----  ---
         Total shipments        7,313  100   7,105  100   7,382  100
                                =====  ===   =====  ===   =====  ===
</TABLE>

         As of December 31, 1998, Phosphates had contractual 
         commitments from non-affiliated customers for the shipment of 
         concentrated phosphates and phosphate rock amounting to 
         approximately 2.7 million tons and 5.2 million tons, 
         respectively, in 1999.

         Competition
         Phosphates operates in a highly competitive global market.  
         Among the competitors in the global phosphate crop nutrient 
         market are domestic and foreign companies, as well as foreign 
         government-supported producers.  Phosphate crop nutrient 
         producers compete primarily based on price and, to a lesser 
         extent, product quality and innovation.  IMC Kalium Net sales 
         for the Kalium business unit were $700.1 million, $617.4 
         million and $464.8 million for the years ended December 31, 
         1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

         Kalium mines, processes and distributes potash in the United 
         States and Canada.  The term "potash" applies generally to the 
         common salts of potassium. Kalium's products are marketed 
         worldwide to crop nutrient manufacturers, distributors and 
         retailers and are also used in the manufacture of mixed crop 
         nutrients and, to a lesser extent, animal feed ingredients 
         (see IMC-Agrico Feed Ingredients).  Kalium's potash products 
         are also used for ice melter and water softener regenerant 
         (see IMC Salt). Kalium also sells potash to customers for 
         industrial use. Kalium operates four potash mines in Canada as 

<PAGE>

         well as three potash mines and a solar evaporation facility in 
         the United States.  With a total capacity in excess of ten 
         million tons of product per year, management believes that 
         Kalium is one of the leading private-enterprise potash 
         producers in the world.  In 1998, these operations accounted 
         for approximately 15 percent of world capacity on a K2O 
         basis(2).

         Canadian Operations
         Kalium's four mines in Canada produce muriate of potash 
         exclusively and are located in the province of Saskatchewan, 
         Canada.  Two potash mines are interconnected at Esterhazy, one 
         is located at Belle Plaine and one is located at Colonsay.  
         The combined annual capacity of these four mines is 
         approximately eight million tons.  Esterhazy and Colonsay 
         utilize shaft mining while Belle Plaine utilizes solution 
         mining technology.  Traditional potash shaft mining takes 
         place underground at depths of over 3,000 feet where 
         continuous mining machines cut out the ore face and move 
         jagged chunks of ore to conveyor belts.  The ore is then 
         crushed, moved to storage bins and then hoisted to refineries 
         above ground.  In contrast, Kalium's solution mining process 
         involves heated water which is pumped through a "cluster" to 
         dissolve the potash in the ore bed.  A cluster consists of a 
         series of boreholes drilled into the potash ore by a portable, 
         all-weather electric drilling rig.  A separate distribution 
         center at each cluster controls the brine flow.  The solution 
         containing dissolved potash and salt is pumped to a refinery 
         where sodium chloride, a co-product of this process, is 
         separated from the potash through the use of evaporation and 
         crystallization techniques.  Concurrently, solution is pumped 
         into a 130 acre cooling pond where additional crystallization 
         occurs and the resulting product is recovered via a floating 
         dredge.  Refined potash is dewatered, dried and sized.  The 
         Canadian operations produce 26 different potash products, 
         including industrial grades, many through patented processes. 

         Potash Corporation of Saskatchewan Inc. (PCS) controls several 
         potash-producing properties in the province, including a 
         property which consists of reserves located in the vicinity of 
         Kalium's Esterhazy mines.  Under a long-term contract with 
         PCS, the Company is obligated to mine and refine these 
         reserves for a fee plus a pro rata share of production costs.  
         The specified quantities of potash to be produced for PCS may, 
         at the option of PCS, amount to an annual maximum of 

<PAGE>

         approximately one-fourth of the tons produced by Esterhazy but 
         no more than approximately 1.1 million tons.  The current 
         contract extends through June 30, 2001 and is renewable at the 
         option of PCS for five additional five-year periods.

         Kalium controls the rights to mine 323,070 acres of 
         potash-bearing land in Saskatchewan.  This land, of which 
         63,887 acres have already been mined or abandoned, contains 
         over 4.6 billion tons of potash mineralization (calculated 
         after estimated extraction losses) at an average grade of 
         about 21 percent K2O.  This ore is sufficient to support 
         current operations for more than a century and will yield more 
         than 1.4 billion tons of finished product with a K2O content 
         of approximately 61 percent.

         Kalium's mineral rights in Saskatchewan consist of 123,953 
         acres owned in fee, 175,959 acres leased from the province of 
         Saskatchewan and 23,158 acres leased from other parties.  All 
         leases are renewable by the Company for successive terms of 21 
         years.  Royalties, established by regulation of the province 
         of Saskatchewan, amounted to approximately $9.8 million, $8.2 
         million and $6.2 million in 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively. 

         Since December 1985, Kalium has experienced an inflow of water 
         into one of its two interconnected potash mines at Esterhazy.  
         As a result, Kalium has incurred expenditures to control the 
         inflow, certain of which, due to their nature, have been 
         capitalized while others have been charged to expense.  Since 
         the initial discovery of the inflow, Kalium has been able to 
         meet all sales obligations from production at the mines.  The 
         Company has considered, and continues to evaluate, 
         alternatives to the operational methods employed at Esterhazy.  
         However, the procedures utilized to control the water inflow 
         have proven successful to date, and the Company currently 
         intends to continue conventional shaft mining.  Despite the 
         relative success of these measures, there can be no assurance 
         that the amounts required for remedial efforts will not 
         increase in future years or that the water inflow or 
         remediation costs will not increase to a level which would 
         cause the Company to change its mining process or abandon the 
         mines.

<PAGE>

         Kalium's underground mine operations are presently insured 
         against business interruption and risk from catastrophic 
         perils, including collapse, floods and other property damage 
         with the exception of flood coverage at Esterhazy.  Due to the 
         ongoing water inflow problem at Esterhazy, underground 
         operations at this facility are currently not insurable for 
         water incursion problems. Like other potash producers' shaft 
         mines, Kalium's Colonsay mine is also subject to the risks of 
         inflow of water as a result of its shaft mining operations.

         In January 1988, the United States Department of Commerce 
         (Commerce) signed an agreement with all of the potash 
         producers in Canada, suspending an investigation by Commerce 
         to determine whether Canadian potash was, or was likely to be, 
         sold in the United States at less than "fair value."  The 
         agreement stipulated that each such producer's minimum price 
         for potash sold in the United States, compared with its potash 
         prices in Canada, would be based upon a formula to ensure that 
         such product would be sold in the United States at a price no 
         less than "fair value."  This agreement will remain in place 
         until terminated by Commerce in accordance with applicable 
         law. 

         The Saskatchewan Department of Environmental and Resource 
         Management (Saskatchewan Department) published regulations 
         requiring all potash mine operators to submit facility 
         decommissioning and reclamation plans for approval by the 
         Saskatchewan Department and to provide assurances that the 
         plans will be carried out when the facility is closed.  See 
         "Other Matters - Environmental Matters" for further detail.

         United States Operations
         Kalium has four United States potash facilities: the Carlsbad 
         and the Western Ag shaft mines located in Carlsbad, New 
         Mexico; the Hersey solution mine located in Hersey, Michigan; 
         and the solar evaporation facility located in Ogden, Utah.

         The Kalium Carlsbad mine has an annual production capacity of 
         over one million tons of finished product.  The ore reserves 
         are of three types: (1) sylvinite, a mixture of potassium 
         chloride and sodium chloride, the same as the ore mined in 
         Saskatchewan; (2) langbeinite, a double sulphate of potassium 
         and magnesium; and (3) a mixed ore, containing both potassium 
         chloride and langbeinite.  At this time only the sylvinite and       
         langbeinite ores are mined.

<PAGE>

         Continuous and conventional underground mining methods are      
         utilized for ore extraction at Carlsbad.  In the continuous 
         mining sections, drum type mining machines are used to cut 
         sylvinite and langbeinite ore from the face.  Mining heights 
         are as low as four feet.  In the conventional areas, a wide 
         ore face is undercut and holes drilled to accept explosive 
         charges.  Ore from both continuous and conventional sections 
         is loaded onto conveyors, transported to storage areas and 
         then hoisted above ground for further processing at the 
         refinery.

         Three types of potash are produced at the Carlsbad refinery: 
         muriate of potash, which is the primary source of potassium 
         for the crop nutrient industry; double sulphate of potash 
         magnesia, marketed under the brand name K-Mag(Registered 
         Trademark) containing significant amounts of sulphur, 
         potassium and magnesium, with low levels of chloride; and 
         sulphate of potash, supplying sulphur and a high concentration 
         of potassium with low levels of chloride.  

         At the Carlsbad facility, Kalium mines and refines potash from 
         43,877 acres of reserves which are controlled under long-term 
         leases.  These reserves contain an estimated total of 155 
         million tons of potash mineralization (calculated after 
         estimated extraction losses) in four mining beds evaluated at 
         thicknesses ranging from four to 12 feet.  At average refinery 
         rates, these ore reserves are estimated to be sufficient to 
         yield 10.7 million tons of concentrate from sylvinite with an 
         average grade of 60 percent K2O and 27.0 million tons of 
         langbeinite concentrate with an average grade of approximately 
         22 percent K2O.  At current rates of production, management 
         estimates that Kalium's reserves of sylvinite and langbeinite 
         are sufficient to support operations for more than 17 years 
         and 32 years, respectively.  Pursuant to potassium mineral 
         lease arrangements with the federal government, the State of 
         New Mexico and other third parties, the Company paid royalties 
         of $3.5 million, $3.3 million and $3.1 million in 1998, 1997 
         and 1996, respectively.

         Kalium commissioned a $25.0 million, 400,000 ton per year 
         K-Mag(Registered Trademark) granulation facility at Carlsbad 
         during 1998.  This facility will convert standard grade 
         K-Mag(Registered Trademark) into higher-priced, premium 
         granular grade which has expanded sales opportunities. 

<PAGE>

         The Western Ag facility is located in Carlsbad, New Mexico, 
         adjacent to the Kalium Carlsbad facility and has an annual 
         capacity of 400,000 tons of double sulfate of potash magnesia 
         which is marketed under the brand name K-Mag(Registered 
         Trademark).  The Western Ag facility mines and refines potash 
         from 16,487 acres of reserves which are controlled under 
         long-term leases.  The reserves contain an estimated 93.8 
         million tons of potash mineralization in two mining beds in 
         thicknesses ranging from eight to ten feet.  At average 
         refinery rates, these ore reserves are estimated to be 
         sufficient to yield 13.0 million tons of concentrate from 
         langbeinite with an average ore grade of 22 percent K2O and 
         9.9 million tons of sylvinite concentrate with an average ore 
         grade of 60 percent K2O.  At current rates of production, 
         management estimates that Western Ag's langbeinite reserves 
         are sufficient to support operations for approximately 14 
         years.  The sylvinite reserves, which would be processed at 
         the adjacent Carlsbad facility's refinery, are estimated by 
         management to be sufficient to support operations for 
         approximately nine years at the current rate of production.

         Kalium is in the process of making mine modifications and 
         constructing a new state-of-the-art, world class langbeinite 
         refinery at Carlsbad at an estimated cost of approximately 
         $70.5 million.  The new refinery will replace the current 
         refineries at the adjacent Carlsbad and Western Ag facility 
         locations and will increase annual capacity by approximately 
         35 percent, reduce costs and improve processing efficiency.  
         The new refinery is expected to be operational in mid-1999.  

         At Hersey, Michigan, Kalium operates a solution mining 
         facility with annual potash production capacity of 
         approximately 160,000 tons, and annual salt capacity of 
         approximately 300,000 tons.  The salt from this facility is 
         marketed by Salt (see IMC Salt).  At Hersey, Kalium's mineral 
         rights consist of 1,093 acres owned in fee and 10,537 acres 
         controlled under long-term leases.  These lands contain an 
         estimated 300.0 million tons of potash mineralization 
         contained in two beds ranging in thickness from 14 to 30 feet.  
         Management estimates that these reserves are sufficient to 
         yield 62.0 million tons of concentrate from sylvinite with an    
         average grade of 60 percent K2O.  At current rates of 
         production, management estimates that these reserves are 
         sufficient to support operations for more than 300 years.

<PAGE>

         The solar evaporation facility, located in Ogden, Utah, 
         utilizes solar energy and nearly 40,000 acres of evaporation 
         ponds to manufacture sulfate of potash, salt and magnesium 
         chloride from the brines of the Great Salt Lake.  This 
         facility has the capacity to annually produce approximately 
         450,000 tons of sulfate of potash, 200,000 tons of magnesium 
         chloride and over 1.0 million tons of salt.  Sulfate of potash 
         and magnesium chloride, which is primarily used for dust 
         control, ice control and for industrial applications, is 
         marketed by Kalium's sales force while the salt is marketed by 
         the Salt sales force (see IMC Salt).  At the Ogden facility, 
         Kalium's mineral rights consist of 1,499 acres owned in fee 
         and 117,244 acres controlled under long-term leases.  The 
         leases continue in effect so long as the salts are produced or        
         the State of Utah receives a minimum royalty and rent.  
         Management estimates that reserves are adequate to support 
         current capacity for more than a century and yield more than 
         49.0 million tons of sulfate of potash product with a K2O 
         content of approximately 50 percent.

         Sales and Marketing
         Kalium's North American potash sales are made through Kalium's 
         sales force. North American agricultural sales are primarily 
         to independent accounts, co-operatives and large regional 
         buyers while non-agricultural sales are primarily to large 
         industrial accounts and the animal feed industry.  
         Additionally, potash is used as an ingredient in ice melter 
         and as a water softener regenerant.

         Potash is sold throughout the world, with Kalium's largest 
         amount of sales outside of North America made to China, Japan, 
         Malaysia, Korea, Australia, New Zealand and Latin America.  
         Potash is also used internally by IMC Salt as a major 
         ingredient in its ice melter products. Salt also markets 
         potash as a water softener regenerant along with its 
         traditional salt products (see IMC Salt).  Kalium's exports 
         from Canada, except to the United States, are made through 
         Canpotex Limited (Canpotex), an export association of 
         Saskatchewan potash producers.  Kalium's allocated share of 
         Canpotex's exports to Asia and China were 25 percent and 11 
         percent, respectively.  Potash exports from Carlsbad are sold 
         through the Company's sales force.  In 1998, 82 percent of the 
         potash produced by Kalium was sold as crop nutrients, while 18 
         percent was sold for non-agricultural uses.  


<PAGE>

         The table below shows Kalium's shipments of potash in 
         thousands of tons:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                    1998         1997         1996
                                ------------------------------------
                                 Tons    %    Tons    %    Tons    %
                                ------------------------------------
         <S>                    <C>     <C>  <C>     <C>  <C>     <C>   
         Domestic      
            Customers           4,706   56   5,097   57   4,076   56
            Captive, to other 
             business units     1,115   13   1,306   15   1,176   16
                                -----  ---   -----  ---   -----  ---
                                5,821   69   6,403   72   5,252   72
      
        Export                  2,664   31   2,538   28   2,038   28
                                -----  ---   -----  ---   -----  ---
        Total shipments         8,485  100   8,941  100   7,290  100
                                =====  ===   =====  ===   =====  ===
</TABLE>

        As of December 31, 1998, Kalium had contractual commitments 
        from non-affiliated customers for the shipment of potash 
        amounting to approximately 1.8 million tons in 1999.

        Competition
        Potash is a commodity available from many sources and 
        consequently, the market is highly competitive.  In addition to 
        Kalium, there are four North American producers: two in the 
        United States and two in Canada, some of which may have greater 
        production capacity than Kalium.  Through its participation in 
        Canpotex, Kalium competes outside of North America with various 
        independent potash producers and consortia and other export 
        organizations, including state-owned organizations.  Kalium's 
        principal methods of competition, with respect to the sale of 
        potash include pricing; offering consistent, high-quality 
        products and superior service; as well as developing new 
        industrial and consumer uses for potash.

        IMC-Agrico Feed Ingredients
        ---------------------------
        Net sales for Feed Ingredients were $164.4 million, $163.5 
        million and $154.6 million for the years ended December 31, 
        1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

<PAGE>

        Feed Ingredients is one of the world's foremost producers and 
        marketers of phosphate-based animal feed ingredients with an 
        annual capacity in excess of 700,000 tons.  In the first 
        quarter of 1998, Feed Ingredients started construction on the 
        expansion of its deflourinated phosphate [Multifos(Registered 
        Trademark)] capacity at its manufacturing operations at the New 
        Wales facility located in central Florida.  The project will 
        increase the annual capacity for Multifos(Registered Trademark) 
        to 200,000 tons and will increase Feed Ingredients total annual 
        production to approximately 770,000 tons. The principal 
        production facilities of Feed Ingredients are located adjacent 
        to, and utilize raw materials from, Phosphates' concentrated 
        phosphate complex at New Wales.  

        Sales and Marketing
        Feed Ingredients supplies phosphate and potassium-based feed 
        ingredients for poultry and livestock to markets in North 
        America, Latin America and Asia.  Feed Ingredients sources 
        phosphate and potassium raw materials from the Company's 
        respective production facilities.  Feed Ingredients has a 
        strong brand position in the $1.0 billion global market with 
        products such as Biofos(Registered Trademark), 
        Dynafos(Registered Trademark), Multifos(Registered Trademark), 
        Dyna-K(Registered Trademark) and Dynamate(Registered 
        Trademark).

        Competition
        Feed Ingredients operates in a competitive global market.  
        Major integrated producers of feed phosphates and feed grade 
        potassium are located in the United States and Europe.  Many 
        smaller producers are located in emerging markets around the 
        world.  Many of these smaller producers are not manufacturers 
        of phosphoric acid and are required to purchase this raw 
        material on the open market.  Competition in this global market 
        is driven by quality, service and price.

        IMC Salt
        --------
        Concurrent with the Harris Acquisition in April 1998, the 
        Company established the Salt business unit.  Net sales for Salt 
        were $175.0 million for the partial year 1998.

<PAGE>

        Salt mines, produces, processes and distributes salt in North 
        America and Europe.  The products are marketed primarily in the 
        United States, Canada and the United Kingdom.  Salt is used in 
        a variety of applications, including as a de-icer for both 
        highway and consumer use, an ingredient in the production of 
        chemicals for paper bleaching and plastic production, a flavor 
        enhancer and preservative in food, an ingredient and nutrient 
        in animal feeds, and an essential item in both industrial and 
        consumer water softeners.  The demand for salt has historically 
        remained relatively stable during economic cycles due to its 
        relatively low cost and high value in a large variety of uses.  
        However, demand in the highway de-icing market is affected by 
        changes in winter weather.  Approximately 50 percent of Salt's 
        annual revenues are generated from December through March when 
        highway de-icing is at its peak.

        Production Operations 
        Salt has a production capacity of approximately 15.3 million 
        tons of salt.  Production activities are currently conducted at 
        15 facilities, six located in the United States, seven located 
        in Canada and two located in the United Kingdom. 

        Summarized below are the three processing methods used to  
        produce salt. Salt utilizes all three methods.

        Rock Salt Mining  
        The Company employs a drill and blast mining technique at its 
        rock salt mines.  Mining machinery moves salt from the salt 
        face to conveyor belts where it is then crushed and screened.  
        Salt is then hoisted to the surface where it is loaded onto 
        shipping vessels. 

        Mechanical Evaporation 
        The mechanical evaporation method involves subjecting salt-
        saturated brine to vacuum pressure and heat to precipitate 
        salt.  The salt brine is obtained from underground salt 
        deposits through a series of wells.  The resulting product has 
        both a high purity and a uniform physical shape.

        Solar Evaporation
        The solar evaporation method is used in areas of the world 
        where high salinity brines are available and where weather 
        conditions provide for a high natural evaporation rate. The 
        brine is pumped into a series of large open ponds where sun and 
        wind evaporate the water and crystallize the salt, which is 
        then mechanically harvested.

<PAGE>

        IMC produces solar salt at the Great Salt Lake in Utah where, 
        at current extraction rates, management believes there are 
        resources sufficient for over 100 years.

        United States Operations
        Salt's central and midwestern United States customer base is 
        served by four mechanical evaporation plants, two located in 
        Kansas, one in Tennessee as well as one in Michigan wheresalt 
        is produced as a co-product by Kalium in its Michigan 
        operations.  The Cote Blanche, Louisiana rock salt mine serves 
        chemical customers in the southern and western United States as 
        well as highway de-icing customers through a series of depots 
        located along the Mississippi and Ohio Rivers.  The evaporation      
        plants, rock salt mine and other production have a combined 
        annual production capacity of 3.6 million tons. Salt's solar 
        evaporation facility located in Ogden, Utah is the largest 
        solar salt production site in the United States. This facility 
        principally serves the western general trade markets, but also 
        provides salt for chemical applications and highway de-icing.  
        Production capacity is currently only limited by demand.  The 
        Company also owns and operates two salt packaging facilities in 
        Illinois and Wisconsin which also service customers in the 
        central and midwestern United States as well as parts of the 
        northeastern United States.	

        Canadian Operations   
        Salt produces salt at seven different locations in Canada.  
        Mechanically evaporated salt is produced at three facilities 
        strategically located throughout Canada:  Amherst, Nova Scotia 
        in eastern Canada; Goderich, Ontario in central Canada; and 
        Unity, Saskatchewan in western Canada.  From the Goderich, 
        Ontario rock salt mine, Salt also serves the highway de-icing 
        market in Canada and the Great Lakes region of the United 
        States.  The Company also produces salt as a co-product from 
        its Esterhazy, Colonsay and Belle Plaine potash facilities 
        which serve both the general trade and the highway de-icing 
        markets.  The evaporation plants, the rock salt mine and other 
        production facilities have a combined annual capacity of 7.4 
        million tons.

        United Kingdom Operations
        Salt's United Kingdom customer base is serviced by two 
        facilities with a combined annual production capacity of 2.9 
        million tons.  Highway de-icing customers throughout the United 
        Kingdom are served by the Winsford rock salt mine in west 
        central England.  Also, in west central England is the Weston 
        Point mechanical evaporation plant servicing the general trade 
        and chemical customers in the United Kingdom as well as 
        continental Europe.

<PAGE>

        Sales and Marketing
        The Company separates sales of salt into three major market 
        segments: general trade, highway de-icing and chemical. The 
        general trade segment is Salt's largest segment and accounted 
        for approximately 62 percent of 1998 sales.  This segment 
        includes consumer applications such as table salt, water 
        conditioning, consumer ice control, food and meat processing, 
        agricultural applications, including feed mixes, as well as a 
        variety of industrial applications such as oil refining and 
        drilling, metal processing and tanning.

        Salt has maintained a significant presence in the general trade 
        business over recent years due to its strong focus on the 
        midwestern United States region, all of Canada and the United 
        Kingdom, its distribution network to the grocery trade and its 
        relationships with the large distributors of water conditioning 
        salt.  In order to continue to expand its volume and 
        profitability in the general trade segment, Salt has focused 
        its efforts on improving its marketing programs.  These 
        programs include: (i) differentiating various brand names 
        through promotional activities; (ii) developing an exclusive 
        distributor network in the United States; and (iii) 
        consolidating the product offerings to customers with products 
        available from the Kalium business unit.

        The general trade market is driven by strong customer 
        relationships.  Sales in the general trade segment occur 
        through retail channels such as grocery; building supply and 
        hardware stores; automotive stores; feed suppliers; as well as 
        industrial manufacturers in various industries. Distribution in 
        the general trade segment is channeled through a direct sales 
        force located in various parts of Salt's service territories, 
        who sell products to distributors, dealers and end-users.  The 
        Company also maintains a network of brokers who sell table 
        salt, consumer de-icing and water conditioning products.  These  
        brokers service wholesalers, chain grocers, retailers as well 
        as the food service industry.

        Highway de-icing constitutes Salt's second largest segment, 
        accounting for approximately 23 percent of 1998 salt sales.  
        Principal customers are states, provinces, counties, 
        municipalities and road maintenance contractors that purchase 
        bulk salt for ice control on public roadways.  Highway salt is 
        sold mostly via a tendered bid contract system with price, 
        product quality and deliverability being the primary market 
        factors when purchasers are selecting a supplier. 

<PAGE>

        Winter weather variability is the most significant factor 
        affecting salt sales for de-icing applications because mild 
        winters reduce the need for salt used in ice and snow control.  
        Unusually mild or harsh weather can significantly affect Salt's 
        sales and earnings.  The vast majority of North American de-
        icing sales are made in Canada and the northern United States 
        where winter weather is generally harsher than in other parts 
        of North America.

        The highway de-icing customer base consists of states, 
        provinces, counties and municipalities as well as road 
        maintenance contractors that purchase bulk salt for ice 
        control.  Contracts generally are awarded annually on the basis 
        of tendered bids once the purchaser is assured that the minimum 
        requirements for purity, service and delivery can be met.  The 
        bidding process eliminates the need to invest significant time 
        and effort in marketing and advertising.  Location of the 
        source of salt and distribution outlets also play a significant 
        role in determining a supplier.  Salt's North American 
        operations have an extensive network of approximately 80 depots 
        for storage and distribution of highway de-icing salt.  The 
        majority of these depots are located on the Great Lakes and the 
        Mississippi River system.

        The chemical segment accounted for approximately 15 percent of 
        Salt's 1998 salt sales.  Principal customers are producers of 
        intermediate chemical products used in pulp bleaching and 
        plastic production that do not have a captive source of brine.

        Distribution into the chemical market is made primarily through 
        long-term supply agreements, which are negotiated privately.  
        Price, service and quality of product are the major market 
        requirements.

        Competition
        Salt has significant competition in each of the markets in 
        which it operates. In North America, three other large, 
        nationally recognized firms compete against Salt in production 
        and marketing of rock, evaporated and solar salt. In addition, 
        there are several smaller regional producers of evaporated and 
        solar salt.  In spite of the high relative cost of 
        transportation in the distribution of salt, there are also 
        several importers of salt. Most of these imports impact the 
        eastern seaboard where IMC has a minimum position. In the 
        United Kingdom, there is one other large producer of evaporated 
        salt, several small local producers as well as some imports 

<PAGE>

        from continental Europe. There are two other companies that 
        produce rock salt; one in northern England and the other in 
        Ireland. There are no significant imports of rock salt into the 
        United Kingdom.  Salt also exports salt from the United Kingdom 
        to Scandinavia and continental Europe and competes with many 
        other European producers.

        FACTORS AFFECTING DEMAND

        The Company's results of operations historically have reflected 
        the effects of several external factors which are beyond the 
        Company's control and have in the past produced significant 
        downward and upward swings in operating results. Revenues are 
        highly dependent upon conditions in the North American 
        agriculture industry and can be affected by crop failure, 
        changes in agricultural production practices, government 
        policies and weather.  Furthermore, the Company's crop 
        nutrients business is seasonal to the extent North American 
        farmers and agricultural enterprises purchase more crop 
        nutrient products during the spring and fall. The Company's 
        salt business is seasonal and it can be highly affected by the 
        severity of winter weather in North America and the United 
        Kingdom. A high percentage of Salt's income is derived in the 
        first and the fourth quarter of each year when sales of salt 
        for de-icing is the greatest.

        The Company's foreign operations and investments, and any 
        future international expansion by the Company, are subject to 
        numerous risks, including fluctuations in foreign currency 
        exchange rates and controls; expropriation and other economic, 
        political and regulatory policies of local governments; and 
        laws and policies affecting foreign trade and investment.  Due 
        to economic and political factors, customer needs can change 
        dramatically from year to year.  While management does not 
        believe current economic conditions in Asia and Latin America 
        will have a material adverse effect on the Company's results, 
        there can be no assurance that a continuation of such economic 
        conditions would not materially impact results.  See Note 22, 
        "Operating Segments," of Notes to Consolidated Financial 
        Statements in Part II, Item 8, "Financial Statements and 
        Supplementary Data," of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

        In 1998, sales to China accounted for approximately 15 percent 
        of the Company's net sales.  No single customer or group of 
        affiliated customers accounted for more than ten percent of the 
        Company's net sales.

<PAGE>

        OTHER MATTERS

        Environmental Matters 
        ---------------------
        Information regarding environmental matters of the Company is 
        included in Part II, Item 7, "Management's Discussion and 
        Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ," of 
        this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

        Employees
        ---------
        The Company had approximately 11,244 employees at December 31, 
        1998.  The work force consisted of 4,230 salaried, 6,983 hourly 
        and 31 temporary or part-time employees.

        Labor Relations
        ---------------
        The Company has 19 collective bargaining agreements with 16 
        international unions or their affiliated local chapters.  At 
        December 31, 1998, approximately 88 percent of the hourly work 
        force were covered under collective bargaining agreements.  
        Three agreements covering 43 percent of the hourly work force 
        were negotiated during 1998.  Resulting wage and benefit 
        increases were consistent with competitive industry and 
        community standards.  Two agreements will expire during 1999 
        due to plant closures.  The Company has not experienced a 
        significant work stoppage in recent years and considers its 
        employee relations to be good. 

        EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT 

        The ages and five-year employment history of the Company's 
        executive officers as of March 15, 1999 was as follows:

        E. Paul Dunn, Jr.
        Age 45.  VicePresident and Treasurer of the Company since 
        joining the Company in May 1998.  Prior to joining the Company, 
        Mr. Dunn served as Vice President, Finance and Information 
        Technology for GATX Terminals Corporation from 1995 to 1998.  He 
        also served as Treasurer of GATX Corporation from 1990 to 1995.

        Robert E. Fowler, Jr.
        Age 63.  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company.  
        Mr. Fowler served as Chairman, President and Chief Executive  
        Officer of the Company from July 1, 1998 through September 30, 
        1998.  From July 1, 1997 through June 30, 1998, he served as 
        President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company.  Mr. 

<PAGE>

        Fowler served as President and Chief Operating Officer of the 
        Company from March 1996 through June 1997.  He served as 
        President and Chief Executive Officer of The Vigoro Corporation  
        from September 1994 through February 1996 and as President and 
        Chief Operating Officer from July 1993 to September 1994.  He is 
        a director of Anixter International, Inc.  Mr. Fowler previously     
        served as a director of The Vigoro Corporation from August 1993 
        through February 1996 and has served as an IMC Global Director 
        since March  1996.  His term expires in April 2000.  Mr. Fowler 
        currently serves as Chairman of the Executive Committee and is a 
        non-voting member of the Committee on Directors and Board 
        Affairs.

        Phillip Gordon
        Age 55.  Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Assistant 
        Secretary of the Company.  Mr. Gordon is a partner of Altheimer 
        & Gray, a Chicago-based law firm he joined as an associate in 
        1973.

        C. Steven Hoffman
        Age 50.  Senior Vice President of the Company.  Mr. Hoffman 
        served as Senior Vice President, Marketing from 1993 until 
        1994.

        John U. Huber
        Age 60.  Senior Vice President of the Company.  Mr. Huber has 
        served as President of the IMC Kalium business unit since 
        joining the Company in March 1996 and President of IMC-Agrico 
        Phosphates since September 1998.  Prior to joining the Company, 
        Mr. Huber served as Executive Vice President of The Vigoro 
        Corporation from June 1993 to March 1996.  Prior thereto he 
        served as President of Kalium Chemicals, Ltd. (now known as IMC 
        Kalium Ltd.) and as President of Kalium Canada, Ltd. (now known 
        as IMC Kalium Canada Ltd.) from August 1991 to March 1996.

        J. Bradford James
        Age 52.  Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of 
        the Company since joining the Company in February 1998.  Prior 
        to joining the Company, Mr. James served as Executive Vice 
        President of USG Corporation from 1995 through 1997 and Senior 
        Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of USG Corporation 
        from 1991 through 1994.

        B. Russell Lockridge
        Age 49.  Senior Vice President, Human Resources of the Company  
        since joining the Company in July 1996.  Mr. Lockridge served 
        as Corporate Director, Executive Compensation and Development 
        at FMC Corporation from 1992 to 1996.

<PAGE>

        Carolyn W. Merritt
        Age 52.  Senior Vice President, Environment, Health and Safety 
        of the Company.  Ms. Merritt served as Vice President, 
        Environment, Health and Safety from March 1996 to August 1998.  
        Prior to joining the Company, Ms. Merritt served as Vice 
        President, Environmental Affairs for The Vigoro Corporation 
        from July 1994 to March 1996.

        Douglas A. Pertz
        Age 44.  President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company.  
        From 1995 to 1998, Mr. Pertz served as President and Chief 
        Executive Officer of Culligan Water Technologies, Inc.  From 
        1994 until January 1995, Mr. Pertz was Corporate Vice President 
        and Group Executive of the Danaher Corporation.

        Anne M. Scavone
        Age 35.  Vice President and Controller of the Company.  Ms. 
        Scavone served as Director, Joint Venture Finances from April 
        1995 to April 1996 and as Joint Venture Financial Coordinator 
        from April 1993 to April 1995.

        Robert M. Van Patten
        Age 53.  Senior Vice President of the Company and President of 
        the IMC AgriBusiness business unit.  Mr. Van Patten has served 
        as President of the IMC AgriBusiness business unit since 
        joining the Company in March 1996.  Prior to joining the 
        Company, Mr. Van Patten served as Executive Vice President of 
        The Vigoro Corporation and as President of Vigoro Industries, 
        Inc. (now known as IMC AgriBusiness Inc.) from June 1993 to 
        March 1996.  

        Lynn F. White
        Age 46.  Senior Vice President, Corporate Development since 
        October 1997.  Mr. White also served as acting Chief Financial 
        Officer of the Company from October 1997 until February 1998; 
        and Vice President, Corporate Development from February 1997 
        until October 1997.  Prior to joining the Company, Mr. White 
        served in a wide array of domestic and international 
        assignments for FMC Corporation, including General Manager of 
        FMC Corporation's worldwide Food Ingredients Division.

        All of the Company's executive officers are elected annually, 
        with the terms of the officers listed above to expire in April 
        1999.  No "family relationships," as that term is defined in 
        Item 401(d) of Regulation S-K, exist among any of the listed 
        officers.

<PAGE>

Item 2. Properties.

        Information regarding the plant and properties of the Company 
        is included in Part I, Item 1, "Business," of this Annual 
        Report on Form 10-K.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings.(1) 

        Sterlington Litigation
        ----------------------
        In early 1998, the Company entered into a Preliminary 
        Settlement Agreement with the plaintiffs in connection with the 
        Louisiana class action arising out of a May 1991 explosion at a 
        nitroparaffins plant located in Sterlington, Louisiana.  The 
        Preliminary Settlement Agreement settles all claims that 
        members of the class have against the Company and releases the 
        Company from further potential liabilities based on the claims 
        of the members of the class.  In January 1999, the court held a 
        hearing on the fairness of the Preliminary Settlement 
        Agreement.  In February 1999, the court entered a written order 
        approving the Settlement Agreement.  The Company also has 
        settled all the known claims of individuals and entities who 
        opted out of the Louisiana class action.  Settlement of the 
        Louisiana third-party claims is intended to resolve the 
        Company's known potential future liabilities in connection with 
        the Sterlington explosion.  In addition, the settlement is 
        intended to protect the Company from the remaining claims for 
        contribution and indemnity filed by ANGUS Chemical Company and 
        the other remaining defendants with respect to the Sterlington 
        explosion.

        Potash Antitrust Litigation
        ---------------------------
        The Company was a defendant, along with other Canadian and 
        United States potash producers, in a class action antitrust 
        lawsuit filed in federal court in 1993.  The plaintiffs alleged 
        a price-fixing conspiracy among North American potash producers 
        beginning in 1987 and continuing until the filing of the 
        complaint.  The class action complaint against all defendants, 
        including the Company, was dismissed by summary judgment in 
        January 1997.  The summary judgment dismissing the case is 
        currently on appeal by the plaintiffs to the United States 
        Court of Appeals for the Eighth Circuit (Court of Appeals).  
        The Court of Appeals is expected to rule during calendar 1999.


<PAGE>

        In addition, in 1993 and 1994, class action antitrust lawsuits 
        with allegations similar to those made in the federal case were 
        filed against the Company and other Canadian and United States 
        potash producers in state courts in Illinois and California.  
        The Illinois case was dismissed for failure to state a claim.  
        In the California litigation, all proceedings have been stayed 
        pending the decision of the Court of Appeals. 

        FTX Merger Litigation
        ---------------------
        In August 1997, five identical class action lawsuits were filed 
        in Chancery Court in Delaware by unitholders of PLP.  Each case 
        named the same defendants and broadly alleged that FTX and FMRP 
        Inc. (FMRP) had breached fiduciary duties owed to the public 
        unitholders of PLP.  The Company was alleged to have aided and 
        abetted these breaches of fiduciary duty.

        In November 1997, an amended class action complaint was filed 
        with respect to all cases.  The amended complaint named the 
        same defendants and raised the same broad allegations of 
        breaches of fiduciary duty against FTX and FMRP for allegedly 
        favoring the interests of FTX and FTX's common stockholders in 
        connection with the FTX Merger.  The plaintiffs claimed 
        specifically that, by virtue of the FTX Merger, the public 
        unitholders' interests in PLP's ownership of IMC-Agrico would 
        become even more subject to the dominant interest of the 
        Company.  The amended complaint seeks certification as a class 
        action and an injunction against the proposed FTX Merger or, in 
        the alternative, rescissionary damages.  The defendants' moved 
        the court to dismiss the amended complaint in November 1998.  
        The plaintiffs have until March 1999 to file their response.  
        IMC intends to defend this action vigorously.

        In May 1998, IMC and PLP (collectively, Plaintiffs) filed a 
        lawsuit (IMC Action) in Delaware Chancery Court against certain 
        former directors of FTX (Director Defendants), and MOXY.  IMC 
        alleges that the Director Defendants, as the directors of PLP's 
        administrative managing general partner FTX, owed duties of 
        loyalty to PLP and its limited partnership unitholders.  IMC 
        further alleges that the Director Defendants breached their 
        duties by causing PLP to enter into a series of interrelated 
        non-arm's-length transactions with MOXY, an affiliate of FTX. 

<PAGE>

        IMC also alleges that MOXY knowingly aided and abetted and 
        conspired with the Director Defendants to breach their 
        fiduciary duties.  On behalf of the PLP public unitholders, IMC 
        seeks to reform or rescind the contracts that PLP entered into 
        with MOXY and to recoup the monies expended as a result of 
        PLP's participation in those agreements.  The Director 
        Defendants and MOXY have filed motions to dismiss the 
        Plaintiffs' claims.  The defendants filed their briefs in 
        support of their motions in January 1999.  IMC filed its 
        amended complaint, and its responses to the motions to dismiss 
        in February 1999.  No trial date has been scheduled.  IMC 
        intends to pursue this action vigorously.  

        In May 1998, Jacob Gottlieb filed an action (Gottlieb Action) 
        on behalf of himself and all other PLP unitholders against the 
        Director Defendants, MOXY and IMC asserting the same claims 
        that IMC asserts in the IMC Action.  Because IMC and PLP had 
        already asserted these claims, IMC has filed a motion to 
        dismiss the Gottlieb Action.  The court has not set a briefing 
        schedule for IMC's motion to dismiss.  IMC intends to defend 
        this action vigorously.

        Other
        -----
        In the ordinary course of its business, the Company is and will 
        from time to time be involved in legal proceedings of a 
        character normally incident to its business.  The Company 
        believes that its potential liability in any such pending or 
        threatened proceedings will not have a material adverse effect 
        on the financial condition or results of operations of the 
        Company.

Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.

        There were no matters submitted to a vote of security holders, 
        through the solicitation of proxies or otherwise, during the 
        three months ended December 31, 1998.

<PAGE>

PART II.

Item 5. Market for the Registrant's Common Stock and Related 
        Stockholder Matters.

        COMMON STOCK PRICES AND DIVIDENDS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 Quarter
                                   ----------------------------------
        1998                        First    Second   Third    Fourth
        -------------------------------------------------------------
        <S>                        <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
        Dividends per common share $  0.08  $  0.08  $  0.08  $  0.08
        Common stock prices:
           High                    $39.500  $39.125  $30.375  $27.312
           Low                      28.562   29.375   17.812   18.125

                                                 Quarter
                                   ----------------------------------
        1997                        First    Second   Third    Fourth
        -------------------------------------------------------------
        Dividends per common share $  0.08  $  0.08  $  0.08  $  0.08
        Common stock prices:    
           High                    $42.500  $39.375  $37.250  $37.625
           Low                      33.125   33.125   31.375   29.625
</TABLE>

        The Company's common stock is traded on the New York Stock 
        Exchange and the Chicago Stock Exchange under the symbol IGL.  
        As of March 15, 1999, the Company had 114,342,634 shares of 
        common stock outstanding, excluding 10,738,520 treasury shares.   
        Common stock prices are from the composite tape for New York 
        Stock Exchange issues as reported in The Wall Street Journal.  
        As of March 15, 1999, the number of registered holders of 
        common stock as reported by the Company's registrar was 11,404.  
        However, an indeterminable number of stockholders beneficially 
        own shares of the Company's common stock through investment 
        funds and brokers.  For the year ended December 31, 1998, the 
        Company paid cash dividends of $36.6 million.

Item 6. Selected Financial Data.

        For information related to the years 1994 through 1998 
        contained under the heading "Five Year Comparison," reference 
        is made to page 79 of the Company's 1998 Annual Report to 
        Stockholders.

<PAGE>

Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and 
        Results of Operations.

        Reference is made to "Management's Discussion and Analysis of 
        Financial Condition and Results of Operations" appearing on 
        pages 28 through 44 of the Company's 1998 Annual Report to 
        Stockholders.

Item 7a.Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk. 

        Reference is made to "Market Risk" of "Management's Discussion 
        and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" 
        appearing on page 37 of the Company's 1998 Annual Report to 
        Stockholders.

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

        Reference is made to the Company's Consolidated Financial 
        Statements and Notes thereto appearing on pages 46 through 77 
        of the Company's 1998 Annual Report to Stockholders, together 
        with the report thereon of Ernst & Young LLP dated January 28, 
        1999, appearing on page 45 of such Annual Report and the 
        information contained under the heading "Quarterly Results 
        (unaudited)" appearing on page 73 of such Annual Report.

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and 
        Financial Disclosure.

        Not applicable.


PART III.

Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant.

         The information contained under the headings "The Annual 
         Meeting--Election of Directors" and "Beneficial Ownership of  
         Common Stock--Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting 
         Compliance" included in the Company's definitive Proxy 
         Statement for the 1999 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and the 
         information contained under the heading "Executive Officers of 
         the Registrant" in Part I, Item 1 hereof is incorporated 
         herein by reference.

<PAGE>

Item 11. Executive Compensation.

         The information under the heading "Executive Compensation" 
         included in the Company's definitive Proxy Statement for the 
         1999 Annual Meeting of Stockholders is incorporated herein by 
         reference.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and 
         Management.

         The information under the heading "Beneficial Ownership of 
         Common Stock" included in the Company's definitive Proxy 
         Statement for the 1999 Annual Meeting of Stockholders is 
         incorporated herein by reference.  The Company knows of no 
         contractual arrangements which may, at a subsequent date, 
         result in a change in control of the Company.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.

         The information under the headings "Executive Compensation" 
         and "Transactions with Principal Stockholders, Directors and 
         Executive Officers" included in the Company's definitive Proxy 
         Statement for the 1999 Annual Meeting of Stockholders is 
         incorporated herein by reference.


PART IV.

Item 14. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-
         K.

         (1)  Consolidated financial statements filed as part of this 
              report are listed under Part II, Item 8 of this Annual 
              Report on Form 10-K.

         (2)  All schedules for which provision is made in the 
              applicable accounting regulations of the Securities and 
              Exchange Commission are not required under the related 
              instructions or are inapplicable, and therefore have been 
              omitted.

         (3)  The exhibits listed in the following index have 
              previously been filed with the Securities and Exchange 
              Commission or are being filed as part of this report.

<PAGE>

                                            Incorporated     Filed with
Exhibit                                     Herein by        Electronic
No.     Description                         Reference to     Submission
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------
3.1     Restated Certificate of             Company's Report         
        Incorporation, as amended           on Form 8-K dated 
                                            November 1, 1994
 
3.2     Certificate of Amendment to         Exhibit 3.2 to
        Restated Certificate of             the June 30, 1997
        Incorporation, dated                Annual Report
        October 20, 1994                    on Form 10-K
 
3.3     Certificate of Amendment to         Exhibit 3.2 to
        Restated Certificate of             the Company's
        Incorporation, dated                Registration
        October 23, 1995                    Statement on 
                                            Form 8-A/A-1 
                                            dated 
                                            January 12, 1996
 
3.4      Certificate of Amendment           Exhibit 3.4 to
         to Restated Certificate of         the June 30, 1997
         Incorporation, dated               Annual Report on
         March 1, 1996                      Form 10-K
 
3.5      Certificate of Merger dated        Exhibit 3.5 to 
         December 22, 1997                  the December 31,
                                            1997 Annual Report 
                                            on Form 10-K 
 
3.6      Certificate of Amendment to        Exhibit 4.6 to
         Restated Certificate of            the Company's
         Incorporation dated                Registration
         January 6, 1998                    Statement
                                            on Form S-3 dated 
                                            January 20, 1999
 
3.7       Amended and Restated By-Laws      Exhibit 3.6 to 
                                            the December 31, 
                                            1997 Annual Report 
                                            on Form 10-K
 
3.8       Rights Agreement dated June 21,   Company's Report
          1989, amended as of August 17,    on Form 8-A/A 
          1995, with The First National     dated
          Bank of Chicago (including the    September 7, 1995
          Shareholder Rights Plan)


<PAGE>

4.1       Indenture, dated as of July 17,   Exhibit 4.1 to
          1997, between IMC Global Inc.     the Company's
          and The Bank of New York,         Report on Form
          relating to the issuance of       8-K dated
          6.875% Senior Debentures due      July 23, 1997
          July 15, 2007; 7.30% Senior 
          Debentures due January 15, 2028; 
          and 6.55% Senior Notes due 
          January 15, 2005

4.2       Indenture, dated as of August 1,  Exhibit 4.10 to
          1998, between IMC Global Inc.     the Company's
          and The Bank of New York,         Form S-3, dated
          relating to the issuance of       September 16,
          6.625% Notes due 2001; 7.40%      1998
          Notes due 2002; 7.625% Notes 
          due 2005; 6.50% Notes due 2003; 
          and 7.375% Debentures due 2018

4.3       Warrant Agreement dated December                         X
          22, 1997, between IMC Global Inc. 
          and American Stock Transfer & 
          Trust Company
 
10.1      Agreement dated June 27, 1985,     Exhibit 10.6 to
          supplementing, amending and        the Company's
          continuing Potash Resource         Registration
          Payment Agreement dated            Statement on
          October 15, 1979, between          Form S-1,
          Mallinckrodt and the Province      (Amendment No. 2),
          of Saskatchewan                    (No. 33-22914)

10.2      Mining and Processing Agreement    Exhibit 10.7 to
          dated January 31, 1978, between    the Company's
          Potash Corporation of              Registration
          Saskatchewan Inc. and              Statement on
          International Minerals & Chemical  Form S-1,
          (Canada) Global Limited            (No. 33-17091)

10.3*     Management Incentive Compensation  Exhibit 10.17 to
          Program, as amended through        the Company's
          July 1, 1996                       Registration 
                                             Statement on
                                             Form S-1, 
                                             (No. 33-17091)


<PAGE>

10.4*     Amendment to Management Incentive  Exhibit 10.6 to
          Compensation Program               the June 30, 1997
                                             Annual Report on 
                                             Form 10-K
 
10.5*     1996 Long-Term Performance         Exhibit 10.77 to
          Incentive Plan                     the Company's 
                                             September 30, 
                                             1996 Form 10-Q
 
10.6*     1988 Stock Option & Award Plan,    Exhibit 10.8 to
          as amended and restated            the June 30, 1997 
                                             Annual Report on 
                                             Form 10-K
 
10.7*     1994 Stock Option Plan for         Exhibit 4(a) to
          Non-Employee Directors             the Company's 
                                             Registration 
                                             Statement on 
                                             Form S-8, 
                                             (No. 33-56911)
 
10.8*     Retirement Plan for Salaried       Exhibit 10.9 to
          Employees, as amended through      the June 30, 1995
          November 1, 1994, and as           Annual Report on
          currently in effect                Form  10-K
 
10.9*     Supplemental Benefit Plan          Exhibit 10.12 to 
                                             the Company's 
                                             Registration
                                             Statement on 
                                             Form S-1, 
                                             (No. 33-17091)
 
10.10*    Supplemental Executive             Exhibit 10.7 to
          Retirement Plan, as amended        the Company's
          through June 30, 1992, and as      Registration
          currently in effect                Statement on 
                                             Form S-1, 
                                             (No. 33-17091)
 
10.11*    Investment Plan for Salaried       Exhibit 10.12 to
          Employees, as amended through      the June 30, 1995
          July 1, 1994, and as currently     Annual Report on
          in effect                          Form 10-K

<PAGE>

10.12*    Management Compensation and        Exhibit 10.12 to
          Benefit Assurance Program,         as the June 30, 1995
          amended through August 17, 1995    Annual Report on
                                             Form 10-K

10.13*    Form of Trust Agreement with       Exhibit 10.33 to
          Wachovia Bank & Trust Co.,         the June 30, 1992
          N.A., as amended through August    Annual Report on
          15, 1991                           Form 10-K

10.14*    Form of Contingent Employment      Exhibit 10.18 to
          Agreement dated                    the June 30, 1995
          September 1, 1995, with Officers   Annual Report on
          of Corporation                     Form 10-K

10.15*    Form of  "Gross Up" Agreement      Exhibit 10.20 to
          dated September 1, 1995, with      the June 30, 1995
          Officers of Corporation, as        Annual Report on
          amended                            Form 10-K

10.16*    Directors' Retirement Service      Exhibit 10.54
          Plan Effective July 1, 1989        to the 
                                             June 30, 1992 
                                             Annual Report on 
                                             Form 10-K
 
10.17*    Amendment Number 2 to              Exhibit 10.44 to
          Investment Plan for Salaried       the Company's
          Employees effective                Registration
          March 1, 1988 and restated         Statement on
          effective January 1, 1992          Form S-4,
                                             (No. 33-49795)
 
10.18*    First Amendment, dated             Exhibit 10.45 to
          July 2, 1991, to form of           the Company's
          Contingent Employment Agreement    Registration
          with Officers of Corporation       Statement on
                                             Form S-4, 
                                             (No. 33-49795)
 
10.19*    Amendment, dated July 2, 1991,     Exhibit 10.46 to
          to Form of "Gross Up" Agreement    the Company's
          with Officers of Corporation       Registration
                                             Statement on 
                                             Form S-4, 
                                             (No. 33-49795)


<PAGE>

10.20*    Consulting Agreement, dated       Exhibit 10.48 to
          July 19, 1993, between            the Company's 
          Wendell F. Bueche and             Registration
          IMC Global Inc.                   Statement on
                                            Form S-4, 
                                            (No. 33-49795)
 
10.21*    Amendment and Extension           Exhibit 10.49 to
          Agreement, dated as of            the June 30, 1995
          June 15, 1995, to Employment      Annual Report on
          Agreement dated as of             Form 10-K
          April 15, 1993 and Consulting 
          Agreement dated as of 
          July 19, 1993, between 
          Wendell F. Bueche and 
          IMC Global Inc.

10.22*    Non-competition Agreement         Exhibit 10.71 to
          dated as of March 1, 1996         the June 30, 1996
          between IMC Global Inc.,          Annual Report on
          IMC Global Operations Inc.        Form 10-K
          and C. Steven Hoffman 

10.23*    Non-competition Agreement         Exhibit 10.72 to 
          dated as of February 29, 1996     the June 30, 1996
          between IMC Global Inc. and       Annual Report on
          Robert E. Fowler, Jr.             Form 10-K

10.24*    Non-competition Agreement         Exhibit 10.26 to
          dated as of March 1, 1996         the June 30, 1997
          between IMC Global Inc. and       Annual Report on
          John U. Huber                     Form 10-K

10.25*    Non-competition Agreement         Exhibit 10.27 to
          dated as of March 1, 1996         the June 30, 1997
          between IMC Global Inc. and       Annual Report on
          Robert M. Van Patten              Form 10-K

10.26*    Transition Bonus Agreement        Exhibit 10.73 to
          dated as of March 1, 1996         the June 30, 1996
          between IMC Global Inc.,          Annual Report on
          IMC Global Operations Inc.        Form 10-K
          and Marschall I. Smith 

10.27*    The Vigoro Corporation            Exhibit 10.74 to
          Severance Plan, as amended        the June 30, 1996 
                                            Annual Report on 
                                            Form 10-K


<PAGE>

10.28*     The IMC Global Inc. Severance    Exhibit 10.75 to 
           Plan                             the June 30, 1996 
                                            Annual Report on 
                                            Form 10-K
 
10.29      Suspension Agreement             Exhibit 10.17 to
           concerning Potassium Chloride    the Company's
           from Canada among the U.S.       Registration
           Department of Commerce and       Statement on
           the signatory purchasers/        Form S-1,
           exporters of potassium           (No. 33-17091)
           chloride from Canada 
           dated January 7, 1988

10.30      Settlement Agreement dated       Exhibit 10.18 to
           as of November 3, 1987, by       the Company's
           and among the Board of           Registration
           Trustees of the Internal         Statement on
           Improvement Trust Fund of        Form S-1,
           the State of Florida, the        (No. 33-17091)
           Department of Natural 
           Resources of the State of 
           Florida and Mallinckrodt

10.31      Sulphur Joint Operating          Exhibit 10.40 to 
           Agreement dated as of            the June 30, 1990
           May 1, 1988, among               Annual Report on
           Freeport-McMoRan Resource        Form 10-K
           Partners, IMC Global 
           Operations Inc. and Felmont 
           Oil Corporation

10.32      Oil/Gas Operating Agreement      Exhibit 10.41 to
           dated as of June 5, 1990,        the June 30, 1990
           among Freeport-McMoRan           Annual Report on
           Resource Partners, IMC           Form 10-K
           Global Operations Inc. and 
           Felmont Oil Corporation

10.33      Agreement in Principle dated     Exhibit 10.43 to
           September 7, 1990, with          the June 30, 1990
           Mallinckrodt                     Annual Report on
                                            Form 10-K

10.34      Agreement dated as of            Exhibit 10.41 to
           September 12, 1990, with         the June 30, 1990
           Mallinckrodt                     Annual Report on
                                            Form  10-K


<PAGE>

10.35      Memorandum of Agreement as        Exhibit 10.51 to
           of December 21, 1990, amending    the June 30, 1991
           Mining and Processing Agreement   Annual Report on
           of January 31, 1978, between      Form 10-K
           Potash Corporation of 
           Saskatchewan Inc. and 
           International Minerals & 
           Chemical (Canada) Global 
           Limited

10.36      Division of Proceeds Agreement    Exhibit 10.52 to
           dated December 21, 1990, between  the June 30, 1991
           Potash Corporation of             Annual Report on
           Saskatchewan Inc. and             Form 10-K
           International Minerals & 
           Chemical (Canada) Global Limited

10.37      Contribution Agreement dated      Exhibit 10.55 to
           April 5, 1993 between             the Company's
           Freeport-McMoRan Resource         March 31, 1993
           Partners, Limited Partnership     Form 10-Q/A
           and IMC Global Operations Inc.    (Amendment No. 1)
                                             filed on May 19, 1993

10.38      Form of Partnership Agreement,    Exhibit 10.29 to
           dated as of July 1, 1993, as      the June 30, 1995
           further amended and restated      Annual Report on
           as of May 26, 1995, between       Form 10-K
           IMC-Agrico GP Company, Agrico 
           Limited Partnership and 
           IMC-Agrico MP Inc., including 
           definitions

10.39      Form of Parent Agreement,         Exhibit 10.30 to
           dated as of July 1, 1993, as      the June 30, 1995
           further amended and restated      Annual Report on
           as of May 26, 1995, between       Form 10-K
           IMC Global Operations Inc., 
           Freeport-McMoRan Resource 
           Partners, Limited Partnership,
           Freeport-McMoRan Inc. and 
           IMC-Agrico Company

<PAGE>

10.40      Amendment, Waiver and Consent,    Exhibit 10.31 to
           dated May 26, 1995, among IMC     the June 30, 1995
           Global Inc.; IMC Global           Annual Report on
           Operations Inc.; IMC-Agrico GP    Form 10-K
           Company; IMC-Agrico MP, Inc.; 
           IMC-Agrico Company; Freeport-
           McMoRan Inc.; Freeport-McMoRan 
           Resource Partners, Limited 
           Partnership; and Agrico, 
           Limited Partnership

10.41      Agreement and Plan of Complete    Exhibit 10.32 to
           Liquidation and Dissolution,      the June 30, 1995
           dated May 26, 1995, among IMC     Annual Report on
           Global Operations Inc.,           Form 10-K
           IMC-Agrico GP Company, and 
           IMC-Agrico MP, Inc.

10.42      Sterlington Settlement            Exhibit 10.58 to
           Agreement between IMC             the Company's
           Global Inc., ANGUS Chemical       March 31, 1993
           Company and Industrial Risk       Form 10-Q/A
           Insurers dated April 1, 1993      (Amendment No. 1)
                                             filed on May 19, 1993
 
10.43      First Amendment to                Exhibit 10.59 to
           Contribution Agreement,           the Company's Report
           dated as of July 1, 1993,         on Form 8-K dated
           between Freeport-McMoRan          July 16, 1993
           Resource Partners, Limited 
           Partnership and IMC Global 
           Operations Inc.

10.44      Loan Agreement, dated as of       Exhibit 10.64 to
           December 1, 1991, between IMC     the Company's
           Global Operations Inc. and        Registration
           the Polk County Industrial        Statement on
           Development Authority (Florida)   Form S-4,
                                             (No. 33-49795)


<PAGE>

10.45      Amended and Restated              Exhibit 10.65 to
           Unconditional Guaranty, dated     the Company's
           as of December 1, 1991 of IMC     Registration
           Global Inc. with respect to       Statement on
           Polk County Industrial            Form S-4
           Development Authority (Florida)   (No. 33-49795)
           Industrial Development Revenue 
           Bonds (IMC Global Operations 
           Inc. Project) 1991 Tax-Exempt 
           Series A and 1992 Tax-Exempt 
           Series A

10.46      Supplemental Loan Agreement,      Exhibit 10.66 to
           dated as of January 1, 1992,      the Company's
           between IMC Global Operations     Registration
           Inc. and the Polk County          Statement on
           Industrial Development Authority  Form S-4,
           (Florida)                         (No. 33-49795

10.47      Second Supplemental Loan          Exhibit 10.67 to
           Agreement, dated as of            the Company's
           June 30, 1993, between IMC        Registration
           Global Operations Inc. and        Statement on 
           the Polk County Industrial        Form S-4,
           Development Authority             (No. 33-49795)
           (Florida) 

10.48      Amendment to Guaranty, dated      Exhibit 10.68 to
           June 30, 1993, with respect to    the Company's
           Polk County Industrial            Registration
           Development Authority             Statement on 
           (Florida) Industrial              Form S-4,
           Development Revenue Bonds        (No. 33-49795)
           (IMC Global Operations Inc. 
           Project) 1991 Tax-Exempt 
           Series A and 1992 Tax-Exempt 
           Series A

10.49      Indenture of Trust, dated as     Exhibit 10.69 to
           of December 1, 1991, between     the Company's
           Polk County Industrial           Registration
           Development Authority (the       Statement on 
           "Authority") and The Bank of     Form S-4,
           New York, as Trustee (the "IRB   (No. 33-49795)
           Trustee") relating to the 
           Industrial Development Revenue
           Bonds (IMC Global Operations 
           Inc. Project) 1991 Tax-Exempt 
           Series A (the "Series 1991 Bonds")

<PAGE>

10.50      Supplemental Indenture of Trust,   Exhibit 10.70 to
           dated as of January 1, 1992,       the Company's
           between the Authority and the      Registration
           IRB Trustee, relating to the       Statement on 
           Industrial Development Revenue     Form S-4,
           Bonds (IMC Global Operations       (No. 33-49795)
           Inc. Project) 1992 Tax-Exempt 
           Series A (the "Series 1992 Bonds")

10.51      Second Supplemental Indenture      Exhibit 10.71 to
           of Trust, dated as of June 30      the Company's
           1993, between the Authority and    Registration
           the IRB Trustee, relating to       Statement on 
           the Series 1991 Bonds and the      Form S-4,
           Series 1992 Bonds                  (No. 33-49795)

10.52      Agreement Under the Parent         Exhibit 10.63
           Agreement, dated as of             to the Company's
           January 23, 1996, among IMC        December 31, 1995
           Global Inc.; IMC Global            Form 10-Q
           Operations Inc.; Freeport-
           McMoRan Resource Partners, 
           Limited Partnership; Freeport-
           McMoRan Inc.; and IMC-Agrico 
           Company, a Delaware general
           partnership

10.53      Amendment and Agreement Under      Exhibit 10.64
           the Partnership Agreement,         to the Company's
           dated as of January 23, 1996,      December 31, 1995
           by and among IMC-Agrico GP         Form 10-Q
           Company; Agrico, Limited 
           Partnership; IMC-Agrico MP, 
           Inc.; IMC Global Operations 
           Inc. and IMC-Agrico Company

10.54      Second Amended and Restated        Exhibit 10.67 to
           Related Party Guaranty, dated      the June 30, 1997
           as of February 28, 1996 by         Annual Report on
           IMC Global Inc. and The Vigoro     Form 10-K
           Corporation, a Delaware 
           corporation, in favor of The
           Prudential Insurance Company of 
           America

<PAGE>

10.55      Five-Year Credit Agreement,        Exhibit 10.1
           dated as of December 15, 1997      to the Company's
           among IMC Global Inc., a           Report on
           Delaware corporation, as           Form 8-K dated
           borrower, the financial            December 22, 1997
           institutions parties thereto,
           Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of 
           New York, as Administrative Agent, 
           Royal Bank of Canada, as 
           Documentation Agent, The Chase 
           Manhattan Bank and NationsBank,
           N.A., as Co-Syndication Agents, 
           J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as
           Arranger, and NationsBanc
           Montgomery Securities, Inc. and 
           Royal Bank of Canada, as Co-Arrangers

10.56      Amendment No. 1, dated                                  X
           March 23, 1998, to Five-Year 
           Credit Agreement dated 
           December 15, 1997

10.57      Amendment No. 2 dated                                   X
           December 14, 1998, to Five-Year 
           Credit Agreement dated 
           December 15, 1997
 
10.58      Amendment No. 3, dated                                  X
           December 31, 1998 to Five-Year 
           Credit Agreement dated 
           December 15, 1997

10.59      364-Day Credit Agreement, dated                         X
           as of December 14, 1998, as 
           amended, among IMC Global Inc., 
           a Delaware corporation, as 
           borrower, the banks, managing
           agents and co-agents listed 
           therein

10.60      Five-Year Credit Agreement,       Exhibit 10.57 to
           dated as of December 22, 1997     the December 31, 1997
           among International Minerals &    Annual Report on
           Chemical (Canada) Global Limited  Form 10-K
           and IMC Kalium Canada Ltd., as 
           borrowers, the Company, and Royal 
           Bank of Canada, as Agent

<PAGE>

10.61      Amendment No. 1, dated                                 X
           March 31, 1998 , to Five-Year
           Credit Agreement, dated as of 
           December 22, 1997
 
10.62      Amendment No. 2, dated                                 X
           August 31, 1998 , to Five-Year
           Credit Agreement, dated as of
           December 22, 1997
 
10.63      Amendment No. 3, dated                                 X
           December 16, 1998 , to Five-Year 
           Credit Agreement, dated as of 
           December 22, 1997

10.64      Amendment No. 4, dated                                 X
           December 31, 1998 , to Five-Year
           Credit Agreement, dated as of 
           December 22, 1997
  
10.65      Transfer and Administration       Exhibit 10.72 to
           Agreement, dated as of            the June 30, 1997
           June 27, 1997, among IMC-Agrico   Annual Report on
           Receivables Company L.L.C.,       Form 10-K
           IMC-Agrico Company and 
           Enterprise Funding Corporation,
           a Delaware corporation

10.66      Receivables Purchase Agreement    Exhibit 10.73 to 
           between IMC-Agrico Company as     the June 30, 1997
           Seller and IMC-Agrico Annual      Report on
           Receivables Company L.L.C.        as Form 10-K
           Purchaser, dated as of 
           June 27, 1997

10.67      Amendment Number 1 to Transfer    Exhibit 10.60 to
           and Administration Agreement      the December 31, 1997
           and Receivables Purchase          Annual Report on
           Agreement among IMC-Agrico        Form 10-K
           Receivables Company L.L.C., 
           IMC-Agrico Company and 
           Enterprise Funding Corporation,
           a Delaware corporation

<PAGE>

10.68      Amendment Number 2 to Transfer                          X
           and Administration Agreement and 
           Receivables Purchase Agreement 
           among IMC-Agrico Receivables 
           Company L.L.C., IMC-Agrico 
           Company and Enterprise Funding 
           Corporation, a Delaware 
           corporation

10.69      Bill of Sale and Assignment                             X
           of Assets by and between 
           IMC-Agrico Receivables Company 
           L.L.C., dated September 30, 1998

10.70      Registration Rights Agreement      Exhibit 99.6 to
           dated as of March 1, 1996 among    the Company's
           IMC Global Inc. and certain        March 31, 1996
           former stockholders of The         Form 10-Q
           Vigoro Corporation

10.71*     Employment Agreement dated         Exhibit 10.62 to
           as of January 29, 1998 between     the December 31, 
           IMC Global Inc. and                1997 Annual Report
           Robert E. Fowler, Jr.              On Form 10-K

10.72      364-Day Credit Agreement           Exhibit 10.1 to
           dated as of April 1, 1998          the Company's 
           among IMC Global Inc. and          Report on
           the Banks listed therein           Form 8-K dated
                                              August 14, 1998
 
10.73      Amendment No. 1, dated                                  X
           December 31, 1998 to 364-Day 
           Credit Agreement dated 
           April 1, 1998
 
10.74      Revolving Loan Agreement,                               X
           dated as of December 18, 1998, 
           as amended, among Harris 
           Chemical Europe Ltd., Namsco 
           (UK) Ltd.; Salt Union Limited; 
           IMC Global Inc.; IMC Inorganic 
           Chemicals, Inc.; Chase Manhattan 
           plc and Chase Manhattan 
           International Limited


<PAGE>

10.75      Amendment No. 1, dated January 15,                      X
           1999 to Revolving Loan Agreement
           dated December 18, 1998

10.76      Facility Agreement, dated as                            X
           of September 23, 1998, among The
           First National Bank of Chicago, 
           Penrice Soda Products Pty Ltd.,
           Penrice Holdings Pty and IMC 
           Global Australia Pty Ltd. And
           IMC Global Inc.
 
10.77      Facility Agreement, dated as of                         X
           September 23, 1998, among Banque 
           Nationale de Paris, The First 
           National Bank of Chicago, Penrice 
           Soda Products Pty Ltd., Penrice 
           Holdings Pty and IMC Global 
           Australia Pty Ltd. and IMC Global Inc.
  
10.78      Facility Agreement, dated as                            X
           of September 23, 1998, among 
           Rabo Australia Limited, The 
           First National Bank of Chicago, 
           Penrice Soda Products Pty Ltd., 
           Penrice Holdings Pty and IMC Global 
           Australia Pty Ltd. and IMC Global Inc.
 
10.79*     Employment Agreement dated         Exhibit 10.1 to
           as of September 15, 1998           the Company's
           between IMC Global Inc. and        September 30, 1998
           Douglas A. Pertz                   Form 10-Q

10.80*     1998 Stock Option Plan for         Exhibit 10.7 to
           non-employee Directors             the Company's
                                              Report on 
                                              Form 8-K dated
                                              May 14, 1998
 
10.81      Non-competition Agreement                               X
           dated as of August 1, 1998 
           between IMC Global Inc. and 
           Robert M. Van Patten
  
10.82      Severance Agreement dated                               X
           as of March 19, 1998 between
           IMC Global Inc. and
           J. Bradford James

<PAGE>

10.83      Severance Agreement dated                               X
           as of August 1, 1998 between 
           IMC Global Inc. and
           Robert M. Van Patten

12        Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges                       X

13        The portions of IMC Global                               X
          Inc.'s 1998 Annual Report to 
          Stockholders which are 
          specifically incorporated by 
          reference

21        Subsidiaries of the Registrant                           X

23        Consent of Independent Auditors                          X

24        Power of Attorney                                        X

27        Financial Data Schedule                                  X

*  Denotes management contract or compensatory plan.


<PAGE>

(b)  REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

     During the fourth quarter and through the date of this filing, the 
     following reports were filed:

     A report under Items 5 and 7 dated October 28, 1998

     A report under Items 5 and 7 dated November 17, 1998

     A report under Item 5 dated December 31, 1998 as amended under 
     Items 5 and 7 on January 13, 1999

     A report under Item 5 dated January 6, 1999

     A report under Items 2 and 7 dated January 7, 1999 which amended a 
     report dated April 1, 1998

(c)  EXHIBITS

     See exhibit index listed at Item 14(a)(3) hereof.

(d)  Financial statements and schedules and summarized financial 
     information of 50 percent or less owned persons are omitted as 
     none of such persons are individually, or in the aggregate, 
     significant under the tests specified in Regulation S-X under 
     Article 3.09 of general instructions to the financial statements.

                             SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be 
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                                IMC GLOBAL INC.
                                (Registrant)

                                /s/ Robert E. Fowler, Jr.	
                                -------------------------
                                Robert E. Fowler, Jr.
                                Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Date:  March 29, 1999

<PAGE>

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 
this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of 
the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

/s/ Robert E. Fowler, Jr.  Chairman and Chief            March 29, 1999
Robert E. Fowler, Jr.      Executive Officer 
                           (principal executive officer)
 
/s/ Douglas A. Pertz       President, Chief Operating    March 29, 1999
Douglas A. Pertz           Officer and Director 
                           (principal operating officer)
 
/s/ J.Bradford James	  Senior Vice President and     March 29, 1999
J. Bradford James          Chief Financial Officer 
                           (principal financial officer)
 
/s/ Anne M. Scavone	       Vice President and            March 29, 1999
Anne M. Scavone            Controller
                           (principal accounting officer)

          *	            Director                      March 29, 1999
- - -----------------------
Wendell F. Bueche
 
          *                Director                      March 29, 1999
- - -----------------------	
Raymond F. Bentele
 
          *	            Director                      March 29, 1999
- - -----------------------
Rod F. Dammeyer
 
          *	            Director                      March 29, 1999
- - -----------------------
James M. Davidson
 
          *	            Director                      March 29, 1999
- - -----------------------
Harold H. MacKay
 
          *	            Director                      March 29, 1999
- - -----------------------
David B. Mathis

          *	            Director                      March 29, 1999
- - -----------------------
Donald F. Mazankowski

<PAGE>

          *	            Director                      March 29, 1999
- - -----------------------
Joseph P. Sullivan

          *	            Director                      March 29, 1999
- - -----------------------
Richard L. Thomas
 
          *	            Director                      March 29, 1999
- - -----------------------
Billie B. Turner 


*By: /s/ Rose Marie Williams	
     Rose Marie Williams
     Attorney-in-fact





- - ----------------------------
(1) All statements, other than statements of historical fact contained 
    within this Form 10-K constitute "forward-looking statements" 
    within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act 
    of 1995.

    Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from 
    those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements 
    include, but are not limited to, the following: general business 
    and economic conditions in the agricultural industry or in 
    localities where the Company or its customers operate; weather 
    conditions; the impact of competitive products; pressure on prices 
    realized by the Company for its products; constraints on supplies 
    of raw materials used in manufacturing certain of the Company's 
    products; capacity constraints limiting the production of certain 
    products; difficulties or delays in the development, production, 
    testing and marketing of products; difficulties or delays in 
    receiving required governmental and regulatory approvals; market 
    acceptance issues, including the failure of products to generate 
    anticipated sales levels; difficulties in integrating acquired 
    businesses and in realizing related cost savings and other 
    benefits; the effects of and change in trade, monetary and fiscal 

<PAGE>

    policies, laws and regulations; foreign exchange rates and 
    fluctuations in those rates; the costs and effects of legal, 
    including environmental, and administrative proceedings involving 
    the Company; the completion of the Company's Year 2000 program; and 
    the other risk factors reported from time to time in the Company's    
    Securities and Exchange Commission reports.

(2) Since the amount of potassium in the common salts of potassium 
    varies, the industry has established a common standard of 
    measurement by defining a product's potassium content, or grade, in 
    terms of equivalent percentages of potassium oxide (K2O).  A K2O 
    equivalent of 60 percent, 50 percent and 22 percent is the 
    customary minimum standard for muriate of potash, sulphate of 
    potash and double sulphate of potash magnesia products, 
    respectively.





                                                           EXHIBIT 4.3
                            WARRANT AGREEMENT


          This Warrant Agreement dated as of December 22, 1997 (the 
"Agreement") between IMC GLOBAL INC., a Delaware corporation (the 
"Company"), and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, a New York 
corporation, as warrant agent (the "Warrant Agent").

                                RECITALS

          WHEREAS, the Company proposes to issue and deliver its 
warrant certificates (the "Warrant Certificates") evidencing warrants 
(the "Warrants") to purchase up to an aggregate of 8,421,363 shares of 
its Common Stock (as defined below) to holders (the "Warrant 
Recipients") of the common stock, par value $.01 per share, of 
Freeport-McMoRan Inc. ("FTX") in connection with the Agreement and Plan 
of Merger dated as of August 26, 1997 (the "Merger Agreement") between 
the Company and FTX; and

          WHEREAS, each Warrant will entitle the registered holder 
thereof to purchase one share of Common Stock (as defined below) at the 
Exercise Price (as defined below);

          In consideration of the foregoing and for the purpose of 
defining the terms and provisions of the Warrants and the respective 
rights and obligations thereunder of the Company and the Holders, the 
Company and the Warrant Agent each agrees as follows:

          Section 1. Certain Definitions.  As used in this Agreement, 
the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

          "Affiliate" of any person means any person directly or 
indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect 
common control with such person.  For purposes of this definition, 
"control" when used with respect to any person means the power to 
direct the management and policies of such person, directly or 
indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by 
contract or otherwise, and the terms "controlling" and "controlled" 
have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

          "Business Day" means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday 
or a day on which the New York Stock Exchange, banking institutions or 
trust companies in the City of New York are authorized or obligated by 
law or executive order to close.

          "Common Stock" means the Common Stock, $1.00 par value per 
share, of the Company, and any other capital stock of the Company into 
which the Common Stock may be converted or reclassified or that may be 
issued in respect of, in exchange for, or in substitution of, the 
Common Stock by reason of any stock splits, stock dividends, 
distributions, mergers, consolidations or other like events.

<PAGE>

          "Company" shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to 
this Agreement or its successors and assigns.

          "Current Market Value" shall have the meaning set forth in 
Section 8(e) of this Agreement.

          "Effective Time" means December 22, 1997.

          "Exercise Date" shall mean, as to any Warrants, the date on 
which the Warrant Agent shall have received both (a) the Warrant 
Certificate representing such Warrants, with the Exercise Forms therein 
duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in 
writing, and (b) payment in cash, or by official bank check or 
certified check made payable to the Company, of an amount in lawful 
money of the United States of America equal to the applicable Exercise 
Price (as defined below).

          "Exercise Price" means the purchase price per share of Common 
Stock to be paid upon the exercise of a Warrant in accordance with the 
terms hereof, which price shall initially be $44.50 per share, subject 
to adjustment from time to time pursuant to Section 8 hereof.

          "Expiration Date" means December 22, 2000.

          "Holder" means, with respect to any Warrant Certificate, the 
person in whose name such Warrant Certificate is registered upon the 
books to be maintained by the Warrant Agent pursuant to Section 3 
hereof.

          "Merger Agreement" shall have the meaning set forth in the 
first Recital to this Agreement.

          "Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, 
joint venture, association, joint-stock company, limited liability 
company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency 
or political subdivision thereof.

          "Register" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) 
of this Agreement.

          "Warrant Agent" shall have the meaning set forth in the 
preamble to this Agreement or the successor or successors of such 
Warrant Agent duly appointed in accordance with the terms hereof.

          "Warrant Certificates" shall have the meaning set forth in 
the first Recital to this Agreement.

          "Warrant Recipients" shall have the meaning set forth in the 
first Recital to this Agreement.


<PAGE>

          "Warrants" shall have the meaning set forth in the first 
Recital to this Agreement.

          Section 2.  The Warrant Certificates.  (a) Upon issuance, 
each Warrant Certificate shall evidence one or more Warrants.  The 
Warrant Certificates shall be in registered form only and substantially 
in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.  The Warrant Certificates 
shall be dated the date on which they are countersigned by the Warrant 
Agent and may have such legends and endorsements typed, stamped, 
printed, lithographed or engraved thereon as the Company may deem 
appropriate and as are not inconsistent with the provisions of this 
Agreement, or as may be required to comply with applicable laws, rules 
or regulations including any rule or regulation of any securities 
exchange on which the Warrants may be listed.

          (b) Warrant Certificates substantially in the form of Exhibit 
A hereto and evidencing Warrants to purchase an aggregate of up to 
8,421,363 shares of Common Stock (subject to adjustment pursuant to 
Section 8) shall be executed, on or after the date of this Agreement, 
by the Company and delivered to the Warrant Agent for countersignature, 
and the Warrant Agent shall thereupon countersign and deliver such 
Warrant Certificates upon the order and at the direction of the 
Company.  The names and addresses of the Warrant Recipients shall be 
specified by the Company pursuant to a list of Warrant Recipients 
provided to the Warrant Agent by the Company, which shall consist of 
the names of those Persons who were stockholders of record of FTX as of 
the Effective Time, subject only to the elimination of the names of any 
such Persons as are only entitled to receive a payment in lieu of a 
fractional Warrant in accordance with the terms of the Merger 
Agreement.  The Warrant Agent is hereby authorized to countersign and 
deliver Warrant Certificates as required by this Section 2(b) or by 
Section 3(b), 4(f) or 6 hereof.  The Warrant Certificates shall be 
executed on behalf of the Company by any of its duly authorized 
officers, either manually or by facsimile signature printed thereon, 
and shall be dated the date of issuance.  The Warrant Agent shall 
countersign the Warrant Certificates either manually or by facsimile 
signature printed thereon, and the Warrant Certificates shall not be 
valid for any purpose until so countersigned.  In case any duly 
authorized officer of the Company whose signature shall have been 
placed upon any of the Warrant Certificates shall cease to be such 
officer of the Company before countersignature by the Warrant Agent and 
issue and delivery thereof, such Warrant Certificates may, 
nevertheless, be countersigned by the Warrant Agent and issued and 
delivered with the same force and effect as though such person had not 
ceased to be such officer of the Company.

<PAGE>

          Section 3.  Registration, Exchange and Transfer of Warrants.  
(a) The Warrant Agent shall keep at the principal corporate trust 
office of the Warrant Agent, specified in or pursuant to Section 4(e), 
a register (the "Register") in which , subject to such regulations as 
the Company may reasonably prescribe, the Warrant Agent shall provide 
for the registration of Warrant Certificates and of transfers or 
exchanges of Warrant Certificates as herein provided.

          (b) At the option of the Holder, Warrant Certificates may be 
exchanged at such office and upon payment of the charges hereinafter 
provided.  Whenever any Warrant Certificates are so surrendered for 
exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Warrant Agent shall 
countersign and deliver, the Warrant Certificates that the Holder 
making the exchange is entitled to receive; provided, however, that the 
Company shall not be required to issue and deliver Warrant Certificates 
representing fractional warrants.

          (c) Each Warrant Certificate issued upon any registration of 
transfer or exchange of Warrant Certificates shall be the valid 
obligation of the Company, evidencing the same obligations, and 
entitled to the same benefits under this Agreement as the Warrant 
Certificates surrendered for such registration of transfer or exchange.

          (d) Each Warrant Certificate surrendered for registration of 
transfer or exchange shall (if so required by the Company or the 
Warrant Agent) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written 
instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the 
Warrant Agent, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly 
authorized in writing.

          (e) No service charge shall be made for any registration of 
transfer or exchange of Warrant Certificates.  The Company may require 
payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental 
charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration of 
transfer or exchange of Warrant Certificates.

         (f) Each Warrant Certificate when duly endorsed in blank shall 
be negotiable and when a Warrant Certificate shall have been so 
endorsed, the Holder thereof may be treated by the Company, the Warrant 
Agent and all other persons dealing therewith as the sole and absolute 
owner thereof for any purpose and as the person solely entitled to 
exercise the rights represented thereby or to request the Warrant Agent 
to record the transfer thereof on the Register any notice to the 
contrary notwithstanding; but until such transfer on such Register, the 
Company and the Warrant Agent may treat the Holder thereof as the owner 
for all purposes.

<PAGE>

          Section 4. Exercise Price, Payment of the Exercise Price, 
Duration and Exercise of Warrants Generally.  (a) Each Warrant 
Certificate shall, when countersigned by the Warrant Agent, entitle the 
Holder thereof, upon payment of the Exercise Price and subject to the 
provisions of this Agreement, to receive one share of Common Stock for 
each whole Warrant represented thereby, subject to adjustment as herein 
provided, upon payment of the Exercise Price for each of such shares.

          (b) A Warrant shall be deemed to have been exercised 
immediately prior to the close of business on the Exercise Date and the 
Person entitled to receive shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the 
Warrant shall be treated as the holder of such Common Stock as of the 
close of business on the Exercise Date.  As soon as practicable on or 
after the Exercise Date, the Warrant Agent shall notify the Company, 
and the Warrant Agent shall, within five Business Days of the Exercise 
Date, deliver or cause to be delivered to or upon any written order of 
any Holder appropriate evidence of ownership of any shares of Common 
Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants or other securities or 
property (including any cash) to which the Holder is entitled 
hereunder, subject to Section 5.  All funds received upon the exercise 
of Warrants shall be deposited by the Warrant Agent for the account of 
the Company, unless otherwise instructed in writing by the Company.

          (c) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the 
Warrants shall be exercisable from time to time by the Holder thereof 
at any time on or prior to the Expiration Date.

          (d) The Warrants shall terminate and become void as of 5:00 
P.M. (New York City time) on the Expiration Date and all rights of the 
Holder of the Warrant Certificate evidencing such Warrant under this 
Agreement or otherwise shall cease.

          (e) Subject to Sections 5 and 9 hereof, in order to exercise 
a Warrant, the Holder thereof must surrender the Warrant Certificate 
evidencing such Warrant, with one of the forms on the reverse of or 
attached to the Warrant Certificates duly executed (with signature 
guaranteed), to the Warrant Agent at its office at 40 Wall Street, New 
York, New York 10005, or at such other address as the Warrant Agent may 
specify in writing to the Holders at their respective addresses 
specified in the Register, together with payment-in-full of the 
Exercise Price thereof.

<PAGE>

          (f) The Warrants evidenced by a Warrant Certificate shall be 
exercisable either as an entirety or, from time to time, for part only 
of the number of whole Warrants evidenced thereby.  If fewer than all 
of the Warrants evidenced by a Warrant Certificate are exercised at any 
time, the Warrant Certificate representing such Warrants shall be 
surrendered and a new Warrant Certificate of the same tenor and for the 
number of Warrants that were not exercised shall be issued by the 
Company.  The Warrant Agent shall countersign the new Warrant 
Certificate, register it in such name or names as may be directed in 
writing by the Holder and deliver the new Warrant Certificate to the 
person or persons entitled to receive the same.

          Section 5.  Payment of Taxes.  The Company will pay all 
documentary, stamp or similar taxes or other governmental charges, if 
any, attributable to the issuance of the Warrants or the issuance of 
Common Stock upon the exercise of Warrants; provided, however, that the 
Company shall not be required to pay any tax or other governmental 
charge which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the 
issue or delivery of any Warrant Certificates or certificates for 
Common Stock issued upon the exercise of Warrants in a name other than 
that of the Holder of such Warrants, and the Company shall not register 
any such transfer or issue any such certificate until such tax or 
governmental charge, if required, shall have been paid.

          Section 6.  Mutilated or Missing Warrant Certificates.  If  
(a)  any mutilated Warrant Certificate is surrendered to the Warrant 
Agent or (b) the Company and the Warrant Agent receive evidence to 
their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Warrant 
Certificate, and there is delivered to the Company and the Warrant 
Agent (in the case of destruction, loss or theft) such security or 
indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless, 
then, in the absence of notice to the Company or the Warrant Agent that 
such Warrant Certificate has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, 
the Company shall execute and the Warrant Agent shall countersign and 
deliver, in exchange for any such mutilated Warrant Certificate or in 
lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Warrant Certificate, a new 
Warrant Certificate of like tenor and for a like aggregate number of 
Warrants.

          Upon the issuance of any new Warrant Certificate under this 
Section 6, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to 
cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in 
relation thereto and other expenses in connection therewith.

<PAGE>

          Every new Warrant Certificate executed and delivered pursuant 
to this Section 6 in lieu of any destroyed, lost or stolen Warrant 
Certificate shall constitute an original contractual obligation of the 
Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Warrant 
Certificate shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be 
entitled to the benefits of this Agreement equally and proportionately 
with any and all other Warrant Certificates duly executed and delivered 
hereunder.

          The provisions of this Section 6 are exclusive and shall 
preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights or remedies with 
respect to the replacement of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen 
Warrant Certificates.

          Section 7.  Reservation of Common Stock for Issuance on 
Exercise of Warrants; Listing; Registration.  (a) The Company will at 
all times reserve and keep available, free from preemptive rights, and 
out of its authorized but unissued Common Stock, solely for the purpose 
of issuance upon exercise of Warrants as herein provided, such number 
of shares of Common Stock as shall then be issuable upon exercise of 
all outstanding Warrants.  The Company covenants that all shares of 
Common Stock which shall be issuable upon exercise of the Warrants 
shall, upon issue in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, be 
duly and validly issued and fully paid and nonassessable and free from 
all taxes, liens, and charges with respect to the issue thereof and 
that upon issuance such shares shall be listed on each national 
securities exchange on which any other shares of outstanding Common 
Stock are then listed.

          (b) The Company covenants that if any Common Stock to be 
reserved for the purpose of exercise of the Warrants hereunder require 
registration with, or approval of, any governmental authority under any 
federal or state securities law before such securities may be validly 
issued or delivered upon such exercise, or freely transferred by the 
holder thereof after such exercise, as expeditiously as reasonably 
possible, it shall endeavor to secure such registration or approval and 
shall use its reasonable efforts to obtain appropriate approvals under 
state "blue sky" securities laws.

          Section 8.  Adjustments.  The Exercise Price and the number 
of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of each whole Warrant 
shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:

<PAGE>

         (a) Stock Dividends; Stock Splits; Reverse Stock Splits; 
Reclassifications.  If the Company shall (i) pay a dividend in shares 
of Common Stock or make any other distribution with respect to its 
Common Stock in shares of Common Stock, (ii) subdivide its outstanding 
Common Stock,  (iii)  combine its outstanding Common Stock into a 
smaller number of shares, or (iv)  issue any shares of Common Stock in 
a reclassification of the Common Stock (including any such 
reclassification in connection with a merger, consolidation or other 
business combination in which the Company is the continuing 
corporation), then the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon 
exercise of each Warrant immediately prior to the record date for such 
dividend or distribution or the effective date of such subdivision or 
combination shall be adjusted so that the Holder of each Warrant shall 
thereafter be entitled to receive the kind and number of shares of 
Common Stock or other securities or property (including cash) of the 
Company that such Holder would have owned or have been entitled to 
receive after the happening of any of the events described above, had 
such Warrant been exercised immediately prior to the happening of such 
event or any record date with respect thereto.  An adjustment made 
pursuant to this Section 8(a) shall become effective immediately after 
the effective date of such event retroactive to the record date, if 
any, for such event.

          (b) Rights; Options; Warrants.  If the Company shall issue 
rights, options, warrants or convertible or exchangeable securities 
(other than a convertible or exchangeable security subject to Section 
8[a]) to all holders of its Common Stock ("Additional Options"), 
entitling them to subscribe for or purchase Common Stock at a price per 
share that is lower (at the record date for such issuance) than the 
Current Market Value per share of Common Stock, the Exercise Price of 
each Warrant shall be adjusted by multiplying such price by a fraction, 
of which the numerator shall be (i) the number of shares of Common 
Stock outstanding on the record date established for the issuance of 
the Additional Rights, Options plus the number of shares of Common 
Stock that the aggregate consideration received (upon issuance of such 
additional shares upon exercise of such Additional Options) would 
purchase at the Current Market Price, and of which the denominator 
shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on the record 
date established for the issuance of such Additional Options plus the 
number of additional shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of 
the Additional Options.  Such adjustment shall be made whenever such 
rights, options, warrants or convertible or exchangeable securities are 
issued, and shall become effective retroactively immediately after the 
record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive 
such rights, options, warrants or convertible or exchangeable 
securities.

<PAGE>

          Any adjustment to the number of shares of Common Stock 
issuable upon exercise of all Warrants then outstanding made pursuant 
to this Section 8(b) shall be allocated among the Warrants then 
outstanding on a pro rata basis.

          (c) Issuance of Common Stock at Lower Values.  If the Company 
shall, in a transaction to which Section 8(b) is inapplicable, issue or 
sell shares of Common Stock, or rights, options, warrants or 
convertible or exchangeable securities containing the right to 
subscribe for or purchase shares of Common Stock, at a price per share 
of Common Stock (determined in the case of such rights, options, 
warrants or convertible or exchangeable securities, by dividing (A) the 
total amount receivable by the Company in consideration of the issuance 
and sale of such rights, options, warrants or convertible or 
exchangeable securities, plus the total consideration, if-any, payable 
to the Company upon exercise, conversion or exchange thereof, by (B) 
the total number of shares of Common Stock covered by such rights, 
options, warrants or convertible or exchangeable securities) that is 
lower than the then Current Market Value per share of the Common Stock 
in effect immediately prior to such sale or issuance, then the Exercise 
Price of each  Warrant shall be adjusted by multiplying such Exercise 
Price by a fraction, of which the numerator shall be (i) the number of 
shares of Common Stock outstanding on the record date established for 
the issuance of such rights, options, or warrants plus the number of 
shares of Common Stock which the aggregate consideration received (upon 
exercise of such rights, options or warrants) would purchase at the 
Current Market Price, and the denominator of which shall be the number 
of shares of Common Stock outstanding on the record date established 
for the issuance of such rights, options or warrants plus the number of 
additional shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise thereof.  Such 
adjustment shall be made successively whenever any such sale or 
issuance is made.

          In case the Company shall issue and sell shares of Common 
Stock or rights, options, warrants or convertible or exchangeable 
securities containing the right to subscribe for or purchase shares of 
Common Stock for a consideration consisting, in whole or in part, of 
property other than cash or its equivalent, then in determining the 
price per share of Common Stock and the "consideration" receivable by 
or payable to the Company for purposes of the first sentence of this 
Section 8(c), the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine, in 
good faith, the fair value of such property.  In case the Company shall 
issue and sell rights, options, warrants or convertible or exchangeable 
securities containing the right to subscribe for or purchase shares of 
Common Stock, together with one or more other securities as part of a

<PAGE>

unit at a price per unit, then in determining the "price per share of 
Common Stock" and the "consideration" receivable by or payable to the 
Company for purposes of the first sentence of this Section 8(c), the 
Board of Directors of the Company shall determine, in good faith, the 
fair value of the rights, options, warrants or convertible or 
exchangeable securities then being sold as part of such unit.

          Any adjustment to the number of shares of Common Stock 
issuable upon exercise of all Warrants then outstanding made pursuant 
to this Section 8(c) shall be allocated among each Warrant then 
outstanding on a pro rata basis.

          The provisions of this Section 8(c) shall not apply (i) to 
shares issued pursuant to an employee stock option plan or similar plan 
providing for options or other similar rights to purchase shares of 
Common Stock, (ii) to issuances pursuant to incentive bonus plans or 
(iii) to shares issued in payment or settlement of any other equity-
related award to employees.

          (d) Expiration of Rights, Options and Conversion Privileges.  
Upon the expiration of any rights, options, warrants or conversion or 
exchange privileges that have previously resulted in an adjustment 
hereunder, if any thereof shall not have been exercised, the Exercise 
Price and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the 
exercise of each Warrant shall, upon such expiration, be readjusted and 
shall thereafter, upon any future exercise, be such as they would have 
been had they been originally adjusted (or had the original adjustment 
not been required, as the case may be) as if (i) the only shares of 
Common Stock so issued were the shares of Common Stock, if any, 
actually issued or sold upon the exercise of such rights, options, 
warrants or conversion or exchange rights and (ii) such shares of 
Common Stock, if any, were issued or sold for the consideration 
actually received by the Company upon such exercise plus the 
consideration, if any, actually received by the Company for issuance, 
sale or grant of all such rights, options, warrants or conversion or 
exchange rights whether or not exercised; provided, however, that no 
such readjustment shall have the effect of increasing the Exercise 
Price by an amount, or decreasing the number of shares issuable upon 
exercise of each Warrant by a number, in excess of the amount or number 
of the adjustment initially made in respect of the issuance, sale or 
grant of such rights, options, warrants or conversion or exchange 
rights.

<PAGE>

          (e) Current Market Value.  For the purposes of any 
computation under this Section 8 or under Section 7(b), the Current 
Market Value per share of Common Stock at the date herein specified 
shall be deemed to be the average of the daily market prices of the 
Common Stock for the 20 consecutive trading days immediately preceding 
the day as of which "Current Market Value" is being determined.  The 
market price for each such trading day shall be the closing price, 
regular way, on such day, or if no sale takes place on such day, the 
average of the closing bid and asked prices on such day.

          (f) Adjustments for Consolidation, Merger, Sale of Assets, 
Reorganization, etc.  If the Company (i) consolidates with or merges 
into any other corporation and is not the continuing or surviving 
corporation of such consolidation or merger, or (ii) permits any other 
corporation to consolidate with or merge into the Company and the 
Company is the continuing or surviving corporation but, in connection 
with such consolidation or merger, the Common Stock is converted into 
or exchanged for stock or other securities of any other corporation or 
cash or any other assets, or (iii) transfers all or substantially all 
of its properties and assets to any other corporation, or (iv) effects 
a capital reorganization or reclassification of the capital stock of 
the Company in such a way that holders of Common Stock shall be 
entitled to receive stock, securities, cash or assets with respect to 
or in exchange for Common Stock, then, and in each such case, proper 
provision shall be made so that, upon the basis and upon the terms and 
in the manner provided in this subsection (f), each Holder, upon the 
exercise of each Warrant at any time after the consummation of such 
consolidation, merger, transfer, reorganization or reclassification, 
shall be entitled to receive (at the aggregate Exercise Price in effect 
for all shares of Common Stock issuable upon such exercise immediately 
prior to such consummation as adjusted to the time of such 
transaction), in lieu of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such 
exercise prior to such consummation, the stock and other securities, 
cash and assets to which such Holder would have been entitled 
immediately prior to the record date for such dividend or distribution 
or the effective date of such consolidation, merger, transfer, 
reorganization or reclassification.

          (g) De Minimis Adjustments.  Except as provided in Section 
8(c) with reference to adjustments required by such Section 8(c), no 
adjustment in the Exercise Price shall be required unless such 
adjustment would result in an increase or decrease of such Exercise 
Price by at least one percent (1%); provided, however, that any 
adjustments which by reason of this Section 8(h) are not required to be 
made shall be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent 
adjustment.  All calculations shall be made to the nearest one-
thousandth of a share.

<PAGE>

          (h) Notice of Adjustment.  Whenever the number of shares of 
Common Stock or other stock or property issuable upon the exercise of 
each Warrant is adjusted, as herein provided, the Company shall 
promptly give written notice (signed by the Chief Financial Officer or 
Chief Executive Officer) to the Warrant Agent of such adjustment or 
adjustments and shall cause the Warrant Agent promptly to mail by first 
class mail, postage prepaid, to each Holder notice of such adjustment 
or adjustments and shall deliver to the Warrant Agent a certificate of 
a firm of independent public accountants selected by the Board of 
Directors of the Company (who may be the regular accountants employed 
by the Company) setting forth the adjusted Exercise Price, setting 
forth a brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment and 
setting forth the computation by which such adjustment was made.  The 
Warrant Agent shall be entitled to rely on such certificate and shall 
be under no duty or responsibility with respect to any such 
certificate, except to exhibit the same from time to time to any Holder 
desiring an inspection thereof during reasonable business hours.  The 
Warrant Agent shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility 
to any Holder to determine whether any facts exist that may require any 
adjustment of the number of shares of Common Stock or other stock or 
property issuable on exercise of the Warrants, or with respect to the 
nature or extent of any such adjustment when made, or with respect to 
the method employed in making such adjustment or the validity or value 
(or the kind or amount) of any shares of Common Stock or other stock or 
property which may be issuable on exercise of the Warrants.  The 
Warrant Agent shall not be responsible for any failure of the Company 
to make any cash payment or to issue, transfer or deliver any shares of 
Common Stock or stock certificates or other common stock or property 
upon the exercise of any Warrant.

          (i) Statement on Warrants.  Irrespective of any adjustment in 
the number or kind of shares issuable upon the exercise of the 
Warrants, Warrants theretofore or thereafter issued may continue to 
express the same number and kind of shares as are stated in the 
Warrants initially issuable pursuant to this Agreement.

          Section 9. Fractional Shares of Common Stock on Exercise of 
the Warrants.  The Company shall not be required to issue fractional 
shares of Common Stock on exercise of the Warrants.  If more than one 
Warrant shall be presented for exercise in full at the same time by the 
same Holder, the number of full shares of Common Stock that shall be 
issuable upon such exercise thereof shall be computed on the basis of 
the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock acquirable on exercise 
of the Warrants so presented.  If any fraction of a share of Common

<PAGE>

Stock would, except for the provisions of this Section 9, be issuable 
on the exercise of any Warrant (or specified portion thereof), the 
Company shall pay an amount in cash calculated by it in accordance with 
Section 8(e) to be equal to the then Current Market Value multiplied by 
such fraction computed to the nearest whole cent.  The Holders, by 
their acceptance of the Warrant Certificates, expressly waive any and 
all rights to receive any fraction of a share of Common Stock or a 
stock certificate representing a fraction of a share of Common Stock.

          Section 10. No Stock Rights.  Prior to the exercise of the 
Warrants, no Holder of a Warrant Certificate, as such, shall be 
entitled to vote or be deemed the holder of shares of Common Stock or 
any other securities of the Company that may at any time be issuable on 
the exercise hereof, nor shall anything contained herein be construed 
to confer upon any Holder of a Warrant Certificate, as such, the rights 
of a stockholder of the Company or the right to vote for the election 
of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any 
meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate 
action, to exercise any preemptive right, to receive notice of meetings 
or other actions affecting stockholders (except as provided herein), or 
to receive dividends or subscription rights or otherwise.

          Section 11. The Warrant Agent.  (a) The Company hereby 
appoints the Warrant Agent to act as agent of the Company as set forth 
in this Agreement.  The Warrant Agent hereby accepts the appointment as 
agent of the Company and agrees to perform that agency upon the terms 
and conditions herein set forth, by all of which the Company and the 
Holders of Warrants, by their acceptance thereof, shall be bound.  No 
implied duties or obligations shall be read into this Agreement against 
the Warrant Agent.  The Warrant Agent shall not by countersigning 
Warrant Certificates or by any other act hereunder be deemed to make 
any representation as to validity or authorization of the Warrants or 
the Warrant Certificates (except as to its countersignature thereon) or 
of any securities or other property delivered upon exercise of any 
Warrant, or as to the number or kind or amount of stock or other 
securities or other property deliverable upon exercise of any Warrant.  
The Warrant Agent shall not have any duty to calculate or determine any 
adjustments with respect either to the kind and amount of shares or 
other securities or any property receivable by Holders upon the 
exercise or tender of Warrants required from time to time, and the 
Warrant Agent shall have no duty or responsibility in determining the 
accuracy or correctness of any such calculation, other than to apply 
any adjustment, notice of which is given by the Company to the Warrant 
Agent to be mailed to the Holders in accordance with Section 8(i).  The 
Warrant Agent shall not (i) be liable for any recital or statement of

<PAGE>

fact contained herein or in the Warrant Certificates or for any action 
taken, suffered or omitted by it in good faith on the belief that any 
Warrant Certificate or any other documents or any signatures are 
genuine or properly authorized, (ii) be responsible for any failure on 
the part of the Company to comply with any of its covenants and 
obligations contained in this Agreement or in the Warrant Certificates, 
or (iii) be liable for any act or omission in connection with this 
Agreement except for its own negligence or willful misconduct.  The 
Warrant Agent is hereby authorized to accept instructions with respect 
to the performance of its duties hereunder from any officer of the 
Company and to apply to any such officer for instructions (which 
instructions will be promptly given in writing when requested) and the 
Warrant Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or suffered to 
be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the instructions of any 
such officer, except for its own negligence or willful misconduct, but 
in its discretion the Warrant Agent may in lieu thereof accept other 
evidence of such or may require such further or additional evidence as 
it may deem reasonable.

         (b) The Warrant Agent shall not be under any obligation or 
duty to institute, appear in or defend any action, suit or legal 
proceeding in respect hereof, unless first indemnified to its 
satisfaction, but this provision shall not affect the power of the 
Warrant Agent to take such action as the Warrant Agent may consider 
proper, whether with or without such indemnity.  The Warrant Agent 
shall promptly notify the Company in writing of any claim made or 
action, suit or proceeding instituted against it arising out of or in 
connection with this Agreement.

          (c) The Company will perform, execute, acknowledge and 
deliver or cause to be performed, executed, acknowledged and delivered 
all such further acts, instruments and assurances as may reasonably be 
required by the Warrant Agent in order to enable it to carry out or 
perform its duties under this Agreement.

          (d) The Company agrees to pay to the Warrant Agent 
compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder as the Company 
and the Warrant Agent may agree from time to time, and to reimburse the 
Warrant Agent for reasonable expenses and disbursements incurred in 
connection with the execution and administration of this Agreement 
(including the reasonable compensation and the expenses of its 
counsel), and further agrees to indemnify the Warrant Agent for, and to 
hold it harmless against any loss, liability or expense incurred 
without gross negligence or bad faith on its part, arising out of or in 
connection with the acceptance and administration of this Agreement, 
including the reasonable costs and expenses of defending itself against 
any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance 
of any of its powers or duties hereunder.

<PAGE>

          (e) The Warrant Agent and any stockholder, director, officer 
or employee of the Warrant Agent may buy, sell and deal in any of the 
Warrants or other securities of the Company or its Affiliates or become 
pecuniarily interested in transactions in which the Company or its 
Affiliates may be interested, or contract with or lend money to the 
Company or its Affiliates or otherwise act as fully and freely as 
though it were not the Warrant Agent under this Agreement.  Nothing 
herein shall preclude the Warrant Agent from acting in any other 
capacity for the Company or for any other legal entity.

          (f) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary 
notwithstanding, in no event shall the Warrant Agent be liable for 
special, indirect or consequential loss or damage of any kind 
whatsoever (including but not limited to loss of profits), even if the 
Warrant Agent has been advised of the form of action.

          Section 12. Resignation and Removal of Warrant Agent; 
Appointment of Successor.  (a)  No resignation or removal of the 
Warrant Agent and no appointment of a successor warrant agent shall 
become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor 
warrant agent provided herein.  The Warrant Agent may resign its duties 
and be discharged from all further duties and liability hereunder 
(except liability arising as a result of the Warrant Agent's own 
negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct) after giving written 
notice to the Company.  The Company may remove the Warrant Agent upon 
written notice, and the Warrant Agent thereupon in like manner be 
discharged from all further duties and liabilities hereunder, except as 
aforesaid.  Upon such resignation or removal, the Company shall appoint 
in writing a new warrant agent.  If the Company shall fail to make such 
appointment within a period of 60 days after it has been notified in 
writing of such resignation by the resigning Warrant Agent or after 
such removal, then a Holder may apply to any court of competent 
jurisdiction for the appointment of a new warrant agent.  Any new 
warrant agent, whether appointed by the Company or by such a court, 
shall be a corporation doing business under the laws of the United 
States or any State thereof, in good standing and having a combined 
capital and surplus of not less than $50,000,000.  The combined capital 
and surplus of any such new warrant agent shall be deemed to be the 
combined capital and surplus as set forth in the most recent annual 
report of its condition published by such warrant agent prior to its 
appointment, provided that such reports are published at least annually 
pursuant to law or to the requirements of a Federal or state 
supervising or examining authority.  After acceptance in writing of 
such appointment by the new warrant agent, it shall be vested with the 
same powers, rights, duties and responsibilities as if it had been 
originally named herein as the Warrant Agent, without any further

<PAGE>

assurance, conveyance, act or deed; but if for any reason it shall be 
necessary or expedient to execute and deliver any further assurance, 
conveyance, act or deed, the same shall be done at the expense of the 
Company and shall be legally and validly executed and delivered by the 
resigning or removed Warrant Agent.  Not later than the effective date 
of any such appointment, the Company shall give notice thereof to the 
resigning or removed Warrant Agent.  Failure to give any notice 
provided for in this Section, however, or any defect therein, shall not 
affect the legality or validity of the resignation of the Warrant Agent 
or the appointment of a new warrant agent, as the case may be.

          (b) Any corporation into which the Warrant Agent or any new 
warrant agent may be merged or any corporation resulting from any 
consolidation to which the Warrant Agent or any new warrant agent shall 
be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all 
of the corporate trust business of the Warrant Agent, shall be a 
successor Warrant Agent under this Agreement without any further act, 
provided that such corporation (i) would be eligible for appointment as 
successor to the Warrant Agent under the provisions of Section 12(a) or 
(ii) is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Warrant Agent.  Any such 
successor Warrant Agent shall promptly cause notice of its succession 
as Warrant Agent to be mailed first-class mail, postage prepaid) to 
each Holder at such Holder's last address as shown on the Register. 

          Section 13.  Money and Other Property Deposited with the 
Warrant Agent.  Any moneys, securities or other property that at any 
time shall be deposited on behalf of the Company with the Warrant Agent 
pursuant to this Agreement shall be and are hereby assigned, 
transferred and set over to the Warrant Agent in trust for the purpose 
for which such moneys, securities or other property shall have been 
deposited; but such moneys, securities or other property need not be 
segregated from other funds, securities or other property except to the 
extent required by law.

          Section 14.  Consolidations and Mergers of the Company and 
Sales, Leases and Conveyances Permitted Subject to Certain Conditions.  
(a) The Company may consolidate with, or sell, lease or convey all or 
substantially all of its assets to, or merge with or into any other 
corporation, provided that in any such case, either the Company shall 
be the continuing corporation, or the successor corporation shall be a 
corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States 
of America or a State thereof and such successor corporation shall 
expressly assume the obligations of the Company hereunder.

<PAGE>

         (b) In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale, lease or 
conveyance and upon any such assumption by the successor corporation, 
such successor corporation shall succeed to and be substituted for the 
Company, with the same effect as if it had been named herein, and the 
predecessor corporation, except in the event of a lease, shall be 
relieved of any further obligation under this Agreement and the 
Warrants. 

          Section 15.  Notices.  (a) Except as otherwise provided in 
Section 15(b), any notice, demand or delivery authorized by this 
agreement shall be sufficiently given or made when mailed if sent by 
first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to any Holder at such 
Holder's address shown on the Register and to the Company or the 
Warrant Agent as follows:

     If to the Company:

          IMC Global Inc.
          2100 Sanders Road
          Northbrook, Illinois  60062
          Attention:  Marschall I. Smith
                      Senior Vice President and General Counsel

     with a copy to:
       
          Sidley & Austin
          One First National Plaza
          Chicago, Illinois  60603
          Attention:  Thomas A. Cole
                      Larry A. Barden

     If to the Warrant Agent:

          American Stock Transfer & Trust Company
          40 Wall Street
          New York, New York 10005
          Attention:  Corporate Trust Department 

or such other address as shall have been furnished to the party giving 
or making such notice, demand or delivery.

          (b)  Any notice required to be given by the Company to the 
Holders shall be made by mailing by registered mail, return receipt 
requested, to the Holders at their respective addresses shown on the 
Register.  The Company hereby irrevocably authorizes the Warrant Agent, 
in the name and at the expense of the Company, to mail any such notice 
upon receipt thereof from the Company.  Any notice that is mailed in 
the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been 
duly given when mailed, whether or not the Holder receives the notice.

<PAGE>

          Section 16.  Amendments.  (a) The Company may from time to 
time supplement or amend this Agreement without the consent of any 
Holder, in order to (i) cure any ambiguity or correct or supplement any 
provision herein that may be defective or inconsistent with any other 
provision herein or (ii) add to the covenants and agreements of the 
Company for the benefit of the Holders, or surrender any rights or 
powers reserved to or conferred upon the Company in this Agreement.  
Upon the delivery of a certificate from an appropriate officer of the 
Company which states that the proposed supplement or amendment is in 
compliance with the terms of this section, the Warrant Agent shall join 
with the Company in the execution and delivery of any such supplemental 
agreements unless it affects the Warrant Agent's own rights, duties or 
immunities hereunder in which case such party may, but shall not be 
required to, join in such execution and delivery.

          (b) With the consent of the registered holders of at least a 
majority in number of the Warrants at the time outstanding, the Company 
and the Warrant Agent may at any time and from time to time by 
supplemental agreement or amendment add any provisions to or change in 
any manner or eliminate any of the provisions of this Agreement or of 
any supplemental agreement or modify in any manner the rights and 
obligations of the Warrant holders and of the Company; provided, 
however, that no such supplemental agreement or amendment shall, 
without the consent of the registered holder of each outstanding 
Warrant affected thereby:

     (1)  alter the provisions of this Agreement so as to affect 
adversely the terms upon which the Warrants are exercisable; or 

     (2)  reduce the number of Warrants outstanding the consent of 
whose holders is required for any such supplemental agreement or 
amendment.  

     Upon the delivery of a certificate from an appropriate officer of 
the Company which states that the proposed supplement or amendment is 
in compliance with the terms of this section, the Warrant Agent shall 
join with the Company in the execution and delivery of any such 
supplemental agreements unless it affects the Warrant Agent's own 
rights, duties or immunities hereunder in which case such party may, 
but shall not be required to, join in such execution and delivery.

          Section 17.  Persons Benefiting.  This Agreement shall be 
binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and the Warrant 
Agent, and their respective successors, assigns, beneficiaries, 
executors and administrators, and each registered Holder of the 
Warrants.  Nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed 
to confer upon any person, other than the Company, the Warrant Agent 
and the Holders of the Warrants, any right, remedy or claim under or by 
reason of this Agreement or any part hereof.

<PAGE>

          Section 18.  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in 
any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, 
but all of which together constitute one and the same instrument.

          Section 19.  Surrender of Certificates.  Any Warrant 
Certificate surrendered for exercise or purchase or otherwise acquired 
by the Company shall, if surrendered to the Company, be delivered to 
the Warrant Agent, and all Warrant Certificates surrendered or so 
delivered to the Warrant Agent shall be promptly canceled by such 
Warrant Agent and shall not be reissued by the Company.  The Warrant 
Agent shall deliver such canceled Warrant Certificates to the Company.

          Section 20.  Termination of Agreement.  This Agreement shall 
terminate and be of no further force and effect on the earliest of (a) 
the Expiration Date or (b) the date on which all of the Warrants have 
been exercised, except that the provisions of Sections 11 and 13 shall 
continue in full force and effect after such termination date.

          Section 21.  Governing Law.  This Agreement and each Warrant 
issued hereunder and all rights arising hereunder shall be construed in 
accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York, 
without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof.  

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this 
Agreement to be executed by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of 
the date first above written.

                              IMC GLOBAL INC.


                              By:    /s/ Marschall Smith
                              Name: Marschall I. Smith
                              Title: Senior Vice President 


                              AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY
                              as Warrant Agent


                              By:   /s/ Paula Caroppoli
                              Name: Paula Caroppoli
                              Title: Vice President


<PAGE>
                                                              EXHIBIT A


                   FORM OF FACE OF WARRANT CERTIFICATE

                    WARRANTS TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK
                            OF IMC GLOBAL INC.


Certificate for      Warrants         
CUSIP No.   
         -------
          This certifies that                              , or 
registered assigns, is the registered holder of the number of Warrants 
set forth above (the "Warrants").  Each Warrant entitles the holder 
thereof (a "Holder"), subject to the provisions contained herein and in 
the Warrant Agreement referred to below, to purchase from IMC Global 
Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), one share of Common 
Stock, par value $l.00 per share, of the Company ("Common Stock"), at 
the exercise price (the "Exercise Price") of $44.50 per share, subject 
to adjustment upon the occurrence of certain events.  This Warrant 
Certificate shall terminate and become void as of the close of business 
on December 22, 2000; provided, however, that if the last day for the 
exercise of the Warrants shall not be a Business Day, then the Warrants 
may be exercised on the next succeeding Business Day (as defined in the 
Warrant Agreement) following the Expiration Date.

          This Warrant Certificate is issued under and in accordance 
with the Warrant Agreement, dated as of December 22, 1997 (the "Warrant 
Agreement"), between the Company and American Stock Transfer & Trust 
Company, as warrant agent (the "Warrant Agent", which term includes any 
successor Warrant Agent under the Warrant Agreement), and is subject to 
the terms and provisions contained in the Warrant Agreement, to all of 
which terms and provisions the Holder of this Warrant Certificate 
consents by acceptance hereof.  The Warrant Agreement is hereby 
incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof.  Reference is 
hereby made to the Warrant Agreement for a full statement of the 
respective rights, limitations of rights, duties, obligations and 
immunities thereunder of the Company, the Warrant Agent and the Holders 
of the Warrants.

          As provided in the Warrant Agreement and subject to the terms 
and conditions therein set forth, the Warrants are immediately 
exercisable.  At 5:00 P.M. (New York City time) on the Expiration Date, 
each Warrant not exercised prior thereto shall terminate and become 
void and of no value; provided, however, that if the last day for the 
exercise of the Warrants shall not be a Business Day, then the Warrants 
may be exercised until 5:00 P.M. (New York City time) on the next 
succeeding Business Day following the Expiration Date.

<PAGE>

          The Exercise Price and the number of shares of Common Stock 
issuable upon the exercise of each whole Warrant are subject to 
adjustment as provided in the Warrant Agreement.

          In order to exercise a Warrant, the registered holder hereof 
must surrender this Warrant Certificate at the office of the Warrant 
Agent, with the Exercise Subscription Form on the reverse hereof duly 
executed by the Holder hereof, with signature guaranteed as therein 
specified, together with any required payment in full of the Exercise 
Price then in effect or the share(s) of Common Stock as to which the 
Warrant(s) represented by this Warrant Certificate are submitted for 
exercise, all subject to the terms and conditions hereof and of the 
Warrant Agreement.  Any such payment of the Exercise Price shall be in 
cash or by certified or official bank check payable to the order of the 
Company.

          The Company will pay all documentary stamp taxes, if any, 
attributable to the initial issuance of Common Stock upon the exercise 
of Warrants; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required 
to pay any tax or other governmental charge which may be payable in 
respect of any transfer involved in the issue or delivery of any 
Warrant Certificates or certificates for Common Stock issued upon the 
exercise of Warrants in a name other than that of the registered Holder 
of such Warrants, and the Company shall not register any such transfer 
or issue any such certificate until such tax or governmental charge, if 
required, shall have been paid.

          This Warrant Certificate and all rights hereunder are 
transferable by the registered holder hereof, in whole or in part, on 
the register of the Company, upon surrender of this Warrant Certificate 
for registration of transfer at the principal corporate trust office of 
the Warrant Agent maintained for such purpose in the City of New York, 
duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in 
form satisfactory to the Company and the Warrant Agent duly executed by 
the Holder hereof, or his attorney duly authorized in writing, with 
signature guaranteed as specified in the attached Form of Assignment.  
Upon any partial transfer, the Company will issue and deliver to such 
holder a new Warrant Certificate or Certificates with respect to any 
portion not so transferred; provided, however, that the Company shall 
not be required to issue and deliver Warrant Certificates representing 
fractional warrants.

          No service charge shall be made for any registration of 
transfer or exchange of the Warrant Certificates, but the Company may 
require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other 
governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

<PAGE>

          This Warrant Certificate and the Warrant Agreement are 
subject to amendment as provided in the Warrant Agreement.

          All terms used in this Warrant Certificate that are defined 
in the Warrant Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to them in 
the Warrant Agreement.

          Copies of the Warrant Agreement are on file at the office of 
the Warrant Agent and may be obtained by writing to the Warrant Agent 
at the following address: 40 Wall Street, New York, New York 10005, 
Attention:  Corporate Trust Department.

          This Warrant Certificate shall not be valid for any purpose 
until it shall have been countersigned by the Warrant Agent.

Dated:                 ,      
      ----------------- -----

                                   IMC GLOBAL INC.


                                   By:
                                      -----------------------------
                                   Name:
                                   Title:


                                   Countersigned:

                                   AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST 
                                   COMPANY
   
                                   as Warrant Agent


                                   By:  
                                      -----------------------------
                                   Authorized Officer



<PAGE>

                  FORM OF REVERSE OF WARRANT CERTIFICATE
                         EXERCISE SUBSCRIPTION FORM

             (To be executed only upon exercise of Warrants)

To:  IMC Global Inc.

          The undersigned irrevocably exercises             of the 
Warrants for the purchase of one share per Warrant (subject to 
adjustment) of Common Stock, par value $l.00 per share, of IMC Global 
Inc. represented by this Warrant Certificate hereof and herewith makes 
payment of $          (such payment being in cash or by certified or 
official bank check payable to the order of IMC Global Inc.), 
representing the Exercise Price for such Warrants so exercised.  On the 
terms and conditions specified in this Warrant Certificate and the 
Warrant Agreement therein referred to, the undersigned hereby 
surrenders this Warrant Certificate and all right, title and interest 
therein to and directs that the shares of Common Stock deliverable upon 
the exercise of such Warrants be registered or placed in the name and 
at the address specified below and delivered thereto.

Date:            ,     
      ----------- ------
                              -----------------------------------
                              (Signature of Owner) 


                              -----------------------------------
                              (Street Address)

                              
                              -----------------------------------
                              (City)            (State)(Zip Code)


                              Signature Guaranteed by:


                              -----------------------------------



<PAGE>

Securities and/or check to be issued to:

Please insert social security or identifying number:

Name:

Street Address:

City, State and Zip Code:

Any unexercised Warrants evidenced by the within Warrant
Certificate to be issued to:

Please insert social security or identifying number:
Name:
Street Address:
City, State and Zip Code:


<PAGE>
                            FORM OF ASSIGNMENT
          FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned registered holder of the 
within Warrant Certificate hereby sells, assigns, and transfers unto 
the Assignee(s) named below (including the undersigned with respect to 
any Warrants constituting a part of the Warrants evidenced by the 
within Warrant Certificate not being assigned hereby) all of the right 
of the undersigned under the within Warrant Certificate, with respect 
to the number of whole Warrants set forth below:
                             Social Security
                                 or other
                               identifying
Name of                         number of             Number of
ASSIGNEES      Address         Assignee(s)             Warrants




and does hereby irrevocably constitute and  appoint____________________ 
___________________________ the undersigned's attorney to make such 
transfer on the books of _____________________ maintained for that 
purpose, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Date:               , 19    
      --------------    ----

                              -----------------------------------
                              (Signature of Owner)( )
                              
                              -----------------------------------
                              (Street Address)
                              
                              -----------------------------------
                              (City)            (State)(Zip Code)

                              Signature Guaranteed by:
                              
                              ------------------------------------

::ODMA\PCDOCS\CHICAGO4\428147\9   




                                                       EXHIBIT 10.56

                                                     [EXECUTION COPY]


             AMENDMENT NO. I TO FIVE-YEAR CREDIT AGREEMENT


          AMENDMENT dated as of March 23, 1998 among IMC Global Inc. 
(the "Borrower"), the Banks listed on the signature pages hereof (the 
"Banks"), Royal Bank of Canada, as Documentation Agent, The Chase 
Manhattan Bank and NationsBank, N.A., as Co-Syndication Agents, and 
Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, as Administrative Agent (the 
"Administrative Agent").

                          W I T N E S S E T H:

          WHEREAS, the parties hereto have heretofore entered into a 
Five-Year Credit Agreement dated as of December 15, 1997 (the 
"Agreement"); and

          WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend the Agreement as 
specified below;

          NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

          SECTION 1.  Definitions; References.  

          (a) Unless otherwise specifically defined herein, each term 
     used herein which is defined in the Agreement shall have the 
     meaning assigned to such term in the Agreement.  Each reference to 
     "hereof", "hereunder", "herein" and "hereby" and each other 
     similar reference and each reference to "this Agreement" and each 
     other similar reference contained in the Agreement shall from and 
     after the date hereof refer to the Agreement as amended hereby.

          (b)   The following definitions are added to Section 1.01 in 
     their appropriate alphabetical positions:

          "Existing Harris Debt" means Debt of Harris Chemical North 
America, Inc., a Delaware corporation, under its outstanding 
$250,000,000 10.25% Senior Secured Discount Notes and its outstanding 
$335,000,000 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes.

          "Harris Chemical Acquisition" means the merger of Harris 
Chemical Group with and into IMC Merger Sub Inc., a wholly-owned 
Subsidiary of the Company, with Harris Chemical Group as the successor 
thereto, expected to be consummated on or about March 31, 1998 pursuant 
to that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated December 11, 1997, 
by and among the Company, IMC Merger Sub Inc. and Harris Chemical 
Group.

<PAGE>

          "Harris Chemical Group" means Harris Chemical Group, Inc., a 
Delaware corporation.

          SECTION 2.  Mergers and Sale of Assets.

          (a)  The word "and" appearing immediately before clause (iv) 
     in Section 5.07(b) is hereby deleted.

          (b)  The following clause (v) is added to the proviso in 
     Section 5.07(b):

           "and (v) the sale of assets acquired in or as a direct 
     result of the Harris Chemical Acquisition."

          SECTION 3.  Debt of Subsidiaries.  

          (a)  The following language is added to the first 
     parenthetical in Section 5.10 immediately following the word 
     "excluding":

              "(a) Existing Harris Debt at any time until the earlier 
                   of (x) November 1, 1998 and (y) the repurchasing or 
                   prepayment of such Debt by the Company or by any 
                   such Subsidiary of the Company (but not any 
                   refinancing thereof) and (b)"

          (b)  The percentage "20%" in Section 5.10 is hereby changed
     to "25%".

          SECTION 4.  Pricing.  

          (a)  Effective retroactively from and after December 15, 1997 
     (i) the proviso in the first paragraph of the Pricing Schedule is 
     deleted and (ii) the definition of "Conversion Date" is deleted.


          (b)On the later of (i) the date this Amendment becomes 
     effective in accordance with Section 8 hereof and (ii) March 31, 
     1998, the Borrower shall pay to the. Administrative Agent for the 
     account of the Banks accrued amounts payable as a result of 
     Section 4(a).

<PAGE>

          SECTION 5. Existing Letters of Credit.  On the date that the 
Harris Chemical Acquisition is consummated, each existing letter of 
credit issued on behalf of certain Subsidiaries of Harris Chemical 
Group by an Issuing Bank (as defined in the Agreement) shall, subject 
to the satisfaction of the applicable terms and conditions set forth in 
the Agreement, be deemed to be a Letter of Credit issued at the request 
of the Company under the terms of the Agreement, and shall from and 
after such date be governed by the provisions of the Agreement as fully 
as if the same had been issued pursuant thereto on such date.

          SECTION 6.  Representations and Warranties.  The Borrower 
hereby represents and warrants that as of the date hereof and after 
giving effect hereto:

          (a)   no Default has occurred and is continuing; and

          (b)   each representation and warranty of the Borrower set 
     forth in the Agreement is true and correct as though made on and 
     as of such date.

          SECTION 7.  Governing Law.  This Amendment shall be governed 
by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

          SECTION 8.  Counterparts; Effectiveness.  This Amendment may 
be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an 
original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto 
were upon the same instrument.  This Amendment shall become effective 
as of the date hereof when the Administrative Agent shall have received
(i) duly executed counterparts hereof signed by the Borrower and the 
Required Banks (or, in the case of any party as to which an executed 
counterpart shall not have been received, the Administrative Agent 
shall have received telegraphic, telex or other written confirmation 
from such party of execution of a counterpart hereof by such party) and 
(ii) if satisfaction of subsection (i) of this Section 8 occurs after 
March 31, 1998, receipt by the Administrative Agent of the amount due 
pursuant to Section 4 hereof

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this 
Amendment to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

                                      IMC GLOBAL INC.

                                      By: Eric T. Martinez
                                      Name:  Eric T. Martinez
                                      Title: Assistant Treasurer
                                      2100 Sanders Road
                                      Northbrook, IL 60062
                                      Attention: Eric Martinez
                                                 Assistant Treasurer
                                      Telecopy number:847-205-4930

<PAGE>

                                      MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST
                                      COMPANY OF NEW YORK,
                                      Individually and as             
                                      Administrative Agent

	
                                      By: /s/ Douglas Maher
                                      Name:  Douglas Maher
                                      Title: Vice President
                                      60 Wall Street
                                      New York, NY 10260
                                      Attention:  Loan Department
                                      Telex number:   177615 MGT
                                      Telecopy number:(212) 648-5023


                                      THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK,
                                      Individually and as Co-
                                      Syndication Agent


                                      By /s/ James H. Ramage
                                      Name:  James H. Ramage
                                      Title: Vice President


                                      NATIONSBANK, N.A., Individually 
                                      and as Co-Syndication Agent


                                      By /s/ Wallace W. Harris, Jr.
                                      Name:  Wallace W. Harris, Jr.
                                      Title: Vice President


                                      ROYAL BANK OF CANADA, 
                                      Individually and as Documentation
                                      Agent

	
                                      By /s/ Gordon McArthur
                                      Name:  Gordon McArthur
                                      Title: Manager


<PAGE>

                                      CREDIT AGRICOLE INDOSUEZ, 
                                      Individually and as Managing 
                                      Agent


                                      By /s/ Katherine L. Abbott
                                      Name:  Katherine L. Abbott
                                      Title: First Vice President


                                      By /s/ David Bouhl
                                      Name:  David Bouhl, FVP
                                      Title: Head of Corporate Banking, 
                                             Chicago


                                      HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK, 
                                      Individually and as Managing 
                                      Agent


                                      By /s/ Julie K. Hossack
                                      Name:  Julie K. Hossack
                                      Title: Vice President

                                      THE BANK OF MONTREAL Individually 
                                      and as Managing Agent

	
                                      By /s/ Michael P. Sassos
                                      Name:  Michael P. Sassos
                                      Title: Director



                                      THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK
                                      OF CHICAGO, Individually and as 
                                      Co-Agent

                                      By T. Thomas Cheng
                                      Name:  T. Thomas Cheng
                                      Title: First Vice President


                                      THE NORTHERN TRUST COMPANY, 
                                      Individually and as Co-Agent

                                      By /s/ Michelle M. Teteak
                                      Name:  Michelle M. Teteak
                                      Title: Vice President
<PAGE>

                                     ABN-AMRO BANK N.V.

                                     By /s/ James R. Morgan
                                     Name:  James R. Morgan
                                     Title: Group Vice President

                                     By /s/ Scott J. Albert
                                     Name:  Scott J. Albert
                                     Title: Vice President


                                     BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL
                                     TRUST AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION
        
                                     By /s/ G. Burton Queen
                                     Name:  G. Burton Queen
                                     Title: Managing Director


                                     BANQUE NATIONALE DE PARIS

                                     By /s/ Frederick H. Moryl, Jr.
                                     Name:  Frederick H. Moryl, Jr.
                                     Title: Senior Vice President and 
                                            Manager, Corporate


                                     THE BANK OF NEW YORK

                                     By /s/ John M. Lokay, Jr.
                                     Name:  John M. Lokay, Jr.
                                     Title: Vice President


                                     THE BANK OF TOKYO-MITSUBISHI,
                                     LTD. CHICAGO BRANCH

                                     By /s/ Hajime Watanabe
                                     Name:  Hajime Watanabe
                                     Title: Deputy General Manager


                                     FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK

                                     By
                                       ------------------------
                                     Name:
                                     Title:

<PAGE>

COOPERATIEVE CENTRALE
RAIFFEISEN-BOERENLEENBANK
B.A., "RABOBANK NEDERLAND",
NEW YORK BRANCH

By /s/ Ian Reece              Name:  IAN REECE
                              Title: Senior Credit Officer

By /s/ Hans F. Breukhoven     Name:  Hans F. Breukhover
                              Title: Vice President.


THE SAKURA BANK, LIMITED
	
By /s/ Yoshikazu Nagura       Name:  Yoshikazu Nagura
                              Title: Vice President



STANDARD CHARTERED BANK

By /s/ Kristina McDavid       Name:  Kristina McDavid
                              Title: Vice President


By /s/ Francois P. Dorival-Bordes   Name: Francois P. Dorival-Bordes
                                    Title: Vice President


SUNTRUST BANK, ATLANTA

By /s/ Brian M. Davis         Name:  Brian M. Davis
                              Title: A.V.P.

By /s/ Gregory L. Cannon      Name:  Gregory L. Cannon
                              Title: Vice President.


THE DAI-ICHI KANGYO BANK, LTD., CHICAGO BRANCH

By                            Name:
  ------------------------    Title:


<PAGE>

MARINE MIDLAND BANK

By                            Name:
  ------------------------    Title:


THE INDUSTRIAL BANK OF JAPAN,  LIMITED

By                            Name:
  ------------------------    Title:






                                                    EXHIBIT 10.57
                                                    [CONFORMED COPY]

             AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO FIVE-YEAR CREDIT AGREEMENT

	AMENDMENT dated as of December 14, 1998 to the Five-Year Credit 
Agreement dated as of December 15, 1997 (as amended by Amendment No. 1 
to Five-Year Credit Agreement dated as of March 23, 1998, the 
"Agreement") among IMC Global Inc. (the "Borrower"), the Banks listed 
on the signature pages hereof (the "Banks") and Morgan Guaranty Trust 
Company of New York, as Administrative Agent (the "Administrative 
Agent").

                          W I T N E S S E T H :

     WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend the Agreement as 
specified below;

     NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

     SECTION 1. Definitions; References. (a) Unless otherwise 
specifically defined herein, each term used herein which is defined in 
the Agreement shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the 
Agreement. Each reference to "hereof", "hereunder", "herein" and 
"hereby" and each other similar reference and each reference to "this 
Agreement" and each other similar reference contained in the Agreement 
shall from and after the date hereof refer to the Agreement as amended 
hereby.

     SECTION 2. Amendments to Definitions. Section 1.01 of the 
Agreement is amended by inserting, in their appropriate alphabetical 
position, the following definitions:

     "IMC Inorganic Chemicals Inc." means IMC Inorganic Chemicals Inc., 
a Delaware corporation, formerly known as Harris Chemical Group Inc.

     "PLP" means Phosphate Resource Partners Limited Partnership, a 
Delaware limited partnership, and its successors.

     SECTION 3. Amendment to Borrowings Condition. Section 3.02 of the 
Agreement is amended by amending and restating subparagraph (d) thereof 
in its entirety as follows:

<PAGE>

		(d)	the fact that the representations and warranties (other 
     than (i) the representation and warranty set forth in Section 
     4.04(b) in the case of a Borrowing which does not result in an 
     increase in the sum of the aggregate outstanding principal amount 
     of the Loans and the aggregate Letter of Credit Liabilities, (ii) 
     the representation and warranty set forth in Section 4.04(a) and 
     (iii) the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4.12 
     in the case of a Borrowing after December 31, 2000) of the  
     Borrower and, if the Borrower is not the Company, of the Company 
     contained in this Agreement shall be true on and as of the date of 
     such Borrowing or issuance of such Letter of Credit.

     SECTION 4. Amendment to Representations and Warranties. Article 4 
of the Agreement is amended by adding a new Section 4.12 immediately 
after Section 4.11 thereof, to read in its entirety as follows:

     SECTION 4.12. Year 2000. Any reprogramming required to permit the 
proper functioning, in and following year 2000, of (a) the Company's 
computer systems and (b) equipment containing embedded microchips 
(including systems and equipment supplied by others or with which the 
Company's systems interface) and the testing of all such systems and 
equipment, as so reprogrammed, will be completed in a timely fashion. 
The cost to the Company of such reprogramming and testing and of the 
reasonably foreseeable consequences of year 2000 to the Company 
(including, without limitation, reprogramming errors and the failure of 
others' systems or equipment) will not result in a Default or a 
Material Adverse Effect. Except for such of the reprogramming referred 
to in the preceding sentence as may be necessary, the computer and 
management information systems of the Company and its Subsidiaries are 
and, with ordinary course upgrading and maintenance, will continue for 
the term of this Agreement, to be sufficient to permit the Company to 
conduct its business without Material Adverse Effect.

     SECTION 5. Amendment to Debt of Subsidiaries Covenant. Section 5. 
10 of the Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

     SECTION 5.10. Debt of Subsidiaries. Total Debt of all Subsidiaries 
(excluding Debt (i) of a Subsidiary owing to the Company, (ii) of a 
Subsidiary owing to a Substantially-Owned Consolidated Subsidiary, 
(iii) of an Eligible Subsidiary under this Agreement, (iv) of PLP in an 
aggregate principal amount not exceeding $300,000,000 outstanding on 
December 15, 1997 (but not any refinancing thereof), (v) of Harris 
Chemical North America, Inc. and its Subsidiaries arising out of the 
Argus Utilities sale-leaseback transaction in an aggregate principal 
amount not exceeding $71,000,000, or (vi) of IMC Inorganic Chemicals

<PAGE>

Inc., formerly known as Harris Chemical Group Inc., and its 
Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding 
UK50,000,000) will not at any date exceed 25% of Consolidated Net Worth 
(calculated as of the last day of the fiscal quarter most recently 
ended on or prior to such date). For purposes of this Section any 
preferred stock of a Consolidated Subsidiary (other than the Series E 
Preferred Stock) held by a Person other than the Company or a 
Substantially- Owned Consolidated Subsidiary shall be included, at the 
higher of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation value, in the "Debt" 
of such Consolidated Subsidiary.

     SECTION 6. Representations and Warranties. The Borrower hereby 
represents and warrants that as of the date hereof and after giving 
effect hereto:

               (a) no Default has occurred and is continuing; and

               (b) each representation and warranty of the Borrower set 
     forth in the Agreement is true and correct as though made on and  
     as of such date.

     SECTION 7. Governing Law. This Amendment shall be governed by and 
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

     SECTION 8. Counterparts; Effectiveness. This Amendment may be 
signed in  any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an 
original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto 
were upon the same instrument. This Amendment shall become effective as 
of the date hereof when the Administrative Agent shall have received 
duly executed counterparts hereof signed by the Borrower and the 
Required Banks (or, in the case of any party as to which an executed 
counterpart shall not have been received, the Administrative Agent 
shall have received telegraphic, telex or other written confirmation 
from such party of execution of a counterpart hereof by such party).

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment 
to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

IMC GLOBAL INC.

By /s/ E. Paul Dunn Jr.
Title: Vice President


MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK

By /s/ Robert Bottamedi
Title: Vice President

<PAGE>

THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK

By /s/ James H. Ramage
Title: Vice President


NATIONSBANK, N.A.

By /s/ G. Burton Queen
Title: Managing Director


ROYAL BANK OF CANADA

By /s/ Gordon MacArthur
Title: Manager


CREDIT AGRICOLE INDOSUEZ

By /s/ David Bouhl
Title: F.V.P., Head of Corporate Banking, Chicago

By /s/ Katherine L. Abbott
Title: First Vice President


HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK

By /s/ Julie Hossack
Title: Vice President


THE BANK OF MONTREAL

By /s/ Ian M. Plester
Title: Director


THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO

By /s/ Robert G. Sperhac
Title: Vice President


<PAGE>

THE NORTHERN TRUST COMPANY

By /s/ Michelle M. Teteak 
Title: Vice President


ABN-AMRO BANK N.V.

By /s/ Scott J. Albert
Title: Vice President

By /s/ Steven M. Buehler
Title: Assistant Vice President


BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION

By /s/ G. Burton Queen
Title: Managing Director


BANQUE NATIONALE DE PARIS

By /s/ Arnaud Collin du Bocage 
Title: Executive Vice President and General Manager

THE BANK OF NEW YORK

By /s/ John M. Lokay. Jr. 
Title: Vice President


THE BANK OF TOKYO-MITSUBISHI,	LTD. CHICAGO BRANCH

By /s/ Hajime Watanabe 
Title: Deputy General Manager


FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK

By /s/ Kristen M. Denning
Title: Assistant Vice President


<PAGE>

COOPERATIEVE CENTRALE RAIFFEISEN-BOERENLEENBANK 
B.A., "RABOBANK NEDERLAND",
NEW YORK BRANCH

By /s/ W. Jeffrey Vollack
Title: Senior Credit Officer and Senior Vice President
	
By /s/ Michiel V.M. Van der Voort 
Title: Vice President


THE SAKURA BANK, LIMITED, CHICAGO BRANCH

By 
Title:


STANDARD CHARTERED BANK

By /s/ Francois Dorival-Bordes 
Title: Senior Vice President

By /s/ Kristina McDavid 
Title: Vice President


SUNTRUST BANK, ATLANTA

By /s/ Michel A. Odermatt 
Title: Vice President

By /s/ F. Steven Parrish 
Title: Vice President


THE DAI-ICHI KANGYO BANK, LTD., CHICAGO BRANCH

By 
Title:


MARINE MIDLAND BANK

By /s/ Steve Trepiccione 
Title: Vice President - Officer #9435


<PAGE>

THE INDUSTRIAL BANK OF JAPAN, LIMITED

By /s/ Walter R. Wolff 
Title: Joint General Manager


MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK, 
as Administrative Agent

By /s/ Robert Bottamedi 
Title: Vice President







                                                        EXHIBIT 10.58
                                                        CONFORMED COPY

            AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO FIVE-YEAR CREDIT AGREEMENT

     AMENDMENT dated as of December 31, 1998 to the Five-Year Credit 
Agreement dated as of December 15, 1997 (as amended by Amendment No. 1 
to Five-Year Credit Agreement dated as of March 23, 1998 and Amendment 
No. 2 to the Five-Year Credit Agreement dated as of December 14, 1998, 
(the "Credit Agreement") among IMC Global Inc., the Banks listed on the 
signature pages hereof (the "Banks") and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company 
of New York, as Administrative Agent (the "Administrative Agent").

     The parties hereto agree as follows:

     SECTION 1.  Defined Terms; References.  Unless otherwise 
specifically defined herein, each term used herein which is defined in 
the Credit Agreement has the meaning assigned to such term in the 
Credit Agreement. Each reference to "hereof", "hereunder", "herein" and 
"hereby" and each other similar reference and each reference to "this 
Agreement" and each other similar reference contained in the Credit 
Agreement shall, after this Amendment becomes effective, refer to the 
Credit Agreement as amended hereby.

     SECTION 2.  Amendment of Section 5.12.  Calculations of the 
Leverage Ratio shall (i) exclude the pretax nonrecurring charges not in 
excess of $325,000,000 incurred by the Company in, and reflected in the 
Company's consolidated statement of income for, the fiscal year ended 
December 31, 1998 and (ii) disregard classification of the Company's 
Agribusiness unit as a discontinued operation.

     SECTION 3.  Representations of Company.  The Company represents 
and warrants that (i) the representations and warranties of the Company 
set forth in Article 4 of the Credit Agreement will be true on and as 
of the Amendment Effective Date and (ii) no Default will have occurred 
and be continuing on such date.

     SECTION 4.  Governing Law. This Amendment shall be governed by and 
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

     SECTION 5.  Counterparts.  This Amendment may be signed in any 
number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the 
same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same 
instrument.

     SECTION 6.  Effectiveness.  This Amendment shall become effective 
as of the date hereof on the date when the following conditions are met 
(the "Amendment Effective Date"):

<PAGE>

                 (a) the Administrative Agent shall have received from 
     each of the Borrower and the Required Banks a counterpart hereof 
     signed by such party or facsimile or other written confirmation 
     (in form satisfactory to the Administrative Agent) that such party 
     has signed a counterpart hereof, and

                 (b) the Administrative Agent shall have received an 
     amendment fee for the account of each Bank which shall have timely 
     signed and delivered a counterpart hereof in accordance with 
     clause (a) in an amount equal to 0.05% of such Bank's Commitment.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be 
duly executed as of the date first above written.

IMC GLOBAL INC.

By    /s/ E. Paul Dunn, Jr.
Title: Vice President


MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK

By    /s/ Robert Bottamedi                     
Title: Vice President


THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK

By    /s/ James H. Ramage                      
Title: Vice President


NATIONSBANK, N.A.

By    /s/ G. Burton Queen                      
Title: Managing Director


ROYAL BANK OF CANADA

By    /s/ Gordon MacArthur                  
Title: Manager


<PAGE>

CREDIT AGRICOLE INDOSUEZ

By    /s/ Katherine L. Abbott                  
Title: First Vice President

By    /s/ David Bouhl                              
Title: F.V.P., Head of Corporate
       Banking Chicago


HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK

By    /s/ Julie K. Hossack                       
Title: Vice President
			

THE BANK OF MONTREAL

By   /s/ Ian M. Plester                           
Title: Director


THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO

By   /s/ Kenneth J. Fatur                         
Title: Vice President


THE NORTHERN TRUST COMPANY

By   /s/ Michelle M. Teteak                     
Title: Vice President


ABN-AMRO BANK N.V.

By   /s/ Scott J. Albert                             
Title: Vice President


By  /s/ Darin P. Fischer                            
Title: Assistant Vice President


<PAGE>

BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION

By   /s/ G. Burton Queen                           
Title: Managing Director


BANQUE NATIONALE DE PARIS

By   /s/ Arnaud Collin du Bocage              
Title: Executive Vice President and
	  General Manager


THE BANK OF NEW YORK

By   /s/ John M. Lokay. Jr.                      
Title: Vice President


THE BANK OF TOKYO-MITSUBISHI, LTD.
CHICAGO BRANCH

By   /s/ Hajime Watanabe                          
Title: Deputy General Manager


FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK

By   /s/ Kristen M. Denning                        
Title: Assistant Vice President


COOPERATIEVE CENTRALE
RAIFFEISEN-BOERENLEENBANK B.A.,
"RABOBANK NEDERLAND", NEW YORK BRANCH

By                                                              
Title:

By                                                               
Title:


<PAGE>

STANDARD CHARTERED BANK

By   /s/ Francois Dorival-Bordes                 
Title: Senior Vice President

By   /s/ Kristina McDavid                            
Title: Vice President


SUNTRUST BANK, ATLANTA

By   /s/ Michel A. Odermatt                           
Title: Vice President

By   /s/ Patrick M. Kotora                              
Title: Banking Officer

THE DAI-ICHI KANGYO BANK, LTD.,
CHICAGO BRANCH

By   /s/ Nobuyasu Fukatsu                              
Title: Manager


MARINE MIDLAND BANK

By   /s/ Steve Trepiccione                               
Title: Vice President - Officer #9435


THE INDUSTRIAL BANK OF JAPAN,
	LIMITED

By   /s/ Walter Wolff                                     
Title: Joint General Manager
       Senior Vice President



                                                       EXHIBIT 10.59
                                         [COMPOSITE CONFORMED COPY AS
                                            AMENDED BY AMENDMENT NO. 1]


 
                             $350,000,000


                                364-DAY

                           CREDIT AGREEMENT


                              dated as of
 

                           December 14, 1998


                                 among


                            IMC Global Inc.,


                    The Banks, Managing Agents and  
                       Co-Agents Listed Herein,

                                  and

              Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York,
                       as Administrative Agent






                     J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.,
                               Arranger


<PAGE>

                           TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                 Page
ARTICLE 1      Definitions

Section 1.01.  Definitions                                          1
Section 1.02.  Accounting Terms and Determinations .               13
Section 1.03.  Types of Borrowings . . . . . . . . .               13

ARTICLE 2      The Credits

Section 2.02.  Notice of Committed Borrowings                      15
Section 2.03.  Bid Rate Borrowings . . . . . . . . .               16
Section 2.04.  Notice to Banks; Funding of Loans . .               20
Section 2.05.  Registry; Notes . . . . . . . . . . .               21
Section 2.06.  Maturity of Loans . . . . . . . . . .               21
Section 2.07.  Interest Rates. . . . . . . . . . . .               21
Section 2.08.  Facility Fees . . . . . . . . . . . .               23
Section 2.09.  Optional Termination or Reduction of Commitments    23
Section 2.10.  Method of Electing Interest Rates . .               23
Section 2.11.  Scheduled Termination of Commitments.               25
Section 2.12.  Optional Prepayments. . . . . . . . .               25
Section 2.13.  General Provisions as to Payments . .               26
Section 2.14.  Funding Losses. . . . . . . . . . . .               26
Section 2.15.  Computation of Interest and Fees. . .               27
Section 2.16.  Regulation D Compensation . . . . . .               27
Section 2.17.  Foreign Costs . . . . . . . . . . . .               28

ARTICLE 3      Conditions

Section 3.01.  Effectiveness                                       28
Section 3.02.  Borrowings. . . . . . . . . . . . . .               29
Section 3.03.  First Borrowing by Each Eligible Subsidiary         30

ARTICLE 4      Representations and Warranties

Section 4.01.  Corporate Existence and Power                       31
Section 4.02.  Corporate and Governmental Authorization; 
               No Contravention                                    31
Section 4.03.  Binding Effect. . . . . . . . . . . .               31
Section 4.04.  Financial Information . . . . . . . .               31

Section 4.05.  Litigation. . . . . . . . . . . . . .               32
Section 4.06.  Compliance with Laws. . . . . . . . .               32
Section 4.07.  Environmental Matters . . . . . . . .               33
Section 4.08.  Taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .               33
Section 4.09.  Subsidiaries. . . . . . . . . . . . .               33
Section 4.10.  Regulatory Restrictions on Borrowing.               33

<PAGE>

Section 4.11.  Full Disclosure . . . . . . . . . . .               34
Section 4.12.  Year 2000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .               34

ARTICLE 5      Covenants

Section 5.01.  Information                                         35
Section 5.02.  Payment of Obligations. . . . . . . .               37
Section 5.03.  Maintenance of Property; Insurance. .               37
Section 5.04.  Conduct of Business and Maintenance of Existence    37
Section 5.05.  Compliance with Laws. . . . . . . . .               38
Section 5.06.  Inspection of Property, Books and Records           38
Section 5.07.  Mergers and Sales of Assets . . . . .               38
Section 5.08.  Use of Proceeds . . . . . . . . . . .               39
Section 5.09.  Negative Pledge . . . . . . . . . . .               39
Section 5.10.  Debt of Subsidiaries. . . . . . . . .               40
Section 5.11.  Transactions with Affiliates. . . . .               41
Section 5.12.  Leverage Ratio. . . . . . . . . . . .               41

ARTICLE 6      Defaults

Section 6.01.  Events of Default                                   42
Section 6.02.  Notice of Default . . . . . . . . . .               45

ARTICLE 7      The Administrative Agent

Section 7.01.  Appointment and Authorization                       45
Section 7.02.  Administrative Agent and Affiliates .               45
Section 7.03.  Action by Administrative Agent. . . .               45
Section 7.04.  Consultation with Experts . . . . . .               45
Section 7.05.  Liability of Administrative Agent . .               45
Section 7.06.  Indemnification . . . . . . . . . . .               46
Section 7.07.  Credit Decision . . . . . . . . . . .               46
Section 7.08.  Successor Administrative Agent. . . .               46
Section 7.09.  Administrative Agent's Fees . . . . .               47
Section 7.10.  Other Agents. . . . . . . . . . . . .               47

ARTICLE 8      Change in Circumstances

Section 8.01.  Basis for Determining Interest 
               Rate Inadequate or Unfair                           47
Section 8.02.  Illegality. . . . . . . . . . . . . .               48

Section 8.03.  Increased Cost and Reduced Return . .               48
Section 8.04.  Taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .               50
Section 8.05.  Base Rate Loans Substituted for Affected 
               Fixed Rate Loans                                    52
Section 8.06.  Substitution of Bank. . . . . . . . .               53

<PAGE>

ARTICLE 9      Representations and Warranties of Eligible Subsidiaries

Section 9.01.  Corporate Existence and Power                       54
Section 9.02.  Corporate and Governmental Authorization; 
               Contravention                                       54
Section 9.03.  Binding Effect. . . . . . . . . . . .               54
Section 9.04.  Taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .               54

ARTICLE 10     Guaranty

Section 10.01.  The Guaranty                                       55
Section 10.02.  Guaranty Unconditional . . . . . . .               55
Section 10.03.  Discharge Only Upon Payment In Full; 
                Reinstatement In Certain Circumstances             56
Section 10.04.  Waiver by the Company. . . . . . . .               56
Section 10.05.  Subrogation. . . . . . . . . . . . .               56
Section 10.06.  Stay of Acceleration . . . . . . . .               57

ARTICLE 11      Miscellaneous

Section 11.01.  Notices.                                           57
Section 11.02.  No Waivers . . . . . . . . . . . . .               57
Section 11.03.  Expenses; Indemnification. . . . . .               57
Section 11.04.  Sharing of Set-offs. . . . . . . . .               58
Section 11.05.  Amendments and Waivers . . . . . . .               59
Section 11.06.  Successors and Assigns . . . . . . .               59
Section 11.07.  Collateral . . . . . . . . . . . . .               61
Section 11.08.  Confidentiality. . . . . . . . . . .               61
Section 11.09.  Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction          61
Section 11.10.  Counterparts; Integration. . . . . .               62
Section 11.11.  Waiver of Jury Trial . . . . . . . .               62

PRICING SCHEDULE
                            
EXHIBIT A -     Note
EXHIBIT B -     Form of Bid Rate Quote Request
EXHIBIT C -     Form of Invitation for Bid Rate Quotes
EXHIBIT D -     Form of Bid Rate Quote
EXHIBIT E-1 -   Opinion of Special Counsel for the Company
EXHIBIT E-2 -   Opinion of General Counsel of the Company

EXHIBIT F -     Opinion of Davis Polk & Wardwell, 
                Special Counsel for the Administrative Agent
EXHIBIT G -     Assignment and Assumption Agreement 
EXHIBIT H -     Form of Election to Participate
EXHIBIT I  -    Form of Election to Terminate
EXHIBIT J  -    Matters to be covered in Opinion of Counsel 
                for Eligible Subsidiary

<PAGE>

EXHIBIT K -     Form of Notice of Borrowing
EXHIBIT L -     Form of Notice of Interest Rate Election
EXHIBIT M -     Form of Extension Agreement


<PAGE>

                                 364-DAY
                            CREDIT AGREEMENT

     364-DAY CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as of December 14, 1998 among IMC 
GLOBAL INC., the BANKS, MANAGING AGENTS and CO-AGENTS listed on the 
signature pages hereof, and MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK, 
as Administrative Agent. 

     The parties hereto agree as follows:

                                ARTICLE 1
                               Definitions

     Section 1.01.  Definitions.  The following terms, as used herein, 
have the following meanings:

     "Acquisition" means an acquisition by the Company or any of its 
Consolidated Subsidiaries of a company, a division, a location or a 
line of business or of all or substantially all of the assets of
any of the foregoing.

     "Administrative Agent" means Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New 
York in its capacity as administrative agent for the Banks hereunder, 
and its successors in such capacity.

     "Administrative Questionnaire" means, with respect to each Bank, 
the administrative questionnaire in the form submitted to such Bank by 
the Administrative Agent and submitted to the Administrative Agent 
(with a copy to the Company) duly completed by such Bank.

     "Affiliate" means (i) any Person that directly, or indirectly 
through one or more intermediaries, controls the Company (a 
"Controlling Person") or (ii) any Person (other than the Company or a
Subsidiary) which is controlled by or is under common control with a 
Controlling Person.  As used herein, the term "control" means 
possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to vote 10%
or more of any class of voting securities of a Person or to direct or 
cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether 
through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

     "Agrico" means IMC-Agrico Company, a Delaware general partnership, 
and its successors.  

     "Applicable Lending Office" means, with respect to any Bank, (i) 
in the case of its Domestic Loans, its Domestic Lending Office, (ii) in 
the case of its Euro-Dollar Loans, its Euro-Dollar Lending Office and 
(iii) in the case of its Bid Rate Loans, its Bid Rate Lending Office.

<PAGE>

     "Approved Officer" means the president, the chief financial 
officer, the  treasurer, a vice president, an assistant treasurer or 
the controller of the Company or such other representative of the
Company as may be designated by any one of the foregoing with the 
consent of the Administrative Agent.

     "Assignee" has the meaning set forth in Section 11.06(c).

     "Bank" means each bank or other financial institution listed on 
the signature pages hereof, each Assignee which becomes a Bank pursuant 
to Section  11.06(c), each substitute financial institution which 
becomes a Bank pursuant to Section 2.01(b) and their respective 
successors.

     "Base Rate" means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the 
higher of (i) the Prime Rate for such day and (ii) the sum of 1/2 of 1% 
plus the Federal Funds Rate for such day.

     "Base Rate Loan" means a Committed Loan which bears interest at 
the Base Rate pursuant to the applicable Notice of Committed Borrowing 
or Notice of Interest Rate Election or the provisions of Article 8.

     "Benefit Arrangement" means at any time an employee benefit plan 
within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA which is not a Plan or a 
Multiemployer Plan and which is maintained or otherwise contributed to 
by any member of the ERISA Group.

     "Bid Rate (General)" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(d).

     "Bid Rate (General) Auction" means a solicitation of Bid Rate 
Quotes setting forth Bid Rates (General) pursuant to Section 2.03.

     "Bid Rate (General) Loan" means a loan made or to be made by a 
Bank pursuant to a Bid Rate (General) Auction.

     "Bid Rate (Indexed) Auction" means a solicitation of Bid Rate 
Quotes setting forth Bid Rate (Indexed) Margins based on the London 
Interbank Offered Rate pursuant to Section 2.03.

     "Bid Rate (Indexed) Loan" means a loan made or to be made by a 
Bank pursuant to a Bid Rate (Indexed) Auction (including such a loan 
bearing interest at the Base Rate pursuant to Section 8.01(a)).

     "Bid Rate (Indexed) Margin" has the meaning set forth in Section 
2.03(d).

<PAGE>

     "Bid Rate Lending Office" means, as to each Bank, its Domestic 
Lending Office or such other office, branch or affiliate of such Bank 
as it may hereafter designate as its Bid Rate Lending Office
by notice to the Company and the Administrative Agent; provided that 
any Bank may from time to time by notice to the Company and the 
Administrative Agent designate separate Bid Rate Lending Offices for 
its Bid Rate (Indexed) Loans, on the one hand, and its Bid Rate 
(General) Loans, on the other hand, in which case all references herein 
to the Bid Rate Lending Office of such Bank shall be deemed to refer to 
either or both of such offices, as the context may require.

     "Bid Rate Loan" means a Bid Rate (Indexed) Loan or a Bid Rate 
(General) Loan.

     "Bid Rate Quote" means an offer by a Bank to make a Bid Rate Loan 
in accordance with Section 2.03.

     "Borrower" means the Company or any Eligible Subsidiary, as the 
context may require, and their respective successors, and "Borrowers" 
means all of the foregoing.  References to "the Borrower" in connection 
with any Loan are to the Borrower to which such Loan is or is to be 
made.  As the context may permit, the terms "Borrower" and "Borrowers" 
include the Company in its capacity as guarantor of the obligations of 
the other Borrowers hereunder.

     "Borrowing" has the meaning set forth in Section 1.03.

     "Co-Agent" means each Bank designated as a Co-Agent on the 
signature pages hereof, in its capacity as co-agent in respect of this 
Agreement.

     "Commitment" means (i) with respect to each Bank listed on the 
signature pages hereof, the amount set forth opposite the name of such 
Bank on the signature pages hereof, and (ii) with respect to each 
Assignee or substitute financial institution which becomes a Bank 
pursuant to Section 11.06(c) or 2.01(b), the amount of the Commitment 
thereby assumed by it, in each case as such amount may from time to 
time be reduced pursuant to Section 2.09 or 11.06(c) or increased 
pursuant to Section 11.06(c) or 2.01(b).

     "Committed Loan" means a Loan made by a Bank pursuant to Section 
2.01(a); provided that, if any loan or loans (or portions thereof) are 
combined or subdivided pursuant to a Notice of Interest Rate Election, 
the term "Committed Loan" shall refer to the combined principal amount
resulting from such combination or to each of the separate principal 
amounts resulting from such subdivision, as the case may be.

<PAGE>

     "Company" means IMC Global Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its 
successors.

     "Consolidated Net Worth" means at any date the consolidated 
shareholders' equity of the Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries 
determined as of such date (other than any amount attributable to stock 
which is required to be redeemed or is redeemable at the option of the
holder, if certain events or conditions occur or exist or otherwise).

     "Consolidated Subsidiary" means, for any Person at any date, any 
Subsidiary or other entity the accounts of which would be consolidated 
with those of such Person in its consolidated financial statements if 
such statements were prepared as of such date; unless otherwise 
specified 

     "Consolidated Subsidiary" means a Consolidated Subsidiary of the 
Company.

     "Debt" of any Person means at any date, without duplication, (i) 
all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (ii) all obligations 
of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar 
instruments, (iii) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred 
purchase price of property or services, except trade accounts payable 
and similar items arising in the ordinary course of business, (iv) all 
obligations of such Person as lessee which are capitalized in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, (v) all 
non-contingent obligations (and, for purposes of Section 5.09 and the 
definition of Material Financial Obligations, all contingent
obligations) of such Person to reimburse any bank or other Person in 
respect of amounts paid under a letter of credit or similar instrument, 
(vi) all Debt secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or 
not such Debt is otherwise an obligation of such Person, provided that 
the amount of such Debt treated as Debt of such Person solely pursuant 
to this clause (vi) shall not exceed the greater of the book value or 
the fair market value of the collateral, and (vii) all Debt of
others Guaranteed by such Person.  For purposes of clause (v) above, a 
reimbursement obligation in respect of a letter of credit or similar 
instrument is contingent unless and until there shall have
been a drawing under such letter of credit or instrument.

     "Default" means any condition or event which constitutes an Event 
of Default or which with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both 
would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of Default.

<PAGE>

     "Derivatives Obligations" of any Person means all obligations of 
such Person in respect of any rate swap transaction, basis swap, 
forward rate transaction, commodity swap, commodity option,
equity or equity index swap, equity or equity index option, bond 
option, interest rate option, foreign exchange transaction, cap 
transaction, floor transaction, collar transaction, currency swap
transaction, cross-currency rate swap transaction, currency option or 
any other similar transaction (including any option with respect to any 
of the foregoing transactions) or any combination of the foregoing 
transactions.

     "Domestic Business Day" means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or 
other day on which commercial banks in New York City or Chicago are 
authorized by law to close.

     "Domestic Lending Office" means, as to each Bank, its office 
located at its address set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire 
(or identified in its Administrative Questionnaire as its Domestic

Lending Office) or such other office as such Bank may hereafter 
designate as its Domestic Lending Office by notice to the Company and 
the Administrative Agent.

     "Effective Date" means the date this Agreement becomes effective 
in accordance with Section 3.01.

     "Election to Participate" means an Election to Participate 
substantially in the form of Exhibit H hereto.

     "Election to Terminate" means an Election to Terminate 
substantially in the form of Exhibit I hereto.

     "Eligible Subsidiary" means any Substantially-Owned Consolidated 
Subsidiary of the Company as to which an Election to Participate shall 
have been delivered to the Administrative Agent and as to which an 
Election to Terminate shall not have been delivered to the  
Administrative Agent. Each such Election to Participate and Election to 
Terminate shall be duly executed on behalf of such Consolidated 
Subsidiary and the Company in such number of copies as the  
Administrative Agent may request.  The delivery of an Election to 
Terminate shall not affect any obligation of an Eligible Subsidiary 
theretofore incurred.  The  Administrative Agent shall promptly give 
notice to the Banks of the receipt of any Election to Participate or 
Election to Terminate.

<PAGE>

     "Environmental Laws" means any and all federal, state, local and 
foreign statutes, laws, regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, 
orders, decrees, permits, concessions, grants, franchises, licenses, 
agreements or other governmental restrictions relating to the 
environment or to emissions, discharges or releases of pollutants, 
contaminants, chemicals, or industrial, toxic or hazardous substances 
or wastes into the environment including, without limitation, ambient 
air, surface water, ground water, or land, or otherwise relating to the 
manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, 
disposal, transport, or handling of pollutants, contaminants,
chemicals, or industrial, toxic or hazardous substances or wastes.

     "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, 
as amended, or any successor statute.

     "ERISA Group" means the Company, any Subsidiary and all members of 
a controlled group of corporations and all trades or businesses 
(whether or not incorporated) under common control which, together with 
the Company or any Subsidiary, are treated as a single employer under
Section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code.

     "Euro-Dollar Business Day" means any Domestic Business Day on 
which commercial banks are open for international business (including 
dealings in dollar deposits) in London.

     "Euro-Dollar Lending Office" means, as to each Bank, its office, 
branch or affiliate located at its address set forth in its 
Administrative Questionnaire (or identified in its Administrative
Questionnaire as its Euro-Dollar Lending Office) or such other office, 
branch or affiliate of such Bank as it may hereafter designate as its 
Euro-Dollar Lending Office by notice to the Company and the 
Administrative Agent.

     "Euro-Dollar Loan" means a Committed Loan which bears interest at 
a Euro-Dollar Rate pursuant to the applicable Notice of Committed 
Borrowing or Notice of Interest Rate Election.  

     "Euro-Dollar Margin" means a rate per annum determined in 
accordance with the Pricing Schedule.

     "Euro-Dollar Rate" means a rate of interest determined pursuant to 
Section 2.07(b) on the basis of a London Interbank Offered Rate.

     "Euro-Dollar Reference Banks" means the principal London offices 
of Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, Royal Bank of Canada, The 
Chase Manhattan Bank and Bank of America.  


<PAGE>

     "Euro-Dollar Reserve Percentage" has the meaning set forth in 
Section 2.16.

     "Events of Default" has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01.

     "Federal Funds Rate" means, for any day, the rate per annum 
(rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100th of 1%) equal to 
the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds
transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by 
Federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve 
Bank of New York on the Domestic Business Day next succeeding such day, 
provided that (i) if such day is not a Domestic Business Day, the
Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions 
on the next preceding Domestic Business Day as so published on the next 
succeeding Domestic Business Day, and (ii) if no such rate is so 
published on such next succeeding Domestic Business Day, the Federal 
Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate quoted to Morgan 
Guaranty Trust Company of New York (or its successor as Administrative 
Agent) on such day on such transactions as determined by the 
Administrative Agent.

     "Fixed Rate Loans" means Euro-Dollar Loans or Bid Rate Loans 
(excluding Bid Rate (Indexed) Loans bearing interest at the Base Rate) 
or any combination of the foregoing.

     "Group of Loans" means at any time a group of Loans consisting of 
(i) all Loans to a single Borrower which are Base Rate Loans at such 
time or (ii) all Euro-Dollar Loans to a single Borrower having the same 
Interest Period at such time,  provided that, if a Committed Loan of
any particular Bank is converted to or made as a Base Rate Loan 
pursuant to Article 8, such Loan shall be included in the same Group or 
Groups of Loans from time to time as it would have been if it had not 
been so converted or made.

     "Guarantee" by any Person means any obligation, contingent or 
otherwise, of such Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Debt 
of any other Person, provided that the term Guarantee shall
not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary 
course of business.  The term "Guarantee" used as a verb has a 
corresponding meaning.

<PAGE>

     "Harris Chemical Acquisition" means, collectively, the merger of 
Harris Chemical Group with and into IMC Merger Sub Inc., a wholly-owned 
Subsidiary of the Company, with Harris Chemical Group as the survivor 
thereof, pursuant to the certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated
December 11, 1997, by and among the Company, IMC Merger Sub, Inc. and 
Harris Chemical Group, and the acquisition, directly or indirectly, by 
the Company of all of the outstanding shares of Harris Chemical 
Australia Pty Limited pursuant to the Sale and Purchase Agreement made 
as of December 11, 1997 among Prudential Asset Management Asia Limited, 
DGHA Persons and Trusts named therein, Search Investment NV, Harris 
Chemical Australia Pty Limited, Marsupial L.L.C., Marsupial-II L.L.C., 
Soda Ash (L) BHD, Manager Shareholders named therein and the Company.

     "Harris Chemical Group" means Harris Chemical Group Inc., a 
Delaware corporation.

     "IMC Inorganic Chemicals Inc." means IMC Inorganic Chemicals Inc., 
a Delaware corporation,
formerly known as Harris Chemical Group, Inc.

     "Indemnitee" has the meaning set forth in Section 11.03(b).

     "Interest Period" means:  (1) with respect to each Euro-Dollar 
Loan, the period commencing on the date of borrowing specified in the 
applicable Notice of Borrowing or on the date specified in
an applicable Notice of Interest Rate Election and ending one, two, 
three or six, or, if deposits of a corresponding maturity are available 
to each Bank in the London interbank market, nine or
twelve, months thereafter, as the Borrower may elect in such notice; 
provided that:


     (a)  any Interest Period which would otherwise end on a day which 
is not a Euro-Dollar Business Day shall be extended to the next 
succeeding Euro-Dollar Business Day unless such Euro-Dollar Business 
Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period
shall end on the next preceding Euro-Dollar Business Day; and

     (b)  any Interest Period which begins on the last Euro-Dollar 
Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no 
numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such 
Interest Period) shall end on the last Euro-Dollar Business Day of a 
calendar month;

<PAGE>

         (2) with respect to each Bid Rate (Indexed) Loan, the period 
commencing on the date of borrowing specified in the applicable Notice 
of Borrowing and ending such number of months thereafter (but not less 
than one month) as the Borrower may elect in accordance with
Section 2.03; provided that:

    (a)  any Interest Period which would otherwise end on a day which 
is not a Euro-Dollar Business Day shall be extended to the next 
succeeding Euro-Dollar Business Day unless such Euro-Dollar Business 
Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period
shall end on the next preceding Euro-Dollar Business Day; and

    (b)  any Interest Period which begins on the last Euro-Dollar 
Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no 
numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such 
Interest Period) shall end on the last Euro-Dollar Business Day of a 
calendar month; and

         (3) with respect to each Bid Rate (General) Loan, the period 
commencing on the date of borrowing specified in the applicable Notice 
of Borrowing and ending such number of days thereafter (but not less 
than 7 days) as the Borrower may elect in accordance with Section 2.03;

provided that any Interest Period which would otherwise end on a day 
which is not a Euro-Dollar Business Day shall be extended to the next 
succeeding Euro-Dollar Business Day; and provided further that any 
Interest Period which would otherwise end after the Termination Date
shall end on the Termination Date.

     "Internal Revenue Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, 
as amended, or any successor statute.

     "Lien" means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, 
pledge, charge or security interest, or any other type of preferential 
arrangement that has the practical effect of creating a security
interest, in respect of such asset.  For the purposes of this 
Agreement, the Company or any Subsidiary shall be deemed to own subject 
to a Lien any asset which it has acquired or holds subject to the 
interest of a vendor or lessor under any conditional sale agreement, 
capital lease or other title retention agreement relating to such 
asset.

     "Loan" means a Committed Loan or a Bid Rate Loan and "Loans" means 
Committed Loans or Bid Rate Loans or any combination of the foregoing.

     "London Interbank Offered Rate" has the meaning set forth in 
Section 2.07(b).

<PAGE>

     "Managing Agent" means each Bank designated as a Managing Agent on 
the signature pages hereof, in its capacity as managing agent in 
respect of this Agreement.

     "Material Adverse Effect" means (i) a material adverse effect on 
the business, financial position or results of operations of the 
Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries, considered as a whole, or
(ii) an adverse effect on the rights and obligations of the Banks and 
the Administrative Agent hereunder and under the Notes which a Bank 
could reasonably deem material.

     "Material Financial Obligations" means a principal or face amount 
of Debt and/or payment or collateralization obligations in respect of 
Derivatives Obligations of the Company and/or one or more of its 
Subsidiaries, arising in one or more related or unrelated transactions, 
exceeding in the aggregate $100,000,000.

     "Material Plan" means at any time a Plan or Plans having aggregate 
Unfunded Liabilities in excess of $100,000,000.

     "Material Subsidiary" means, at any date, (i) any Subsidiary 
having (x) at least 5% of the total consolidated assets of the Company 
and its Consolidated Subsidiaries (determined as of the last
day of the fiscal quarter of such Person most recently ended on or 
prior to such date) or (y) at least 5% of Consolidated EBITDA (as 
defined in Section 5.12) for the four consecutive fiscal
quarters most recently ended on or prior to such date or (ii) 
collectively, any one or more Subsidiaries having (x) at least 10% of 
the total consolidated assets of the Company and its Consolidated 
Subsidiaries (determined as of the last day of the fiscal quarter of 
such Persons most recently ended on or prior to such date) or (y) at 
least 10% of Consolidated EBITDA for the four consecutive fiscal 
quarters most recently ended on or prior to such date.

     "Moody's" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

     "Multiemployer Plan" means at any time an employee pension benefit 
plan within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA to which any 
member of the ERISA Group either (i) is then making or accruing an 
obligation to make contributions or (ii) has within the preceding five 
plan years made contributions, including for these purposes any Person 
which was at the time such contribution was made a member of the ERISA 
Group.

     "Notes" means promissory notes of the Borrower, in the form 
required by Section 2.05, evidencing the obligation of the Borrower to 
repay the Loans, and "Note" means any one of such promissory notes 
issued hereunder.


<PAGE>


     "Notice of Borrowing" means a Notice of Committed Borrowing (as 
defined in Section 2.02) or a Notice of Bid Rate Borrowing (as defined 
in Section 2.03(f)), in either case in substantially the form of 
Exhibit K.

     "Notice of Interest Rate Election" has the meaning set forth in 
Section 2.10(a).

     "Parent" means, with respect to any Bank, any Person controlling 
such Bank.

     "Participant" has the meaning set forth in Section 11.06(b).

     "PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any 
entity succeeding to any or all of its functions under ERISA.

     "Person" means an individual, a corporation, a limited liability 
company, a partnership, an association, a trust or any other entity or 
organization, including a government or political subdivision or an 
agency or instrumentality thereof.

     "Plan" means at any time an employee pension benefit plan (other 
than a Multiemployer Plan) which is covered by Title IV of ERISA or 
subject to the minimum funding standards under Section 412 of the 
Internal Revenue Code and either (i) is maintained, or contributed to, 
by any member of the ERISA Group for employees of any member of the 
ERISA Group or (ii) has at any time within the preceding five years 
been maintained, or contributed to, by any Person which was
at such time a member of the ERISA Group for employees of any Person 
which was at such time a member of the ERISA Group.

     "PLP" means Phosphate Resource Partners Limited Partnership, a 
Delaware limited partnership, and its successors.

     "Pricing Schedule" means the schedule annexed hereto denominated 
as such.


     "Prime Rate" means the rate of interest publicly announced by 
Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York in New York City from time to 
time as its Prime Rate.  Each change in the Prime Rate shall be 
effective from and including the day such change is publicly announced.

     "Quarterly Payment Date" means the last Domestic Business Day of 
each March, June, September and December.

     "Regulation U" means Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the 
Federal Reserve System, as in effect from time to time.

<PAGE>

     "Required Banks" means at any time Banks having more than 50% of 
the aggregate amount of the Commitments or, if the Commitments shall 
have been terminated, holding more than 50% of the aggregate unpaid 
principal amount of the Loans.

     "Revolving Credit Period" means the period from and including the 
Effective Date to but not including the Termination Date.

     "S&P" means Standard & Poor's Rating Services, a division of The 
McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

     "Series E Preferred Stock" means the shares of preferred stock of 
the Vigoro Corporation, a Delaware corporation and wholly-owned 
Subsidiary of the Company, par value $100 per share, designated Series 
E.

     "Subsidiary" means, as to any Person, any corporation or other 
entity of which securities or other ownership interests having ordinary 
voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or
other persons performing similar functions are at the time directly or 
indirectly owned by such Person; unless otherwise specified, 
"Subsidiary" means a Subsidiary of the Company.

     "Substantial Assets" means assets sold or otherwise disposed of in 
a single transaction or a series of related transactions representing 
25% or more of the consolidated assets of the Company and its 
Consolidated Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

     "Substantially-Owned Consolidated Subsidiary" means any 
Consolidated Subsidiary at least 80% of the Voting Stock of which is at 
the time directly or indirectly owned by the Company; provided
that Agrico shall be deemed a Substantially-Owned Consolidated 
Subsidiary for so long as it is a Consolidated Subsidiary.

     "Termination Date" means December 13, 1999 or such later date to 
which the Revolving Credit Period shall have been extended pursuant to 
Section 2.01(b), or, if any such day is not a Euro-Dollar Business Day, 
the next preceding Euro-Dollar Business Day.

     "United States" means the United States of America, including the 
States and the District of Columbia, but excluding its territories and 
possessions.

<PAGE>

     "Unfunded Liabilities" means, with respect to any Plan at any 
time, the amount (if any) by which (i) the value of all benefit 
liabilities under such Plan, determined on a plan termination basis 
using the assumptions prescribed by the PBGC for purposes of Section 
4044 of ERISA (or other applicable standard), exceeds (ii) the fair 
market value of all Plan assets allocable to such liabilities under 
Title IV of ERISA (excluding any accrued but unpaid contributions), all 
determined as of the then most recent valuation date for such Plan, but 
only to the extent that such excess represents a potential liability of 
a member of the ERISA Group to the PBGC or any other Person under Title 
IV of ERISA.

     "Voting Stock" means capital stock issued by a corporation, or 
equivalent interests in any other Person, the holders of which are 
ordinarily, in the absence of contingencies, entitled to vote for
the election of directors (or persons performing similar functions) of 
such Person, even if the right so to vote has been suspended by the 
happening of such a contingency.

     Section 1.02.  Accounting Terms and Determinations.  Unless 
otherwise specified herein, all accounting terms used herein shall be 
interpreted, all accounting determinations hereunder shall be made, and 
all financial statements required to be delivered hereunder shall be 
prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles as 
in effect from time to time, applied on a basis consistent in all 
material respects (except for changes concurred in by the Company's 
independent public accountants) with the most recent audited
consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Consolidated 
Subsidiaries delivered to the Banks; provided that, if the Company 
notifies the Administrative Agent that the Company wishes to amend any 
covenant in Article 5  to eliminate the effect of any change in 
generally accepted accounting principles on the operation of such 
covenant (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Company that the 
Required Banks wish to amend Article 5 for such purpose), then
the Company's compliance with such covenant shall be determined on the 
basis of generally accepted accounting principles in effect immediately 
before the relevant change in generally accepted accounting principles 
became effective, until either such notice is withdrawn or such 
covenant is amended in a manner satisfactory to the Company and the 
Required Banks, and the parties hereto agree to enter into negotiations 
in good faith in order to amend such provisions in a credit-neutral
manner so as to reflect equitably such changes with the desired result 
that the criteria for evaluating the financial condition and 
performance of the Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries shall be 
the same after such changes as if such changes had not been made. 

<PAGE>

     Section 1.03.  Types of Borrowings.  The term "Borrowing" denotes 
the aggregation of Loans of one or more Banks to be made to a single 
Borrower pursuant to Article 2 on a single date and for a single 
Interest Period.  Borrowings are classified for purposes of this
Agreement either by reference to the pricing of Loans comprising such 
Borrowing (e.g., a "Fixed Rate Borrowing" is a Euro-Dollar Borrowing or 
a Bid Rate Borrowing (excluding any such Borrowing consisting of Bid 
Rate (Indexed) Loans bearing interest at the Base Rate), and a
"Euro-Dollar Borrowing" is a Borrowing comprised of Euro-Dollar Loans) 
or by reference to the provisions of Article 2 under which 
participation therein is determined (i.e., a "Committed Borrowing" is a 
Borrowing under Section 2.01 in which all Banks participate in 
proportion to their Commitments, while a "Bid Rate Borrowing" is a 
Borrowing under Section 2.03 in which the Bank participants are 
determined on the basis of their bids in accordance therewith).

                              ARTICLE 2
                             The Credits

     Section 2.01.  Commitments to Lend.  (a) During the Revolving 
Credit Period, each Bank severally agrees, on the terms and conditions 
set forth in this Agreement, to make loans to any Borrower pursuant to 
this subsection (a) from time to time in amounts such that the 
aggregate principal amount of Committed Loans by such Bank at any one 
time outstanding to all Borrowers shall not exceed the amount of its 
Commitment.  Each Borrowing under this subsection (a) shall be in an 
aggregate principal amount of $10,000,000 or any larger multiple of 
$1,000,000 (except that any such Borrowing may be in the aggregate 
amount available in accordance with Section 3.02(b)) and shall be made 
from the several Banks ratably in proportion to their respective 
Commitments.  Within the foregoing limits, any Borrower may borrow 
under this subsection (a), repay or, to the extent permitted by Section 
2.12, prepay Loans and reborrow at any time during the Revolving Credit 
Period under this subsection (a).

     (b) The Revolving Credit Period may be extended, in the manner set 
forth in this subsection 2.01(b), in each case for a period of 364 days 
from the Termination Date then in effect.  If the Company wishes to 
request an extension of the Revolving Credit Period, it shall give 
written notice to that effect to the Administrative Agent not less than 
45 nor more than 90 days prior to such Termination Date then in effect, 
whereupon the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each of the 
Banks of such notice.  Each Bank shall respond to such request, whether
affirmatively or negatively, within 30 days; provided that no such 
response shall be due more than 30 days prior to the Termination Date 
then in effect.  If a Bank or Banks respond negatively or fail to 
timely respond to such request, but such non-extending Bank(s) have

<PAGE>

Commitment(s) totaling less than 33-1/3% of the aggregate amount of the 
Commitments, the Company shall, until the third Domestic Business Day 
prior to the Termination Date then in effect, have the right, with the
assistance of the Administrative Agent, to seek a mutually satisfactory 
substitute financial institution or financial institutions (which may 
be one or more of the Banks) to assume the Commitment(s) of such 
non-extending Bank(s).  Not later than the third Domestic Business Day
prior to the Termination Date then in effect, the Company shall, by 
notice to the Banks through the Administrative Agent, either (i) 
terminate, effective on the Termination Date then in effect,
the Commitment(s) of such non-extending Bank(s), whereupon the 
aggregate amount of such Commitment(s) shall be assumed by a substitute 
financial institution or financial institutions on the Termination Date 
then in effect, (ii) withdraw its request for an extension of the 
Revolving Credit Period, or (iii) so long as no Event of Default shall 
have occurred and be continuing, terminate, effective on the 
Termination Date then in effect, the Commitment(s) of any such 
non-extending Bank(s) which shall not be assumed by a substitute 
financial institution or financial institutions on the Termination Date 
then in effect, whereupon the aggregate Commitment(s) shall be
permanently reduced by the aggregate amount of such non-extending 
Bank(s)'s Commitment(s)as of the Termination Date then in effect.  The 
failure of the Company to timely take the actions contemplated by the 
preceding sentence shall be deemed a withdrawal of its request for an
extension whether or not notice to such effect is given.  So long as 
Banks having Commitment(s)totaling not less than 66-2/3% of the 
aggregate amount of the Commitment(s) shall have responded 
affirmatively to such a request, and such request is not withdrawn in 
accordance with the preceding sentence, then, subject to receipt by the 
Administrative Agent of counterparts of an Extension Agreement in 
substantially the form of Exhibit M duly completed and signed by each
of the Administrative Agent, the Company and each Bank electing to 
extend the Revolving Credit Period, the Revolving Credit Period shall 
be extended for the period specified above.

     Section 2.02.  Notice of Committed Borrowings.  The Borrower shall 
give the Administrative Agent notice (a "Notice of Committed 
Borrowing") not later than 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) on (x) the 
date of each Base Rate Borrowing and (y) the third Euro-Dollar
Business Day before each Euro-Dollar Borrowing, specifying:

     (a)   the date of such Borrowing, which shall be a Domestic 
Business Day in the case of a Base Rate Borrowing or a Euro-Dollar 
Business Day in the case of a Euro-Dollar Borrowing,

     (b)   the aggregate amount of such Borrowing,

<PAGE>

     (c)   whether the Loans comprising such Borrowing are to bear 
interest initially at the Base Rate or a Euro-Dollar Rate; and,

     (d)   in the case of a Euro-Dollar Borrowing, the duration of the 
initial Interest Period
applicable thereto, subject to the provisions of the definition of 
Interest Period.


     Section 2.03.  Bid Rate Borrowings.  (a) The Bid Rate Option.  In 
addition to Committed Borrowings pursuant to Section 2.01, any Borrower 
may, as set forth in this Section, request the Banks to make offers to 
make Bid Rate Loans to the Borrower.   The Banks may, but shall have no 
obligation to, make such offers and the Borrower may, but shall have no
obligation to, accept any such offers in the manner set forth in this 
Section.

     (b)  Bid Rate Quote Request.  When a Borrower wishes to request 
offers to make Bid Rate Loans under this Section, it shall transmit to 
the Administrative Agent by telex or facsimile transmission a Bid Rate 
Quote Request substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto so as to be
received no later than 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) on (x) the fifth 
Euro-Dollar Business Day prior to the date of Borrowing proposed 
therein, in the case of a Bid Rate (Indexed) Auction or (y) the 
Domestic Business Day next preceding the date of Borrowing proposed 
therein, in the case of a Bid Rate (General) Auction (or, in either 
case, such other time or date as the Borrower and the Administrative 
Agent shall have mutually agreed and shall have notified to the Banks 
not later than the date of the Bid Rate Quote Request for the first Bid 
Rate (Indexed) Auction or Bid Rate (General) Auction for which such 
change is to be effective) specifying:

     (i)   the proposed date of Borrowing, which shall be a Euro-Dollar 
Business Day,

     (ii)   the aggregate amount of such Borrowing, which shall be 
$10,000,000 or a larger multiple of $1,000,000,

     (iii)   the duration of the Interest Period applicable thereto, 
subject to the provisions of the definition of Interest Period, and

     (iv)   whether the Bid Rate Quotes requested are to set forth a 
Bid Rate (Indexed) Margin or a Bid Rate (General). The Borrower may 
request offers to make Bid Rate Loans for more than one Interest Period 
in a single Bid Rate Quote Request.


<PAGE>


     (c)  Invitation for Bid Rate Quotes.  Promptly upon receipt of a 
Bid Rate Quote Request, the Administrative Agent shall send to the 
Banks by telex or facsimile transmission an Invitation for Bid Rate 
Quotes substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, which shall
constitute an invitation by the Borrower to each Bank to submit Bid 
Rate Quotes offering to make the Bid Rate Loans to which such Bid Rate 
Quote Request relates in accordance with this Section.

     (d)  Submission and Contents of Bid Rate Quotes.  (i) Each Bank 
may submit a Bid Rate Quote containing an offer or offers to make Bid 
Rate Loans in response to any Invitation for Bid Rate Quotes.  Each Bid 
Rate Quote must comply with the requirements of this subsection (d)
and must be submitted to the Administrative Agent by telex or facsimile 
transmission at its offices specified in or pursuant to Section 11.01 
not later than (x) 2:00 P.M. (New York City time) on the fourth 
Euro-Dollar Business Day prior to the proposed date of Borrowing, in 
the case of a Bid Rate (Indexed) Auction or (y) 10:00 A.M. (New York 
City time) on the proposed date of Borrowing, in the case of a Bid Rate 
(General) Auction (or, in either case, such other time or date as the 
Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall have mutually agreed and 
shall have notified to the Banks not later than the date of the Bid 
Rate Quote Request for the first Bid Rate (Indexed) Auction or Bid Rate 
(General) Auction for which such change is to be effective);
provided that Bid Rate Quotes submitted by the Administrative Agent (or 
any affiliate of the Administrative Agent) in the capacity of a Bank 
may be submitted, and may only be submitted, if the Administrative 
Agent or such affiliate notifies the Borrower of the terms of the offer 
or offers contained therein not later than (x) 1:00 P.M. (New York City 
time) on the fourth Euro-Dollar Business Day prior to the proposed date 
of Borrowing, in the case of a Bid Rate (Indexed) Auction or (y) 9:45 
A.M. (New York City time) on the proposed date of Borrowing, in the 
case of an Bid Rate (General) Auctions.   Subject to Articles 3 and 6, 
any Bid Rate Quote so made shall be irrevocable except with the written 
consent of the Administrative Agent given on the instructions of the 
Borrower.

     (ii)  Each Bid Rate Quote shall be in substantially the form of 
Exhibit D hereto and shall in any case specify:

     (A)    the proposed date of Borrowing,

     (B)    the principal amount of the Bid Rate Loan for which each 
such offer is being made, which principal amount (w) may be greater 
than or less than the Commitment of the quoting Bank, (x) must be 
$5,000,000 or a larger multiple of $1,000,000 and (y) may not exceed
the principal amount of Bid Rate Loans for each Interest Period for 
which offers were requested and (z) may be subject to an aggregate 
limitation as to the principal amount of Bid Rate Loans for which 
offers being made by such quoting Bank may be accepted, 

<PAGE>

     (C)    in the case of a Bid Rate (Indexed) Auction, the margin 
above or below the applicable London Interbank Offered Rate (the "Bid 
Rate (Indexed) Margin") offered for each such Bid Rate Loan, expressed 
as a percentage (specified to the nearest 1/10,000th of 1%) to be
added to or subtracted from such base rate,

     (D)    in the case of a Bid Rate (General) Auction, the rate of 
interest per annum (specified to the nearest 1/10,000th of 1%) (the 
"Bid Rate (General)") offered for each such Bid Rate Loan, and

     (E)    the identity of the quoting Bank. A Bid Rate Quote may set 
forth up to five separate offers by the quoting Bank with respect to
each Interest Period specified in the related Invitation for Bid Rate 
Quotes.

     (iii)  Any Bid Rate Quote shall be disregarded if:


     (A)    it is not substantially in conformity with Exhibit D hereto 
or does not specify all of the information required by subsection 
2.03(d)(ii);

     (B)    it contains qualifying, conditional or similar language 
beyond that contemplated by Exhibit D (other than a qualification or 
condition as to minimum amount);

     (C)    it proposes terms other than or in addition to those set 
forth in the applicable
Invitation for Bid Rate Quotes; or

     (D)    it arrives after the time set forth in subsection 
2.03(d)(i).

     (e)  Notice to Borrower.  The Administrative Agent shall promptly 
but in no event later than  (i) 5:00 P.M. (New York City time) on the 
fourth Euro-Dollar Business Day prior to the proposed date of 
Borrowing, in the case of a Bid Rate (Indexed) Auction or (ii) 10:30 
A.M. (New York City time) on the proposed date of Borrowing, in the 
case of a Bid Rate (General) Auction (or, in either case such other 
time or date as the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall have 
mutually agreed and shall have notified to the Banks not later than the 
date of the Bid Rate Quote Request for the first Bid Rate (Indexed) 
Auction or Bid Rate (General) Auction for which such change is to be 
effective) notify the Borrower of the terms (x) of any Bid Rate Quote
submitted by a Bank that is in accordance with subsection (d) and (y) 
of any Bid Rate Quote that amends, modifies or is otherwise 
inconsistent with a previous Bid Rate Quote submitted by such Bank with

<PAGE>

respect to the same Bid Rate Quote Request.  Any such subsequent Quote 
shall be disregarded by the Administrative Agent unless such subsequent 
Quote is submitted solely to correct a manifest error in such former 
Quote.  The Administrative Agent's notice to the Borrower shall specify 
(A) the aggregate principal amount of Loans for which offers have been
received for each Interest Period specified in the related Bid Rate 
Quote Request, (B) the respective principal amounts and Bid Rate 
(Indexed) Margins or Bid Rates (General), as the case may be, so 
offered and (C) if applicable, limitations on the aggregate principal 
amount of Bid Rate Loans for which offers in any single Bid Rate Quote 
may be accepted.

     (f)  Acceptance and Notice by Borrower.  Not later than 11:00 A.M. 
(New York City time) on (x) the third Euro-Dollar Business Day prior to 
the proposed date of Borrowing, in the case of a Bid Rate (Indexed) 
Auction or (y) the proposed date of Borrowing, in the case of an Bid
Rate (General) Auction (or, in either case, such other time or date as 
the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall have mutually agreed 
and shall have notified to the Banks not later than the date of the Bid 
Rate Quote Request for the first Bid Rate (Indexed) Auction or Bid Rate
(General) Auction for which such change is to be effective), the 
Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of its acceptance or 
non-acceptance of the offers so notified to it pursuant to subsection 
(e).  In the case of acceptance, such notice (a "Notice of Bid Rate 
Borrowing") shall specify the aggregate principal amount of offers for 
each Interest Period that are accepted.  The Borrower may accept any 
Bid Rate Quote in whole or in part; provided that:

     (i)   the aggregate principal amount of each Bid Rate Borrowing 
may not exceed the applicable amount set forth in the related Bid Rate 
Quote Request,

     (ii)   the principal amount of each Bid Rate Borrowing must be 
$10,000,000 or a larger multiple of $1,000,000, and

     (iii)   acceptance of offers may only be made on the basis of 
ascending Bid Rate (Indexed) Margin or Bid Rates (General), as the case 
may be.

     (g)  Allocation by Administrative Agent.  If offers are made by 
two or more Banks with the same Bid Rate (Indexed) Margins or Bid Rates 
(General), as the case may be, for a greater aggregate principal amount 
than the amount in respect of which such offers are accepted for the 
related Interest Period, the principal amount of Bid Rate Loans in 
respect of which such offers are accepted shall be allocated by the

<PAGE>

Administrative Agent among such Banks as nearly as possible (in 
multiples of $1,000,000, as the Administrative Agent may deem 
appropriate) in proportion to the aggregate principal amounts of such 
offers.  Determinations by the Administrative Agent of the amounts of 
Bid Rate Loans shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.

     Section 2.04.  Notice to Banks; Funding of Loans.  (a) Upon 
receipt of a Notice of Borrowing, the Administrative Agent shall 
promptly notify each Bank of the contents thereof and of such Bank's 
share (if any) of such Borrowing and such Notice of Borrowing shall
not thereafter be revocable by the Borrower.

     (b)  Not later than 1:00 P.M. (New York City time) on the date of 
each Borrowing, each Bank participating therein shall (except as 
provided in subsection (c) of this Section) make available its share of 
such Borrowing, in Federal or other funds immediately available in New
York City, to the Administrative Agent at its address specified in or 
pursuant to Section 11.01.  Unless the Administrative Agent determines 
that any applicable condition specified in Article 3 has not been 
satisfied, the Administrative Agent will make the funds so received 
from the Banks available to the Borrower at the Administrative Agent's 
aforesaid address not later than 2:30 P.M. (New York City time) on the 
date of such Borrowing.

     (c)  Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice 
from a Bank prior to the time of any Borrowing that such Bank will not 
make available to the Administrative Agent such Bank's share of such 
Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Bank has
made such share available to the Administrative Agent on the date of 
such Borrowing in accordance with subsection (b) of this Section 2.04 
and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, 
make available to the Borrower on such date a corresponding amount.  If
and to the extent that such Bank shall not have so made such share 
available to the Administrative Agent, such Bank and, if such Bank 
shall not have made such payment within two Domestic Business Days of 
demand therefor, the Borrower severally agree to repay to the 
Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount 
together with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount 
is made available to the Borrower until the date such amount is
repaid to the Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of the Borrower, 
a rate per annum equal to the higher of the Federal Funds Rate and the 
interest rate applicable thereto pursuant to Section 2.07 and (ii) in 
the case of such Bank, the Federal Funds Rate.  If such Bank shall 
repay to the Administrative Agent such corresponding amount, such 
amount so repaid shall constitute such Bank's Loan included in such 
Borrowing for purposes of this Agreement.

<PAGE>

     (d)  The failure of any Bank to make the Loan to be made by it as 
part of any Borrowing shall not relieve any other Bank of its 
obligation, if any, hereunder to make a Loan on the date of such 
Borrowing, but no Bank shall be responsible for the failure of any 
other Bank to make a Loan to be made by such other Bank.

     Section 2.05.  Registry; Notes.  (a) The Administrative Agent 
shall maintain a register (the "Register") on which it will record the 
Commitment of each Bank, each Loan made by such Bank and each repayment 
of any Loan made by such Bank.  Any such recordation by the 
Administrative Agent on the Register shall be presumptively correct, 
absent manifest error.  Failure to make any such recordation, or any 
error in such recordation, shall not affect the Borrowers' obligations 
hereunder.


     (b)  Each Borrower hereby agrees that, promptly upon the request 
of any Bank at any time, such Borrower shall deliver to such Bank a 
duly executed Note, in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto, 
payable to the order of such Bank and representing the obligation of 
such Borrower to pay the unpaid principal amount of the Loans made to 
such Borrower by such Bank, with interest as provided herein on the 
unpaid principal amount from time to time outstanding.

     (c)  Each Bank shall record the date, amount and maturity of each 
Loan made by it and the date and amount of each payment of principal 
made by the Borrower with respect thereto, and each Bank receiving a 
Note pursuant to this Section, if such Bank so elects in connection
with any transfer or enforcement of any Note, may endorse on the 
schedule forming a part thereof appropriate notations to evidence the 
foregoing information with respect to each such Loan then outstanding; 
provided that the failure of such Bank to make any such recordation or 
endorsement shall not affect the obligations of the Borrowers hereunder 
or under the Notes.  Such Bank is hereby irrevocably authorized by the 
Borrowers so to endorse any Note and to attach to and make a part of 
any Note a continuation of any such schedule as and when required.

     Section 2.06.  Maturity of Loans.  (a)  Each Committed Loan shall 
mature, and the principal amount thereof shall be due and payable 
(together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon), on the Termination 
Date.

     (b)  Each Bid Rate Loan included in any Bid Rate Borrowing shall 
mature, and the principal amount thereof shall be due and payable 
(together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon), on the last day of 
the Interest Period applicable to such Borrowing.  

<PAGE>

     Section 2.07.  Interest Rates.  (a) Each Base Rate Loan shall bear 
interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof, for each day from 
the date such Loan is made until it becomes due, at a rate per annum 
equal to the Base Rate for such day.  Such interest shall be payable 
quarterly in arrears on each Quarterly Payment Date, at maturity and, 
with respect to the principal amount of any Base Rate Loan converted to 
a Euro-Dollar Loan, on the date such Base Rate Loan is so converted.  
Any overdue principal of or overdue interest on any Base Rate Loan 
shall bear interest, payable on demand, for each day until paid at a 
rate per annum equal to the sum of 2% plus the Base Rate for such day.

     (b)  Each Euro-Dollar Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding 
principal amount thereof, for each day during each Interest Period 
applicable thereto, at a rate per annum equal to the sum of the 
Euro-Dollar Margin for such day plus the London Interbank Offered Rate
applicable to such Interest Period.   Such interest shall be payable 
for each Interest Period on the last day thereof and, if such Interest 
Period is longer than three months, at intervals of three months after 
the first day thereof.

     The "London Interbank Offered Rate" applicable to any Interest 
Period  means the average (rounded upward, if necessary, to the next 
higher 1/16 of 1%) of the respective rates per annum at which deposits 
in dollars are offered to each of the Euro-Dollar Reference Banks in 
the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 A.M. (London time) 
two Euro-Dollar Business Days before the first day of such Interest 
Period in an amount approximately equal to the principal amount of the 
Loan of such Euro-Dollar Reference Bank to which such Interest Period 
is to apply and for a period of time comparable to such Interest 
Period.  If any Euro-Dollar Reference Bank does not furnish a timely 
quotation, the Administrative Agent shall determine the relevant
interest rate on the basis of the quotation furnished by the remaining 
Euro-Dollar Reference Bank(s) or, if none of such quotations is 
available on a timely basis, the provisions of Section 8.01 shall 
apply.


     (c)  Any overdue principal of or overdue interest on any 
Euro-Dollar Loan shall bear interest, payable on demand, for each day 
from and including the date payment thereof was due to but excluding 
the date of actual payment, at a rate per annum equal to the sum of 2% 
plus the higher of (i) the sum of the Euro-Dollar Margin for such day 
plus the London Interbank Offered Rate applicable to such Loan at the 
date such payment was due and (ii) the Base Rate for such
day.

<PAGE>

     (d)  Subject to Section 8.01(a), each Bid Rate (Indexed) Loan 
shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof, for 
the Interest Period applicable thereto, at a rate per annum equal to 
the sum of the London Interbank Offered Rate for such Interest Period
(determined in accordance with Section 2.07(b) as if each Euro-Dollar 
Reference Bank were to participate in the related Bid Rate (Indexed) 
Borrowing ratably in proportion to its Commitment) plus (or minus) the 
Bid Rate (Indexed) Margin quoted by the Bank making such Loan in
accordance with Section 2.03.  Each Bid Rate (General) Loan shall bear 
interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof, for the Interest 
Period applicable thereto, at a rate per annum equal to the Bid Rate 
(General) quoted by the Bank making such Loan in accordance with
Section 2.03.  Such interest shall be payable for each Interest Period 
on the last day thereof and, if such Interest Period is longer than 
three months, at intervals of three months after the first day
thereof.  Any overdue principal of or overdue interest on any Bid Rate 
Loan shall bear interest, payable on demand, for each day until paid at 
a rate per annum equal to the sum of 2% plus the Base Rate for such 
day.

     (e)  The Administrative Agent shall determine each interest rate 
applicable to the Loans hereunder.  The Administrative Agent shall give 
prompt notice to the Borrower and the participating Banks of each rate 
of interest so determined, and its determination thereof shall be
presumptively correct in the absence of manifest error.


     Section 2.08.  Facility Fees.  (a)  The Company shall pay to the
Administrative Agent for the account of each Bank a facility fee at the 
Facility Fee Rate (determined daily in accordance with the Pricing 
Schedule).  Such facility fee shall accrue (i) from and including the 
earlier of the date hereof and the Effective Date to but excluding the 
date of termination of the Commitments in their entirety, on the daily 
aggregate amount of the Commitments (whether used or unused) and (ii) 
from and including such date of termination to but excluding the date 
the Loans shall be repaid in their entirety, on the daily average 
aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans.

     (b)  Accrued fees under this Section shall be payable quarterly in 
arrears on each Quarterly Payment Date and upon the date of termination 
of the Commitments in their entirety (and, if later, the date the Loans 
shall be repaid in their entirety).

<PAGE>

     Section 2.09.  Optional Termination or Reduction of Commitments.  
The Company may, upon notice to the Administrative Agent not later than 
11:00 A.M. (New York City time) on any Domestic Business Day, (i) 
terminate the Commitments at any time, if no Loans are outstanding at 
such time (after giving effect to any contemporaneous prepayment of the
Loans in accordance with Section 2.12) or (ii) ratably reduce from time 
to time by an aggregate amount of $25,000,000 or any larger multiple of 
$1,000,000 the aggregate amount of the Commitments in excess of the 
aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans.

     Section 2.10.  Method of Electing Interest Rates.  (a) The Loans 
included in each Committed Borrowing shall bear interest initially at 
the type of rate specified by the Borrower in the applicable Notice of 
Committed Borrowing. Thereafter, the Borrower may from time to time 
elect to change or continue the type of interest rate borne by each 
Group of Loans (subject in each case to the provisions of Article 8 and 
the last sentence of this subsection (a)), as follows:

     (i)   if such Loans are Base Rate Loans, the Borrower may elect to 
convert such Loans to Euro-Dollar Loans as of any Euro-Dollar Business 
Day; and

     (ii)   if such Loans are Euro-Dollar Loans, the Borrower may elect 
to convert such Loans to Base Rate Loans or elect to continue such 
Loans as Euro-Dollar Loans for an additional Interest Period, subject 
to Section 2.14 in the case of any such conversion or continuation 
effective on any day other than the last day of the then current 
Interest Period applicable to such Loans.

     Each such election shall be made by delivering a notice in 
substantially the form of Exhibit L (a "Notice of Interest Rate 
Election") to the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 A.M. (New
York City time) on the third Euro-Dollar Business Day before the 
conversion or continuation selected in such notice is to be effective. 
A Notice of Interest Rate Election may, if it so specifies,
apply to only a portion of the aggregate principal amount of the 
relevant Group of Loans, provided that (i) such portion is allocated 
ratably among the Loans comprising such Group and (ii) the portion to 
which such notice applies, and the remaining portion to which it does 
not apply, are each $10,000,000 or any larger multiple of $1,000,000.

     (b)  Each Notice of Interest Rate Election shall specify:

     (i)   the Group of Loans (or portion thereof) to which such notice 
applies;

     (ii)   the date on which the conversion or continuation selected 
in such notice is to be effective, which shall comply with the 
applicable clause of subsection 2.10(a) above;


<PAGE>


     (iii)   if the Loans comprising such Group are to be converted, 
the new type of Loans and, if the Loans being converted are to be Fixed 
Rate Loans, the duration of the next succeeding Interest Period 
applicable thereto; and

     (iv)   if such Loans are to be continued as Euro-Dollar Loans for 
an additional Interest Period, the duration of such additional Interest 
Period.

     Each Interest Period specified in a Notice of Interest Rate 
Election shall comply with the provisions of the definition of the term 
"Interest Period".

     (c)  Promptly after receiving a Notice of Interest Rate Election 
from the Borrower pursuant to subsection 2.10(a) above, the 
Administrative Agent shall notify each Bank of the contents thereof and 
such notice shall not thereafter be revocable by the Borrower. If no 
Notice of Interest Rate Election is timely received prior to the end of 
an Interest Period for any Group of Loans, the Borrower shall be deemed 
to have elected that such Group of Loans be converted to Base Rate 
Loans as of the last day of such Interest Period.

     (d)  An election by the Borrower to change or continue the rate of 
interest applicable to any Group of Loans pursuant to this Section 
shall not constitute a "Borrowing" subject to the provisions of Section 
3.02.

     Section 2.11.  Scheduled Termination of Commitments.  The
Commitments shall terminate on the Termination Date, and any Loans then 
outstanding (together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon) shall 
be due and payable on such date.

     Section 2.12.  Optional Prepayments.  (a) Subject in the case of 
any Fixed Rate Borrowing to Section 2.14, the Borrower may (i) upon 
notice to the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 A.M. (New York 
City time) on any Domestic Business Day prepay on such Domestic 
Business Day any Group of Base Rate Loans or any Bid Rate Borrowing 
bearing interest at the Base Rate pursuant to Section 8.01(a) and (ii) 
upon at least three Euro-Dollar Business Days' notice to the 
Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) 
prepay any Group of Euro-Dollar Loans, in each case in whole at any 
time, or from time to time in part in amounts aggregating $10,000,000 
or any larger multiple of $1,000,000, by paying the principal amount to 
be prepaid together with accrued interest thereon to the date of
prepayment.   Each such optional prepayment shall be applied to prepay 
ratably the Loans of the several Banks included in such Group or 
Borrowing.

<PAGE>

     (b)  Except as provided in subsection 2.12(a), the Borrower may 
not prepay all or any portion of the principal amount of any Bid Rate 
Loan prior to the maturity thereof.

     (c)  Upon receipt of a notice of prepayment pursuant to this 
Section, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Bank of 
the contents thereof and of such Bank's share (if any) of such 
prepayment and such notice shall not thereafter be revocable by the
Borrower.

     Section 2.13.  General Provisions as to Payments.  (a) Each 
payment of principal of, and interest on, the Loans and of fees 
hereunder shall be made not later than 2:30 P.M. (New York City time) 
on the date when due, in Federal or other funds immediately
available in New York City, to the Administrative Agent at its address 
referred to in Section 11.01.  The Administrative Agent will promptly 
distribute to each Bank its ratable share of each such payment
received by the Administrative Agent for the account of the Banks.  
Whenever any payment of principal of, or interest on, the Base Rate 
Loans or of fees shall be due on a day which is not a Domestic Business 
Day, the date for payment thereof shall be extended to the next 
succeeding Domestic Business Day.  Whenever any payment of principal 
of, or interest on, the Euro-Dollar Loans shall be due on a day which 
is not a Euro-Dollar Business Day, the date for payment thereof shall 
be extended to the next succeeding Euro-Dollar Business Day unless such
Euro-Dollar Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case 
the date for payment thereof shall be the next preceding Euro-Dollar 
Business Day.  Whenever any payment of principal of, or interest on, 
the Bid Rate Loans shall be due on a day which is not a Euro-Dollar
Business Day, the date for payment thereof shall be extended to the 
next succeeding Euro-Dollar Business Day.  If the date for any payment 
of principal is extended by operation of law or otherwise, interest 
thereon shall be payable for such extended time.

     (b)  Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice 
from a Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due from such 
Borrower to the Banks hereunder that such Borrower will not make such 
payment in full, the Administrative Agent may assume that such
Borrower has made such payment in full to the Administrative Agent on 
such date and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such 
assumption, cause to be distributed to each Bank on such due date an 
amount equal to the amount then due such Bank.  If and to the extent 
that such  Borrower shall not have so made such payment, each Bank 
shall repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such amount 
distributed to such Bank together with interest thereon, for each day 
from the date such amount is distributed to such Bank until the date 
such Bank repays such amount to the Administrative Agent, at the 
Federal Funds Rate.

<PAGE>

     Section 2.14.  Funding Losses.  If a Borrower makes any payment of
principal with respect to any Fixed Rate Loan or any Euro-Dollar Loan 
is converted to a Base Rate Loan or continued as a Euro-Dollar Loan for 
a new Interest Period (pursuant to Article 2, 6, 8 or otherwise) on any 
day other than the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto, 
or if a Borrower fails to borrow, prepay, convert or continue any Fixed 
Rate Loans after notice has been given to any Bank in accordance with 
Section 2.04(a), 2.10(c) or 2.12(c) (other than by reason of a default 
by the Bank demanding payment hereunder), such  Borrower shall 
reimburse each Bank within 15 days after written demand from such Bank 
for any resulting loss or reasonable expense incurred by it (or by an 
existing or prospective Participant in the related Loan, but not to 
exceed the loss and expense which would have been incurred by such Bank 
had no participations been granted by it), including (without 
limitation) any loss incurred in obtaining, liquidating or employing 
deposits from third parties, but excluding loss of profit or margin for 
the period after any such payment or conversion or failure to borrow, 
prepay, convert or continue, provided that such Bank shall have 
delivered to such Borrower a certificate setting forth in reasonable 
detail the calculation of the amount of such loss or expense, which 
certificate shall be presumptively correct in the absence of manifest 
error.

     Section 2.15.  Computation of Interest and Fees.  Interest based 
on the Prime Rate hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 
365 days (or 366 days in a leap year) and paid for the actual number of 
days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last
day).  All other interest and all fees shall be computed on the basis 
of a year of 360 days and paid for the actual number of days elapsed 
(including the first day but excluding the last day).

     Section 2.16.  Regulation D Compensation.  In the event that a 
Bank is required to maintain reserves of the type contemplated by the 
definition of "Euro-Dollar Reserve Percentage", such Bank may require 
the Borrower to pay, contemporaneously with each payment of interest on 
the Euro-Dollar Loans, additional interest on the related Euro-Dollar 
Loan of such Bank at a rate per annum determined by such Bank up to but 
not exceeding the excess of (i) (A) the applicable London Interbank 
Offered Rate divided by (B) one minus the Euro-Dollar Reserve 
Percentage over (ii) the applicable London Interbank Offered Rate.   
Any Bank wishing to require payment of such additional interest (x) 
shall so notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, in which 
case such additional interest on the Euro-Dollar Loans of such Bank 
shall be payable to such Bank at the place indicated in such notice 
with respect to each Interest Period commencing at least three 
Euro-Dollar Business Days after the giving of such notice and (y) shall

<PAGE>

furnish to the Borrower at least three Euro-Dollar Business Days prior 
to each date on which interest is payable on the Euro-Dollar Loans of 
such Borrower an officer's certificate setting forth the amount to
which such Bank is then entitled under this Section 2.16 (which shall 
be consistent with such Bank's good faith estimate of the level at 
which the related reserves are maintained by it).  Each such 
notification shall be accompanied by such information as the Borrower 
may reasonably request.

     "Euro-Dollar Reserve Percentage" means for any day that percentage 
(expressed as a decimal) which is in effect on such day, as prescribed 
by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any 
successor) for determining the maximum reserve requirement for a member 
bank of the Federal Reserve System in New York City with deposits 
exceeding five billion dollars in respect of "Eurocurrency liabilities" 
(or in respect of any other category of liabilities which includes 
deposits by reference to which the interest rate on Euro-Dollar Loans 
is determined or any category of extensions of credit or other assets 
which includes loans by a non-United States office of any Bank to 
United States residents).

     Section 2.17.  Foreign Costs.  (a)  If the cost to any Bank of 
making or maintaining any Loan is increased, or the amount of any sum 
received or receivable by any Bank (or its Applicable Lending Office) 
is reduced by an amount deemed by such Bank to be material, by reason 
of the fact that the Borrower of such Loan is organized in, or conducts 
business in, a jurisdiction outside the United States of America, such 
Borrower shall indemnify such Bank for such increased cost or reduction 
within 15 days after demand by such Bank (with a copy to the 
Administrative Agent).  A certificate of such Bank claiming 
compensation under this subsection (a) and setting forth the additional 
amount or amounts to be paid to it hereunder shall be conclusive in the 
absence of manifest error.

     (b)  Each Bank will promptly notify the Company and the 
Administrative Agent of any event of which it has knowledge that will 
entitle such Bank to additional compensation pursuant to subsection (a) 
and will designate a different Applicable Lending Office if, in the 
judgment of such Bank, such designation will avoid the need for, or 
reduce the amount of, such compensation and will not be otherwise 
disadvantageous to such Bank.

<PAGE>

                            ARTICLE 3
                            Conditions

     Section 3.01.  Effectiveness.  This Agreement shall become 
effective on the date that each of the following conditions shall have 
been satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 11.05):

     (a)   receipt by the Administrative Agent of counterparts hereof 
signed by each of the parties hereto (or, in the case of any party as 
to which an executed counterpart shall not have been received, receipt 
by the Administrative Agent in form satisfactory to it of telegraphic, 
telecopy, telex or other written confirmation from such party of 
execution of a counterpart hereof by such party);

     (b)   receipt by the Administrative Agent of an opinion of (i) 
Kirkland & Ellis, special counsel for the Company, substantially in the 
form of Exhibit E-1 hereto and (ii) Phillip Gordon, General Counsel of 
the Company, substantially in the form of Exhibit E-2 hereto, and in 
each case covering such additional matters relating to the transactions 
contemplated hereby as the Required Banks may reasonably request;

     (c)   receipt by the Administrative Agent of an opinion of Davis 
Polk & Wardwell, special counsel for the Administrative Agent, 
substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto and covering such 
additional matters relating to the transactions contemplated hereby as 
the Required Banks may reasonably request; and

     (d)   receipt by the Administrative Agent of all documents it may 
have reasonably requested prior to the date hereof relating to the 
existence of the Company, the corporate authority for and the validity 
of this Agreement and the Notes, and any other matters relevant hereto, 
all in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; 
provided that this Agreement shall not become effective or be binding 
on any party hereto unless all of the foregoing conditions are 
satisfied not later than December 21, 1998; and provided further that 
the provisions of Sections 2.08, 2.09, 2.14 and 11.03 shall become 
effective upon satisfaction of the condition specified in clause 
3.01(a).  The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Company 
and the Banks of the Effective Date, and such notice shall be 
conclusive and binding on all parties hereto. 

     Section 3.02.  Borrowings.  The obligation of any Bank to make a 
Loan on the occasion of any Borrowing is subject to the satisfaction of 
the following conditions:

     (a)   receipt by the Administrative Agent of a Notice of Borrowing 
as required by Section 2.02 or 2.03, the case may be;

<PAGE>

     (b)   the fact that, immediately after such Borrowing, the 
aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans will not exceed the 
aggregate amount of the Commitments;

     (c)   the fact that, immediately after such Borrowing, no Default 
shall have occurred and be continuing; and

     (d)   the fact that the representations and warranties (other than 
(i) the representation and warranty set forth in Section 4.04(c) in the 
case of a Borrowing which does not result in an increase in the 
aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans, (ii) the 
representations and warranties set forth in Sections 4.04(a) and 
4.04(b) and (iii) the representations and warranties set forth in 
Section 4.12 in the case of a Borrowing after December 31, 2000) of the 
Borrower and, if the Borrower is not the Company, of the Company 
contained in this Agreement shall be true on and as of the date of such 
Borrowing. 

     Each Borrowing hereunder shall be deemed to be a representation 
and warranty by the Borrower (and, if the Company is not the Borrower, 
by the Company) on the date of such Borrowing as to the facts specified 
in clauses (b), (c) and (d) of this Section.

     Section 3.03.  First Borrowing by Each Eligible Subsidiary.  The 
obligation of each Bank to make a Loan on the occasion of the first 
Borrowing by each Eligible Subsidiary is subject to the satisfaction of 
the following further conditions:

     (a)   receipt by the Administrative Agent of an opinion or 
opinions of counsel for such Eligible Subsidiary reasonably acceptable 
to the Administrative Agent (which, in the case of an Eligible 
Subsidiary organized under the laws of the United States or a State 
thereof may be an employee of the Company) and addressed to the 
Administrative Agent and the Banks, substantially to the effect of 
Exhibit J hereto and covering such additional matters relating to the
transactions contemplated hereby as the Required Banks may reasonably 
request; and


     (b)   receipt by the Administrative Agent of all documents which 
it may reasonably request relating to the existence of such Eligible 
Subsidiary, the authority for and the validity of the Election to 
Participate of such Eligible Subsidiary, this Agreement and the Notes 
of such Eligible Subsidiary, and any other matters relevant thereto, 
all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative 
Agent.

<PAGE>

                               ARTICLE 4
                    Representations and Warranties

     The Company represents and warrants that:

     Section 4.01.  Corporate Existence and Power.  The Company is a
corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing 
under the laws of Delaware, has all corporate powers and all material 
governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals required 
to carry on its business as now conducted and is duly qualified to do 
business as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction where such 
qualification is required, except where the failure so to qualify could 
not reasonably be expected to have a material Adverse Effect.

     Section 4.02.  Corporate and Governmental Authorization; No
Contravention.  The execution, delivery and performance by the Company 
of this Agreement and its Notes are within the Company's corporate 
powers, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, 
require no action by or in respect of, or filing with, any governmental 
body, agency or official and do not contravene, or constitute a default 
under, any provision of applicable law or regulation or of the 
certificate of incorporation or by-laws of the Company or of any
agreement, judgment, injunction, order, decree or other instrument 
binding upon the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or result in the 
creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of the Company or any 
of its Subsidiaries.


     Section 4.03.  Binding Effect.  This Agreement constitutes a valid 
and binding agreement of the Company and each of its Notes, if and when 
executed and delivered in accordance with this Agreement, will 
constitute a valid and binding obligation of the Company, in
each case enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as the same 
may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting 
creditors' rights generally and by general principles of equity.

     Section 4.04.  Financial Information.  (a) The consolidated 
balance sheet of the Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as of 
December 31, 1997 and the related consolidated statements of earnings, 
cash flows and changes in stockholders' equity for the fiscal
year then ended, reported on by Ernst & Young LLP, copies of which are 
included in the Company's Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 
1997 and have been delivered to each of the Banks, fairly present in 
all material respects, in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles, the consolidated financial position of the 
Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as of such date and their 
consolidated results of operations and cash flows for such
fiscal year.

<PAGE>

     (b)  The financial statements presented in the Company's Form 10-Q 
for the period ended September 30, 1998, which the Company has filed 
with the Securities and Exchange Commission, copies of which have been 
delivered to each of the Banks, fairly present in all material respects 
on a basis consistent with the financial statements referred to in 
Section 4.04(a), the consolidated financial position of the Company and 
its Consolidated Subsidiaries as of such date and their consolidated 
results of operations and cash flows for such nine-month period
(subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of full 
footnotes).


     (c)  Since September 30, 1998, there has been no material adverse 
change in the business, financial position or results of operations of 
the Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries, considered as a whole.

     Section 4.05.  Litigation.  Except as disclosed in the Company's 
annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997, each 
registration statement (other than a registration statement on Form S-8 
(or its equivalent)) and each report on Form 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K (or 
their equivalents) which the Company shall have filed with the 
Securities and Exchange Commission at any time thereafter, there is no 
action, suit or proceeding pending against, or to the knowledge of the 
Company, threatened against or affecting, the Company or any of its 
Subsidiaries before any court or arbitrator or any governmental body, 
agency or official which could reasonably be expected to have a 
Material Adverse Effect or which in any manner draws into question the 
validity of this Agreement or any Note.

     Section 4.06.  Compliance with Laws.  (a) The Company and each
Subsidiary is in compliance in all material respects with all 
applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and requirements of 
governmental authorities except where (i) non-compliance could
not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) 
the necessity of compliance therewith is contested in good faith by 
appropriate proceedings.

     (b)  Each member of the ERISA Group has fulfilled its obligations 
under the minimum funding standards of ERISA and the Internal Revenue 
Code with respect to each Plan and is in compliance in all material 
respects with the presently applicable provisions of ERISA and the
Internal Revenue Code with respect to each Plan.  No member of the 
ERISA Group has (i) sought a waiver of the minimum funding standard 
under Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code in respect of any Plan, 
(ii) failed to make any contribution or payment to any Plan or
Multiemployer Plan or in respect of any Benefit Arrangement, or made 
any amendment to any Plan or Benefit Arrangement, which has resulted or

<PAGE>

could result in the imposition of a Lien or the posting of a bond or 
other security under ERISA or the Internal Revenue Code or (iii) 
incurred any liability under Title IV of ERISA other than a liability 
to the PBGC for premiums under Section 4007 of ERISA.

     Section 4.07.  Environmental Matters. In the ordinary course of 
its business, the Company conducts a systematic review of the effects 
and reasonably ascertainable associated liabilities and costs of 
Environmental Laws on the business, operations and properties
of the Company and its Subsidiaries.  The associated liabilities and 
costs include, without limitation: any capital or operating 
expenditures required for clean-up or closure of properties presently 
or previously owned; any capital or operating expenditures required to 
achieve or maintain compliance with Environmental Laws; any constraints 
on operating activities related to achieving or maintaining compliance 
with Environmental Laws, including any periodic or permanent shutdown 
of any facility or reduction in the level or change in the nature of 
operations conducted thereat; any costs or liabilities in connection 
with off-site disposal of wastes or hazardous substances; and any 
actual or potential liabilities to third parties, including employees,
arising under Environmental Laws, and any related costs and expenses.  
On the basis of this review, the Company has reasonably concluded that 
such associated liabilities and costs, including the costs of 
compliance with Environmental Laws, could not reasonably be expected to 
have a Material Adverse Effect.

     Section 4.08.  Taxes.  The Company and its Subsidiaries have filed 
all United States Federal income tax returns and all other material tax 
returns which are required to be filed by them and have paid all taxes 
due pursuant to such returns or pursuant to any assessment received by 
the Company or any Subsidiary except (i) where nonpayment could not
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) where 
the same are contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings.  The 
charges, accruals and reserves on the books of the Company and its 
Subsidiaries in respect of taxes or other governmental charges are, in 
the opinion of the Company, adequate.

     Section 4.09.  Subsidiaries.  Each of the Company's corporate 
Subsidiaries is a corporation validly existing and in good standing 
under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation, and has all 
corporate powers and all material governmental licenses,
authorizations, consents and approvals required to carry on its 
business as now conducted and is duly qualified to do business as a 
foreign corporation in each jurisdiction where such qualification is 
required, except where the failure so to qualify could not reasonably 
be expected to have Material Adverse Effect.

<PAGE>

     Section 4.10.  Regulatory Restrictions on Borrowing.   The Company 
is not an "investment company" within the meaning of the Investment 
Company Act of 1940, as amended, a "holding company" within the meaning 
of the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, as amended, or 
otherwise subject to any regulatory scheme which restricts its ability 
to incur debt.

     Section 4.11.  Full Disclosure.  Neither the Company's Form 10-K 
for the year ended December 31, 1997, as of the date of filing of such 
Form 10-K, nor any registration statement (other than a registration 
statement on Form S-8 (or its equivalent)) or report on Form
10-K, 10-Q and 8-K (or their equivalents) which the Company shall have 
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as at the time of 
filing of such registration statement or report, as applicable, 
contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a 
material fact necessary in order to make any statements contained 
therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, 
not misleading; provided that to the extent any such document
contains forecasts and/or projections, it is understood and agreed that 
uncertainty is inherent in any forecasts or projections and that no 
assurances can be given by the Company of the future achievement of 
such performance.

     Section 4.12.  Year 2000.  Any reprogramming required to permit 
the proper functioning, in and following year 2000, of (a) the 
Company's computer systems and (b) equipment containing embedded 
microchips (including systems and equipment supplied by others
or with which the Company's systems interface) and the testing of all 
such systems and equipment, as so reprogrammed, will be completed in a 
timely fashion.  The cost to the Company of such reprogramming and 
testing and of the reasonably foreseeable consequences of year 2000 to 
the Company (including, without limitation, reprogramming errors and 
the failure of others' systems or equipment) will not result in a 
Default or a Material Adverse Effect.  Except for such of the
reprogramming referred to in the preceding sentence as may be 
necessary, the computer and management information systems of the 
Company and its Subsidiaries are and, with ordinary course upgrading 
and maintenance, will continue for the term of this Agreement, to be 
sufficient to permit the Company to conduct its business without 
Material Adverse Effect.

                               ARTICLE 5
                               Covenants

     The Company and, where stated, each other Borrower agree that, so 
long as any Bank has any Commitment hereunder or any amount payable 
hereunder remains unpaid: Section 5.01.  Information.  The Company will 
deliver to each of the Banks:


<PAGE>


     (a)   as soon as available and in any event within 95 days after 
the end of each fiscal year of the Company, a consolidated balance 
sheet of the Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as of the end of 
such fiscal year and the related consolidated statements of earnings, 
cash flows, and changes in stockholders' equity for such fiscal year, 
setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the 
previous fiscal year, all reported on in a manner consistent with the
requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission and audited by 
Ernst & Young LLP or other independent public accountants of nationally 
recognized standing;

     (b)   as soon as available and in any event within 50 days after 
the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year of the 
Company, an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its 
Consolidated Subsidiaries as of the end of such quarter and the related
unaudited consolidated statements of earnings and cash flows for such 
quarter and for the portion of the Company's fiscal year ended at the 
end of such quarter, setting forth in each case in comparative
form the figures for the corresponding quarter and the corresponding 
portion of the Company's previous fiscal year, all certified (subject 
to normal year-end adjustments) as to fairness of presentation and 
preparation based on financial accounting principles consistent with 
generally accepted accounting principles by an Approved Officer of the 
Company;

     (c)   simultaneously with the delivery of each set of financial 
statements referred to in clauses (a) and (b) above, a certificate of 
an Approved Officer of the Company (i) setting forth in reasonable 
detail the calculations required to establish whether the Company was 
in compliance with the requirements of Sections 5.10 and 5.12 on the 
date of such financial statements and (ii) stating whether any Default 
exists on the date of such certificate and, if any Default then exists,
setting forth the details thereof and the action which the Company is 
taking or proposes to take with respect thereto;


     (d)   simultaneously with the delivery of each set of financial 
statements referred to in clause (a) above, a statement of the firm of 
independent public accountants which reported on such statements (i) 
that nothing has come to their attention to cause them to believe that 
any Default arising from the Company's failure to comply with its 
obligations under Sections 5.10 and 5.12 existed on the date of such 
statements (it being understood that such accountants shall not
thereby be required to perform any procedures not otherwise required 
under generally accepted auditing standards) and (ii) confirming the 
calculations set forth in the officer's certificate delivered
simultaneously therewith pursuant to clause (c) above;

<PAGE>

     (e)   within five days after any officer of the Company obtains 
knowledge of any Default, if such Default is then continuing, a 
certificate of an Approved Officer of the Company setting
forth the details thereof and the action which the Company is taking or 
proposes to take with respect thereto;

     (f)   promptly upon the mailing thereof to the shareholders of the 
Company generally, copies of all financial statements, reports and 
proxy statements so mailed; 

     (g)   promptly after the filing thereof, copies of all 
registration statements (other than the exhibits thereto and any 
registration statements on Form S-8 or its equivalent) and reports 
(other than the exhibits thereto) on Forms 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K (or their 
equivalents) which the Company shall have filed with the Securities and 
Exchange Commission;

     (h)   if and when any member of the ERISA Group (i) gives or is 
required to give notice to the PBGC of any "reportable event" (as 
defined in Section 4043 of ERISA) with respect to any Plan which might 
constitute grounds for a termination of such Plan under Title IV of 
ERISA, or knows that the plan administrator of any Plan has given or is 
required to give notice of any such reportable event, a copy of the 
notice of such reportable event given or required to be given to the
PBGC; (ii) receives notice of complete or partial withdrawal liability 
under Title IV of ERISA or notice that any Multiemployer Plan is in 
reorganization, is insolvent or has been terminated, a copy of such 
notice; (iii) receives notice from the PBGC under Title IV of ERISA of 
an intent to terminate, impose liability (other than for premiums under 
Section 4007 of ERISA) in respect of, or appoint a trustee to 
administer any Plan, a copy of such notice; (iv) applies for a waiver 
of the minimum funding standard under Section 412 of the Internal 
Revenue Code, a copy of such application; (v) gives notice of intent to 
terminate any Plan under Section 4041(c) of ERISA, a copy of such 
notice and other information filed with the PBGC; (vi) gives notice of 
withdrawal from any Plan pursuant to Section 4063 of ERISA, a copy of 
such notice; or (vii) fails to make any payment or contribution to any 
Plan or Multiemployer Plan or in respect of any Benefit Arrangement or 
makes any amendment to any Plan or Benefit Arrangement which has 
resulted or could result in the imposition of a Lien or the posting of 
a bond or other security, a certificate of the chief financial officer 
or the chief accounting officer of the Company setting forth details as
to such occurrence and action, if any, which the Company or applicable 
member of the ERISA Group is required or proposes to take; and

<PAGE>

     (i)   from time to time such additional information regarding the 
financial position or business of the Company and its Subsidiaries as 
the Administrative Agent, at the request of any Bank, may reasonably 
request.

     Section 5.02.  Payment of Obligations.   Each Borrower will pay 
and discharge, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay and 
discharge, at or before maturity, all their respective material 
obligations and liabilities (including, without limitation, tax 
liabilities and claims of materialmen, warehousemen and the like which 
if unpaid might by law give rise to a Lien), except where the same may 
be contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, and
will maintain, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain, in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, appropriate 
reserves for the accrual of any of the same.

     Section 5.03.  Maintenance of Property; Insurance.  (a) Each 
Borrower will keep, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to keep, 
all material property useful and necessary in its business in good
working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted.

     (b)  Each Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries 
to, maintain (either in the name of the Company or in such Borrower's 
or Subsidiary's own name) with financially sound and responsible 
insurance companies, insurance on all its respective properties in at 
least such amounts, against at least such risks and with such risk 
retention as are usually maintained, insured against or retained, as 
the case may be, in the same general area by companies of established
repute engaged in the same or a similar business; provided that the 
Borrowers and their Subsidiaries may self-insure to the same extent as 
other companies of established repute engaged in the same or a similar 
business in the same general area in which such Borrower or such
Subsidiary operates and to the extent consistent with prudent business 
practice.  Each Borrower will furnish to the Banks, upon request from 
the Administrative Agent, information presented in reasonable detail as 
to the insurance so carried.

     Section 5.04.  Conduct of Business and Maintenance of Existence.  
Each Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole will continue to 
engage in business of the same general type as now conducted by such 
Borrower and its Subsidiaries and any ancillary or related lines of 
business, and each Borrower will preserve, renew and keep in full force 
and effect, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to preserve, renew 
and keep in full force and effect, its respective legal existence and 
its respective rights, privileges and franchises necessary or desirable

<PAGE>

in the normal conduct of business; provided that nothing in this 
Section shall prohibit (i) the consolidation or merger of a Subsidiary 
(other than an Eligible Subsidiary with obligations with respect to 
Loans outstanding hereunder) with or into another Person, (ii) the 
consolidation or merger of an Eligible Subsidiary with or into the 
Company or another Eligible Subsidiary or (iii) the termination of the 
legal existence of any Subsidiary (other than an Eligible Subsidiary 
with obligations with respect to Loans outstanding hereunder) if, in 
the case of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), such consolidation, merger or 
termination is not materially disadvantageous to the Banks; and
provided further that nothing in this Section shall prohibit any sale 
or other disposition of assets permitted under Section 5.07.

     Section 5.05.  Compliance with Laws.  Each Borrower will comply, 
and cause each of its Subsidiaries to comply, in all material respects 
with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, and 
requirements of governmental authorities (including, without
limitation, Environmental Laws and ERISA and the rules and regulations 
thereunder) except where (i) the necessity of compliance therewith is 
contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or (ii) the failure 
to comply could not reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect.

     Section 5.06.  Inspection of Property, Books and Records.   Each
Borrower will keep, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to keep, 
proper books of record and account in which full, true and correct 
entries shall be made of all dealings and transactions in relation to 
its business and activities; and will permit, and will cause each of 
its Subsidiaries to permit, representatives of any Bank at such Bank's 
expense to visit and inspect any of its respective properties, to 
examine and make abstracts from any of its respective books and records

and to discuss its respective affairs, finances and accounts with its 
respective officers, employees and independent public accountants, all 
at such reasonable times as may be desired.

     Section 5.07.  Mergers and Sales of Assets.  (a) The Company will 
not consolidate or merge with or into any other Person; provided that 
the Company may merge with another Person if (x) the Company is the 
corporation surviving such merger and (y) after giving effect to such 
merger, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

     (b)   The Company will not sell, lease or otherwise transfer, 
directly or indirectly, assets (exclusive of assets transferred in the 
ordinary course of business) if after giving effect to such
transfer the aggregate book value of assets so transferred subsequent 
to the date of this Agreement would constitute Substantial Assets as of

<PAGE>

the day preceding the date of such transfer other than (i) sales of 
accounts receivable to IMC-Agrico Receivables Company L.L.C. or any
other similar bankruptcy-remote Subsidiary of the Company or any of its 
Subsidiaries established for the purpose of engaging in transactions 
related to accounts receivable, (ii) the sale of substantially all of 
the assets comprising the IMC AgriBusiness business unit of the 
Company, (iii) the sale of any equity interest in McMoRan Oil & Gas 
Co., a Delaware corporation, or the sale or transfer of any right to 
receive revenues from the MOXY-FRP Exploration Program undertaken
by McMoRan Oil & Gas Co., a Delaware corporation, (iv) the sale of 
assets acquired pursuant to an Acquisition that are unrelated to the 
business of the same general type as now conducted by the Company and 
its Subsidiaries, and (v) the sale of assets acquired in or as a direct 
result of the Harris Chemical Acquisition.

     Section 5.08.  Use of Proceeds.   The proceeds of the Loans made 
under this Agreement will be used by the Borrowers for general 
corporate purposes, including without limitation the refinancing of 
Acquisitions.  None of such proceeds will be used in violation of 
Regulation  T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve 
System.

     Section 5.09.  Negative Pledge.  Neither any Borrower nor any 
Subsidiary of any Borrower will create, assume or suffer to exist any 
Lien on any asset now owned or hereafter acquired by it, except:

     (a)   Liens existing on the date of this Agreement securing Debt 
outstanding on the date of this Agreement in an aggregate principal or 
face amount not exceeding $135,000,000;

     (b)   any Lien existing on any asset of any Person at the time 
such Person becomes a Subsidiary of a Borrower and not created in 
contemplation of such event;

     (c)   any Lien on any asset securing Debt incurred or assumed for 
the purpose of financing all or any part of the cost of acquiring or 
constructing such asset, provided that such Lien attaches to such asset 
concurrently with or within 90 days after the acquisition or completion 
of construction thereof;

     (d)   any Lien on any asset of any Person existing at the time 
such Person is merged or consolidated with or into a Borrower or a 
Subsidiary of a Borrower and not created in contemplation of such 
event;

<PAGE>

     (e)   any Lien existing on any asset prior to the acquisition 
thereof by a Borrower or a Subsidiary of a Borrower and not created in 
contemplation of such acquisition;

     (f)   any Lien arising out of the refinancing, extension, renewal 
or refunding of any Debt secured by any Lien permitted by any of the 
foregoing clauses of this Section, provided that the proceeds of such 
Debt are used solely for the foregoing purpose and to pay financing 
costs and such Debt is not secured by any additional assets;


     (g)   Liens arising in the ordinary course of its business which 
(i) do not secure Debt or Derivatives Obligations, (ii) do not secure 
any obligation in an amount exceeding $100,000,000 and (iii) do not in 
the aggregate materially detract from the value of its assets or 
materially impair the use thereof in the operation of its business;

     (h)   Liens on cash and cash equivalents securing Derivatives 
Obligations, provided that the aggregate amount of cash and cash 
equivalents subject to such Liens may at no time exceed
$10,000,000; and

     (i)   Liens not otherwise permitted by the foregoing clauses of 
this Section securing Debt in an aggregate principal or face amount, 
together with all other Debt secured by Liens permitted under this 
Section 5.09(i), not to exceed an amount equal to 10% of Consolidated 
Net Worth (calculated as of the last day of the fiscal quarter most 
recently ended on or prior to the date of the most recent incurrence of 
such Debt).

     Section 5.10.  Debt of Subsidiaries.  Total Debt of all 
Subsidiaries (excluding Debt (i) of a Subsidiary owing to the Company, 
(ii) of a Subsidiary owing to a Substantially-Owned Consolidated 
Subsidiary, (iii) of an Eligible Subsidiary under this Agreement, (iv) 
of PLP in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding $300,000,000
outstanding on December 15, 1997 (but not any refinancing thereof), (v) 
of Harris Chemical North America, Inc. and its Subsidiaries arising out 
of the Argus Utilities sale-leaseback transaction in an aggregate 
principal amount not exceeding $71,000,000, or (vi) of IMC
Inorganic Chemicals Inc., formerly known as Harris Chemical Group Inc., 
and its Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding UK 
50,000,000) will not at any date exceed 25% of Consolidated Net Worth 
(calculated as of the last day of the fiscal quarter most recently 
ended on or prior to such date).  For purposes of this Section any 
preferred stock of a Consolidated Subsidiary (other than the Series E 
Preferred Stock) held by a Person other than the Company or a 
Substantially-Owned Consolidated Subsidiary shall be included, at the 
higher of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation value, in the "Debt" 
of such Consolidated Subsidiary.

<PAGE>

     Section 5.11.  Transactions with Affiliates.  No Borrower will, 
nor will it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, 
pay any funds to or for the account of, make any investment (whether by 
acquisition of stock or indebtedness, by loan, advance, transfer
of property, guarantee or other agreement to pay, purchase or service, 
directly or indirectly, any Debt, or otherwise) in, lease, sell, 
transfer or otherwise dispose of any assets, tangible or intangible, 
to, or participate in, or effect, any transaction with, any Affiliate 
except:  (i) transactions on an arms-length basis on terms at least as 
favorable to such Borrower or such Subsidiary as could have been 
obtained from a third party who was not an Affiliate, (ii)
marketing services provided by IMC Global Operations Inc. to Agrico, 
(iii) employee leasing services agreements between IMC Global 
Operations Inc. and Agrico, (iv) transactions between Agrico and the 
Rainbow and FarMarkets business units of the Company, (v) transactions 
between Agrico and the IMC Kalium business unit of the Company, (vi) 
loans from the Company or a Subsidiary to the Company or a Subsidiary, 
(vii) the declaration and payment of any lawful dividend and
(viii) transactions between Vigiron Partnership, a Delaware general 
partnership, and the IMC AgriBusiness business unit of the Company.

     Section 5.12.  Leverage Ratio.  The Leverage Ratio will not at any 
date exceed 3.75 to 1.00. For this purpose:

     "Consolidated Adjusted Debt" means at any date the sum of (i) the 
Debt of the Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries plus (ii) the 
excess (if any) of (A) the aggregate unrecovered principal
investment of transferees of accounts receivable from the Company or a 
Consolidated Subsidiary in transactions accounted for as sales under 
generally accepted accounting principles over (B) $100,000,000, in each 
case determined on a consolidated basis as of such date.

     "Consolidated EBITDA" means, for any period, the consolidated net 
income of the Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for such period 
before (i) income taxes, (ii) interest expense, (iii) depreciation and 
amortization, (iv) minority interest, (v) extraordinary losses or 
gains, (vi) discontinued operations and (vii) the cumulative effect of 
changes in accounting principles.  Consolidated EBITDA for each 
four-quarter period will be adjusted on a pro-forma basis to reflect 
any Acquisition closed during such period as if such Acquisition had 
been closed on the first day of such period.

<PAGE>

     "Leverage Ratio" means at any date the ratio of Consolidated 
Adjusted Debt calculated as of such date to Consolidated EBITDA 
calculated for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters most
recently ended on or prior to such date. Calculations of the Leverage 
Ratio shall (i) exclude the pretax nonrecurring charges not in excess 
of $325,000,000 incurred by the Company in, and reflected in the 
Company's consolidated statement of income for, the fiscal year ended 
December 31, 1998 and (ii) disregard classification of the Company's 
Agribusiness unit as a discontinued operation.

                              ARTICLE 6
                               Defaults

     Section 6.01.  Events of Default.  If one or more of the following 
events ("Events of Default") shall have occurred and be continuing:

     (a)   any Borrower shall fail to pay when due any principal of any 
Loan or shall fail to pay, within five Domestic Business Days of the 
due date thereof, any interest, fees or any other amount payable 
hereunder;

     (b)   any Borrower shall fail to observe or perform any covenant 
contained in Sections 5.07 to 5.12, inclusive;

     (c)   any Borrower shall fail to observe or perform any covenant 
or agreement contained in this Agreement (other than those covered by 
clause (a) or (b) above) for 30 days after notice thereof has been 
given to the Company by the Administrative Agent at the request of any 
Bank;

     (d)   any representation, warranty, certification or statement 
made by any  Borrower in this Agreement or in any certificate, 
financial statement or other document delivered pursuant to this
Agreement shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect 
when made (or deemed made);

     (e)   the Company or any Subsidiary shall fail to make any payment 
in respect of Material Financial Obligations (other than the Loans) 
when due or within any applicable grace period;

     (f)      any event or condition shall occur and shall continue 
beyond the applicable grace or cure period, if any, provided with 
respect thereto and the maturity of Material Financial Obligations 
shall be accelerated as a result thereof;

<PAGE>

     (g)   the Company or any Material Subsidiary or any other Borrower 
shall commence a voluntary case or other proceeding seeking 
liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to itself or 
its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or 
hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, 
liquidator, custodian or other similar official of it or any 
substantial part of its property, or shall consent to any such relief 
or to the appointment of or taking possession by any such official in 
an involuntary case or other proceeding commenced against it, or shall 
make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall fail 
generally to pay its debts as they become due, or shall take any 
corporate action to authorize any of the foregoing;

     (h)   an involuntary case or other proceeding shall be commenced 
against the Company or any Material Subsidiary or any other Borrower 
seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to it 
or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now 
or hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment of a trustee, 
receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official of it or any 
substantial part of its property, and such involuntary case or other
proceeding shall remain undismissed and unstayed for a period of 60 
days; or an order for relief shall be entered against the Company or 
any Material Subsidiary or any other Borrower under the federal 
bankruptcy laws as now or hereafter in effect;

     (i)   any member of the ERISA Group shall fail to pay when due an 
amount or amounts aggregating in excess of $25,000,000 which it shall 
have become liable to pay under Title IV of ERISA; or notice of intent 
to terminate a Material Plan shall be filed under Title IV of ERISA by
any member of the ERISA Group, any plan administrator or any 
combination of the foregoing; or the PBGC shall institute proceedings 
under Title IV of ERISA to terminate, to impose liability
(other than for premiums under Section 4007 of ERISA) in respect of, or 
to cause a trustee to be appointed to administer any Material Plan; or 
a condition shall exist by reason of which the PBGC would be entitled 
to obtain a decree adjudicating that any Material Plan must be 
terminated; or there shall occur a complete or partial withdrawal from, 
or a default, within the meaning of Section 4219(c)(5) of ERISA, with 
respect to, one or more Multiemployer Plans which causes one or more 
members of the ERISA Group to incur a current payment obligation in 
excess of $100,000,000 in the aggregate;

     (j)   judgments or orders for the payment of money in excess of 
$100,000,000 in the aggregate shall be rendered against the Company or 
any Subsidiary and such judgments or orders shall continue unsatisfied 
and unstayed for a period of 30 days;

<PAGE>

     (k)   any Person or two or more Persons acting in concert shall 
have acquired beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of 
the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange 
Act of 1934), directly or indirectly, of Voting Stock of the Company 
(or other securities convertible into such Voting Stock) representing 
35% or more of the combined voting power of all Voting Stock of the 
Company; or (ii) during any period of up to 24 consecutive months, 
commencing after the date of this Agreement, individuals who at the
beginning of such 24-month period were directors of the Company shall 
cease for any reason (other than due to death or disability) to 
constitute a majority of the board of directors of the Company, except 
to the extent that individuals who at the beginning of such 24-month 
period were replaced by individuals (x) elected by 66-2/3% of the 
remaining members of the board of directors of the Company or (y) 
nominated for election by a majority of the remaining members
of the board of directors of the Company and thereafter elected as 
directors by the shareholders of the Company; or (iii) any Person or 
two or more Persons acting in concert shall have acquired by
contract or otherwise, or shall have entered into a contract or 
arrangement that has resulted in its or their acquisition of, control 
over Voting Stock of the Company (or other securities convertible
into such securities) representing 35% or more of the combined voting 
power of all Voting Stock of the Company; or

     (l)   any of the obligations of the Company under Article 10 of 
this Agreement shall for any reason not be enforceable against the 
Company in accordance with their terms, or the Company shall so assert 
in writing; then, and in every such event, the Administrative Agent 
shall (i) if requested by Banks having more than 50% in aggregate 
amount of the Commitments, by notice to the Company terminate
the Commitments and they shall thereupon terminate and (ii) if 
requested by Banks holding more than 50% in aggregate principal amount 
of the Loans, by notice to the Company declare the Loans (together with 
accrued interest thereon) to be, and the Loans shall thereupon become,
immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or 
other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the 
Borrowers; provided that in the case of any of the Events
of Default specified in clause (g) or (h) above with respect to any 
Borrower, without any notice to any Borrower or any other act by the 
Administrative Agent or the Banks, the Commitments shall thereupon 
terminate and the Loans (together with accrued interest thereon) shall 
become immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest 
or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the 
Borrowers.

<PAGE>

     Section 6.02.  Notice of Default.  The Administrative Agent shall 
give notice to the Company under Section 6.01(c) promptly upon being 
requested to do so by any Bank and shall thereupon notify all the Banks 
thereof.

                              ARTICLE 7
                      The Administrative Agent

     Section 7.01.  Appointment and Authorization.  Each Bank 
irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take 
such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under 
this Agreement and the Notes as are delegated to the Administrative
Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with all such powers as 
are reasonably incidental thereto.

     Section 7.02.  Administrative Agent and Affiliates.  Morgan 
Guaranty Trust Company of New York shall have the same rights and 
powers under this Agreement as any other Bank and may exercise or 
refrain from exercising the same as though it were not the
Administrative Agent, and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York and 
its affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, and generally 
engage in any kind of business with the Company or any Subsidiary or 
affiliate of the Company as if it were not the Administrative
Agent hereunder.

     Section 7.03.  Action by Administrative Agent.  The obligations of 
the Administrative Agent hereunder are only those expressly set forth 
herein.   Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the 
Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action
with respect to any Default, except as expressly provided in Article 6.

     Section 7.04.  Consultation with Experts.  The Administrative 
Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for any 
Borrower), independent public accountants and other experts selected by 
it and shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken 
by it in good faith in accordance with the advice of such counsel, 
accountants or experts.

     Section 7.05.  Liability of Administrative Agent.  Neither the
Administrative Agent nor any of its affiliates nor any of their 
respective directors, officers, agents or employees shall be liable to 
any Bank for any action taken or not taken by it in connection
herewith (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Banks 
(or, when expressly required hereby, all the Banks) or (ii) in the 
absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.  Neither the 
Administrative Agent nor any of its affiliates nor any of their

<PAGE>

respective directors, officers, agents or employees shall be 
responsible for or have any duty to ascertain, inquire into or verify 
(i) any statement, warranty or representation made in connection with 
this Agreement or any borrowing hereunder; (ii) the performance or 
observance of any of the covenants or agreements of any Borrower; (iii) 
the satisfaction of any condition specified in Article 3, except
receipt of items required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent; 
or (iv) the validity, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, 
the Notes or any other instrument or writing furnished in connection 
herewith.  The Administrative Agent shall not incur any liability by
acting in reliance upon any notice, consent, certificate, statement, or 
other writing (which may be a bank wire, telex or similar writing) 
believed by it in good faith to be genuine or to be signed by the
proper party or parties.  Without limiting the generality of the 
foregoing, the use of the term "agent" in this Agreement with reference 
to the Administrative Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or 
other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of 
any applicable law.  Instead, such term is used merely as a matter of 
market custom and is intended to create or reflect only an 
administrative relationship between independent contracting parties.

     Section 7.06.  Indemnification.  Each Bank shall, ratably in 
accordance with its Commitment, indemnify the Administrative Agent, its 
affiliates and their respective directors, officers, agents and 
employees (to the extent not reimbursed by the Borrowers) against
any cost, expense (including reasonable counsel fees and 
disbursements), claim, demand, action, loss or liability (except such 
as result from such indemnitees' gross negligence or willful
misconduct) that such indemnitees may suffer or incur in connection 
with this Agreement or any action taken or omitted by such indemnitees 
thereunder.

     Section 7.07.  Credit Decision.  Each Bank acknowledges that it 
has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent 
or any other Bank, and based on such documents and information as it 
has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to 
enter into this Agreement.  Each Bank also acknowledges that it will,

independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any 
other Bank, and based on such documents and information as it shall 
deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions 
in taking or not taking any action under this Agreement.

     Section 7.08.  Successor Administrative Agent.  The Administrative 
Agent may resign at any time by giving notice thereof to the Banks and 
the Company.  Upon any such resignation, the Company, with the consent 
of the Required Banks (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or 
delayed),  shall have the right to appoint a successor Administrative

<PAGE>

Agent.  If no successor Administrative Agent shall have been so 
appointed, and shall have accepted such appointment, within 30 days 
after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of resignation, 
then the retiring Administrative Agent may, on behalf of the Banks, 
appoint a successor Administrative Agent, which shall be a commercial 
bank organized or licensed under the laws of the United States of 
America or of any State thereof and having a combined capital
and surplus of at least $500,000,000.  Upon the acceptance of its 
appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor 
Administrative Agent, such successor Administrative Agent shall 
thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights and duties 
of the retiring Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative 
Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder.   
After any retiring Administrative Agent's resignation hereunder as
Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Article shall inure to its 
benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it 
was Administrative Agent.

     Section 7.09.  Administrative Agent's Fees.   The Company shall 
pay to the Administrative Agent for its own account fees in the amounts 
and at the times previously agreed upon between the Company and the 
Administrative Agent.


     Section 7.10.  Other Agents.  Nothing in this Agreement shall 
impose upon any Managing Agent or upon any Co-Agent, in such capacity, 
any duties or obligations whatsoever.

                              ARTICLE 8
                      Change in Circumstances

     Section 8.01.  Basis for Determining Interest Rate Inadequate or 
Unfair.  If on or prior to the first day of any Interest Period for any 
Euro-Dollar Borrowing or Bid Rate (Indexed) Borrowing:

     (a)   the Administrative Agent is advised by the Euro-Dollar 
Reference Banks that deposits in dollars (in the applicable amounts) 
are not being offered to the Euro-Dollar Reference Banks
in the relevant market for such Interest Period, or

     (b)   in the case of a Euro-Dollar Borrowing, Banks having more 
than 50% of the aggregate amount of the affected Loans advise the 
Administrative Agent that the London Interbank Offered Rate as 
determined by the Administrative Agent will not adequately and fairly 
reflect the cost to such Banks of funding their Euro-Dollar Loans for 
such Interest Period, the Administrative Agent shall forthwith give 
notice thereof to the Borrower and the Banks, whereupon until the

<PAGE>

Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the circumstances 
giving rise to such suspension no longer exist, (i) the obligations of 
the Banks to make Euro-Dollar Loans or to continue or convert 
outstanding Loans as or into Euro-Dollar Loans shall be suspended and
(ii) each outstanding Euro-Dollar Loan shall be converted into a Base 
Rate Loan on the last day of the then current Interest Period 
applicable thereto.   Unless the Borrower notifies the Administrative 
Agent at least one Domestic Business Day before the date of any Fixed 
Rate Borrowing for which a Notice of Borrowing has previously been 
given that it elects not to borrow on such date, (i) if such Fixed Rate 
Borrowing is a Committed Borrowing, such Borrowing shall instead be 
made as a Base Rate Borrowing and (ii) if such Borrowing is a Bid Rate 
(Indexed) Borrowing, the Loans comprising such Borrowing shall bear 
interest for each day from and including the first day to but excluding 
the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto at the
Base Rate for such day.

     Section 8.02.  Illegality.  If, on or after the date of this 
Agreement, the adoption of any applicable law, rule or regulation, or 
any change in any applicable law, rule or regulation, or any change in 
the interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental
authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the 
interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by any Bank (or 
its Euro-Dollar Lending Office) with any request or directive (whether 
or not having the force of law) of any such authority, central bank or
comparable agency shall make it unlawful or impossible for any Bank (or 
its Euro-Dollar Lending Office) to make, maintain or fund any of its 
Euro-Dollar Loans to any Borrower and such Bank shall so notify the 
Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent shall forthwith give 
notice thereof to the other Banks and such Borrower, whereupon until 
such Bank notifies such Borrower and the Administrative Agent that the 
circumstances giving rise to such suspension no longer exist, the 
obligation of such Bank to make Euro-Dollar Loans, or to continue or 
convert outstanding Loans as or into Euro-Dollar Loans, to such 
Borrower shall be suspended.   Before giving any notice to the 
Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section, such Bank shall 
designate a different Euro-Dollar Lending Office if such designation 
will avoid the need for giving such notice and will not be otherwise 
disadvantageous to such Bank in the good faith exercise of its
discretion.  If such notice is given, each Euro-Dollar Loan of such 
Bank to such Borrower then outstanding shall be converted to a Base 
Rate Loan either (a) on the last day of the then current Interest 
Period applicable to such Euro-Dollar Loan if such Bank may lawfully 
continue to maintain and fund such Loan to such day or (b) immediately 
if such Bank shall determine that it may not lawfully continue to 
maintain and fund such Loan to such day.

<PAGE>

     Section 8.03.  Increased Cost and Reduced Return.  (a) If on or 
after (x) the date of this Agreement, in the case of any Committed Loan 
or any obligation to make Committed Loans or (y) the date of any 
related Bid Rate Quote, in the case of any Bid Rate Loan, the adoption 
of any applicable law, rule or regulation, or any change in any 
applicable law, rule or regulation, or any change in the interpretation 
or administration thereof by any governmental authority, central bank 
or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration
thereof, or compliance by any Bank (or its Applicable Lending Office) 
with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) 
issued on or after such date of any such authority, central bank or 
comparable agency shall impose, modify or deem applicable any
reserve, special deposit or similar requirement (including, without 
limitation, any such requirement imposed by the Board of Governors of 
the Federal Reserve System, but excluding with respect to any 
Euro-Dollar Loan any such requirement for which such Bank is entitled 
to compensation for the relevant Interest Period under Section 2.16) 
against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit 
extended by, any Bank (or its Applicable Lending Office) or shall 
impose on any Bank (or its Applicable Lending Office) or on the London 
interbank market any other condition (other than in respect of Taxes or 
Other Taxes) affecting its Fixed Rate Loans, its Notes or its
obligation to make Fixed Rate Loans and the result of any of the 
foregoing is to increase the cost to such Bank (or its Applicable 
Lending Office) of making or maintaining any Fixed Rate Loan
or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Bank 
(or its Applicable Lending Office) under this Agreement or under its 
Notes with respect thereto, by an amount deemed by such Bank to be 
material, then, within 15 days after receipt by the Company of written 
demand by such Bank (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), the 
Company shall pay to such Bank an amount which on an after-tax basis is 
necessary to maintain the same rate of return on capital that
existed immediately prior thereto which such Bank reasonably determines 
is attributable to this Agreement, its Loans or its obligations to make 
Loans hereunder (after taking into account such Bank's policies as to 
capital adequacy).

     (b)  If any Bank shall have determined that, on or after the date 
of this Agreement, the adoption of any applicable law, rule or 
regulation regarding capital adequacy, or any change in any such law, 
rule or regulation, or any change in the interpretation or  
Administration thereof by any governmental authority, central bank or 
comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration 
thereof, or any request or directive regarding capital adequacy 
(whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority, central 
bank or comparable agency given or made after the date of this

<PAGE>

Agreement (including any determination by any such authority, central 
bank or comparable agency that, for purposes of capital adequacy 
requirements, the Commitments hereunder do not constitute commitments 
with an original maturity of one year or less), has or would have the 
effect of reducing the rate of return on capital of such Bank (or its 
Parent) as a consequence of such Bank's obligations hereunder to a 
level below that which such Bank (or its Parent) could have achieved 
but for such adoption, change, request or directive (taking into
consideration its policies with respect to capital adequacy) by an 
amount deemed by such Bank to be material, then from time to time, 
within 15 days after receipt by the Company of written demand by such 
Bank (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), the Company shall pay 
to such Bank an amount which on an after-tax basis is necessary to 
maintain the same rate of return on capital that existed immediately 
prior thereto which such Bank reasonably determines is attributable to 
this Agreement, its Loans or its obligations to make Loans hereunder 
(after taking into account such Bank's policies as to capital 
adequacy).

     (c)  Each Bank will promptly notify the Company and the 
Administrative Agent of any event of which it has knowledge, occurring 
after the date hereof, which will entitle such Bank to compensation 
pursuant to this Section and will designate a different Applicable 
Lending Office if such designation will avoid the need for, or reduce 
the amount of, such compensation and will not, in the judgment of such 
Bank, be otherwise disadvantageous to such Bank.  A certificate of
any Bank claiming compensation under this Section and setting forth the 
additional amount or amounts to be paid to it hereunder shall be 
presumptively correct in the absence of manifest error.  In determining 
such amount, such Bank may use any reasonable averaging and attribution
methods.  Notwithstanding the foregoing subsections 8.03(a) and 
8.03(b), the Company shall only be obligated to compensate any Bank for 
any amount arising or accruing during (i) any time or period commencing 
not more than 45 days prior to the date on which such Bank notifies the
Administrative Agent and the Company that it proposes to demand such 
compensation and identifies to the Administrative Agent and the Company 
the statute, regulation or other basis upon which the claimed 
compensation is or will be based and (ii) any time or period during 
which because of the retroactive application of such statute, 
regulation or other such basis, such Bank did not know in good faith 
that such amount would arise or accrue.

     Section 8.04.  Taxes.  (a) For purposes of this Section 8.04, the 
following terms have the following meanings:


<PAGE>


     "Taxes" means any and all present or future taxes, duties, levies, 
imposts, deductions, charges or withholdings with respect to any 
payment by any Borrower pursuant to this Agreement or any Note, and all 
liabilities with respect thereto, excluding (i) in the case of each 
Bank and the Administrative Agent, taxes imposed on its net income and 
franchise or similar taxes imposed on it by a jurisdiction under the 
laws of which such Bank or the Administrative Agent (as the case
may be) is organized or in which its principal executive office is 
located or, in the case of each Bank, in which its Applicable Lending 
Office is located (all such excluded taxes of the Administrative Agent 
or any Bank being herein referred to as its "Domestic Taxes") and (ii) 
in the case of each Bank, any United States withholding tax imposed on 
such payments except to the extent that such Bank is subject to United 
States withholding tax by reason of a U.S. Tax Law Change.

     "Other Taxes" means any present or future stamp or documentary 
taxes and any other excise or property taxes, or similar charges or 
levies, which arise from any payment made pursuant to this Agreement or 
under any Note or from the execution or delivery of, or otherwise with 
respect to, this Agreement or any Note.

     "U.S. Tax Law Change" means with respect to any Bank or 
Participant the occurrence (x) in the case of each Bank listed on the 
signature pages hereof, after the date of its execution and delivery
of this Agreement and (y) in the case of any other Bank, after the date 
such Bank shall have become a Bank hereunder, and (z) in the case of 
each Participant, after the date such Participant became a Participant 
hereunder, of the adoption of any applicable U.S. federal law, U.S. 
federal rule or U.S. federal regulation relating to taxation, or any 
change therein, or the entry into force, modification or revocation of 
any income tax convention or treaty to which the United States is a
party.


     (b)  Any and all payments by any Borrower to or for the account of 
any Bank or the Administrative Agent hereunder or under any Note shall 
be made without deduction for any Taxes or Other Taxes; provided that, 
if any Borrower shall be required by law to deduct any Taxes or Other 
Taxes from any such payments, (i) the sum payable shall be increased as
necessary so that after making all required deductions (including 
deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 
8.04) such Bank or the Administrative Agent (as the case may be)
receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such 
deductions been made, (ii) such Borrower shall make such deductions, 
(iii) such Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant 
taxation authority or other authority in accordance with applicable law
and (iv) such  Borrower shall furnish to the Administrative Agent, at 
its address referred to in Section 11.01 the original or a certified 
copy of a receipt evidencing payment thereof.

<PAGE>

     (c)  Each Borrower agrees to indemnify each Bank and the 
Administrative Agent for the full amount of Taxes or Other Taxes 
(including, without limitation, any Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or 
asserted by any jurisdiction on amounts payable under this Section 
8.04) paid by such Bank or the Administrative Agent (as the case may 
be) and any liability (including penalties, interest and expenses) 
arising therefrom or with respect thereto.  In addition, each Borrower
organized under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the United States 
agrees to indemnify the Administrative Agent and each Bank for all 
Domestic Taxes incurred by it and any liability (including any 
penalties, interest and expenses arising therefrom or with respect 
thereto), in each case to the extent that such Domestic Taxes or 
liabilities result from any payment or indemnification pursuant to this 
Section by or for the account of such Borrower. This indemnification 
shall be paid within 15 days after such Bank or the Administrative 
Agent (as the case may be) makes demand therefor.


     (d)  Each Bank organized under the laws of a jurisdiction outside 
the United States, on or prior to the date of its execution and 
delivery of this Agreement in the case of each Bank listed on the 
signature pages hereof and on or prior to the date on which it becomes 
a Bank in the case of each other Bank, and from time to time thereafter 
as required by law (but only so long as such Bank remains lawfully able 
to do so), shall provide the Company two completed and duly executed 
copies of Internal Revenue Service form 1001 or 4224, as appropriate, 
or any successor form prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service, or 
other documentation reasonably requested by the Company, certifying 
that such Bank is entitled to benefits under an income tax treaty to
which the United States is a party which exempts the Bank from United 
States withholding tax or reduces the rate of withholding tax on 
payments of interest for the account of such Bank or certifying that 
the income receivable pursuant to this Agreement is effectively 
connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States.

     (e)  For any period with respect to which a Bank has failed to 
provide the Company with the appropriate form pursuant to Section 
8.04(d) (unless such failure is due to a U.S. Tax Law Change), such 
Bank shall not be entitled to indemnification under Section 8.04(b) or 
8.04(c) with respect to any Taxes or Other Taxes which would not have 
been payable had such form been so provided,  provided that if a Bank, 
which is otherwise exempt from or subject to a reduced rate of 
withholding tax, becomes subject to Taxes because of its failure to 
deliver a form required hereunder, the Company shall take such steps as 
such Bank shall reasonably request to assist such Bank to recover such 
Taxes (it being understood, however, that the Company shall have no
liability to such Bank in respect of such Taxes).


<PAGE>


     (f)  If any Borrower is required to pay additional amounts to or 
for the account of any Bank pursuant to this Section 8.04, then such 
Bank will take such action (including changing the jurisdiction of its 
Applicable Lending Office) as in the good faith judgment of such Bank 
(i) will eliminate or reduce any such additional payment which may 
thereafter accrue and (ii) is not otherwise disadvantageous to such 
Bank.

     Section 8.05.  Base Rate Loans Substituted for Affected Fixed Rate 
Loans.  If (i) the obligation of any Bank to make or to continue or 
convert outstanding Loans as or into Euro-Dollar Loans to any Borrower 
has been suspended pursuant to Section 8.02 or (ii) any Bank has 
demanded compensation under Section 8.03(a) or 8.04 with respect to its 
Euro-Dollar Loans and the Borrower shall, by at least five Euro-Dollar 
Business Days' prior notice to such Bank through the Administrative 
Agent, have elected that the provisions of this Section shall apply to
such Bank, then, unless and until such Bank notifies the Borrower that 
the circumstances giving rise to such suspension or demand for 
compensation no longer apply:

     (a)   all Loans to such Borrower which would otherwise be made by 
such Bank as (or continued as or converted to) Euro-Dollar Loans, as 
the case may be, shall instead be Base Rate Loans (on which interest 
and principal shall be payable contemporaneously with the related
Euro-Dollar Loans of the other Banks), and

     (b)   after each of its Euro-Dollar Loans to such Borrower has 
been repaid, all payments of principal which would otherwise be applied 
to repay such Loans shall be applied to repay its Base Rate Loans 
instead.

     If such Bank notifies such Borrower that the circumstances giving 
rise to such suspension or demand for compensation no longer exist, the 
principal amount of each such Base Rate Loan shall be converted into a 
Euro-Dollar Loan on the first day of the next succeeding Interest 
Period applicable to the related Euro-Dollar Loans of the other Banks.


     Section 8.06.  Substitution of Bank.  If (i) the obligation of any 
Bank to make or to convert or continue outstanding Loans as or into 
Euro-Dollar Loans has been suspended pursuant to Section 8.02 or (ii) 
any Bank has demanded compensation under Section 8.03 or 8.04, the 
Company shall have the right, with the assistance of the Administrative 
Agent, to designate a substitute bank or banks (which may be one or 
more of the Banks) mutually satisfactory to the Company and the 
Administrative Agent (whose consent shall not be unreasonably withheld 
or delayed) to purchase for cash, pursuant to an Assignment and

<PAGE>

Assumption Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit G hereto, the 
outstanding Loans of such Bank and assume the Commitment of such Bank, 
without recourse to or warranty by, or expense to, such Bank, for a 
purchase price equal to the principal amount of all of such Bank's
outstanding Loans plus any accrued but unpaid interest thereon and the 
accrued but unpaid fees in respect of such Bank's Commitment hereunder 
plus such amount, if any, as would be payable pursuant to Section 2.14 
if the outstanding Loans of such Bank were prepaid in their entirety on
the date of consummation of such assignment.

                                ARTICLE 9
       Representations and Warranties of Eligible Subsidiaries

     By the execution and delivery of its Election to Participate, each 
Eligible Subsidiary shall be deemed to have represented and warranted 
as of the date thereof that:

     Section 9.01.  Corporate Existence and Power.  It is a legal 
entity duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the 
laws of its jurisdiction of organization and is a Substantially-Owned 
Consolidated Subsidiary of the Company.

     Section 9.02.  Corporate and Governmental Authorization; 
Contravention.  The execution and delivery by it of its Election to 
Participate and its Notes, and the performance by it of this Agreement 
and its Notes, are within its legal powers, have been duly authorized 
by all necessary legal action, require no action by or in respect of, 
or filing with, any governmental body, agency or official and do not 
contravene, or constitute a default under, any provision of applicable 
law or regulation or of its organizational documents or of any 
agreement, judgment, injunction, order, decree or other instrument 
binding upon the Company or such Eligible Subsidiary or result in the 
creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of the Company or any
of its Subsidiaries.

     Section 9.03.  Binding Effect.  Its Election to Participate has 
been duly executed by such Eligible Subsidiary and this Agreement 
constitutes a valid and binding agreement of such Eligible Subsidiary 
and each of its Notes, when executed and delivered in accordance with 
this Agreement, will constitute a valid and binding obligation of such 
Eligible Subsidiary, in each case enforceable in accordance with its 
terms, except as the same may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or 
similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally and by general 
principles of equity.

<PAGE>

     Section 9.04.  Taxes.  Except as disclosed in the opinion of 
counsel delivered pursuant to Section 3.03 of this Agreement or in its 
Election to Participate, there are no Taxes or Other Taxes of any 
country, or any taxing authority thereof or therein, which are
imposed on any payment to be made by such Eligible Subsidiary pursuant 
hereto or on its Notes, or imposed on or by virtue of the execution, 
delivery or enforcement of this Agreement, its Election to Participate 
or of its Notes.

                              ARTICLE 10
                              Guaranty

     Section 10.01.  The Guaranty.  The Company hereby unconditionally

guarantees the full and punctual payment (whether at stated maturity, 
upon acceleration or otherwise) of the principal of and interest on 
each Loan made to any Eligible Subsidiary pursuant to this Agreement, 
and the full and punctual payment of all other amounts payable by any
Eligible Subsidiary under this Agreement or any Note.  Upon failure by 
any Eligible Subsidiary to pay punctually any such amount, the Company 
shall forthwith on demand pay the amount not so paid at the place and 
in the manner specified in this Agreement.

     Section 10.02.  Guaranty Unconditional.  The obligations of the 
Company hereunder shall be unconditional and absolute and, without 
limiting the generality of the foregoing, shall not be released, 
discharged or otherwise affected by:

     (a)   any extension, renewal, settlement, compromise, waiver or 
release in respect of any obligation of any Eligible Subsidiary under 
this Agreement or any Note, by operation of law or otherwise;

     (b)   any modification or amendment of or supplement to this 
Agreement or any Note;

     (c)   any release, impairment, non-perfection or invalidity of any 
direct or indirect security for any obligation of any Eligible 
Subsidiary under this Agreement or any Note;

     (d)   any change in the existence, structure or ownership of any 
Eligible Subsidiary, or any insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization or 
other similar proceeding affecting any Eligible Subsidiary or its 
assets or any resulting release or discharge of any obligation of any 
Eligible Subsidiary contained in this Agreement or any Note;

<PAGE>

     (e)   the existence of any claim, set-off or other rights which 
the Company may have at any time against any Eligible Subsidiary, the 
Administrative Agent, any Bank or any other Person, whether in 
connection herewith or with any unrelated transactions, provided that 
nothing herein shall prevent the assertion of any such claim by 
separate suit or compulsory counterclaim;

     (f)   any invalidity or unenforceability relating to or against 
any Eligible Subsidiary for any reason of this Agreement or any Note, 
or any provision of applicable law or regulation purporting
to prohibit the payment by any Eligible Subsidiary of the principal of 
or interest on any Loan or any other amount payable by it under this 
Agreement or any Note; or

     (g)   any other act or omission to act or delay of any kind by any 
Eligible Subsidiary, the Administrative Agent, any Bank or any other 
Person or any other circumstance whatsoever which might, but for the 
provisions of this paragraph, constitute a legal or equitable discharge 
of or defense to the Company's obligations hereunder.

     Section 10.03.  Discharge Only Upon Payment In Full; Reinstatement 
In Certain Circumstances.  The Company's obligations hereunder shall 
remain in full force and effect until the Commitments shall have 
terminated and the principal of and interest on the Loans and
all other amounts payable by the Company and each Eligible Subsidiary 
under this Agreement or any Note shall have been paid in full.  If at 
any time any payment of principal of or interest on any Loan or any 
other amount payable by any Eligible Subsidiary under this Agreement or 
any Note is rescinded or must be otherwise restored or returned upon 
the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of any Eligible Subsidiary 
or otherwise, the Company's obligations hereunder with respect to such 
payment shall be reinstated at such time as though such payment had 
been due but not made at such time.


     Section 10.04.  Waiver by the Company.  The Company irrevocably
waives acceptance hereof, presentment, demand, protest and any notice 
not provided for herein, as well as any requirement that at any time 
any action be taken by any Person against any Eligible Subsidiary or 
any other Person.

     Section 10.05.  Subrogation.  The Company irrevocably waives any 
and all rights to which it may be entitled, by operation of law or 
otherwise, upon making any payment hereunder in respect of any Eligible 
Subsidiary to be subrogated to the rights of the payee against
such Eligible Subsidiary with respect to such payment or against any 
direct or indirect security therefor, or otherwise to be reimbursed,

<PAGE>

indemnified or exonerated by or for the account of such Eligible 
Subsidiary in respect thereof, in any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar 
proceeding involving such Eligible Subsidiary as debtor commenced 
within one year after the making of any payment by such Eligible 
Subsidiary under this Agreement or its Notes.

     Section 10.06.  Stay of Acceleration.  In the event that 
acceleration of the time for payment of any amount payable by any 
Eligible Subsidiary under this Agreement or any Note is stayed upon 
insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of such Eligible Subsidiary, 
all such amounts otherwise subject to acceleration under the terms of 
this Agreement shall nonetheless be payable by the Company hereunder 
forthwith on demand by the Administrative Agent made at the request of 
the Required Banks.

                              ARTICLE 11
                            Miscellaneous

     Section 11.01.  Notices.  All notices, requests and other 
communications to any party hereunder shall be in writing (including 
bank wire, telex, facsimile transmission or similar writing) and shall 
be given to such party:  (a) in the case of the Company or the
Administrative Agent, at its address, facsimile number or telex number 
set forth on the signature pages hereof, (b) in the case of any Bank, 
at its address, facsimile number or telex number set forth in its 
Administrative Questionnaire or (c) in the case of any party, such 
other address, facsimile number or telex number as such party may 
hereafter specify for the purpose by notice to the Administrative Agent 
and the Company.  Each such notice, request or other communication
shall be effective (i) if given by telex, when such telex is 
transmitted to the telex number specified in this Section and the 
appropriate answerback is received, (ii) if given by facsimile 
transmission, when transmitted to the facsimile number specified in 
this Section and confirmation of receipt is received, (iii) if given by 
mail, 72 hours after such communication is deposited in the mail with
first class postage prepaid, addressed as aforesaid or (iv) if given by 
any other means, when delivered at the address specified in this 
Section; provided that notices to the Administrative Agent under 
Article 2 or Article 8 shall not be effective until received.  Any 
notice required to be given to or by any Eligible Subsidiary shall be 
duly given if given to or by the Company, which is hereby appointed the 
agent of each Eligible Subsidiary for such purpose.

     Section 11.02.  No Waivers.  No failure or delay by the 
Administrative Agent or any Bank in exercising any right, power or 
privilege hereunder or under any Note shall operate as a waiver thereof 
nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or
further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or 
privilege.  The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative 
and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

<PAGE>

     Section 11.03.  Expenses; Indemnification.  (a) The Company shall 
pay (i)all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of the Administrative 
Agent, including reasonable fees and disbursements of special counsel 
for the Administrative Agent, in connection with the preparation
of this Agreement, any waiver or consent hereunder or any amendment 
hereof or any Default or alleged Default hereunder and (ii) if an Event 
of Default occurs, all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by 
the Administrative Agent or any Bank, including (without duplication) 
the reasonable fees and disbursements of outside counsel and allocated 
cost of inside counsel, in connection with such Event of Default and 
collection, bankruptcy, insolvency and other enforcement proceedings 
resulting therefrom.

     (b)  The Company agrees to indemnify the Administrative Agent and 
each Bank, their respective affiliates and the respective directors, 
officers, agents and employees of the foregoing (each an "Indemnitee") 
and hold each Indemnitee harmless from and against any and all
liabilities, losses, damages, costs and out-of-pocket expenses of any 
kind, including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and 
disbursements of counsel, which may be incurred by such Indemnitee in
connection with any litigation or governmental or regulatory 
investigation or other similar proceeding (whether or not such 
Indemnitee shall be designated a party thereto) relating to or
arising out of this Agreement or any actual or proposed use of proceeds 
of Loans hereunder; provided that no Indemnitee shall have the right to 
be indemnified hereunder for such Indemnitee's own gross negligence or 
willful misconduct or for its breach of its express obligations under 
this Agreement, in each case as determined by a court of competent 
jurisdiction; provided, further, that in no event shall the Company 
have any such indemnification obligation in respect of any liabilities, 
losses, damages, costs or expenses resulting from disputes between any 
Bank and the Administrative Agent or among the Banks.


     Section 11.04.  Sharing of Set-offs.  Each Bank agrees that if it 
shall, by exercising any right of set-off or counterclaim or otherwise, 
receive payment of a proportion of the aggregate amount then due with 
respect to the Loans held by it which is greater than the proportion 
received by any other Bank in respect of the aggregate amount then due 
with respect to the Loans held by such other Bank, the Bank receiving 
such proportionately greater payment shall purchase such participations 
in the Loans held by the other Banks, and such other adjustments shall 
be made, as may be required so that all such payments with respect to 
the Loans held by the Banks shall be shared by the Banks pro rata; 
provided that nothing in this Section shall impair the right of any 
Bank to exercise any right of set-off or counterclaim it may have and 
to apply the amount subject to such exercise to the payment of

<PAGE>

indebtedness of the Borrowers other than their indebtedness under this 
Agreement.  Each Borrower agrees, to the fullest extent it may
effectively do so under applicable law, that any holder of a 
participation in a Loan, whether or not acquired pursuant to the 
foregoing arrangements, may exercise rights of set-off or counterclaim
and other rights with respect to such participation as fully as if such 
holder of a participation were a direct creditor of such Borrower in 
the amount of such participation.

     Section 11.05.  Amendments and Waivers.  Any provision of this
Agreement or the Notes may be amended or waived if, but only if, such 
amendment or waiver is in writing and is signed by the Borrower and the 
Required Banks (and, if the rights or duties of the Administrative 
Agent are affected thereby, by such Person); provided that no such
amendment or waiver shall, unless signed by all the Banks, (i) increase 
or decrease the Commitment of any Bank (except for a ratable decrease 
in the Commitments of all Banks) or subject any Bank to any additional 
obligation, (ii) reduce the principal of or rate of interest on any 
Loan or any fees hereunder, (iii) postpone the date fixed for any 
payment of principal of or interest on any Loan or any fees hereunder 
or for termination of any Commitment, (iv) make any changes to Article 
10 or (v) change the percentage of the Commitments or of the aggregate 
unpaid principal amount of the Loans, or the number of Banks, which 
shall be required for the Banks or any of them to take any action under 
this Section or any other provision of this Agreement; provided further 
that no such amendment, waiver or modification shall, unless signed by 
each Eligible Subsidiary, (w) subject such Eligible Subsidiary to any 
additional obligation, (x) increase the principal of or rate of
interest on any outstanding Loan of such Eligible Subsidiary, (y) 
accelerate the stated maturity of any outstanding Loan of such Eligible 
Subsidiary or (z) change this proviso.

     Section 11.06.  Successors and Assigns.  (a) The provisions of 
this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the 
parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns, except that 
no Borrower may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights
under this Agreement without the prior written consent of all Banks.

     (b)  Any Bank may at any time grant to one or more banks or other 
institutions (each a "Participant") participating interests in its 
Commitment or any or all of its Loans.  In the event of any such grant 
by a Bank of a participating interest to a Participant, whether or not 
upon notice to the Administrative Agent, such Bank shall remain 
responsible for the performance of its obligations hereunder, and the 
Borrowers and the Administrative Agent shall continue to deal
solely and directly with such Bank in connection with such Bank's 
rights and obligations under this Agreement.   Any agreement pursuant

<PAGE>

to which any Bank may grant such a participating interest shall provide 
that such Bank shall retain the sole right and responsibility to 
enforce the obligations of the Borrowers hereunder including, without 
limitation, the right to approve any amendment, modification or waiver 
of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such participation 
agreement may provide that such Bank will not agree to any 
modification, amendment or waiver of this Agreement described in clause 
(i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) of Section 11.05 without the consent of the 
Participant.  The Borrowers agree that each Participant shall, to the
extent provided in its participation agreement, be entitled to the 
benefits of Article 8 with respect to its participating interest, 
subject to subsection 11.06(e) below.  An assignment or other transfer
which is not permitted by subsection (c) or (d) below shall be given 
effect for purposes of this Agreement only to the extent of a 
participating interest granted in accordance with this subsection
(b).

     (c)  Any Bank may at any time assign to one or more banks or other 
financial institutions (each an "Assignee") all, or a proportionate 
part (equivalent to an initial Commitment of not less than $15,000,000) 
of all, of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and its
Notes (if any), and such Assignee shall assume such rights and 
obligations, pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption Agreement in 
substantially the form of Exhibit G hereto executed by such Assignee 
and such transferor Bank, with (and only with and subject to) the prior 
written consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (which 
consents shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed);  provided that 
if an Assignee is an affiliate of such transferor Bank or was a Bank 
immediately prior to such assignment, no such consent shall be 
required; provided further such assignment may, but need not, include 
rights of the transferor Bank in respect of outstanding Bid Rate Loans. 
Upon execution and delivery of such instrument of assumption and 
payment by such Assignee to such transferor Bank of an amount equal to 
the purchase price agreed between such transferor Bank and such 
Assignee, such Assignee shall be a Bank party to this Agreement
and shall have all the rights and obligations of a Bank with a 
Commitment as set forth in such instrument of assumption, and the 
transferor Bank shall be released from its obligations hereunder
to a corresponding extent, and no further consent or action by any 
party shall be required.  Upon the consummation of any assignment 
pursuant to this subsection (c), the transferor Bank, the
Administrative Agent and the Borrowers shall make appropriate 
arrangements so that, if required by the Assignee, Note(s) are issued 
to the Assignee.  In connection with any such assignment, the
transferor Bank or the Assignee shall pay or cause to be paid to the 
Administrative Agent an administrative fee for processing such

<PAGE>

assignment in the amount of $3,000.  If the Assignee is not organized 
under the laws of the United States of America or a state thereof, it 
shall, prior to the first date on which interest or fees are payable 
hereunder for its account, deliver to the Company and the 
Administrative Agent certification as to exemption from deduction or 
withholding of any United States federal income taxes in accordance 
with Section 8.04. 

     (d)  Any Bank may at any time assign all or any portion of its 
rights under this Agreement and its Notes (if any) to a Federal Reserve 
Bank.  No such assignment shall release the transferor Bank from its 
obligations hereunder or modify any such obligations.

     (e)  No Assignee, Participant or other transferee of any Bank's 
rights shall be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 
8.03 or 8.04 than such Bank would have been entitled to receive with 
respect to the rights transferred, unless such transfer is made by 
reason of the provisions of Section 8.02, 8.03 or 8.04 requiring such 
Bank to designate a different Applicable Lending Office under certain 
circumstances or at a time when the circumstances giving rise to such 
greater payment did not exist.

     Section 11.07.  Collateral.  Each of the Banks represents to the
Administrative Agent and each of the other Banks that it in good faith 
is not relying upon any "margin stock" (as defined in Regulation U) as 
collateral in the extension or maintenance of the credit provided for 
in this Agreement.

     Section 11.08.  Confidentiality.  The Administrative Agent and 
each Bank agrees to keep any information delivered or made available by 
the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement confidential from anyone other 
than persons employed or retained by such Bank and its affiliates who 
are engaged in evaluating, approving, structuring or administering the 
credit facility contemplated hereby; provided that nothing herein shall 
prevent any Bank from disclosing such information (a) to any other Bank 
or to the Administrative Agent, (b) to any other Person if
reasonably incidental to the administration of the credit facility 
contemplated hereby, (c) upon the order of any court or administrative 
agency, (d) upon the request or demand of any regulatory agency or 
authority, (e) which had been publicly disclosed other than as a result 
of a disclosure by the Administrative Agent or any Bank prohibited by 
this Agreement, (f) in connection with any litigation to which the 
Administrative Agent, any Bank or its subsidiaries or Parent may be a
party, (g) to the extent necessary in connection with the exercise of 
any remedy hereunder, (h) to such Bank's or Administrative Agent's 
legal counsel and independent auditors and (i) subject to provisions 
substantially similar to those contained in this Section 11.08, to any 
actual or proposed Participant or Assignee.

<PAGE>

     Section 11.09.  Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction.  This
Agreement and each Note shall be construed in accordance with and 
governed by the law of the State of New York.  Each Borrower hereby 
submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the United States District 
Court for the Southern District of New York and of any New York State 
court sitting in New York City for purposes of all legal proceedings 
arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions 
contemplated hereby.  Each Borrower irrevocably waives, to the
fullest extent permitted by law, any objection which it may now or 
hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such proceeding 
brought in such a court and any claim that any such proceeding
brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

     Section 11.10.  Counterparts; Integration.  This Agreement may be 
signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an 
original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto 
were upon the same instrument.   This Agreement constitutes the
entire agreement and understanding among the parties hereto and 
supersedes any and all prior agreements and understandings, oral or 
written, relating to the subject matter hereof.

     Section 11.11.  Waiver of Jury Trial.  EACH OF THE BORROWERS,
THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THE BANKS , TO THE FULLEST EXTENT IT
MAY EFFECTIVELY DO SO UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, HEREBY IRREVOCABLY
WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING
ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS
CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement 
to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the 
day and year first above written.

                                                                       
IMC GLOBAL INC.

By      /s/ E. Paul Dunn, Jr.                
Title: Vice President

2100 Sanders Road
Northbrook, IL 60062
Attention: E. Paul Dunn, Jr.
           Vice President & Treasurer
Telecopy number: (847) 205-4930 


<PAGE>

                                                    Commitments
MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST                               
COMPANY OF NEW YORK,                                $21,750,000
Individually and as Administrative Agent

By     /s/ Robert Bottamedi                 
Title: Vice President

60 Wall Street
New York, NY 10260
Attention: Loan Department
Telex number: 177615 MGT
Telecopy number: (212) 648-5023


THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK,                           $21,000,000          

Individually and as Managing Agent 

By    /s/ James H. Ramage 
Title: Vice President


CITIBANK, N.A., Individually                        $21,000,000 
and as Managing Agent

By /s/ Carolyn A. Sheridan
Title: Attorney-in-fact


ROYAL BANK OF CANADA,                               $21,000,000 
Individually and as Managing Agent 

By   /s/ Gordon MacArthur 
Title: Manager


NATIONSBANK, N.A.,                                  $12,780,000
Individually and as Managing Agent

By /s/ G. Burton Queen 
Title: Managing Director


<PAGE>

BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST                       $8,220,000
AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION, 
Individually and as Managing Agent

By   /s/ G. Burton Queen 
Title: Managing Director


BANQUE NATIONALE DE PARIS,                          $16,000,000 
Individually and as Co-Agent

By /s/ Arnaud Collin du Bocage
Title: Executive Vice President 
       and General Manager


CREDIT AGRICOLE INDOSUEZ,                           $16,000,000 
Individually and as Co-Agent

By /s/ David Bouhl 
Title: F. V. P., Head of Corporate
       Banking, Chicago

By /s/ Katherine L. Abbott 
Title: First Vice President


CREDIT LYONNAIS, CHICAGO                            $16,000,000 

BRANCH, Individually and as Co-Agent

By /s/ Julie T. Kanak 
Title: First Vice President


THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF                          $16,000,000
CHICAGO, Individually and as Co-Agent

By /s/ Robert G. Sperhac 
Title: Vice President


FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK,                          $16,000,000 
Individually and as Co-Agent

By /s/ Kristen M. Denning 
Title: Assistant Vice President

<PAGE>

MARINE MIDLAND BANK,                                $16,000,000
Individually and as Co-Agent

By /s/ Steve Trepiccione 
Title: Vice President - Officer #9435


MELLON BANK, N.A., Individually                     $16,000,000  

and as Co-Agent

By /s/ John K. Walsh 
Title: Vice President


THE NORTHERN TRUST COMPANY,                         $16,000,000
Individually and as Co-Agent

By /s/ Michelle M. Teteak 
Title: Vice President


SUNTRUST BANK, ATLANTA,                             $16,000,000
Individually and as Co-Agent

By /s/ Michel A. Odermatt 
Title: Vice President

By /s/ F. Steven Parrish 
Title: Vice President


THE TORONTO DOMINION (Texas),                       $16,000,000 
Inc., Individually and as Co-Agent


By  /s/ Carol Brandt 
Title: Vice President


ABN AMRO BANK N.V.,                                 $15,750,000
Individually and as Participant

By /s/ Steven M. Buehler 
Title: Assistant Vice President

By  /s/ Scott J. Albert 
Title: Vice President

<PAGE>

THE BANK OF NEW YORK,                             $15,750,000 
Individually and as Participant
By /s/ John M. Lokay, Jr. 
Title: Vice President


HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK,                    $16,000,000   
Individually and as Co-Agent

By /s/ Julie K. Hossack 

Title: Vice President


THE BANK OF TOKYO-MITSUBISHI,                     $12,250,000 
LTD. CHICAGO BRANCH, 
Individually and as Participant 

By /s/ Hajime Watanabe 
Title: Deputy General Manager


COOPERATIEVE CENTRALE                             $12,250,000 
RAIFFEISEN-BOERENLEENBANK
B.A., "RABOBANK NEDERLAND",
NEW YORK BRANCH, Individually 
and as Participant

By /s/ W. Jeffrey Vollack 
Title: Senior Credit Officer and
       Senior Vice President

By /s/ Michiel V. M. Van der Voort 
Title: Vice President


STANDARD CHARTERED BANK,                          $12,250,000  
Individually and as Participant

By /s/ Francois Dorival-Bordes 
Title: Senior Vice President


By /s/ Kristina McDavid 
Title: Vice President

Total Commitments                                $350,000,000  
                                                 ============

<PAGE>

                          Pricing Schedule
                            

     The "Euro-Dollar Margin" and the "Facility Fee Rate" for any day 
are the respective percentages set forth below in the applicable row 
under the column corresponding to the Status that exists on such day:

                   LEVEL I   LEVEL II   LEVEL III   LEVEL IV   LEVEL V
Facility Fee Rate   .08%       .10%      .125%       .15%       .50%
Euro-Dollar Margin  .47%       .55%       .75%       .85%      1.00%

     For purposes of this Schedule, the following terms have the 
following meanings, subject to the last paragraph of this Schedule:

     "Level I Status" exists at any date if, at such date, the Company 
is rated  BBB+ or higher by S&P and Baa2 or higher by Moody's  or Baa1 
or higher by Moody's and BBB or higher by S&P.

     "Level II Status" exists at any date if, at such date, the Company 
is rated BBB by S&P and Baa2 by Moody's.

     "Level III Status" exists at any date if, at such date, (i) the 
Company is rated BBB or higher by S&P or Baa2 or higher by Moody's and 
(ii) neither Level I Status nor Level II Status exists.

     "Level IV Status" exists at any date if, at such date, (i) the 
Company is rated BBB- by S&P or Baa3 by Moody's and (ii) neither Level 
I Status, Level II Status nor Level III Status exists.

     "Level V Status" exists at any date if, at such date, no other 
Status exists.

     "Status" refers to the determination of which of Level I Status, 
Level II Status, Level III Status, Level IV Status or Level V Status 
exists at any date.

     The credit ratings to be utilized for purposes of this Schedule 
are those assigned to the senior unsecured long-term debt securities of 
the Company without third-party credit enhancement, whether or not any 
such debt securities are actually outstanding, and any rating assigned 
to any other debt security of the Company shall be disregarded.  The 
rating in effect at any date is that in effect at the close of business 
on such date.  If the Company is split-rated and the ratings 
differential is one notch, the higher of the two ratings will apply 
(e.g., BBB/Baa3 results in Level III Status).  If the Company is 
split-rated and the ratings differential is more than one notch, the

<PAGE>

average of the two ratings (or the higher of two intermediate ratings) 
shall be used (e.g., BBB+/Baa3 results in Level III Status, as does 
BBB+/Ba1).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower's senior 
unsecured long-term debt must be rated at least BBB by S&P and Baa2 by
Moody's for either Level I or Level II to apply.  If at any date, the 
Company's long-term debt is rated by neither S&P nor Moody's, then 
Level V shall apply.




                                                      EXHIBIT 10.61
                                                      Execution Copy


          AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO CANADIAN FIVE-YEAR CREDIT AGREEMENT

     Amendment dated as of March 31, 1998 among International Minerals 
& Chemical (Canada) Global Limited ("IMC Canada"), IMC Kalium Canada 
Inc. ("IMC Kalium"), IMC Global Inc. (the "Guarantor"), the Banks 
listed on the signature pages hereof (the "Banks") and Royal Bank of 
Canada, as Agent, (the "Agent").

     WHEREAS, IMC Canada, IMC Kalium, the Guarantor, the Banks and the 
Agent are parties to a Five-Year Canadian Credit Agreement dated as of 
December 22, 1997 (the "Agreement"); and

     AND WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend the Agreement as 
specified below;

NOW THEREFORE THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSES THAT in consideration of the sum 
of $1.00 now paid by each party to the other and for other good and 
valuable consideration (the receipt and sufficiency which are hereby 
acknowledged) that parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions; References.

   (a) Unless otherwise specifically defined herein, each term used 
       herein which is defined in the Agreement shall have the meaning 
       assigned to such term in the Agreement.

   (b) The following definitions are added to Section 1.1 in their 
       appropriate alphabetical positions.

   "Existing Harris Debt" means Debt of Harris Chemical North America, 
   Inc., a Delaware corporation, under its outstanding $250,000,000 
   10.25% Senior Secured Discount Notes and its outstanding 
   $335,000,000 10.75% Senior Subordinated Notes.

   "Harris Chemical Acquisition" means, collectively, the merger of 
   Harris Chemical Group with and into IMC Merger Sub Inc., a wholly-
   owned Subsidiary of the Guarantor with Harris Chemical Group as the 
   successor thereto, expected to be consummated on or about March 31, 
   1998 pursuant to that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated 
   December 11, 1997, by and among the Guarantor, IMC Merger Sub Inc. 
   and Harris Chemical Group, and the acquisition, directly or 
   indirectly, by the Guarantor of all of the outstanding shares of 
   Harris Chemical Australia Pty Limited pursuant to the Sale and 
   Purchase Agreement made as of December  11, 1997, among Prudential 

<PAGE>

   Asset Management Asia Limited, DGHA Persons and Trusts named 
   therein, Search Investment NV, Harris Chemical Australia Pty 
   Limited, Marsupial L.L.C., Marsupial-II L.L.C., Soda Ash (L) BHD, 
   Manager Shareholders named therein and the Guarantor.

   "Harris Chemical Group" means Harris Chemical Group, Inc., a 
   Delaware corporation.

   Effective retroactively from and after December 22, 1997 the 
   definition of "Conversion Date" is deleted.

   The following language is added at the end of the definition of 
   "Guarantor's Credit Agreement ":

   "and the U.S. $1,000,000,000 364-day credit agreement among the 
   Guarantor and the several banks listed therein, Royal Bank of 
   Canada, as documentation agent, The Chase Manhattan Bank and 
   NationsBank, N.A., as co-syndication agents, Bank of Montreal as 
   administrative agent, and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, 
   as senior managing agent dated as of April 1, 1998".

   The word "either" is deleted and the word "any" substituted therefor 
   in the definition of "US Borrower".

2. Guarantor; Mergers and Sale of Assets.

   (a) The word "and" appearing immediately before clause (z) in 
       Section 5.2(e)(ii) is hereby deleted.

   (b) The following clause (z) is added to the proviso in Section 
       5.2(e)(ii):

    "and (z) the sale of assets acquired in or as a direct result of 
    the Harris Chemical Acquisition."

    Clauses (w), (x), (y) and (z) in Section 5.2(e)(ii) are renamed 
    (v), (w), (x) and (y) respectively.

3.  Debt of Subsidiaries.

    (a) The following language is added to the first parenthetical in 
        Section 5.2(g) immediately following the word "excluding":

        "(i)Existing Harris Debt at any time until the earlier of (x) 
        November 1, 1998 and (y) the repurchasing or prepayment of such 
        Debt by the Guarantor or by any such Subsidiary of the 
        Guarantor (but not any refinancing thereof) and (ii)"

<PAGE>

     Clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) in the first parenthetical in 
     Section 5.2(g) are renamed (w), (x), (y) and (z) respectively.

     The percentage "20%" in Section 5.2(g) is deleted and "25%"         
     substituted therefor.

4.   Pricing.

     (a) Effective retroactively from and after December 22, 1997 (i) 
         Section 1.7 of the Agreement is deleted and (ii) the proviso 
         in the first paragraph of the Pricing Schedule is deleted.

     (b) On the later of (i) the date this Agreement becomes effective 
         in accordance with paragraph 10 hereof and (ii) March 31, 
         1998, the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for 
         the account of the Banks accrued amounts payable as a result 
         of Section 4(a) hereof.

5.   Representations and Warranties.

     (a) The Borrowers represent and warrant that as of the date hereof 
         and after giving effect hereto:

     (b) no Default has occurred and is continuing; and

     (c) each representation and warranty of the Borrowers set forth in 
         the Agreement is true and correct as though made on and as of 
         such date.

     (d) The Guarantor represents and warrants that as of the date 
         hereof and after giving effect hereto:

     (e) no Default has occurred and is continuing; and

     (f) each representation and warranty of the Guarantor set forth in 
         the Agreement is true and correct on and as of such date.

     Confirmation of Guarantee.  The Guarantor hereby acknowledges the 
foregoing amendments to the Agreement and hereby expressly confirms 
that the guarantee provided by the Guarantor pursuant to Article 9 of 
the Agreement and the liability of the Guarantor thereunder remains in 
full force and effect notwithstanding the amendments to the Agreement 
made pursuant hereto.

     Exhibit D.  The word "Canadian" is added following the words 
"Five-Year" in the first recital of Exhibit D.



                                                       EXHIBIT 10.62

         AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO CANADIAN FIVE-YEAR CREDIT AGREEMENT

     Amendment dated as of August 31, 1998 among International 
Minerals & Chemical (Canada) Global Limited ("IMC Canada"), IMC Kalium 
Canada Ltd. ("IMC Kalium").  International Minerals & Chemical (Canada) 
Limited Partnership ("IMC Partnership"), IMC Global Inc. (the 
"Guarantor"), the Banks listed on the signature pages hereof (the 
"Banks") and Royal Bank of Canada, as Agent (the "Agent").

     WHEREAS IMC Canada, IMC Kalium, the Guarantor, the Banks and the 
Agent are parties to a Five-Year Canadian Credit Agreement dated as of 
December 22, 1997, as amended by an agreement among the same parties 
dated as of March 31, 1998 (collectively the "Original Agreement");

     AND WHEREAS IMC Canada will subscribe for shares of IMC Esterhazy 
Ltd. ("IMC Esterhazy") and will pay C$2,000,000 to IMC Esterhazy in 
consideration therefor (the "Initial Transaction");

     AND WHEREAS the said C$2,000,000 represents approximately 0.5% of 
the operating assets of IMC Canada;

     AND WHEREAS IMC Esterhazy will be a direct wholly-owned subsidiary 
of IMC Canada;

     AND WHEREAS IMC Canada and IMC Esterhazy (collectively, the 
"Partners") will form a Saskatchewan limited partnership to be called 
International Minerals & Chemical (Canada) Limited Partnership ("IMC 
Partnership");

     AND WHEREAS IMC Canada and IMC Esterhazy will transfer their 
operating assets to IMC Partnership (the "Subsequent Transaction");

     AND WHEREAS the parties hereto desire to amend the Original 
Agreement to include IMC Partnership as a Borrower and to make such 
other amendments as are specified below (the "Original Agreement", as 
amended hereby being herein referred to as the "Agreement");

     NOW THEREFORE THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSES THAT in consideration of 
the sum of $1.00 now paid by each party to the other and for other good 
and valuable consideration ( the receipt and sufficiency which are 
hereby acknowledged) that parties hereto agree as follows:

     1. Addition of Borrower.  
        IMC Partnership is hereby added as a Borrower under the 
        Agreement.  By its execution of this Amendment, IMC Partnership 
        expressly agrees to become a party to the Agreement and be 
        bound by the provisions thereof.

<PAGE>

     2.  Transfer of Assets.  
         The Banks and the Agent hereby confirm their consent to the 
         Initial Transaction and the Subsequent Transaction.

     3.  Definitions; References.

         (a)  Unless otherwise specifically defined herein, each term 
              used herein which is defined in the Original Agreement 
              shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the 
              Original Agreement.

         (b)  The following definitions are added to Section 1.1 in 
              their appropriate alphabetical positions:

         (c)  "change in constitution of IMC Partnership" has the 
              meaning ascribed to that term for purposes of the 
              Partnership Act (Saskatchewan).

         (d)  "IMC Esterhazy means IMC Esterhazy Ltd.

         (e)  "IMC Partnership" means International Minerals & Chemical 
              (Canada) Limited Partnership.

         (f)  "Jointly Liable Borrowers" has the meaning set forth in 
              Section 1.6.

         (g)  The definition of "Borrower" in Section 1.1 is amended by 
              deleting the word "or" following the word "IMC Canada" 
              and substituting a comma (",") therefore and inserting 
              the words "or IMC Partnership" following the words "IMC 
              Kalium".

         (h)  The definition of "Consolidated Subsidiary" in 
              Section 1.1 is amended by inserting the words ", for 
              greater certain and without limitation, IMC Partnership 
              shall be deemed to be a "Consolidated Subsidiary of the 
              Guarantor, IMC Canada and IMC Potash" following the word  
              "Guarantor" at the end of such definition.

         (i)  The definition of "Substantially-Owned Consolidated 
              Subsidiary" in Section 1.1 is amended by inserting the 
              words", and further provided, for greater certainty, and 
              without limitation, that IMC Partnership shall be deemed 
              to be a "Substantially-Owned Consolidated Subsidiary"" 
              following the words "a Consolidated Subsidiary" at the 
              end of such definition.

<PAGE>

         (j)  The definition of "Subsidiary" in Section 1.1 is amended 
              by inserting he words", for greater certainty, and 
              without limitation, IMC Partnership shall be deemed to be 
              a "Subsidiary" of IMC Canada, IMC Potash and the 
              Guarantor" at the end of such definition following the 
              words "owned by such Person".

     4.  Representations and Warranties - Amendments.

         (a)  The words "Each of the Borrowers" in the introductory 
              language of Section 4.1 are deleted and the words "IMC 
              Kalium represents and warrants for itself and only with 
              respect to itself and IMC Canada and IMC Partnership 
              jointly and severally" substituted therefor.  The words 
              "for itself" appearing in the introductory language o 
              Section 4.1 following the words "represent and warrant" 
              and preceding the word "that;" are deleted and the words 
              "for themselves and only with respect to themselves" are 
              substituted therefor.

         (b)  The words "the Borrower" following the words "Each of" in 
              section 4.1(a) are deleted and the words "IMC Canada and 
              IMC Kalium" substituted therefor.  The words:

         (c)  "IMC Partnership is a limited partnership validly 
              established and existing under the laws of the Province 
              of Saskatchewan and has all powers and all material 
              governmental licenses, authorizations, consent and 
              approvals required to carry n its business as now 
              conducted and is duly qualified or registered as a 
              limited partnership in each jurisdiction where such 
              qualification or registration is required, except where 
              the failure to so qualify or register could not be 
              expected to have a Material Averse Effect.  IMC Canada 
              and IMC Esterhazy are, respectively, the general partner 
              and limited partner of IMC Partnership.  IMC Canada has 
              full power and authority to act as the general partner of 
              IMC Partnership"

          are inserted at the end of Section 4.1(a) following the 
          period (".").

          (d)  Section 4.1(b) is deleted in its entirety and the 
               following substituted therefor:

<PAGE>

          (e)  "Corporate and Governmental Authorization; No 
               Contravention.  The execution, delivery and performance 
               by each of IMC Canada (for itself and in its capacity as 
               the general partner of IMC Partnership) and IMC Kalium 
               of this Agreement are within the corporate powers of IMC 
               Canada and IMC Kalium and the partnership powers of IMC 
               Partnership, have been duly authorized by all necessary 
               corporate of other similar action, require no action by 
               or in respect of, or filing with, any governmental body, 
               agency or official and do not contravene, or constitute 
               a default under, any provision of applicable law or 
               regulation or of the certificate or article so 
               incorporation or by-laws of either of IMC Canada or IMC 
               Kalium or the certificate of IMC Partnership or of any 
               other agreement (including any partnership agreement), 
               judgment, injunction, order, decree or other instrument 
               binding upon any of the Borrowers or any of its 
               Subsidiaries or result in the creation or imposition of 
               any lien on any asset of any one of the Borrowers or any 
               of its Subsidiaries."

          (f)  The words, "(iii) The unaudited pro forma balance sheet 
               of IMC Partnership as of July 31, 1998 fairly presents 
               the financial position of IMC Partnership as if it was 
               existing on such date." are added as new 
               clause 4.1(d)(iii).

          (g)  The word "corporate" is inserted following the words 
               "Each of the Borrowers" in Section 4.1(i).

          (h)  The words, "(k) IMC Esterhazy.  IMC Esterhazy is a 
               wholly-owned direct Subsidiary of IMC Canada." are added 
               as a new subsection at the end of Section 4.1.

          (i)  Section 4.2(a) is deleted in its entirety and the 
               following substituted therefor:

          (j)  "(a) The Guarantor repeats the representations and 
                warranties made in the first sentence of 
                subsection 4.1(a), and in subsection 4.1(b), 4.1(c), 
                4.1(f), 4.1(g) and 4.1(i) as if the references to the 
                "Borrower" (and in the case of the first sentence of 
                subsection 4.1(a) and of subsection 4.1(b) "IMC Canada 
                and IMC Kalium") therein (s the context permits) were 
                read as "Guarantor"."

<PAGE>

     5.   Covenants - Amendments.

          (a)  The parenthetical "(A)" is added following the words "of 
               each fiscal year of" and preceding the words "each of" 
               in Section 5.1(a)(i) and the words "and (B) an unaudited 
               balance sheet of IMC Partnership and it respective 
               Subsidiaries as a the end of such fiscal year and the 
               related unaudited statement of earnings, cash flows and 
               changes in partnership interest for such fiscal year, 
               setting forth in each case in comparative form the 
               figures for the previous fiscal year, all prepared on a 
               basis consistent with the financial statements referred 
               to in Section 4.1(d) hereof following the words "IMC 
               potash" and preceding the semi-colon (";") at the end of 
               Section 5.1(a).

          (b)  The words "or any action, event or circumstance" are 
               inserted following the word "transaction" in 
               Section 5.1(a)(iii).

          (c)  The parenthetical phrase "(other than a Borrower): is 
               inserted after each reference to the word "Subsidiary" 
               is clauses (i) and (ii) of Section 5.1(d) and clause (i) 
               of Section 5.2(c).

          (d)  The word "corporate" is deleted following the words ", 
               renew and keep in full force and effect, its respective" 
               in Section 5.1(d) and the word "legal" substituted 
               therefor.

          (e)  The words "and will not permit any o its Subsidiaries 
               to" are inserted immediately following the words "The 
               Borrower will not" in Section 5.1(g)(ii).

          (f)  The word "corporate" is deleted from Section 5.1(b) and 
               the word "operating" substituted therefor.

     6.   Defaults - Amendments.

          (a)  The words, ", IMC Esterhazy" are inserted immediately 
               following the word "Borrowers" and preceding the words 
               "or any subsidiary of the Borrower" and immediately 
               following the word "Borrowers" an preceding the words 
               "or any such Material Subsidiary" in each place such 
               words appear in Section 6.1(i).

<PAGE>

           (b)  The words ",IMC Esterhazy shall cease to be a direct 
                wholly-owned Subsidiary of IMC Canada or there shall be 
                any change in the members of IMC Partnership" are 
                inserted at the end of Section 6.1(m) following the 
                word "Guarantor".

      7.   Guarantee - Amendments.

           (a)  The word ", revoked" is inserted following the word 
                "discharged" in the introductory language of 
                Section 9.2.

           (b)  The words ", including a change in the constitution of 
                IMC Partnership" are added following the words 
                "ownership of any Borrower" in Section 9.2(d).

      8.    Schedules and Exhibits - Amendments.

           (a)  The following address is added immediately prior to the 
                heading "Guarantor" in Schedule II.

                International Minerals & Chemical (Canada) Limited
                c/o IMC Global Inc.
                2100 Sanders Road
                Northbrook, IL  60062
                Attention:  Marshall I. Smith
                            Vice President and Assistant Secretary
                Phone:      847-205-4882
                Fax:        874-205-4894

            (b)  The words "International Minerals & Chemical (Canada) 
                 Limited Partnership," are added following the words 
                 "IMC Kalium Canada Ltd.," in the first paragraph of 
                 Exhibit A and Exhibit B.

            (c)  The words "International Minerals & Chemical (Canada) 
                 Limited Partnership," are added following the words 
                 "IMC Kalium Canada Ltd.," in the second paragraph of 
                 Exhibit C.

            (d)  The parenthetical following the words "IMC Kalium 
                 Canada Ltd.," in the introductory paragraph of 
                 Exhibit D is deleted and the following substituted 
                 therefor "("IMC Kalium"), International Minerals & 
                 Chemical (Canada) Limited Partnership ("IMC 
                 Partnership" and, collectively with IMC Canada and IMC 
                 Kalium, the "Borrowers")" substituted therefor.

<PAGE>

            (e)  A signature line for IMC Partnership is inserted 
                 immediately following the signature line for IMC 
                 Kalium in Exhibit D as follows:

            (f)  "INTERNATIONAL MINERAL & CHEMICAL (CANADA) LIMITED 
                 PARTNERSHIP by its general partner, INTERNATIONAL 
                 MINERALS & CHEMICAL (CANADA) GLOBAL LIMITED

                 By:
                    ----------------------------------
                 Name:
                 Title:

            (g)  The words "International Minerals & Chemical (Canada) 
                 Limited Partnership," are added following the words 
                 "IMC Kalium Canada Ltd.," in the first paragraph of 
                 Exhibit F-1 and Exhibit F-2.

     9.     Miscellaneous Amendments.

            (a)  The words "International Minerals & chemical (Canada) 
                 Limited Partnership" are inserted on the cover page of 
                 the Agreement following the words "IMC Kalium Canada 
                 Ltd."

            (b)  The words "International Minerals & chemical (Canada) 
                 Limited Partnership" are inserted following the words 
                 "IMC Kalium Canada Ltd.," in the introductory 
                 paragraph on page one of the Agreement.

            (c)  The words "Joint and Several and" are inserted in 
                 Section 1.6 preceding the heading "Several Liability".  
                 The words "each Borrower hereunder" in Section 1.6 are 
                 deleted and the words:

            (d)  "IMC Canada and IMC Partnership (collectively, the 
                 "Jointly Liable Borrowers") hereunder shall be joint 
                 and several with respect to the indebtedness and 
                 liability of each other hereunder.  The indebtedness 
                 and liability of the Jointly Liable Borrowers and each 
                 of them hereunder (on the one hand) and IMC Kalium 
                 hereunder (on the other hand)"all" are substituted 
                 therefor.

<PAGE>

            (e)  The word "either" is deleted and the word "any" 
                 substituted therefor preceding the words "of the 
                 Borrower" in Sections 2.1(a) and (b), 2.15(h)(ii), 
                 6.1(a), (b), (d), (g), (i), (l) and (m), 7.4 and 9.5 
                 in the Agreement and in the proviso of the final 
                 paragraph of Section 6.1.

            (f)  The words "either or both" are deleted from the 
                 parenthetical in the definition of "Acquisition" in 
                 Section 1.1 and the word "any" substituted therefor.

            (g)  The word "either" is deleted and the word "any" 
                 substituted therefor preceding the words "Borrower of 
                 the Guarantor" in Section 6.3.

            (h)  The words "Neither" and "either" are deleted from the 
                 introductory language of Section 5.1(i) and the words 
                 "None" and "any", respectively, substituted therefor.

            (i)  The word "both" is deleted following the word "means" 
                 and preceding the words "of the foregoing" in the 
                 definition of "Borrower" in Section 1.1 and the word 
                 "all" substituted therefor.

            (j)  The word "both" is deleted from the definition of 
                 "Issuing Bank" in Section 1.1 and the word "all" 
                 substituted therefor.

            (k)  The word "both" is deleted from clause (i) of 
                 Section 2.1(b) and the word "all" substituted 
                 therefor.

            (l)  The words, ", a certificate of an Approved Officer of 
                 such Borrower setting forth the details thereof" are 
                 added at the end of Section 5.1(a)(iii) following the 
                 words "Event of Default" and preceding the semi-colon 
                 (";").

     10.    Representations and Warranties.

            (a)  IMC Kalium represents and warrants for itself and only 
                 with respect to itself and IMC Canada and IMC 
                 Partnership jointly and severally represent for 
                 themselves and only with respect to themselves that as 
                 of the date hereof and after giving effect hereto:

                 (i)  no Default has occurred and is continuing; and

<PAGE>

                 (ii) each representation and warranty of the Borrowers   
                      set forth in the Agreement is true and correct as 
                      though made on the date hereof.

             (b)  IMC Canada and the Guarantor jointly and severally 
                  represent and warrant that the Initial Transaction 
                  and IMC Canada, IMC Partnership and the Guarantor 
                  jointly and severally represent and warrant that the 
                  Subsequent Transaction were, in each case, within the 
                  corporate power of the Partners, have been duly 
                  authorized by all necessary corporate action, require 
                  no action by or in respect of, or filing with, any 
                  governmental boy agency or official (other than those 
                  which have taken place) and do not contravene or 
                  constitute a default under any provision of 
                  applicable law or regulation or of the certificate of 
                  incorporation or by-law of either of the Partners or 
                  the certificate of IMC Partnership or any other 
                  agreement (including any partnership agreement), 
                  judgment, injunction, order, deed or other instrument 
                  brought against either of the Partners or the 
                  Guarantor or any of their respective subsidiaries or 
                  result in the creation of any lien on any asset of 
                  any one of the Partners, the Guarantor or any of 
                  their respective Subsidiaries.

     10.     Confirmation of Guarantee.  
             The Guarantor hereby acknowledges the foregoing amendments 
             to the Original Agreement and hereby expressly confirms 
             that the guarantee (as amended hereby) provided by the 
             Guarantor pursuant to Article 9 of the Agreement and the 
             liability of the Guarantor thereunder remains in full 
             force and effect notwithstanding the amendments to the 
             Original Agreement made pursuant hereto.  Without, in any 
             way limiting the foregoing, the Guarantor hereby 
             acknowledges and confirms that its guarantee extends to 
             and includes all obligations of IMC Partnership under the 
             Agreement.

     11.     Governing Law.  
             This Amendment shall be governed by and construed in 
             accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario and  
             the federal laws of Canada applicable therein.

<PAGE>

     12.     Counterparts; Effectiveness.  
             This Amendment may be signed in any number of 
             counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the 
             same effect as if the signature thereto and hereto were 
             upon the same instrument.  This Amendment shall become 
             effective as of the date hereof when the Agent shall have 
             received (i) duly executed counterparts hereof signed by 
             each of the Borrowers, the Guarantor and the Required 
             Banks (or, in the case of any party as to which an 
             executed counterpart shall not have been received, the 
             Agent shall have received telegraphic, telex or other 
             written confirmation from such party o execution of a 
             counterpart hereof by such party) and (ii) an unaudited 
             pro forma balance sheet of IMC Partnership as of July 31, 
             1998.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment 
to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

INTERNATIONAL MINERALS & CHEMICAL (CANADA) GLOBAL LIMITED

By /s/ John Huber
Name:  John Huber
Title:


IMC KALIUM CANADA LTD.

By /s/ Rose Marie Williams
Name: Rose Marie Williams
Title:


IMC GLOBAL INC.

By /s/ Rose Marie Williams 
Name:  Rose Marie Williams
Title:


INTERNATIONAL MINERALS & CHEMICAL (CANADA) LIMITED PARTNERSHIP by its 
general partner, INTERNATIONAL MINERALS & CHEMICAL (CANADA) GLOBAL 
LIMITED

By /s/ John Huber 
Name: John Huber
Title:

<PAGE>

ROYAL BANK OF CANADA,
as Agent

By /s/ Joan Carstairs 
Name: Joan Carstairs
Title:


ROYAL BANK OF CANADA,
as Bank

By /s/ Glenn Graves 
Name: Glenn Graves
Title:


BANK OF MONTREAL,
as Bank and Co-Agent

By /s/ Ian M. Plester 
Name: Ian M. Plester
Title:


FIRST CHICAGO NBD BANK, CANADA

By /s/ T. Thomas Cheng
Name: T. Thomas Cheng
Title:


J.P. MORGAN CANADA,
as Bank and Co-Agent

By /s/ John Maynard 
Name: John Maynard
Title:

THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK OF CANADA

By /s/ Christopher Chan 
Name: Christopher Chan
Title:



                                                          EXHIBIT 10.63

        AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO CANADIAN FIVE-YEAR CREDIT AGREEMENT

         AMENDMENT dated as of December 16, 1998 to the Five-Year 
Canadian Credit Agreement dated as of December 22, 1997 (as amended by 
Amendment No. 1 to Canadian Five-Year Credit Agreement dated as of 
March 31, 1998 and Amendment No. 2 to Canadian Five-Year Credit 
Agreement dated as of August 31, 1998, the "Agreement") among IMC 
Kalium Canada Ltd., International Minerals & Chemical (Canada) Global 
Limited and International Minerals & Chemical (Canada) Limited 
Partnership (collectively, the "Borrowers"), IMC Global Inc. (the 
"Guarantor"), the Banks listed on the signature pages hereof (the 
"Banks") and Royal Bank of Canada, as Agent (the "Agent").

                        W I T N E S S E T H:

         WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend the Agreement as       
           specified below;

         NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

         SECTION 1.  Definitions; References.  Unless otherwise 
specifically defined herein, each term used herein which is defined in 
the Agreement shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the 
Agreement.  Each reference to "hereof", "hereunder", "herein" and 
"hereby" and each other similar reference and each reference to "this 
Agreement" and each other similar reference contained in the Agreement 
shall from and after the date hereof refer to the Agreement as amended 
hereby.

         SECTION 2.  Amendments to Definitions.  Section 1.1 of the 
Agreement is amended by inserting, in their appropriate alphabetical 
position, the following definitions:

         "IMC Inorganic Chemicals Inc." means IMC Inorganic Chemicals 
Inc., a Delaware corporation, formerly known as Harris Chemical Group, 
Inc.

         "PLP" means Phosphate Resource Partners Limited Partnership, a 
Delaware limited partnership and its successors.

         SECTION  3.  Amendment to Borrowings Condition.  Section 3.2 
of the Agreement is amended by amending and restating subparagraph (d) 
thereof in its entirety as follows:

<PAGE>

         (d)	the fact that the representations and warranties (other 
than (i) the representations and warranties set forth in clauses 
4.1(d)(ii) and 4.2(b)(ii) in the case of a Borrowing which does not 
result in an increase in the sum of the aggregate outstanding principal 
amount of the Loans, the aggregate Bankers' Acceptance Obligations and 
the aggregate Letter of Credit Liabilities and (ii) the representations 
and warranties set forth in clauses 4.1(1) and 4.2(b)(vii) in the case 
of any Borrowing after December 3l, 2000) of the Borrowers and the 
Guarantor contained in this Agreement shall be true on and as of the 
date of such Borrowing or issuance of such Letter of Credit.

                  SECTION 4.  Amendment to Representations and 
Warranties.

    (a)	Article 4 of the Agreement is amended by adding a new Section 
4.1(1) immediately after Section 4.1(k) thereof, to read in its 
entirety as follows:

         4.1(1).  Year 2000.  Any reprogramming required to permit the 
proper functioning, in and following year 2000, of (a) each of the 
Borrower's material computer systems and (b) material equipment 
containing embedded microchips (including systems and equipment 
supplied by others or with which any of the Borrower's systems 
interface) and the testing of all such systems and equipment, as so 
reprogrammed, will be completed in a timely fashion. The cost to each 
Borrower of such reprogramming and testing and of the reasonably 
foreseeable consequences of year 2000 to each of the Borrowers 
(including, without limitation, reprogramming errors and the failure of 
others' systems or equipment) will not result in a Default or Material 
Adverse Effect.  Except for such of the reprogramming referred to in 
the preceding sentence as may be necessary, the computer and management 
information systems of each of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries are 
and, with ordinary course upgrading and maintenance, will continue for 
the term of this Agreement, to be sufficient to permit each of the 
Borrowers to conduct its business without Material Adverse Effect.

    (b) Article 4 of the Agreement is amended by adding a new Section 
4.2(b)(vii) immediately after Section 4.2(b)(vi) thereof, to read in 
its entirety as follows:

<PAGE>

         4.2(b)(vii).  Year 2000.  Any reprogramming required to permit 
the proper functioning, in and following year 2000, of (a) the 
Guarantor's computer systems and (b) equipment containing embedded 
microchips (including systems and equipment supplied by others or with 
which the Guarantor's systems interface) and the testing of all such 
systems and equipment, as so reprogrammed, will be completed in a 
timely fashion.  The cost to the Guarantor of such reprogramming and 
testing and of the reasonably foreseeable consequences of year 2000 to 
the Guarantor (including, without limitation, reprogramming errors and 
the failure of others' systems or equipment) will not result in a 
Default or Material Adverse Effect.  Except for such of the 
reprogramming referred to in the preceding sentence as may be 
necessary, the computer and management information systems of the 
Guarantor and its Subsidiaries are and, with ordinary course upgrading 
and maintenance, will continue for the term of this Agreement, to be 
sufficient to permit the Guarantor to conduct its business without 
Material Adverse Effect.

         SECTION 5.  Amendment to Debt of Subsidiaries Covenant.  
Section 5.2(g) of the Agreement is amended and restated in its entirely 
as follows:

         SECTION 5.2(g).  Debt of Subsidiaries.  Total Debt of all 
Subsidiaries of the Guarantor (excluding Debt (i) of a Subsidiary owing 
to the Guarantor, (ii) of a Subsidiary owing to a Substantially-Owned 
Consolidated Subsidiary, (iii) of an "Eligible Subsidiary" as defined 
in the Guarantor's Credit Agreement, (iv) of PLP in an aggregate 
principal amount not exceeding (U.S.) $300,000,000 outstanding on the 
Effective Date (but not any refinancing thereof), (v) of Harris 
Chemical North America, Inc. and its Subsidiaries arising out of the 
Argus Utilities sale-leaseback transaction in an aggregate principal 
amount not exceeding (U.S.) $71,000,000, or (vi) of IMC Inorganic 
Chemicals Inc., formerly known as Harris Chemical Group, Inc., and its 
Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding 
UK50,000,000) will not at any date exceed 25% of Consolidated Net Worth 
(calculated as of the last day of the fiscal quarter most recently 
ended on or prior to such date).  For purposes of this Section any 
preferred stock of a Consolidated Subsidiary (other than the Series E 
Preferred Stock) held by a Person other than the Guarantor or a 
Substantially-Owned Consolidated Subsidiary shall be included, at the 
higher of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation value, in the "Debt" 
of such Consolidated Subsidiary.

         SECTION 6.  Representations and Warranties.

<PAGE>

         (a)	IMC Kalium represents and warrants for itself, and only 
with respect to itself, and IMC Canada and IMC Partnership jointly and 
severally represent and warrant for themselves, and only with respect 
to themselves, that as of the date hereof and after giving effect 
hereto:

               (i)	no Default has occurred and is continuing; and

               (ii)	each representation and warranty of IMC Kalium and 
IMC Canada and IMC Partnership, as applicable, set forth in the 
Agreement is true and correct as though made on and as of the date 
hereof.

         (b)	The Guarantor represents and warrants that as of the 
date hereof and after giving effect hereto:

               (i)	no Default has occurred and is continuing; and

               (ii)	each representation and warranty of the Guarantor 
set forth in the Agreement is true and correct on and as of the date 
hereof.

         SECTION 7.  Confirmation of Guarantee.  The Guarantor hereby 
acknowledges and agrees to the foregoing amendments to the Agreement 
and expressly confirms that the guarantee provided by the Guarantor 
pursuant to Article 9 of the Agreement and the liability of the 
Guarantor thereunder remains in full force and effect notwithstanding 
the amendments to the Agreement made pursuant hereto.

         SECTION 8.  Governing Law.  This Amendment shall be governed 
by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of 
Ontario.

         SECTION 9.  Counterparts; Effectiveness.  This Amendment may 
be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an 
original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto 
were upon the same instrument.  This Amendment shall become effective 
as of the date hereof when the Agent shall have received duly executed 
counterparts hereof signed by the Borrowers and the Guarantor and the 
Required Banks (or, in the case of any party as to which an executed 
counterpart shall not have been received, the Agent shall have received 
telegraphic, telex or other written confirmation from such party of 
execution of a counterpart hereof by such party).

<PAGE>

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this 
Amendment to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

IMC GLOBAL INC., as Guarantor

By: /s/ E. Paul Dunn, Jr.                                           
Name: E. Paul Dunn, Jr.
Title: Treasurer


ROYAL BANK OF CANADA, as Agent 
	
By: /s/ Joan E. Carstairs                                           
Name: Joan E. Carstairs
Title: Senior Manager


ROYAL BANK OF CANADA, as Bank

By: /s/ Glenn S. Graves                                            
Name: Glenn S. Graves
Title: Senior Account Manager


BANK OF MONTREAL, as Bank and Co-Agent

By: /s/ Ian M. Plester                                               
Name: Ian M. Plester
Title: Director


FIRST CHICAGO NBD BANK, CANADA, as Bank

By: /s/ T. Thomas Cheng                                         
Name: T. Thomas Cheng
Title: First Vice President

J.P. MORGAN CANADA, as Bank and Co-Agent

By: /s/ John Maynard                                              
Name: John Maynard
Title: Vice President and Controller

<PAGE>

THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK OF CANADA, as Bank

By: /s/ Christine Chan                                             	
Name: Christine Chan
Title: Vice President

By: /s/ Ed Sustar                                                     
Name: Ed Sustar
Title: Vice President

	
IMC KALIUM CANADA LTD., as Borrower

By: /s/ Rose Marie Williams                                  
Name: Rose Marie Williams
Title: Secretary


INTERNATIONAL MINERALS & CHEMICAL (CANADA) GLOBAL LIMITED, as Borrower

By: /s/ John U. Huber                                             
Name: John U. Huber
Title: President


INTERNATIONAL MINERALS &	CHEMICAL (CANADA) LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, by its 
general partner, International Minerals & Chemical (Canada) Global 
Limited, as Borrower

By: /s/ John U. Huber                                            
Name: John U. Huber
Title: President





                                                         EXHIBIT 10.64
                                                        Execution Copy




        AMENDMENT NO. 4 TO CANADIAN FIVE-YEAR CREDIT AGREEMENT

     AMENDMENT dated as of December 31, 1998 to the Five-Year Canadian 
Credit Agreement dated as of December 22, 1997 (as amended by Amendment 
No. 1 to Canadian Five-Year Credit Agreement dated as of March 31, 
1998, Amendment No. 2 to Canadian Five-Year Credit Agreement dated as 
of August 31, 1998 and Amendment No. 3 to Canadian Five-Year Credit 
Agreement dated as of December 16, 1998, the "Agreement") among IMC 
Kalium Canada Ltd. ("IMC Kalium"), International Minerals & Chemical 
(Canada) Global Limited ("IMC Canada") and International Minerals & 
Chemical (Canada) Limited Partnership ("IMC Partnership") 
(collectively, the "Borrowers"), IMC Global Inc. (the "Guarantor"), the 
Banks listed on the signature pages hereof (the "Banks") and Royal Bank 
of Canada, as Agent (the "Agent").

     WHEREAS the parties hereto desire to amend the Agreement as 
specified below;

NOW THEREFORE THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSES THAT in consideration of the sum 
of $1.00 now paid by each party to the other party and for other good 
and valuable consideration (the receipt and sufficiency of which are 
hereby acknowledged) the parties hereto agree as follows:

     1. Definitions; References. Unless otherwise specifically defined 
herein, each term used herein which is defined in the Agreement shall 
have the meaning assigned to such term in the Agreement. Each reference 
to "hereof', "hereunder", "herein" and "hereby" and each other similar 
reference and each reference to "this Agreement" and each other similar 
reference contained in the Agreement shall from and after the date 
hereof refer to the Agreement as amended hereby.

     2. Amendment of Definition of "Consolidated EBITDA". The following 
sentence is added to end of the definition of Consolidated EBITDA in 
Section 1. 1 of the Agreement: "For the purpose of calculating the 
Leverage Ratio for the purposes of Section 5.2(i) hereunder, 
Consolidated EBITDA shall (i) exclude the pre-tax non-recurring charges 
not in excess of U.S.$325,000,000 incurred by the Guarantor in, and 
reflected in the Guarantor's consolidated statement of income for,  the 
fiscal year ended December 31, 1998 and (ii) disregard classification 
of the Guarantor's Agribusiness unit as a discontinued operation".

<PAGE>

     3. Representations and Warranties.

        (a) IMC Kalium represents and warrants for itself, and only 
            with respect to itself, and IMC Canada and IMC Partnership 
            jointly and severally represent and warrant for themselves, 
            and only with respect to themselves, that as of the date 
            hereof and after giving effect hereto:

        (b) no Default has occurred and is continuing; and

        (c) each representation and warranty of IMC Kalium and IMC 
            Canada and IMC Partnership, as applicable, set forth in the 
            Agreement is true and correct as though made on and as of 
            the date hereof.

        (d) The Guarantor represents and warrants that as of the date 
            hereof and after giving effect hereto.

        (e) no Default has occurred and is continuing; and

        (f) each representation and warranty of the Guarantor set forth 
            in the Agreement is true and correct on and as of the date 
            hereof.

     4. Confirmation of Guarantee.  The Guarantor hereby acknowledges 
and agrees to the foregoing amendments to the Agreement and expressly 
confirms that the guarantee provided by the Guarantor pursuant to 
Article 9 of the Agreement and the liability of the Guarantor 
thereunder remains in full force and effect notwithstanding the 
amendments to the Agreement made pursuant hereto.

     5. Governing Law.  This Amendment shall be governed by and 
construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario.

     6. Counterparts.  This Amendment may be signed in any number of 
counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect 
as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

     7. Effectiveness.  This Amendment shall become effective as of the 
date hereof on the date when the following conditions are met (the 
"Amendment Effective Date"):

<PAGE>

        (a) the Agent shall have received duly executed counterparts 
            hereof signed by the Borrowers, the Guarantor and the 
            Required Banks (or, in the case of any party as to which an 
            executed counterpart shall not have been received, the 
            Agent shall have received telegraphic, telex or other 
            written confirmation from such party of execution of a 
            counterpart hereof by such party); and

        (b) the Agent shall have received an amendment fee for the 
            account of each Bank which shall have signed and delivered 
            a permanent waiver with respect to this amendment on or  
            before January 11, 1999, in an amount equal to 0.05% of 
            such Bank's Commitment on January 11, 1999.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment 
to be duly executed as of the date first above written.


IMC GLOBAL INC., as Guarantor

By:/s/ E. Paul Dunn, Jr.                                
Name:  E. Paul Dunn, Jr.
Title: Vice President
		
ROYAL BANK OF CANADA, as Agent

By: /s/ Joan E. Carstairs 
Name:  Joan E. Carstairs
Title: Senior Manager
		
ROYAL BANK OF CANADA, as Bank

By: /s/L. J. Irwin           
Name:  L. J. Irwin
Title:
		
BANK OF MONTREAL., as Bank and Co-Agent


By: /s/ Ian M. Pfester        
Name: Ian M. Pfester
Title:

<PAGE>

FIRST CHICAGO NBD BANK, CANADA, as Bank

By: /s/ George R. Schanz   
Name:  George R. Schanz
Title: First Vice President
		
J.P. MORGAN CANADA, as Bank and Co-Agent

By: /s/ John Maynard   
Name: John Maynard
Title:	
		
THE CHASE MANHATTAN  BANK OF CANADA, as Bank

By: /s/ Christine Chan  
Name: Christine Chan
Title:
		
By: /s/ Arun K. Berry  
Name: Arun K. Berry
Title:
		
IMC KALIUM CANADA LTD., as Borrower

By: /s/ Rose Marie Williams                               
Name:  Rose Marie Williams
Title: Secretary

INTERNATIONAL MINERALS & CHEMICAL (CANADA) GLOBAL LIMITED, as Borrower

By: /s/ John U. Huber  
Name:  John U. Huber
Title: President
		
INTERNATIONAL MINERALS & CHEMICAL (CANADA) LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, by its 
general partner, International Minerals & Chemical (Canada) Global 
Limited, as Borrower

By: /s/ John U. Huber  
Name: John U. Huber
Title: President
		



                                                          EXHIBIT 10.68

                          AMENDMENT NUMBER 2 TO
                 TRANSFER AND ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT


          AMENDMENT NUMBER 2 TO TRANSFER AND ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT 
(this "Amendment"), dated as of June 26, 1998 among IMC-AGRICO RECEIV-
ABLES COMPANY L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company as trans-
feror (the "Transferor"), IMC-AGRICO COMPANY, a general partnership 
formed under the laws of the State of Delaware, individually and as 
Seller (in such capacity the "Seller") and as collection agent (in such 
capacity, the "Collection Agent"), and ENTERPRISE FUNDING CORPORATION, 
a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), amending that certain Transfer 
and Administration Agreement dated as of June 27, 1997 among the 
parties hereto, as amended to the date hereof (the "Transfer and Admin-
istration Agreement").

          WHEREAS, the Transferor has requested that the Company extend 
the Termination Date and subject to the terms and conditions set forth 
herein, the Company has agreed to such extension.

          NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereby agree as follows:

          SECTION 1. Defined Terms.  As used in this Amendment, and 
except as otherwise provided in this Section 1, capitalized terms shall 
have the same meanings assigned thereto in the Transfer and Administra-
tion Agreement.

          SECTION 2.  Amendments to Definitions.  

          (a) Maximum Net Investment.  The definition of "Maximum Net 
Investment" is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

           "Maximum Net Investment" means (i) from and including June 
26, 1998 through but not including June 30, 1998, $60,446,000, (ii) 
from and including June 30, 1998 through but not including July 20, 
1998, $46,131,000, (iii) from and including July 20, 1998 through but 
not including August 8, 1998, $14,524,000, and (iv) on and after August 
8, 1998, $0."

          (b) Termination Date.  Clause (v) of the definition of 
"Termination Date" is hereby replaced with the following: "August 4, 
1998, unless extended."

<PAGE>

           SECTION 3.  Amendment to Section 7.1.  Clause (j) of Section 
7.1 of the Transfer and administration Agreement is hereby amended to 
read as follows:

           "(j) The face amount of the outstanding Commercial Paper 
issued to fund the Net Investment shall exceed the Maximum Net 
Investment; or"

          SECTION 4.  Representations and Warranties.  The Transferor 
hereby makes to the Company, on and as of the date hereof, all of the 
representations and warranties set forth in Section 3.1 of the Transfer 
and Administration Agreement, except to the extent that any such 
representation or warranty specifically refers to an earlier date.  In 
addition, the Collection Agent hereby makes to the Company, on the date 
hereof, all the representations and warranties set forth in Section 3.2 
of the Transfer and Administration Agreement, except to the extent that 
any such representation or warranty specifically refers to an earlier 
date.

          SECTION 5.  Limited Scope.  This amendment is specific to the 
circumstances described above and does not imply any future amendment 
or waiver of rights allocated to the Company, the Transferor, the 
Collection Agent, IMC Agrico Company, the Seller, the Administrative 
Agent or the Collateral Agent under the Transfer and Administration 
Agreement.

          SECTION 6. Governing Law.  THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED 
BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

          SECTION 7. Severability; Counterparts.  This Amendment may be 
executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto 
in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be 
deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall 
constitute one and the same instrument.  Any provisions of this 
Amendment which are prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction 
shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such 
prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining 
provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any 
jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provi-
sion in any other jurisdiction.


<PAGE>

          SECTION 8. Ratification.  Except as expressly affected by the 
provisions hereof, the Transfer and Administration Agreement as amended 
shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with their terms 
and ratified and confirmed by the parties hereto.  On and after the 
date hereof, each reference in the Transfer and Administration 
Agreement to "this Agreement", "hereunder", "herein" or words of like 
import shall mean and be a reference to the Transfer and Administration 
Agreement as amended by this Amendment.

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and 
delivered this Amendment Number 2 as of the date first written above.


                                  ENTERPRISE FUNDING CORPORATION,
                                  as Company


                                  By:    /s/ Stewart Cutler
                                     ----------------------------
                                  Name: Stewart Cutler
                                  Title: Vice President


                                  IMC-AGRICO RECEIVABLES COMPANY L.L.C.
                                  as Transferor

                                  By: IMC AGRICO COMPANY,
                                      its operating manager


                                  By: IMC AGRICO MP, INC.,
                                      its managing partner


                                  By:     /s/ Bob Qualls
                                     ----------------------------
                                  Name: Bob Qualls
                                  Title: Vice President



<PAGE>

                                  IMC-AGRICO COMPANY,
                                  individually and as Collection Agent
  
                                  By: IMC-AGRICO MP, INC.,
                                      its managing partner


                                  By:    /s/ Bob Qualls
                                     ----------------------------
                                  Name: Bob Qualls
                                  Title: Vice President





                                                          EXHIBIT 10.69

                 BILL OF SALE AND ASSIGNMENT OF ASSETS


     In consideration for the cancellation of the Subordinated Note 
made by IMC-Agrico Receivables Company L.L.C. ("Transferor") to the 
order of IMC-Agrico Company ("Transferee") dated as of June 27, 1997 
and with the remainder as a distribution to Transferee as sole member 
of Transferor, Transferor does hereby sell, transfer, assign, convey 
and deliver to Transferee the "Purchased Assets" (as defined below).  
Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings 
assigned to such terms in the Receivables Purchase Agreement among 
Transferee and Transferor dated as of June 27, 1997, as it may have 
been amended from time to time.

     For purposes of this Bill of Sale and Assignment of Assets, 
"Purchased Assets" shall mean all of Transferor's right, title and 
interest in, to and under

(a)	all Receivables of Transferor;

(b)	all Related Security with respect to such Receivables;

(c)	all Collections with respect to, and other proceeds of, 
such Receivables and Related Security;

(e)	all lock-boxes and lock-box accounts and amounts on 
deposit therein, and all related agreements between 
Transferor and the lock-box banks, in each case, to the 
extent related to or representing Collections of 
Receivables sold or contributed hereunder, or other 
proceeds thereof or of Related Security therefor and

(f)	all books and records relating to the foregoing.

     This Bill of Sale and Assignment of Assets shall be binding upon 
Transferor, its successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit 
of Transferee, its successors and assigns.

    

<PAGE>

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Transferor has caused this instrument to be duly 
executed and delivered as of September 30, 1998.

IMC-AGRICO RECEIVABLES COMPANY L.L.C., 
as Transferor

By:  IMC-Agrico Company, 
     its Operating Manager

By:  IMC-Agrico MP, Inc., 
     its managing general partner

By:     /s/  J. Bradford James      
Name:  J. Bradford James
Title:  Vice President




Agreed and accepted this 30th day of September, 1998:

IMC-AGRICO COMPANY, as Transferee

By:  IMC-Agrico MP, Inc., its managing general partner

By:     /s/  J. Bradford James      








                                                         EXHIBIT 10.73
                                                         CONFORMED COPY

            AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO 364-DAY CREDIT AGREEMENT

     AMENDMENT dated as of December 31, 1998 to the 364-Day Credit 
Agreement dated as of April 1, 1998 (the "Credit Agreement") among IMC 
GLOBAL INC., the BANKS, MANAGING AGENTS and CO-AGENTS listed on the 
signature pages thereof, ROYAL BANK OF CANADA, as Documentation Agent, 
THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK and NATIONSBANK, N.A., as Co-Syndication 
Agents, BANK OF MONTREAL, as Administrative Agent, and MORGAN GUARANTY 
TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK, as Senior Managing Agent.

     The parties hereto agree as follows:

     SECTION 1. Defined Terms; References. Unless otherwise specifically 
defined herein, each term used herein which is defined in the Credit 
Agreement has the meaning assigned to such term in the Credit 
Agreement. Each reference to "hereof", "hereunder", "herein" and 
"hereby" and each other similar reference and each reference to "this 
Agreement" and each other similar reference contained in the Credit 
Agreement shall, after this Amendment becomes effective, refer to the 
Credit Agreement as amended hereby.

     SECTION 2. Amendment of Section 5.12. Calculations of the Leverage 
Ratio shall (i) exclude the pretax nonrecurring charges not in excess 
of $325,000,000 incurred by the Company in, and reflected in the 
Company's consolidated statement of income for, the fiscal year ended 
December 31, 1998 and (ii) disregard classification of the Company's 
Agribusiness unit as a discontinued operation.

     SECTION 3. Representations of Company. The Company represents and 
warrants that (i) the representations and warranties of the Company set 
forth in Article 4 of the Credit Agreement will be true on and as of 
the Amendment Effective Date and (ii) no Default will have occurred and 
be continuing on such date.

     SECTION 4. Governing Law. This Amendment shall be governed by and 
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

     SECTION 5. Counterparts. This Amendment may be signed in any number 
of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same 
effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same 
instrument.

     SECTION 6. Effectiveness. This Amendment shall become effective as 
of the date hereof on the date when the following conditions are met 
(the "Amendment Effective Date"):

<PAGE>

       (a) the Senior Managing Agent shall have received from each of
the Borrower and the Required Banks a counterpart hereof signed by such    
party or facsimile or other written confirmation (in form satisfactory 
to the Administrative Agent) that such party has signed a counterpart 
hereof; and

       (b) the Senior Managing Agent shall have received an amendment 
fee for the account of each Bank which shall have timely signed and 
delivered a counterpart hereof in accordance with clause (a) in an 
amount equal to 0.02% of such Bank's Commitment.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment 
to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

IMC GLOBAL INC.


By /s/ E. Paul Dunn, Jr.
Title: Vice President


MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK

By /s/ Robert Bottamedi
Title: Vice President


THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK

By /s/ James H. Ramage
Title: Vice President


NATIONSBANK, N.A.

By /s/ G. Burton Queen
Title: Managing Director


ROYAL BANK OF CANADA

By /s/ Gordon MacArthur	
Title: Manager


<PAGE>

BANK OF MONTREAL

By /s/ Ian M. Plester
Title: Director


BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION

By /s/ G. Burton Queen
Title: Managing Director


THE BANK OF NEW YORK

By /s/ John M. Lokay, Jr.
Title: Vice President


CREDIT AGRICOLE INDOSUEZ

By /s/ Katherine L. Abbott
Title: First Vice President

By /s/ David Bouhl
Title: F.V.P., Head of Corporate Banking Chicago


CREDIT LYONNAIS CHICAGO BRANCH

By /s/ Julie T. Kanak
Title: Vice President


ABN-AMRO BANK N.V.

By /s/ Scott J. Albert
Title: Vice President

By /s/ Darin P. Fischer
Title: Assistant Vice President


<PAGE>

BANCA NAZIONALE DEL LAVORO, S.p.A., NEW YORK BRANCH

By /s/ Miguel Medida
Title: Vice President

By /s/ Leonardo Valentini
Title: First Vice President


THE BANK OF TOKYO - MITSUBISHI, LTD. CHICAGO BRANCH

By /s/ Hajime Watanabe
Title: Deputy General Manager


BANQUE NATIONALE DE PARIS

By /s/ Arnaud Collin du Bocage
Title: Executive Vice President and General Manager


CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON

By /s/ Douglas E. Maher
Title: Vice President

By /s/ James P. Moran
Title: Director


THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO

By /s/ Kenneth J. Fatur
Title: Vice President


FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK

By /s/ Kristen M. Denning
Title: Assistant Vice President


THE INDUSTRIAL BANK OF JAPAN, LIMITED

By /s/ Tohru Yasumaru
Title: Deputy General Manager


<PAGE>

MARINE MIDLAND BANK

By /s/ Steve Trepiccione
Title: Vice President -Officer #9435


MELLON BANK, N.A.

By /s/ John K. Walsh
Title: Vice President


SOCIETE GENERALE

By /s/ Paul Dalle Molle
Title: Managing Director Head of Midwest Region


THE SUMITOMO BANK, LIMITED

By /s/ John H. Kemper
Title: Senior Vice President


TORONTO DOMINION (TEXAS), INC.

By /s/ Carol Brandt
Title: Vice President


THE NORTHERN TRUST COMPANY

By /s/ Michelle M. Teteak
Title: Vice President
 

THE LONG-TERM CREDIT BANK OF JAPAN, LTD.

By /s/Armund J. Schoen, Jr.
Title: Senior Vice President





                                                      EXHIBIT 10.74


                                                     Conformed Copy



                     HARRIS CHEMCIAL EUROPE LTD
                           NAMSCO (UK) LTD
                         SALT UNION LIMITED
                         Original Borrowers



                           IMC GLOBAL INC.
                    IMC INORGANIC CHEMICALS INC.
                             Guarantors



                        CHASE MANHATTAN plc
                              Arranger



                CHASE MANHATTAN INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
                               Agent

                                And

                               OTHERS


==================================================================

                            45,000,000
                     REVOLVING LOAN AGREEMENT

==================================================================

<PAGE>

                              CONTENTS

CLAUSE                                                        PAGE

1.     Definitions And Interpretation                           1
2.     The Facility                                            14
3.     Utilisation Of The Facility                             15
4.     Payment And Calculation Of Interest                     16
5.     Market Disruption And Alternative Interest Rates        16
6.     Notification                                            18
7.     Repayment                                               18
8.     Cancellation And Prepayment                             18
9.     Taxes                                                   19
10.    Tax Receipts                                            21
11.    Increased Costs                                         22
12.    Illegality                                              23
13.    Mitigation                                              23
14.    Representations And Warranties                          24
15.    Covenants                                               28
16.    Events Of Default                                       37
17.    Guarantee And Indemnity                                 40
18.    Commitment Commission And Fees                          42
19.    Costs And Expenses                                      43
20.    Default Interest And Break Costs                        44
21.    Borrowers' Indemnities                                  45
22.    Currency Of Account And Payment                         46
23.    Payments                                                46
24.    Set-Off                                                 47
25.    Sharing                                                 47
26.    The Agent, The Arranger And The Banks                   48
27.    Assignments And Transfers                               53
28.    Economic And Monetary Union                             55
29.    Calculations And Evidence Of Debt                       57
30.    Remedies And Waivers, Partial Invalidity                58
31.    Notices                                                 58
32.    Counterparts                                            59
33.    Amendments                                              59
34.    Additional Borrowers                                    60
35.    Governing Law                                           60
36.    Jurisdiction                                            60
       Schedule 1   The Banks                                  63
       Schedule 2   Form Of Transfer Certificate               64
       Schedule 3   Conditions Precedent                       67
       Schedule 4   Notice Of Drawdown                         68
       Schedule 5   Determination Of Margin And Commitment 
                     Commission                                69
       Schedule 6   Deed Of Accession                          71


<PAGE>

THIS AGREEMENT is made on 18 December 1998
BETWEEN

(1)    HARRIS CHEMICAL EUROPE LTD (registered no. 3107016), NAMSCO 
       (UK) LTD (registered no. 2654680) and SALT UNION LIMITED 
       (registered no. 2654529) (each, an "Original Borrower");

(2)    IMC GLOBAL INC. and IMC INORGANIC CHEMICALS INC. (formerly 
       Harris Chemical Group Inc.) (each, a "Guarantor");

(3)    CHASE MANHATTAN plc as arranger of the Facility (the 
       "Arranger");

(4)    CHASE MANHATTAN INTERNATIONAL LIMITED as agent for the Banks 
       (the "Agent"); and

(5)    THE BANKS (as defined below).

IT IS AGREED as follows.

1.     DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

1.1    Definitions
       In this Agreement:

       "Acquisition" means an acquisition by an Obligor or any of 
       its Consolidated Subsidiaries of a company, a division, a 
       location or a line of business or of all or substantially all 
       of the assets of any of the foregoing.

       "Advance" means an advance made or to be made by the Banks 
       hereunder.

       "Additional Borrower" means any company which has executed 
       and delivered to the Agent a Deed of Accession pursuant to 
       Clause 34 (Additional Borrowers).

       "Affiliate" means (i) any person that directly, or indirectly 
       through one or more intermediaries, controls the Company (a 
       "Controlling Person") or (ii) any person  (other than the 
       Company or a subsidiary of the Company) which is controlled 
       by or is under common control with a Controlling Person.  As 
       used herein, the term "control" means possession, directly or        
indirectly, of the power to vote 10 per cent. or more of any 
       class of voting securities of a person or to direct or cause 
       the direction of the management or policies of a person, 
       whether through the ownership of voting securities, by 
       contract or otherwise.

<PAGE>

       "Agrico" means IMC-Agrico Company, a Delaware general  
       partnership.

       "Associated Costs Rate" means, in relation to each Advance or 
       Unpaid Sum, the percentage rate from time to time determined        
       by the Agent (in its reasonable discretion) as reflecting the 
       cost, loss or difference in return which would be suffered or 
       incurred by the Agent (and/or any Bank as it may from time to 
       time reasonably determine) (if the Agent or any Bank funded 
       such Advance or Unpaid Sum) as a result of: 


       (a)    funding (at LIBOR and on a match funded basis) any 
              special deposit or cash ratio deposit required to be 
              placed with the Bank of England (or any other 
              authority which replaces all or any of its functions); 
              and/or

       (b)    any charge imposed by the Financial Services Authority 
              (or any other authority which replaces all or any of 
              its functions),

       in respect of Eligible Liabilities (assuming these to be in 
       excess of any stated minimum) which relate to funding such 
       Advance or Unpaid Sum.

       "Authorised Signatory" means, in relation to an Obligor, any 
       person who is duly authorised (in such manner as may be 
       reasonably acceptable to the Agent) and in respect of whom 
       the Agent has received a certificate signed by a director or 
       another Authorised Signatory of such Obligor setting out the 
       name and signature of such person and confirming such 
       person's authority to act.

       "Available Commitment" means, in relation to a Bank at any 
       time and save as otherwise provided herein, its Commitment at 
       such time less the aggregate of its portions of the Advances 
       which are then outstanding, provided that such amount shall 
       not be less than zero.

       "Available Facility" means, at any time, the aggregate amount 
       of the Available Commitments adjusted, in the case of any 
       proposed drawdown, so as to take into account:

       (a)    any reduction in the Commitment of a Bank pursuant to
              the terms hereof;

       (b)    any Advance which, pursuant to any other drawdown, is 
              to be made; and

<PAGE>

       (c)    any Advance which is due to be repaid,

       on or before the proposed drawdown date.

       "Bank" means any financial institution:

       (a)    named in Schedule 1 (The Banks); or

       (b)    which has become a party hereto in accordance with 
              Clause 27.5 (Assignments by Banks) or Clause 27.6 
              (Transfers by Banks), and which has not ceased to be a 
              party hereto in accordance with the terms hereof.

       "Benefit Arrangement" means at any time an employee benefit 
       plan within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA which is not 
       a Plan or a Multiemployer Plan which is maintained or 
       otherwise contributed to by any member of the ERISA Group.

       "Borrower" means each Original Borrower and each Additional 
       Borrower.

       "BoS Cross Guarantee" means the document under which each of 
       HCEL, NAMSCO (UK) Ltd and Salt Union Limited grant a cross 
       guarantee to the Bank of Scotland in support of the bank 
       overdraft facility, in aggregate amount of 4,000,000, 
       extended to them by the Bank of Scotland.


       "Business Day" means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) 
       on which commercial banks generally are open for business in 
       London and Chicago.

       "Commitment" means, in relation to a Bank at any time and 
       save as otherwise provided herein, the amount set opposite 
       its name in Schedule 1 (The Banks).

       "Company" means IMC Global Inc., a Delaware corporation.

       "Consolidated Net Worth" means in relation to an Obligor at 
       any date, the consolidated shareholders' equity of the 
       Obligor and its Consolidated Subsidiaries determined as of  
       such date (other than any amount attributable to stock which 
       is required to be redeemed or is redeemable at the option of 
       the holder, if certain events or conditions occur or exist or 
       otherwise.)

<PAGE>

       "Consolidated Subsidiary" means, for any person, at any date 
       any subsidiary or other entity the accounts of which would be 
       consolidated with those of such person in its consolidated 
       financial statements if such statements were prepared as at 
       such date.

       "Debt" of any person means at any date, without duplication, 
       (i) all obligations of such person for borrowed money, (ii) 
       all obligations of such person evidenced by bonds, 
       debentures, notes or other similar instruments, (iii) all 
       obligations of such person to pay the deferred purchase price 
       of property or services, except trade accounts payable and 
       similar items arising in the ordinary course of business, 
       (iv) all obligations of such person as lessee which are 
       capitalised in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
       principles, (v) all non-contingent obligations (and, for 
       purposes of Clause 15.11 (Negative Pledge) and the definition 
       of "Material Financial Obligations", all contingent 
       obligations) of such person to reimburse any bank or other 
       person in respect of amounts paid under a letter of credit or 
       similar instrument, (vi) all Debt secured by an Encumbrance 
       on any asset of such person, whether or not such Debt is 
       otherwise an obligation of such person, provided that the 
       amount of such Debt treated as Debt of such person solely 
       pursuant to this sub-clause (vi) shall not exceed the greater 
       of the book value or the fair market value of the collateral, 
       and (vii) all Debt of others guaranteed by such person.  For 
       purposes of sub-clause (v) above, a reimbursement obligation 
       in respect of a letter of credit or similar instrument is 
       contingent unless and until there has been a drawing under 
       such letter of credit or instrument.

       "Deed of Accession" means a deed substantially in the form of 
       Schedule 6 (Deed of Accession).

       "Derivatives Obligations" of any person means all obligations 
       of such person in respect of any rate swap transaction, basis 
       swap, forward rate transaction, commodity swap, commodity 
       option, equity or equity index swap, equity or equity index 
       option, bond option, interest rate option, foreign exchange 
       transaction, cap transaction, floor transaction, collar 
       transaction, currency swap transaction, cross-currency swap 
       transaction, currency option or any other similar transaction 
       (including any option with respect to any of the foregoing 
       transactions) or any combination of the foregoing 
       transactions.

<PAGE>

       "Eligible Liabilities" means eligible liabilities as defined 
       under or pursuant to the Bank of England Act 1998 or by the 
       Bank of England (as may be appropriate) for the time being.


       "Encumbrance" means a mortgage, charge, pledge, security 
       interest, lien or other encumbrance securing any obligation          
       of any person or any other type of preferential arrangement 
       (including any title transfer and retention arrangement but 
       excluding any banker's right of set-off) having a similar 
       effect.

       "Environmental Laws" means any and all federal, state, local 
       and foreign statutes, laws, regulations, ordinances, rules, 
       judgements, orders, decrees, permits, concessions, grants, 
       franchises, licences, agreements or other governmental 
       restrictions relating to the environment or to emissions, 
       discharges or releases of pollutants, contaminants, 
       chemicals, or industrial, toxic or hazardous substances or 
       wastes into the environment including ambient air, surface 
       water, ground water, or land, or otherwise relating to the 
       manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, 
       storage, disposal, transport or handling of pollutants, 
       contaminants, chemicals or industrial, toxic or hazardous 
       substances or wastes.

       "ERISA" means at any date, the Employee Retirement Income 
       Security Act 1974 (US) and the regulations promulgated and 
       rulings issued thereunder, as the same shall be in effect on 
       such date.

       "ERISA Group" means the Company, any subsidiary and all 
       members of a controlled group of corporations and all trades 
       or businesses (whether or not incorporated) under common 
       control which, together with the Company or any subsidiary, 
       are treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the 
       Internal Revenue Code.

       "Event of Default" means any circumstance described as such 
       in Clause 16 (Events of Default).

       "Facility" means the sterling revolving loan facility granted 
       to the Borrowers in this Agreement.

       "Facility Office" means in relation to the Agent, the office 
       identified with its signature below or such other office as 
       it may select by notice and, in relation to any Bank, the 
       office notified by it to the Agent in writing prior to the 

<PAGE>

       date hereof (or, in the case of a Transferee, at the end of 
       the Transfer Certificate to which it is a party as 
       Transferee) or such other office as it may from time to time 
       select by notice to the Agent.
 
       "Final Maturity Date" means the day which is 60 months after 
       the date hereof.

       "Finance Parties" means the Agent, the Arranger and the 
       Banks.

       "Group" means the Company and its subsidiaries from time to 
       time.

       "Guarantee" means any, guarantee, indemnity, bond, letter of 
       credit, legally binding letter of comfort or suretyship.  It 
       includes any other obligation or irrevocable offer (whatever 
       called and of whatever nature):

       (a)     to pay or purchase;

       (b)     to provide funds (whether by the advance of money, 
               the purchase of or subscription for shares or other 
               securities, the purchase of assets, rights or 
               services, or otherwise) for the payment or discharge 
               of:


       (c)     to indemnify against the consequences of default of 
               the payment of: 

       (d)     to be responsible otherwise for,

       an obligation or debt of another person, a dividend, 
       distribution, capital or premium on shares, stock or other 
       interests, or the solvency or financial condition of another 
       person.  

       "Harris Chemical Acquisition" means, collectively, the merger 
       of IMC Inorganic Chemicals Inc. with and into IMC Merger Sub 
       Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, with IMC 
       Inorganic Chemicals Inc. as the successor thereto, pursuant 
       to the certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated 
       11 December 1997, by and among the Company, IMC Merger Sub, 
       Inc. and IMC Inorganic Chemicals Inc., and the acquisition, 
       directly or indirectly, by the Company of all of the 
       outstanding shares of Harris Chemical Australia Pty Limited 
       pursuant to the Sale and Purchase Agreement made as of 

<PAGE>

       11 December 1997 among Prudential Asset Management Asia 
       Limited, DGHA persons and Trusts named therein, Search 
       Investment NV, Harris Chemical Australia Pty Limited, 
       Marsupial L.L.C., Marsupial-II L.L.C., Soda Ash (L) BHD, 
       Manager Shareholders named therein and the Company.

       "Harris Chemical Europe Group" means HCEL, NAMSCO (UK) Ltd, 
       Salt Union Limited and any other subsidiary of HCEL from time        
       to time other than Harris Soda Products (Europe) SAS, Harris 
       Inorganic Chemicals BV, Societa Chimica Larderello SpA and 
       Matthes & Weber GmbH.

       "HCEL" means Harris Chemical Europe Ltd.

       "Information Memorandum" means the document concerning the 
       Obligors which, at their request and on their behalf, was 
       prepared in relation to this transaction and distributed by 
       the Arrangers to selected banks during November 1998.

       "Instructing Group" means:

       (a)    whilst no Advances are outstanding, a Bank or Banks 
              whose Commitments amount (or, if each Bank's 
              Commitment has been reduced to zero, did immediately 
              before such reduction to zero, amount) in aggregate to 
              more than two thirds of the Total Commitments; and

       (b)    whilst at least one Advance is outstanding, a Bank or 
              Banks to whom in aggregate more than two thirds of the 
              Loan is owed.

       "Inter-Company Loans" means, collectively:

       (a)    that certain Note dated 21 July 1998, issued by Salt 
              Union Limited to the Company in principal amount of 
              33,700,000;

       (b)    that certain Note dated 29 July 1998, issued by Salt 
              Union Limited to the Company in principal amount of 
              32,338,356;

       (c)    that certain Revolving Note dated 27 August 1998, 
              issued by Salt Union Limited to the Company in 
              principal amount of 10,000,000;


<PAGE>

       (d)    that certain Subordinated Revolving Note dated on or 
              about the date of this Agreement, issued by either 
              HCEL or Salt Union Limited to the Company in principal 
              amount of 40,000,000; and

       (e)    that certain Subordinated Note dated on or about the 
              date of this Agreement, issued by Salt Union Limited 
              to the Company in principal amount of 2,559,701.58.

       "LIBOR" means, in relation to any amount owed by an Obligor 
       hereunder on which interest for a given period is to accrue:

       (a)    the percentage rate per annum equal to the offered 
              quotation which appears on the page of the Telerate 
              Screen which displays an average British Bankers 
              Association Interest Settlement Rate for sterling 
              (being currently "3750") or the currency of any Unpaid 
              Sum for such period at or about 11.00 a.m. on the 
              Quotation Date for such period or, if such page or 
              such service shall cease to be available, such other 
              page or such other service for the purpose of 
              displaying an average British Bankers Association 
              Interest Settlement Rate for sterling (or the currency 
              of such Unpaid Sum) as the Agent, after consultation 
              with the Banks and with the approval of the Company 
              (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), shall 
              select; or

       (b)    if no quotation for sterling (or the currency of such 
              Unpaid Sum) and the relevant period is displayed and 
              the Agent has not selected an alternative service on 
              which a quotation is displayed, the arithmetic mean 
              (rounded upwards to four decimal places) of the rates 
              (as notified to the Agent) at which each of the 
              Reference Banks was offering to prime banks in the   
              London Interbank Market deposits in sterling (or the 
              currency of such Unpaid Sum) for such period at or 
              about 11.00 a.m. on the Quotation Date for such 
              period.

       "Loan" means the aggregate principal amount for the time 
       being outstanding hereunder.

       "Margin" means the rate calculated in accordance with 
       Schedule 5 (Determination of Margin and Commitment 
       Commission).

<PAGE>

       "Material Adverse Effect" means a material adverse effect on 
       (a) the business, financial position or results of operations 
       of the Group taken as a whole; (b) the ability of an Obligor 
       to perform its obligations under this Agreement; or (c) the 
       validity or enforceability of this Agreement or the rights or 
       remedies of any Finance Party hereunder.

       "Material Financial Obligations" means:

       (a)    in relation to the Guarantors, a principal or face 
              amount of Debt and/or payment or collateralisation 
              obligations in respect of Derivatives Obligations of 
              the Guarantors and/or one or more of their 
              subsidiaries, arising in one or more related or 
              unrelated transactions, exceeding in the aggregate 
              $100,000,000 (or its equivalent); and


       (b)    in relation to the Harris Chemical Europe Group, a 
              principal or face amount of Debt and/or payment or 
              collateralisation obligations in respect of 
              Derivatives Obligations of the Harris Chemical Europe 
              Group, arising in one or more related or unrelated
              transactions, exceeding in the aggregate $8,000,000 
              (or its equivalent).

       "Material Plan" means at any time a Plan or Plans having 
       aggregate Unfunded Liabilities in excess of $100,000,000.

       "Material Subsidiary" means, at any date:

       (a)    any subsidiary having (i) at least 5 per cent of the 
              total consolidated assets of the Group (determined as 
              of the last day of the fiscal quarter of such person 
              most recently ended on or prior to such date) or (ii) 
              at least 5 per cent of Consolidated EBITDA for four 
              consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended on or 
              prior to such date; or

       (b)    collectively, any one or more subsidiaries having (i) 
              at least 10 per cent. of the total consolidated assets 
              of the Group (determined as of the last day of the 
              fiscal quarter of such persons most recently ended on 
              or prior to such date) or (ii) at least 10 per cent of 
              Consolidated EBITDA for four consecutive fiscal 
              quarters most recently ended on or prior to such date. 

<PAGE>

       For the purposes of this definition, the term "Consolidated 
       EBITDA" shall have the meaning given to it in sub-clause 
       15.13.2 of Clause 15.13 (Leverage Ratio).  

       "Multiemployer Plan" means at any time an employee pension 
       benefit plan within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of 
       ERISA to which any member of the ERISA Group either (i) is 
       then making or accruing an obligation to make contributions 
       or (ii) has within the preceding five plan years made 
       contributions, including for these purposes any person which 
       was at the time such contribution was made a member of the 
       ERISA Group.

       "Notice of Drawdown" means a notice substantially in the form 
       set out in Schedule 4 (Notice of Drawdown).

       "Obligor" means each Borrower and each Guarantor.

       "Obligors' Representations and Warranties" means in relation 
       to each Obligor other than the Company, the representations 
       and warranties set out in Clauses 14.2 (Corporate and 
       Governmental Authorisation), 14.3 (Binding Effect), 14.4.4, 
       14.6 (Compliance with Laws), 14.9 (Existence and Corporate 
       Power of Obligors) and Clauses 14.12 (Year 2000) to 14.16 (No 
       Deduction or Withholding), inclusive.  

       "PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any 
       entity succeeding to any or all of its functions under ERISA.

       "Plan" means at any time an employee pension benefit plan 
       (other than a Multiemployer Plan) which is covered by Title 
       IV of ERISA or subject to the minimum funding standards under 
       Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code and either (i) is 
       maintained, or contributed to, by any member of the ERISA 
       Group for employees of any member of the ERISA Group or (ii) 
       has at any time within the preceding five years been 
       maintained, or contributed to, by any person which was at 
       such time a member of the ERISA Group for employees of any 
       person which was at such time a member of the ERISA Group.


       "Potential Event of Default" means any event which shall have 
       occurred and be continuing and which is reasonably likely to 
       become (with the passage of time, the giving of notice, the 
       making of any determination hereunder or any combination 
       thereof) an Event of Default.

<PAGE>

       "Proportion" means, in relation to a Bank:

       (a)    whilst no Advances are outstanding, the proportion 
              borne by its Commitment to the Total Commitments (or, 
              if the Total Commitments are then zero, by its 
              Commitment to the Total Commitments immediately prior 
              to their reduction to zero); or

       (b)    whilst at least one Advance is outstanding, the 
              proportion borne by its share of the Loan to the Loan.

       "Qualifying Lender" means:

       (a)    a bank or financial institution which is entitled to 
              receive payments of interest hereunder free of 
              withholding or deduction for or on account of United 
              Kingdom tax under Section 349(3)(a) of the Income and 
              Corporation Taxes Act 1988; or 

       (b)    a Treaty Lender.  

       "Quotation Date" means, in relation to any period for which 
       an interest rate is to be determined hereunder, the day on 
       which quotations would ordinarily be given by prime banks in 
       the London Interbank Market for deposits in sterling (or the 
       currency of any Unpaid Sum) for delivery on the first day of 
       that period, provided that, if, for any such period, 
       quotations would ordinarily be given on more than one date,         
       the Quotation Date for that period shall be the last of those 
       dates.

       "Reference Banks" means the principal London offices of The 
       Chase Manhattan Bank, Midland Bank plc and Lloyds Bank Plc or 
       such banks as may be appointed as such by the Agent with the 
       approval of the Company (not to be unreasonably withheld or 
       delayed).

       "Repayment Date" means, in relation to any Advance, the last 
       day of its Term.

       "Repeated Representations" means:

       (a)    in relation to the Company, each of the 
              representations (except, in relation to a Rollover 
              Advance, the representation set out in sub-clauses 
              14.4.3 of Clause 14.4 (Financial Information)) set out 
              in Clause 14.1 (Corporate Existence and Power) to 
              Clause 14.12 (Year 2000), inclusive; and

<PAGE>

       (b)    in relation to each other Obligor, each of the 
              representations set out in Clauses 14.2 (Corporate and 
              Governmental Authorisation), 14.3 (Binding Effect), 
              14.4.4, 14.6 (Compliance with Laws), 14.9 (Existence 
              and Corporate Power of Other Obligors) and 14.12 (Year 
              2000).  

       "Rollover Advance" means an Advance which is used to 
       refinance a maturing Advance and which is in the same amount 
       as such maturing Advance and is to be drawn on the day such 
       maturing Advance is to be repaid.


       "Subordination Deed" means the document of that name dated on 
       or before the date of this Agreement between the Company, 
       HCEL, Salt Union Limited and the Agent.

       "Substantial Assets" means, in relation to a Guarantor or the 
       Harris Chemical Europe Group, assets sold or otherwise 
       disposed of in a single transaction or a series of related 
       transactions representing 25 per cent. or more of the 
       consolidated assets of the Guarantor and its Consolidated 
       Subsidiaries (taken as a whole), or the Harris Chemical 
       Europe Group (as the case may be).

       "Term" means, save as otherwise provided herein:

       (a)    in relation to any Advance, the period for which such 
              Advance is borrowed as specified in the Notice of 
              Drawdown relating thereto; and

       (b)    in relation to an Unpaid Sum, any of those periods   
              mentioned in Clause 20.1 (Default Interest Periods).

       "Total Commitments" means, at any time, the aggregate of the 
       Banks' Commitments.

       "Transfer Certificate" means a certificate substantially in 
       the form set out in Schedule 2 (Form of Transfer Certificate) 
       signed by a Bank and a Transferee under which:

       (a)    such Bank seeks to procure the transfer to such 
              Transferee of all or a part of such Bank's rights, 
              benefits and obligations hereunder upon and subject to 
              the terms and conditions set out in Clause 27.3 
              (Assignments and Transfers by Banks); and

<PAGE>

       (b)    such Transferee undertakes to perform the obligations 
              it will assume as a result of delivery of such 
              certificate to the Agent as contemplated in 
              Clause 27.6 (Transfers by Banks).

       "Transfer Date" means, in relation to any Transfer 
       Certificate, the date for the making of the transfer as 
       specified in such Transfer Certificate.

       "Transferee" means a person to which a Bank seeks to transfer 
       by novation all or part of such Bank's rights, benefits and 
       obligations hereunder.

       "Treaty Lender" means a bank or financial institution which 
       is resident (as such term is defined in the appropriate  
       double taxation treaty) in a country with which the United 
       Kingdom has an appropriate double taxation treaty giving 
       residents of that country complete exemption from United 
       Kingdom tax on interest and which does not carry on business 
       in the United Kingdom at or through a permanent establishment 
       with which the interest is paid is effectively connected.  

       For the purpose of this definition, "double taxation treaty" 
       means any convention or agreement between the government of 
       the United Kingdom and any other government for the avoidance 
       of double taxation and the prevention of fiscal evasion with 
       respect to taxes on income and capital gains.


       "Unfunded Liabilities" means, with respect to any Plan at any 
       time, the amount (if any) by which (i) the value of all 
       benefit liabilities under such Plan, determined on a plan 
       termination basis using the assumptions prescribed by the 
       PBGC for purposes of Section 4044 of ERISA (or other 
       applicable standard), exceeds (ii) the fair market value of 
       all Plan assets allocable to such liabilities under Title IV 
       of ERISA (excluding any accrued but unpaid contributions), 
       all determined as of the then most recent valuation date for 
       such Plan, but only to the extent that such excess represents 
       a potential liability of a member of the ERISA Group to the 
       PBGC or any other Person under Title IV of ERISA.

       "United States" means the United States of America, including 
       the States and District of Columbia, but excluding its 
       territories and possessions.

<PAGE>

       "Unpaid Sum" means the unpaid balance of any of the sums 
       referred to in Clause 20.1 (Default Interest Periods).

       "Voting Stock" means capital stock issued by a corporation, 
       or equivalent interests in any other person, the holders of 
       which are ordinarily, in the absence of contingencies, 
       entitled to vote for the election of directors (or persons 
       performing similar functions) of such person, even if the 
       right so to vote has been suspended by the happening of such 
       a contingency.

1.2    Interpretation
       Any reference in this Agreement to:

       "continuing", in relation to an Event of Default, shall be 
       construed as a reference to an Event of Default which has not 
       been waived in accordance with the terms hereof and, in 
       relation to a Potential Event of Default, one which has not 
       been remedied within the relevant grace period or waived in 
       accordance with the terms hereof;

       a "Guarantor and its subsidiaries" shall be construed as a 
       reference to the Guarantor and each of its subsidiaries from 
       time to time other than any member of the Harris Chemical 
       Europe Group;

       a "holding company" of a company or corporation shall be 
       construed as a reference to any company or corporation of 
       which the first-mentioned company or corporation is a 
       subsidiary;

       "indebtedness" shall be construed so as to include any 
       obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for 
       the payment or repayment of money, whether present or future, 
       actual or contingent;

       a "law" shall be construed as any law (including common or 
       customary law), statute, constitution, decree, judgement, 
       treaty, regulation, directive, by-law, order or any other 
       legislative measure of any government, supranational, local 
       government, statutory or regulatory body or court;

       a "month" is a reference to a period starting on one day in a 
       calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding 
       day in the next succeeding calendar month save that:


<PAGE>

       (a)    if any such numerically corresponding day is not a  
              Business Day, such period shall end on the immediately 
              succeeding Business Day to occur in that next 
              succeeding calendar month or, if none, it shall end on 
              the immediately preceding Business Day; and

       (b)    if there is no numerically corresponding day in that
              next succeeding calendar month, that period shall end 
              on the last Business Day in that next succeeding 
              calendar month,

       (and references to "months" shall be construed accordingly);

       a "person" shall be construed as a reference to any person, 
       firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a 
       state or any association or partnership (whether or not 
       having separate legal personality) of two or more of the 
       foregoing;

       "repay" (or any derivative form thereof) shall, subject to 
       any contrary indication, be construed to include "prepay" 
       (or, as the case may be, the corresponding derivative form 
       thereof);

       a "subsidiary" of a company or corporation shall be construed        
       as a reference to any company or corporation:

       (a)     which is controlled, directly or indirectly, by the 
               first-mentioned company or corporation;

       (b)     more than half the issued share capital of which is 
               beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by the 
               first-mentioned company or corporation; or

       (c)     which is a subsidiary of another subsidiary of the 
               first-mentioned company or corporation,

       and, for these purposes, a company or corporation shall be 
       treated as being controlled by another if that other company 
       or corporation is able to direct its affairs and/or to 
       control the composition of its board of directors or 
       equivalent body;

<PAGE>

       a "successor" shall be construed so as to include an assignee 
       or successor in title of such party and any person who under 
       the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or domicile has 
       assumed the rights and obligations of such party under this 
       Agreement or to which, under such laws, such rights and 
       obligations have been transferred;

       "tax" shall be construed so as to include any tax, levy, 
       impost, duty or other charge of a similar nature (including 
       any penalty or interest payable in connection with any 
       failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same);

       "VAT" shall be construed as a reference to value added tax 
       including any similar tax which may be imposed in place   
       thereof from time to time;

       a "wholly-owned subsidiary" of a company or corporation shall        
       be construed as a reference to any company or corporation 
       which has no other members except that other company or 
       corporation and that other company's or corporation's 
       wholly-owned subsidiaries or persons acting on behalf of that 
       other company or corporation or its wholly-owned 
       subsidiaries; and


       the "winding-up", "dissolution" or "administration" of a 
       company or corporation shall be construed so as to include 
       any equivalent or analogous proceedings under the law of the 
       jurisdiction in which such company or corporation is  
       incorporated or any jurisdiction in which such company or 
       corporation carries on business including the seeking of 
       liquidation, winding-up, reorganisation, dissolution, 
       administration, arrangement, adjustment, protection or relief 
       of debtors.

1.3    Currency Symbols  
       "sterling" denotes lawful currency of the United Kingdom
       and "$" and "dollars" denote the lawful currency of 
       the United States.

1.4    Agreements and Statutes
       Any reference in this Agreement to:

       1.4.1   this Agreement or any other agreement or document 
               shall be construed as a reference to this Agreement 
               or, as the case may be, such other agreement or  
               document as the same may have been, or may from time 
               to time be, amended, varied, novated or supplemented;

<PAGE>

       1.4.2   a statute or to a provision of a statute shall be 
               construed as a reference to a modification or re-
               enactment of it, a legislative provision substituted 
               for it and a regulation or statutory instrument 
               issued under it; and

       1.4.3   a treaty shall be construed as a reference to it as 
               modified from time to time.

1.5    Headings
       Clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only.

1.6    Time
       Any reference in this Agreement to a time of day shall, 
       unless a contrary indication appears, be a reference to 
       London time.

1.7    Parts of Speech
       Where:

       1.7.1   a word or phrase is defined, its other grammatical 
               forms have a corresponding meaning; and

       1.7.2   anything is mentioned after "include", "includes" or 
               "including", it does not limit what else might be 
               included.

1.8    Accounting Terms and Determinations

       1.8.1   In relation to each Obligor and save as provided 
               herein:

               (a)   all accounting terms used herein shall be 
                     interpreted;

               (b)   all accounting determinations hereunder shall 
                     be made; and

               (c)   all financial statements required to be 
                     delivered hereunder shall be prepared in 
                     accordance with,

               generally accepted accounting principles as in effect 
               from time to time in the place of incorporation of 
               the relevant Obligor (and any jurisdiction in which 
               it carries on business), applied on a basis 
               consistent in all material respects (except for 

<PAGE>

               changes agreed with the Obligor's auditor) with the 
               most recent audited (and consolidated where 
               applicable) financial statements of the Obligor and 
               its Consolidated Subsidiaries.  

1.8.2  If at any time an Obligor notifies the Agent that it wishes 
       to amend any covenant in Clause 15 (Covenants) to eliminate 
       the effect of any change in generally accepted accounting 
       principles in its place of incorporation (and any 
       jurisdiction in which it carries on business) on the 
       operation of such covenant (or if the Agent notifies an      
       Obligor that an Instructing Group wishes to amend Clause 15 
       (Covenants) for such purpose), then the relevant Obligor's 
       compliance with such covenant shall be determined on the 
       basis of generally accepted accounting principles in effect 
       immediately before the relevant change in generally accepted 
       accounting principles became effective, until either:

              (a)     such notice is withdrawn; or 

              (b)     such covenant is amended in a manner 
                      satisfactory to the Obligor and the 
                      Instructing Group, 

                      and the parties hereto agree to enter into 
                      negotiations in good faith in order to amend 
                      such provisions in a credit-neutral manner so 
                      as to reflect equitably such changes with the 
                      desired result that the criteria for 
                      evaluating the financial condition and 
                      performance of the relevant Obligor and its 
                      Consolidated Subsidiaries shall be the same 
                      after such changes as if such changes had not 
                      been made.

1.9    Parties
       A reference to a party to this Agreement or any other 
       document includes that person's successors and permitted 
       substitutes and assigns.

1.10   Economic and Monetary Union Definitions
       In Clause 28 (Economic and Monetary Union) and in each other 
       provision of this Agreement to which reference is made in 
       Clause 28 (Economic and Monetary Union) expressly or 
       impliedly:

<PAGE>

       "Commencement Date" means the date of commencement of the 
       third stage of EMU (at the date of this Agreement expected to 
       be 1 January 1999) or on which circumstances arise which (in 
       the opinion of an Instructing Group) have substantially the 
       same effect and result in substantially the same consequences 
       as commencement of the third stage of EMU as contemplated by 
       the Treaty on European Union.

       "EMU" means Economic and Monetary Union as contemplated in 
       the Treaty on European Union.

       "EMU legislation" means legislative measures of the European 
       Council for the introduction of, changeover to or operation 
       of a single or unified European currency (whether known as 
       the euro or otherwise), being in part the implementation of 
       the third stage of EMU.

       "euro" means the single currency of participating member 
       states of the European Union.


       "euro unit" means the currency unit of the euro.

       "national currency unit" means the unit of currency (other 
       than a euro unit) of a participating member state.

       "participating member state" means each state so described in 
       any EMU legislation.

       "Treaty on European Union" means the Treaty of Rome of 25 
       March 1957, as amended by the Single European Act 1986 and 
       the Maastricht Treaty (which was signed at Maastricht on 7 
       February 1992 and came into force on 1 November 1993).

2.     THE FACILITY

2.1     Grant of the Facility
       The Banks grant to the Borrowers, upon the terms and subject 
       to the conditions hereof, a sterling revolving loan facility 
       in an aggregate principal amount, save as provided herein, of 
       up to 45,000,000.

2.3    Purpose and Application
       The Facility is intended for general corporate purposes, 
       including repayment of the Inter-Company Loans (subject to 
       Clause 15.17 (Subordination of Inter-Company Loans)) and any 
       bank overdraft facility.  Accordingly, each Borrower shall 
       apply all amounts raised by it hereunder in or towards 

<PAGE>

       satisfaction of its general corporate financing requirements 
       including the refinancing of the Inter-Company Loans.  No 
       Finance Party shall be obliged to concern itself with such 
       application.

2.4    Conditions Precedent
       Save as the Banks may otherwise agree, no Borrower may 
       deliver any Notice of Drawdown unless the Agent has confirmed 
       to the Borrowers and the Banks that it has received all of 
       the documents and other evidence listed in Schedule 3 
       (Conditions Precedent) and that each is, in form and 
       substance, reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.

2.5    Banks' Obligations Several
       The obligations of each Bank are several and the failure by a 
       Bank to perform its obligations hereunder shall not affect 
       the obligations of an Obligor towards any other party hereto 
       nor shall any other party be liable for the failure by such 
       Bank to perform its obligations hereunder.

2.6    Banks' Rights Several
       The rights of each Bank are several and any debt arising 
       hereunder at any time from an Obligor to any of the other 
       parties hereto shall be a separate and independent debt.  
       Each such party shall be entitled to protect and enforce its 
       individual rights arising out of this Agreement independently 
       of any other party (so that it shall not be necessary for any 
       party hereto to be joined as an additional party in any 
       proceedings for this purpose).

3.     UTILISATION OF THE FACILITY

3.1    Delivery of Notice of Drawdown

       Each Borrower may from time to time request the making of an 
       Advance by the delivery to the Agent, by 10 a.m. not more 
       than ten nor less than two Business Days before the proposed 
       date for the making of such Advance, of a completed Notice of 
       Drawdown.

3.2    Drawdown Details
       Each Notice of Drawdown delivered to the Agent pursuant to 
       Clause 3.1 (Delivery of Notice of Drawdown) shall specify:

       3.2.1   the proposed date for the making of the Advance 
               requested, which shall be a Business Day falling one 
               month or more before the Final Maturity Date;

<PAGE>

       3.2.2   the amount of the Advance requested, which shall be 
               (a) (if less than the Available Facility) a minimum 
               amount of 3,000,000 and an integral multiple of 
               1,000,000 or (b) equal to the amount of the 
               Available Facility;

       3.2.3   the proposed Term of the Advance requested, which 
               shall be a period of one, two, three or six months or 
               such other period as the Banks may agree ending on or 
               before the Final Maturity Date; and

       3.2.4   the account to which the proceeds of the proposed 
               drawdown are to be paid.

3.3    Drawdown Conditions
       If a Borrower requests an Advance in accordance with the 
       preceding provisions of this Clause 3 and, on the proposed 
       date for the making of such Advance:

       3.3.1   (save in relation to a Rollover Advance) neither of 
               the events mentioned in sub-clauses 5.1.1 and 5.1.2 
               of Clause 5.1 (Market Disruption) shall have 
               occurred;

       3.3.2   such Advance will not exceed the Available Facility 
               on that date or on the date on which the Term of such 
               Advance is due to expire; and

       3.3.3   on and as of the proposed date for the making of such 
               Advance (i) no Event of Default or (save in relation 
               to a Rollover Advance) Potential Event of Default is 
               continuing and (ii) the Repeated Representations are 
               true in all material respects,

       then, save as otherwise provided herein, such Advance will be 
       made in accordance with the provisions hereof.

3.4    Each Bank's Participation
       Each Bank will participate through its Facility Office in 
       each Advance made pursuant to this Clause 3 in the proportion 
       borne by its Available Commitment to the Available Facility 
       immediately prior to the making of that Advance.

<PAGE>

3.5    Reduction of Available Commitment
       If a Bank's Commitment is reduced in accordance with the 
       terms hereof after the Agent has received the Notice of 
       Drawdown for an Advance and such reduction was not taken into 
       account in the Available Facility, then the amount of that 
       Advance shall be reduced accordingly.

4.     PAYMENT AND CALCULATION OF INTEREST


4.1    Payment of Interest
       On the Repayment Date relating to each Advance (and, if the 
       Term of such Advance exceeds six months, on the expiry of 
       each period of six months during such Term) the relevant 
       Borrower shall pay accrued interest on that Advance.

4.2    Calculation of Interest
       The rate of interest applicable to an Advance from time to 
       time during its Term shall be the rate per annum which is the 
       sum of the Margin at such time, the Associated Costs Rate at 
       such time and LIBOR on the Quotation Date therefor.

5.     MARKET DISRUPTION AND ALTERNATIVE INTEREST RATES

5.1    Market Disruption
       If, in relation to any Advance or Unpaid Sum:

       5.1.1  LIBOR is to be determined by reference to Reference 
              Banks and at or about 11.00 a.m. on the Quotation Date 
              for the relevant Term none or only one of the 
              Reference Banks supplies a rate for the purpose of 
              determining LIBOR for the relevant Term; or

       5.1.2  before the close of business in London on the 
              Quotation Date for such Advance or Unpaid Sum the 
              Agent has been notified by a Bank or each of a group 
              of Banks to whom in aggregate fifty per cent. or more 
              of such Advance if made would be owed (or such Unpaid 
              Sum is owed) that, due to circumstances affecting the 
              London Interbank Market generally, the LIBOR rate does 
              not accurately reflect the cost of funding its 
              participation in such Advance or Unpaid Sum,

<PAGE>

       then, the Agent shall notify the other parties hereto of such 
       event and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this 
       Agreement, Clause 5.2 (Substitute Term and Interest Rate) 
       shall apply to such Advance (if it is a Rollover Advance) or 
       Unpaid Sum.  If sub-clause 5.1.1 or 5.1.2 of this Clause 5.1 
       applies to a proposed Advance, such Advance other than a 
       Rollover Advance shall not be made.

5.2    Substitute Term and Interest Rate
       If sub-clause 5.1.1 of Clause 5.1 (Market Disruption) applies 
       to a Rollover Advance, the duration of the relevant Term 
       shall be one month or, if less, such that it shall end on the 
       Final Maturity Date.  If either sub-clause 5.1.1 or 5.1.2 of 
       Clause 5.1 (Market Disruption) applies to a Rollover Advance 
       or an Unpaid Sum, the rate of interest applicable to such 
       Rollover Advance or Unpaid Sum during the relevant Term shall 
       (subject to any agreement reached pursuant to Clause 5.3 
       (Alternative Rate)) be the rate per annum which is the sum 
       of:

       5.2.1   the Margin at such time;

       5.2.2   the Associated Costs Rate at such time; and

       5.2.3   the rate per annum notified to the Agent by such Bank 
               before the last day of such Term to be that which 
               expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to 
               such Bank of funding from whatever sources it may 
               reasonably select its portion of such Rollover 
               Advance or Unpaid Sum during such Term.


5.3    Alternative Rate
       If (a) either of those events mentioned in sub-clauses 5.1.1 
       and 5.1.2 of Clause 5.1 (Market Disruption) occurs in 
       relation to an Advance or Unpaid Sum or (b) by reason of 
       circumstances affecting the London Interbank Market during 
       any period of three consecutive Business Days LIBOR is not 
       available for sterling to prime banks in the London Interbank 
       Market, then if the Agent or a Borrower so requires, the 
       Agent and the Borrower shall enter into negotiations with a 
       view to agreeing a substitute basis:

       5.3.1  for determining the rates of interest from time to 
              time applicable to the Advances and Unpaid Sums; 
              and/or

<PAGE>

       5.3.2  upon which the Advances and Unpaid Sums may be 
              maintained (whether in sterling or some other 
              currency) thereafter and any such substitute basis 
              that is agreed shall take effect in accordance with 
              its terms and be binding on each party hereto, 
  
       provided that the Agent may not agree any such substitute 
       basis without the prior consent of each Bank.

5.4    Consultation with Borrowers
       During any period in which interest rates are determined in 
       accordance with this Clause 5, the Agent shall consult with 
       the Borrowers on at least a weekly basis with a view to 
       calculating interest rates in accordance with Clause 4.2 
       (Calculation of Interest) as soon as possible.

6.     NOTIFICATION

6.1    Advances and Term
       By 12 p.m. not less than two Business Days before an Advance 
       is to be made, the Agent shall notify each Bank of the 
       proposed amount of the relevant Advance, its proposed Term 
       and the aggregate principal amount of the relevant Advance 
       allocated to such Bank pursuant to Clause 3.4 (Each Bank's 
       Participation).

6.2    Interest Rate Determination
       The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrowers and the Banks 
       of each determination of LIBOR, the Associated Costs Rate and 
       the Margin.

6.3    Changes to Interest Rates
       The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrowers and the Banks 
       of any change in interest rate or Term occasioned by the 
       operation of Clause 5 (Market Disruption and Alternative 
       Interest Rates).

7.     REPAYMENT
         Each Borrower shall repay each Advance made to it in full on 
       the Repayment Date relating thereto.

8.     CANCELLATION AND PREPAYMENT

<PAGE>

8.1    Cancellation at Option of Borrowers

       The Borrowers may, by giving to the Agent not less than ten 
       Business Days' prior notice to that effect, cancel the whole 
       or any part (being a minimum amount of 3,000,000 and an 
       integral multiple of 1,000,000) of the Available Facility. 
       Any such cancellation shall reduce the Available Commitment 
       and the Commitment of each Bank rateably.  No amount of the 
       Available Facility so cancelled may be reinstated.

8.2    Notice of Cancellation
       Any notice of cancellation given by a Borrower pursuant to 
       Clause 8.1 (Cancellation at Option of Borrowers) shall be 
       irrevocable and shall specify the date upon which such 
       cancellation is to be made and the amount of such 
       cancellation.

8.3    Cancellation of a Bank's Commitment
       If:

       8.3.1   any sum payable to any Bank is required to be 
               increased pursuant to Clause 9.1 (Tax Gross-up); 

       8.3.2   any Bank claims indemnification from any Borrower 
               under Clause 9.2 (Tax Indemnity) or Clause 11.1 
               (Increased Costs); or

       8.3.3   such Borrower is required to treat any payment of 
               interest to a Bank as a distribution for tax 
               purposes,

       such Borrower may, whilst such circumstance continues, by not 
       less than ten Business Days' prior notice to the Agent (which 
       notice shall be irrevocable), cancel such Bank's Commitment 
       whereupon such Bank shall cease to be obliged to participate 
       in further Advances and its Commitment shall be reduced to 
       zero.

8.4    Prepayment of a Bank's Commitment
       If a Borrower gives notice pursuant to Clause 8.3 
       (Cancellation of a Bank's Commitment), it shall, at the time 
       such notice expires prepay the relevant Bank's portion of all 
       outstanding Advances together with accrued interest thereon 
       and all other amounts owing to such Bank hereunder.

8.5    No Other Repayments
       The Borrowers shall not repay all or any part of any Advance 
       except at the times and in the manner expressly provided 
       herein.

<PAGE>

8.6    Mandatory Cancellation
       The aggregate Commitments hereunder shall reduce 
       automatically:

       8.6.1   to 37,500,000 on the day which is 36 months after 
               the date hereof; and

       8.6.2   to 25,000,000 on the day which is 48 months after 
               the date hereof,

       and each Bank's Commitment shall be reduced rateably.

9.     TAXES

9.1    Tax Gross-up 

       All payments to be made by an Obligor to any Finance Party 
       hereunder shall be made free and clear of and without 
       deduction for or on account of tax unless such Obligor is 
       required to make such a payment subject to the deduction or 
       withholding of tax, in which case the sum payable by such 
       Obligor (in respect of which such deduction or withholding is 
       required to be made) shall be increased to the extent 
       necessary to ensure that such Finance Party receives a sum 
       net of any deduction or withholding equal to the sum which it 
       would have received had no such deduction or withholding been 
       made or required to be made.

9.2    Tax Indemnity 
       Without prejudice to Clause 9.1 (Tax Gross-up), if any  
       Finance Party is required to make any payment of or on 
       account of tax on or in relation to any sum received or 
       receivable hereunder or if any liability in respect of any 
       such payment is asserted, imposed, levied or assessed against 
       any Finance Party, the Borrowers shall, upon demand of the 
       Agent, promptly indemnify the Finance Party which suffers a 
       loss or liability as a result against such payment or 
       liability, together with any interest, penalties, costs and 
       reasonable expenses payable or incurred in connection 
       therewith, provided that this Clause 9.2 shall not apply to:

       9.2.1   any tax imposed on and calculated by reference to the 
               net income actually received or receivable by such 
               Finance Party by the jurisdiction in which such 
               Finance Party is incorporated; or

<PAGE>

       9.2.2   any tax imposed on and calculated by reference to the 
               net income of the Facility Office of such Finance 
               Party actually received or receivable by such Finance 
               Party by the jurisdiction in which its Facility 
               Office is located.

9.3    Banks' Tax Status Confirmation
       Each Bank confirms in favour of the Agent on the date hereof 
       or, in the case of a Bank which becomes a party hereto 
       pursuant to a transfer or assignment, on the date on which 
       the relevant transfer or assignment becomes effective, that 
       either:

       9.3.1   it is not resident for tax purposes in the United 
               Kingdom and is beneficially entitled to its share of 
               the Loan and the interest thereon; or

       9.3.2   it is a bank as defined for the purposes of Section 
               349 of the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988 and 
               is beneficially entitled to its share of the Loan and 
               the interest thereon,

       and each Bank shall promptly notify the Agent if there is any 
       change in its position from that set out above.

9.4    Status as Qualifying Lender
       Each Bank represents to each Borrower on the date hereof, or 
       in the case of a Bank which becomes a party hereto pursuant 
       to a transfer or assignment, on the date on which the 
       relevant transfer or assignment becomes effective, that it is 
       a Qualifying Lender.  

9.5    Cessation of Status as Qualifying Lender

       If at any time after the date of this Agreement any Bank 
       ceases, or becomes aware that it will cease, to be a 
       Qualifying Lender for any reason, it shall promptly notify 
       each Borrower, and no Obligor shall be liable to pay to such 
       Bank under Clause 9.1 (Tax Gross-up) or 9.2 (Tax Indemnity) 
       any amount in excess of the amount it would have been obliged 
       to pay if such Bank had not ceased to be a Qualifying Lender 
       provided that this Clause 9.5 shall not apply and no Obligor 
       shall be obliged to comply with its obligations under 
       Clauses 9.1 (Tax Gross-up) and 9.2 (Tax Indemnity) if after 
       the date hereof:

<PAGE>

       9.5.1   there shall have been any change in, or in the 
               interpretation or application of, any relevant law or 
               the practice of the United Kingdom Inland Revenue and 
               as a result thereof a Bank ceases to be a Qualifying 
               Lender; and/or

       9.5.2  a Bank has transferred its Facility Office outside of 
              the United Kingdom at the request of a Borrower 
              pursuant to Clause 13 (Mitigation).

9.6    Treaty Lenders
       Each Treaty Lender will submit such claim to the appropriate 
       authorities (together with such forms, papers, other 
       documents and/or evidence as necessary) as may be required 
       for a Borrower which is incorporated in the United Kingdom 
       and resident in the United Kingdom for tax purposes, to 
       receive a direction from the United Kingdom Inland Revenue to 
       make payment of interest to such Treaty Lender free of 
       withholding or deduction on account of United Kingdom tax.

9.7    Claims by Banks
       A Bank intending to make a claim pursuant to Clause 9.2 (Tax 
       Indemnity) shall notify the Agent of the event or 
       circumstance giving rise to the claim giving reasonable 
       detail of such event or circumstance, whereupon the Agent 
       shall notify the Borrowers thereof provided that nothing 
       herein shall require any Bank to disclose any confidential 
       information relating to the organisation of its affairs.

10.    TAX RECEIPTS

10.1   Notification of Requirement to Deduct Tax
       If, at any time, an Obligor is required by law to make any 
       deduction or withholding from any sum payable by it hereunder 
       (or if thereafter there is any change in the rates at which 
       or the manner in which such deductions or withholdings are 
       calculated), such Obligor shall promptly notify the Agent.

10.2   Evidence of Payment of Tax
       If an Obligor makes any payment hereunder in respect of which 
       it is required to make any deduction or withholding, it shall 
       pay the full amount required to be deducted or withheld to 
       the relevant taxation or other authority within the time 
       allowed for such payment under applicable law and shall 
       deliver to the Agent for each Bank, within thirty days after 
       it has made such payment to the applicable authority:

<PAGE>

       10.2.1  an original receipt (or a certified copy thereof) 
               issued by such authority evidencing the payment to 
               such authority of all amounts so required to be 
               deducted or withheld in respect of that Bank's share 
               of such payment; or


       10.2.2  if no such receipt is issued, evidence of such 
               payment in form and substance reasonably satisfactory 
               to the Agent.

10.3   Tax Credit Payment
       If an additional payment is made under Clause 9 (Taxes) by an 
       Obligor for the benefit of any Finance Party and such Finance        
       Party, in its sole discretion, determines that it has 
       obtained (and has derived full use and benefit from) a credit 
       against, a relief or remission for, or repayment of, any tax, 
       then, if and to the extent that such Finance Party, in its 
       sole opinion, determines that:
     
       10.3.1  such credit, relief, remission or repayment is in 
               respect of or calculated with reference to the 
               additional payment made pursuant to Clause 9 (Taxes); 
               and

       10.3.2  its tax affairs for its tax year in respect of which 
               such credit, relief, remission or repayment was 
               obtained have been finally settled,

       such Finance Party shall, to the extent that it can do so 
       without prejudice to the retention of the amount of such 
       credit, relief, remission or repayment, pay to such Obligor 
       such amount as such Finance Party shall, in its sole opinion, 
       determine to be the amount which will leave such Finance 
       Party (after such payment) in no worse after-tax position 
       than it would have been in had the additional payment in 
       question not been required to be made by such Obligor.

10.4   Tax Credit Clawback
       If any Finance Party makes any payment to an Obligor pursuant 
       to Clause 10.3 (Tax Credit Payment) and such Finance Party 
       subsequently determines, in its sole opinion, that the 
       credit, relief, remission or repayment in respect of which 
       such payment was made was not available or has been withdrawn 
       or that it was unable to use such credit, relief, remission 
       or repayment in full, such Obligor shall reimburse such 
       Finance Party such amount as such Finance Party determines, 
       in its sole opinion, is necessary to place it in the same 

<PAGE>

       after-tax position as it would have been in if such credit, 
       relief, remission or repayment had been obtained and fully 
       used and retained by such Finance Party.

10.5   Tax and Other Affairs
       No provision of this Agreement shall interfere with the right 
       of any Finance Party to arrange its tax or any other affairs 
       in whatever manner it thinks fit, oblige any Finance Party to 
       claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment in respect 
       of any payment under Clause 9.1 (Tax Gross-up) in priority to 
       any other credit, relief, remission or repayment available to 
       it nor oblige any Finance Party to disclose any information 
       relating to its tax or other affairs or any computations in 
       respect thereof. 

11.    INCREASED COSTS

11.1   Increased Costs
       If, by reason of (a) any change in applicable law or in its 
       interpretation or administration and/or (b) compliance with 
       any request or requirement relating to the maintenance of 
       capital or any other request from or requirement of any 
       central bank or other comparable fiscal, monetary or other 
       authority in all cases not known generally in the London 
       Interbank Market at the date of this Agreement:


       11.1.1  a Bank or any holding company of such Bank is unable 
               to obtain the rate of return on its capital which it 
               would have been able to obtain but for such Bank's 
               entering into or assuming or maintaining a commitment 
               or performing its obligations under this Agreement;

       11.1.2  a Bank or any holding company of such Bank incurs a 
               cost as a result of such Bank's entering into or 
               assuming or maintaining a commitment or performing 
               its obligations under this Agreement; or

       11.1.3  there is any increase in the cost to a Bank or any 
               holding company of such Bank of funding or 
               maintaining such Bank's share of the Advances or any 
               Unpaid Sum,

       then the Borrowers shall, from time to time on demand of the        
       Agent, promptly pay to the Agent for the account of that Bank 
       amounts sufficient to indemnify that Bank or to enable that  
       Bank to indemnify its holding company from and against, as 
       the case may be, (i) such reduction in the rate of return of 
       capital, (ii) such cost or (iii) such increased cost.

<PAGE>

11.2   Increased Costs Claims
       A Bank intending to make a claim pursuant to Clause 11.1 
       (Increased Costs) shall notify the Agent of the event or 
       circumstance giving rise to such claim giving reasonable 
       detail of such event or circumstance, whereupon the Agent 
       shall notify the Borrowers thereof provided that nothing 
       herein shall require any Bank to disclose any confidential 
       information relating to the organisation of its affairs.

11.3   Exclusions
       Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Clause 11, 
       no Bank shall be entitled to make any claim under this 
       Clause 11 in respect of:

       11.3.1  any cost, increased cost or liability compensated by 
               Clause 9 (Taxes); or

       11.3.2  any cost, increased cost or liability as referred to 
               in Clause 11.1 (Increased Costs) to the extent the 
               same is compensated by the Associated Costs Rate.

12.    ILLEGALITY
         If, at any time, it is or will become unlawful for a Bank to 
       make, fund or allow to remain outstanding all or part of its 
       share of the Advances, then that Bank shall, promptly after 
       becoming aware of the same, deliver to the relevant Borrower 
       through the Agent a notice to that effect and:
    
       12.0.1  such Bank shall not thereafter be obliged to 
               participate in the making of any Advances and the 
               amount of its Commitment shall be immediately reduced 
               to zero; and

       12.0.2  if the Agent on behalf of such Bank so requires, the 
               relevant Borrower shall on or before the latest date 
               permitted by the relevant law repay such Bank's share 
               of any outstanding Advances together with accrued 
               interest thereon and all other amounts owing to such 
               Bank hereunder.

13.    MITIGATION

         If, in respect of any Bank, circumstances arise which would 
       or would upon the giving of notice result in:

       13.1.1  an increase in any sum payable to it or for its 
               account pursuant to Clause 9.1 (Tax Gross-up);

<PAGE>

       13.1.2  a claim for indemnification pursuant to Clause 9.2 
               (Tax Indemnity) or Clause 11.1 (Increased Costs); or

       13.1.3  the reduction of its Available Commitment to zero or 
               any repayment to be made by the relevant Borrower 
               pursuant to Clause 12 (Illegality),

       then, without in any way limiting, reducing or otherwise 
       qualifying the rights of such Bank or the obligations of the 
       Obligors under any of the Clauses referred to in sub-clauses 
       13.1.1, 13.1.2 and 13.1.3 of this Clause 13, such Bank shall 
       promptly upon becoming aware of such circumstances notify the 
       Agent thereof and, in consultation with the Agent and the 
       Borrowers and to the extent that it can do so lawfully and 
       without prejudice to its own position, take reasonable steps 
       (including a change of location of its Facility Office or the 
       transfer of its rights, benefits and obligations hereunder to 
       another financial institution acceptable to the Borrowers and 
       willing to participate in the Facility) to mitigate the 
       effects of such circumstances, provided that such Bank shall 
       be under no obligation to take any such action if, in the 
       opinion of such Bank, to do so might have any adverse effect 
       upon its business, operations or financial condition (other 
       than any minor costs and expenses of an administrative 
       nature).

14.    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
         The Company makes each of the representations and warranties 
       set out in Clause 14.1 (Corporate Existence and Power) to 
       Clause 14.16 (No Deduction or Withholding), inclusive.  Each 
       other Obligor makes each of the Obligors' Representations and        
       Warranties in respect of itself only.  The Company and each 
       other Obligor acknowledge that the Finance Parties have 
       entered into this Agreement in reliance on those 
       representations and warranties.

14.1   Corporate Existence and Power
       The Company is a corporation duly incorporated, validly             
       existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of        
       Delaware, and has all corporate powers and all material 
       governmental licences, authorisations, consents and approvals 
       required to carry on its business as now conducted and is 
       duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation in 
       each jurisdiction where such qualification is required, 
       except where the failure so to qualify could not reasonably 
       be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

<PAGE>

14.2   Corporate and Governmental Authorisation

       The execution, delivery and performance by each Obligor of 
       this Agreement are within its corporate powers, have been 
       duly authorised by all necessary corporate action, require no 
       action by or in respect of, or filing with, any governmental 
       body, agency or official and do not contravene, or constitute 
       a default under, any provision of applicable law or 
       regulation or of the certificate of incorporation or 
       constituent documents of such Obligor or of any agreement, 
       judgement, injunction, order, decree or other instrument 
       binding upon it or any of its subsidiaries or result in the 
       creation or imposition of any Encumbrance on any asset of 
       such Obligor or any of its subsidiaries.

14.3   Binding Effect
       This Agreement constitutes a valid and binding agreement of 
       each Obligor enforceable in accordance with its terms, except 
       as the same may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or 
       similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally and by 
       general principles of equity.

14.4   Financial Information

       1.4.1  The most recent audited consolidated balance sheet of 
               the Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries and the 
               related consolidated statements of earnings, cash 
               flows and changes in stockholders' equity for the 
               fiscal year then ended fairly present in all material 
               respects, in conformity with generally accepted 
               accounting principles, the consolidated financial 
               position of the Company and its Consolidated 
               Subsidiaries as of such date and their consolidated 
               results of operations and cash flows for such fiscal 
               year.

       14.4.2  The financial statements presented in the Company's 
               most recent Form 10-Q, which the Company has filed 
               with the Securities and Exchange Commission, fairly 
               presents in all material respects on a basis        
               consistent with the financial statements referred to 
               in sub-clause 14.4.1 of this Clause 14.4 (Financial 
               Information), the consolidated financial position of 
               the Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as of 
               such date and their consolidated results of 
               operations and cash flows for the period to which it 
               relates (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments 
               and the absence of full footnotes).

<PAGE>

       14.4.3  Since the date of the Company's most recent Form 10-
               Q, there has been no material adverse change in the 
               business, financial position or results of operations 
               of the Group, considered as a whole.

       14.4.4  The most recent audited financial statements 
               (consolidated where applicable) of each Obligor 
               (other than the Company) and its Consolidated 
               Subsidiaries for the fiscal year then ended fairly 
               present in all material respects, in conformity with 
               generally accepted accounting principles, the
               consolidated financial position of the Obligor and \ 
               its Consolidated Subsidiaries as of such date and 
               since such date there has been no material adverse 
               change in the business, financial position or results 
               of operations of each Obligor (other than the 
               Company) and its Consolidated Subsidiaries, 
               considered as a whole.

14.5   Litigation
       Except as disclosed in the Company's most recent annual 
       report on Form 10-K, each registration statement (other than 
       a registration statement on Form S-8 (or its equivalent)) and 
       each report on Form 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K (or their equivalents) 
       which the Company shall have filed with the Securities and 
       Exchange Commission at any time thereafter, there is no 
       action, suit or proceeding pending against, or to the 
       knowledge of the Company, threatened against or affecting, 
       any member of the Group before any court or arbitrator or any 
       governmental body, agency or official which could reasonably 
       be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or which in any 
       manner draws into question the validity of this Agreement.


14.6   Compliance with Laws

       14.6.1  Each member of the Group is in compliance in all 
               material respects with all applicable laws, 
               ordinances, rules, regulations and requirements of 
               governmental authorities except where (i) non-
               compliance could not reasonably be expected to have a 
               Material Adverse Effect or (ii) the necessity of 
               compliance therewith is contested in good faith by 
               appropriate proceedings.

<PAGE>

       14.6.2  Each member of the ERISA Group has fulfilled its 
               obligations under the minimum funding standards of 
               ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code with respect to 
               each Plan and is in compliance in all material 
               respects with the presently applicable provisions of 
               ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code with respect to 
               each Plan.  No member of the ERISA Group has (i) 
               sought a waiver of the minimum funding standard under 
               Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code in respect 
               of any Plan, (ii) failed to make any contribution or 
               payment to any Plan or Multiemployer Plan or in 
               respect of any Benefit Arrangement, or made any 
               amendment to any Plan or Benefit Arrangement, which 
               has resulted or could result in the imposition of an 
               Encumbrance or the posting of a bond or other 
               security under ERISA or the Internal Revenue Code or 
               (iii) incurred any liability under Title IV of ERISA 
               other than a liability to the PBGC for premiums under 
               Section 4007 of ERISA.

14.7   Environmental Matters
       In the ordinary course of its business, the Company conducts 
       a systematic review of the effects and reasonably 
       ascertainable associated liabilities and costs of 
       Environmental Laws on the business, operations and properties 
       of the Group.  The associated liabilities and costs include: 
       any capital or operating expenditures required for clean-up 
       or closure of properties presently or previously owned, any 
       capital or operating expenditures required to achieve or 
       maintain compliance with Environmental Laws, any constraints 
       on operating activities related to achieving or maintaining 
       compliance with Environmental Laws, including any periodic or 
       permanent shutdown of any facility or reduction in the level 
       or change in the nature of operations conducted thereat, any 
       costs or liabilities in connection with off-site disposal of 
       wastes or hazardous substances and any actual or potential 
       liabilities to third parties, including employees, arising 
       under Environmental Laws, and any related costs and expenses. 
       On the basis of this review, the Company has reasonably 
       concluded that such associated liabilities and costs,  
       including the costs of compliance with Environmental Laws, 
       could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse 
       Effect.

<PAGE>

14.8   Taxes
       Each member of the Group has filed all applicable United 
       States Federal income tax returns and all other material tax 
       returns which are required to be filed by it and have paid 
       all taxes due pursuant to such returns or pursuant to any 
       assessment received by any member of the Group except (i) 
       where non-payment could not reasonably be expected to have a 
       Material Adverse Effect or (ii) where the same are contested 
       in good faith by appropriate proceedings.  The charges, 
       accruals and reserves on the books of each member of the 
       Group in respect of taxes or other governmental charges are, 
       in the opinion of the Company, adequate.

14.9   Existence and Corporate Power of Other Obligors

       Each Obligor (other than the Company) is a corporation 
       validly existing and in good standing (where relevant) under 
       the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation and any 
       jurisdiction in which it carries on business, and has all 
       corporate powers and all material governmental licences, 
       authorisations, consents and approvals required to carry on 
       its business as now conducted and is duly qualified to do 
       business as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction where 
       such qualification is required, except where the failure so 
       to qualify could not reasonably be expected to have Material 
       Adverse Effect.

14.10  Regulatory Restrictions on Borrowing
       The Company is not an "investment company" within the meaning 
       of the Investment Company Act 1940 (US), a "holding company" 
       within the meaning of the Public Utility Holding Company Act 
       1935 (US), or otherwise subject to any regulatory scheme 
       which restricts its ability to incur debt.

14.11  Full Disclosure
       Neither the Company's most recent Form 10-K as of the date of 
       filing of such Form 10-K, nor any registration statement 
       (other than a registration statement on Form S-8 (or its 
       equivalent)) or report on Form 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K (or their 
       equivalents) which the Company shall have filed with the 
       Securities and Exchange Commission as at the time of filing 
       of such registration statement or report, as applicable, 
       contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted 
       to state a material fact necessary in order to make any 
       statements contained therein, in the light of the 
       circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; 
       provided that to the extent any such document contains 

<PAGE>

       forecasts and/or projections, it is understood and agreed 
       that uncertainty is inherent in any forecasts or projections 
       and that no assurances can be given by the Company of the 
       future achievement of such performance.

14.12  Year 2000
       Any reprogramming required to permit the proper functioning, 
       in and following year 2000, of (a) the Obligors' computer 
       systems and (b) equipment containing embedded microchips 
       (including systems and equipment supplied by others or with 
       which the Obligors' systems interface) and the testing of all 
       such systems and equipment, as so reprogrammed, will be 
       completed in a timely fashion.  The cost to the Obligors of 
       such reprogramming and testing and of the reasonably 
       foreseeable consequences of year 2000 to the Obligors 
       (including reprogramming errors and the failure of others' 
       systems or equipment) will not result in an Event of Default 
       or Potential Event of Default or a Material Adverse Effect.  
       Except for such of the reprogramming referred to in the 
       preceding sentence as may be necessary, the computer and 
       management information systems of each Obligor and its 
       subsidiaries are and, with ordinary course upgrading and 
       maintenance, will continue for the term of this Agreement, to 
       be sufficient to permit each Borrower to conduct its business 
       without Material Adverse Effect.

14.13  Information Memorandum
       The factual information contained in the Information 
       Memorandum is true, complete and accurate in all material 
       respects, the financial projections contained therein have 
       been prepared on the basis of recent historical information 
       and on the basis of reasonable assumptions and nothing has 
       occurred or been omitted that renders the information 
       contained in the Information Memorandum untrue or misleading 
       in any material respect.


14.14  Claims Pari Passu
       Under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation and any 
       jurisdiction in which it carries on business in force at the 
       date hereof, the claims of the Finance Parties against each 
       Obligor under this Agreement will rank at least pari passu 
       with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated 
       creditors save those whose claims are preferred solely by any        
       bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation or other similar laws of 
       general application.

<PAGE>

14.15  No Filing or Stamp Taxes
       Under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation and any 
       jurisdiction in which it carries on business in force at the 
       date hereof, it is not necessary that this Agreement be 
       filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or other authority 
       in such jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration or 
       similar tax be paid on or in relation to this Agreement.

14.16  No Deduction or Withholding
       Under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation and any 
       jurisdiction in which it carries on business, it will not be 
       required to make any deduction or withholding from any 
       payment it may make hereunder to any Qualifying Lender or to 
       the Agent.

14.17  Repetition of Representations
       The Repeated Representations shall be deemed to be repeated 
       by each Obligor (as applicable) by reference to the facts and 
       circumstances then existing on each date on which an Advance 
       is or is to be made.  

15.    COVENANTS
         The Company makes each of the covenants set out in 
       Clauses 15.1 (Provision of Information) to 15.13 (Leverage 
       Ratio), inclusive and Clauses 15.15 (Claims Pari Passu) to 
       15.17 (Subordination of Inter-Company Loans), inclusive.  
       Each other Obligor makes each of the covenants set out in 
       Clauses 15.2 (Payment of Obligations) to 15.12 (Transactions 
       with Affiliates), inclusive and Clauses 15.15 (Claims Pari 
       Passu), 15.16 (Compliance with Regulations T, U and X) and 
       15.18 (No Guarantees).  In addition to any other covenant 
       made by it under this Clause 15, HCEL makes the covenants set 
       out in Clause 15.14 (Minimum Net Worth of HCEL) and (if 
       applicable) Clause 15.17 (Subordination of Inter-Company 
       Loans).  In addition to any other covenant made by it under 
       this Clause 15, Salt Union Limited makes the covenants set 
       out in Clause 15.17 (Subordination of Inter-Company Loans). 

15.1   Provision of Information
       The Company will deliver to the Agent in sufficient copies 
       for the Banks:

       15.1.1  as soon as available and in any event within 95 days 
               after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, an 
               audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and 
               its Consolidated Subsidiaries as of the end of such 
               fiscal year and the related consolidated statements 

<PAGE>

               of earnings, cash flows, and changes in stockholders' 
               equity for such fiscal year, setting forth in each 
               case in comparative form the figures for the previous 
               fiscal year, all reported on in a manner consistent 
               with the requirements of the Securities and Exchange 
               Commission, and audited by an internationally
               recognised firm of independent public accountants; 


       15.1.2  as soon as available and in any event within 50 days
               after the end of each of the first three quarters of 
               each fiscal year of the Company, an unaudited 
               consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its 
               Consolidated Subsidiaries as of the end of such 
               quarter and the related unaudited consolidated 
               statements of earnings and cash flows for such 
               quarter and for the portion of the Company's fiscal 
               year ended at the end of such quarter, setting forth 
               in each case in comparative form the figures for the 
               corresponding quarter and the corresponding portion 
               of the Company's previous fiscal year, all certified 
               (subject to normal year-end adjustments) as to 
               fairness of presentation and preparation based on 
               financial accounting principles consistent with 
               generally accepted accounting principles by an 
               Authorised Signatory of the Company; 

       15.1.3  in relation to each other Obligor, as soon as 
               available, but in any event within 120 days after the 
               end of each fiscal year, the audited financial 
               statements (consolidated where applicable) of each 
               Obligor and its Consolidated Subsidiaries prepared in 
               accordance with generally accepted accounting 
               principles, in each case audited by a firm of 
               internationally recognised independent public 
               accountants; 

       15.1.4  simultaneously with the delivery of each set of 
               financial statements referred to in sub-clauses 
               15.1.1, 15.1.2 and 15.1.3 of this Clause 15.1, a 
               certificate of an Authorised Signatory of the 
               Company:

               (a)    setting forth in reasonable detail the 
                      calculations required to establish whether:

<PAGE>

                     (i)   the Company is complying with the 
                           requirements of Clause 15.13 (Leverage 
                           Ratio) and HCEL is complying with the 
                           requirements of Clause 15.14 (Minimum Net 
                           Worth of HCEL), in each case on the date 
                           of such financial statements; and

                     (ii)  the Company and Salt Union Limited are 
                           complying with the requirements of 
                           sub-clauses 15.17.1(a) and (b) of 
                           Clause 15.17 (Subordination of 
                           Inter-Company Loans) in each case during 
                           the relevant period to which such 
                           calculation relates; and

              (b)     stating whether any Event of Default or 
                      Potential Event of Default exists on the date 
                      of such certificate and, if any Event of 
                      Default or Potential Event of Default is 
                      continuing, setting forth the details thereof 
                      and the action which the Company is taking or 
                      proposes to take with respect thereto;


       15.1.5  simultaneously with the delivery of each set of 
               financial statements referred to in sub-clauses 
               15.1.1 and 15.1.3 of this Clause 15.1, a statement of 
               the firm of independent public accountants which 
               reported on such statements (i) that nothing has come 
               to their attention to cause them to believe that any 
               Event of Default or Potential Event of Default 
               arising from a failure to comply with Clause 15.13 
               (Leverage Ratio), Clause 15.14 (Minimum Net Worth of 
               HCEL) or Clause 15.17 (Subordination of Inter-Company 
               Loans) existed on the date of such statements (it 
               being understood that such accountants shall not 
               thereby be required to perform any procedures not 
               otherwise required under generally accepted auditing 
               standards) and (ii) confirming the calculations set 
               forth in the Authorised Signatory's certificate 
               delivered simultaneously therewith pursuant to 
               sub-clause 15.1.4 of this Clause 15.1;

<PAGE>

       15.1.6  within five days after any officer of an Obligor    
               obtains knowledge of any Event of Default or 
               Potential Event of Default, if such Event of Default 
               or Potential Event of Default is then continuing, a 
               certificate of an Authorised Signatory of such 
               Obligor setting forth the details thereof and the 
               action which it is taking or proposes to take with 
               respect thereto;

       15.1.7  promptly upon the mailing thereof to the shareholders 
               of the Company generally, copies of all financial 
               statements, reports and proxy statements so mailed;

       15.1.8  promptly after the filing thereof, copies of all 
               registration statements (other than the exhibits 
               thereto and any registration statements on Form S-8 
               or its equivalent) and reports (other than the 
               exhibits thereto) on Forms 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K (or 
               their equivalents) which the Company shall have filed 
               with the Securities and Exchange Commission;

       15.1.9  if and when any member of the ERISA Group (i) gives 
               or is required to give notice to the PBGC of any 
               "reportable event" (as defined in Section 4043 of 
               ERISA) with respect to any Plan which might 
               constitute grounds for a termination of such Plan 
               under Title IV of ERISA, or knows that the plan 
               administrator of any Plan has given or is required to 
               give notice of any such reportable event, a copy of 
               the notice of such reportable event given or required 
               to be given to the PBGC; (ii) receives notice of 
               complete or partial withdrawal liability under Title 
               IV of ERISA or notice that any Multiemployer Plan is 
               in reorganisation, is insolvent or has been 
               terminated, a copy of such notice; (iii) receives 
               notice from the PBGC under Title IV of ERISA of an 
               intent to terminate, impose liability (other than for 
               premiums under Section 4007 of ERISA) in respect of, 
               or appoint a trustee to administer any Plan, a copy 
               of such notice; (iv) applies for a waiver of the 
               minimum funding standard under Section 412 of the 
               Internal Revenue Code, a copy of such application; 
               (v) gives notice of intent to terminate any Plan 
               under Section 4041(c) of ERISA, a copy of such notice 
               and other information filed with the PBGC; (vi) gives 
               notice of withdrawal from any Plan pursuant to 


<PAGE>
              Section 4063 of ERISA, a copy of such notice; or 
               (vii) fails to make any payment or contribution to 
               any Plan or Multiemployer Plan or in respect of any 
               Benefit Arrangement or makes any amendment to any 
               Plan or Benefit Arrangement which has resulted or 
               could result in the imposition of an Encumbrance or 
               the posting of a bond or other security, a 
               certificate of the chief financial officer or the 
               chief accounting officer of the Company setting forth 
               details as to such occurrence and action, if any, 
               which the Company or applicable member of the ERISA 
               Group is required or proposes to take; and

       15.1.10 from time to time such additional information 
               regarding the financial position or business of the 
               Group as the Agent, at the request of any Bank, may 
               reasonably request.

15.2   Payment of Obligations

       Each Obligor will pay and discharge, and will cause each of 
       its subsidiaries to pay and discharge, at or before maturity, 
       all their respective material payment obligations and 
       liabilities (including tax liabilities and claims of 
       materialmen, warehousemen and the like which if unpaid might 
       by law give rise to an Encumbrance, but excluding the 
       Inter-Company Loans), except where the same may be contested 
       in good faith by appropriate proceedings, and will maintain, 
       and will cause each of its subsidiaries to maintain, in 
       accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, 
       appropriate reserves for the accrual of any of the same.

15.3   Maintenance of Property
       Each Obligor will keep, and will cause each of its 
       subsidiaries to keep, all material property useful and 
       necessary in its business in good working order and 
       condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted.

15.4   Insurance
       Each Obligor will, and will cause each of its subsidiaries 
       to, maintain (either in its name or in such subsidiary's 
       name) with financially sound and responsible insurance 
       companies, insurance on all its respective properties in at 
       least such amounts, against at least such risks and with such 
       risk retention as are usually maintained, insured against or 
       retained, as the case may be, in the same general area by 
       companies of established repute engaged in the same or a 
       similar business; provided that the Obligors and their 
       subsidiaries may self-insure to the same extent as other 

<PAGE>

       companies of established repute engaged in the same or a 
       similar business in the same general area in which such 
       Obligor or such subsidiary operates and to the extent 
       consistent with prudent business practice.  Each Obligor will 
       furnish to the Banks, upon request from the Agent, 
       information presented in reasonable detail as to the 
       insurance so carried.

15.5   Conduct of Business and Maintenance of Existence

       Each Obligor and its subsidiaries taken as a whole will 
       continue to engage in business of the same general type as 
       now conducted by such Obligor and its subsidiaries and any 
       ancillary or related lines of business, and each Obligor will 
       preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect, and will 
       cause each of its subsidiaries to preserve, renew and keep in 
       full force and effect, its respective legal existence and its 
       respective rights, privileges and franchises necessary or 
       desirable in the normal conduct of business; provided that 
       nothing in this Clause 15.5 shall prohibit (i) the 
       consolidation or merger of a subsidiary (other than a     
       Borrower with obligations with respect to Advances 
       outstanding hereunder) with or into another person, (ii) the 
       consolidation or merger of an Obligor with or into the 
       Company or another Borrower or (iii) the termination of the 
       corporate existence of any subsidiary (other than a Borrower 
       with obligations with respect to Advances outstanding 
       hereunder) if, in the case of sub-clauses (i), (ii) and 
       (iii), such consolidation, merger or termination is not 
       materially disadvantageous to the Banks; and provided further 
       that nothing in this Clause 15.5 shall prohibit any sale or 
       other disposition of assets permitted under Clause 15.8 
       (Mergers) and Clause 15.9 (Disposals).

15.6   Compliance with Laws

       Each Obligor will comply, and cause each of its subsidiaries        
       to comply, in all material respects with all applicable laws, 
       ordinances, rules, regulations, and requirements of 
       governmental authorities (including Environmental Laws and, 
       where relevant, ERISA and the rules and regulations 
       thereunder) except where (i) the necessity of compliance 
       therewith is contested in good faith by appropriate 
       proceedings or (ii) the failure to comply could not 
       reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

<PAGE>

15.7   Inspection of Property, Books and Records
       Each Obligor will keep, and will cause each of its 
       subsidiaries to keep, proper books of record and account in 
       which full, true and correct entries shall be made of all 
       dealings and transactions in relation to its business and 
       activities; and will permit, and will cause each of its 
       subsidiaries to permit, representatives of any Bank at such 
       Bank's expense to visit and inspect any of its respective 
       properties, to examine and make abstracts from any of its 
       respective books and records and to discuss its respective 
       affairs, finances and accounts with its respective officers, 
       employees and independent public accountants, all at such 
       reasonable times as may be desired.

15.8   Mergers
       Subject to Clause 15.5 (Conduct of Business and Maintenance 
       of Existence), no Obligor will consolidate or merge with or 
       into any other person; provided that the Company may merge 
       with another person if (i) the Company is the corporation 
       surviving such merger and (ii) after giving effect to such 
       merger, no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default 
       shall have occurred and be continuing.

15.9   Disposals
       Neither the Guarantors nor the Harris Chemical Europe Group 
       shall sell, lease or otherwise transfer, directly or 
       indirectly, assets (exclusive of assets transferred in the 
       ordinary course of business and on normal commercial terms) 
       if after giving effect to such transfer the aggregate book 
       value of assets so transferred subsequent to the date of this 
       Agreement would constitute Substantial Assets as of the day 
       preceding the date of such transfer other than (i) sales of 
       accounts receivable to IMC-Agrico Receivables Company L.L.C. 
       or any other similar bankruptcy-remote subsidiary of the 
       Company or any of its subsidiaries established for the 
       purpose of engaging in transactions related to accounts 
       receivable, (ii) the sale of substantially all of the assets 
       comprising the IMC AgriBusiness business unit of the Company, 
       (iii) the sale of any equity interest in McMoRan Oil & Gas 
       Co., a Delaware corporation, or the sale or transfer of any 
       right to receive revenues from the MOXY-FRP Exploration 
       Program undertaken by McMoRan Oil & Gas Co., a Delaware 
       corporation, (iv) the sale of assets acquired pursuant to an 
       Acquisition that are unrelated to the business of the same 
       general type as now conducted by the Company and its 
       subsidiaries, and (v) the sale, lease or other transfer, 
       directly or indirectly, of assets acquired in or as a direct 
       result of the Harris Chemical Acquisition.  

<PAGE>

15.10  Use of Proceeds
       The proceeds of any Advance made under this Agreement will be 
       used by the Obligors for general corporate purposes, 
       including the refinancing of Acquisitions or the repayment of 
       the Inter-Company Loans (subject to Clause 15.17 
       (Subordination of Inter-Company Loans)) and any bank 
       overdraft facility.  None of such proceeds will be used in 
       violation of Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors 
       of the Federal Reserve System.

15.11  Negative Pledge

       Neither the Guarantors and their subsidiaries nor the Harris        
Chemical Europe Group shall create, assume or suffer to exist 
       any Encumbrance on any asset now owned or hereafter acquired 
       by it, except:

       15.11.1 Encumbrances existing on the date of this Agreement 
               securing Debt outstanding on the date of this 
               Agreement in an aggregate principal or face amount 
               not exceeding $135,000,000 (or its equivalent) in the 
               case of the Guarantors and their subsidiaries and 
               $8,000,000 (or its equivalent) in the case of the 
               Harris Chemical Europe Group;

       15.11.2 any Encumbrance existing on any asset of any person  
               at the time such person becomes a subsidiary of an 
               Obligor and not created in contemplation of such 
               event;
 
       15.11.3 any Encumbrance on any asset securing Debt incurred 
               or assumed for the purpose of financing all or any 
               part of the cost of acquiring or constructing such 
               asset, provided that such Encumbrance attaches to 
               such asset concurrently with or within 90 days after 
               the acquisition or completion of construction 
               thereof;

       15.11.4 any Encumbrance on any asset of any person existing 
               at the time such person is merged or consolidated 
               with or into an Obligor or a subsidiary of an Obligor 
               and not created in contemplation of such event;

       15.11.5 any Encumbrance existing on any asset prior to the 
               acquisition thereof by an Obligor or a subsidiary of 
               an Obligor and not created in contemplation of such 
               acquisition;

<PAGE>

       15.11.6 any Encumbrance arising out of the refinancing, 
               extension, renewal or refunding of any Debt secured 
               by any Encumbrance permitted by any of the foregoing
               paragraphs of this Clause 15.11, provided that the 
               proceeds of such Debt are used solely for the 
               foregoing purpose and to pay financing costs and such 
               Debt is not secured by any additional assets;

       15.11.7 Encumbrances arising in the ordinary course of its 
               business which (i) do not secure Debt or Derivatives 
               Obligations, (ii) do not secure any obligation in an
               amount exceeding $100,000,000 (or its equivalent) in
               the case of the Guarantors and their subsidiaries and 
               $5,000,000 (or its equivalent) in the case of the 
               Harris Chemical Europe Group and (iii) do not in the 
               aggregate materially detract from the value of its 
               assets or materially impair the use thereof in the 
               operation of its business;

       15.11.8 Encumbrances on cash and cash equivalents securing 
               Derivatives Obligations, provided that the aggregate 
               amount of cash and cash equivalents subject to such 
               Encumbrances may at no time exceed $10,000,000 (or 
               its equivalent) in the case of the Guarantors and 
               their subsidiaries and $1,000,000 (or its equivalent) 
               in the case of the Harris Chemical Europe Group; and


       15.11.9 Encumbrances not otherwise permitted by the foregoing 
               paragraphs of this clause 15.11 securing Debt in an 
               aggregate principal or face amount, together with all 
               other Debt secured by Encumbrances permitted under 
               this sub-clause 15.11.9, not to exceed an amount 
               equal to 10 per cent of its Consolidated Net Worth 
               (calculated as of the last day of the fiscal quarter 
               most recently ended on or prior to the date of the 
               most recent incurrence of such Debt).

15.12  Transactions with Affiliates
       No Obligor will, nor will it permit any of its subsidiaries 
       to, directly or indirectly, pay any funds to or for the 
       account of, make any investment (whether by acquisition of 
       stock or indebtedness, by loan, advance, transfer of 
       property, guarantee or other agreement to pay, purchase or 
       service, directly or indirectly, any Debt, or otherwise) in,        
       lease, sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any assets, 
       tangible or intangible, to, or participate in, or effect, any 
       transaction with, any Affiliate except:  (a) transactions on 

<PAGE>
       an arms-length basis on terms at least as favourable to such 
       Obligor or such subsidiary as could have been obtained from a 
       third party who was not an Affiliate, (b) marketing services 
       provided by IMC Global Operations Inc. to Agrico, (c) 
       employee leasing services agreements between IMC Global 
       Operations Inc. and Agrico, (d) transactions between Agrico 
       and the Rainbow and FarMarkets business units of the Company, 
       (e) transactions between Agrico and the IMC Kalium business 
       unit of the Company, (f) loans from an Obligor or a  
       subsidiary to an Obligor or a subsidiary, (g) the declaration 
       and payment of any lawful dividend and (h) transactions 
       between Vigiron Partnership, a Delaware general partnership, 
       and the IMC AgriBusiness business unit of the Company, 
       provided further that nothing in this Clause 15.12 shall 
       prohibit any sale or other disposition of assets permitted 
       under Clause 15.8 (Mergers) and Clause 15.9 (Disposals).

15.13  Leverage Ratio

       15.13.1 The Company shall ensure that the Leverage Ratio will 
               not at any time exceed 3.75 to 1.00. 

       15.13.2 In this Clause 15.13:

               (a)    "Consolidated Adjusted Debt" means at any date 
                      the sum of (i) the Debt of the Company and its 
                      Consolidated Subsidiaries plus (ii) the excess 
                      (if any) of (A) the aggregate unrecovered 
                      principal investment of transferees of 
                      accounts receivable from the Company or a 
                      Consolidated Subsidiary in transactions 
                      accounted for as sales under generally 
                      accepted accounting principles over (B) 
                      $100,000,000 (or its equivalent), in each case 
                      determined on a consolidated basis as of such 
                      date; 

                 (b)  "Consolidated EBITDA" means, for any period, 
                      the consolidated net income of the Company and 
                      its Consolidated Subsidiaries for such period 
                      before (i) income taxes, (ii) interest 
                      expense, (iii) depreciation and amortisation, 
                      (iv) minority interest, (v) extraordinary 
                      losses or gains, (vi) discontinued operations 
                      and (vii) the cumulative effect of changes in 
                      accounting principles.  Consolidated EBITDA 
                      for each four-quarter period will be adjusted 
 

<PAGE>

                      on a pro-forma basis to reflect any 
                      Acquisition closed during such period as if 
                      such Acquisition had been closed on the first
                      day of such period; and

                 (c)  "Leverage Ratio" means at any date the ratio 
                      of Consolidated Adjusted Debt calculated as of 
                      such date to Consolidated EBITDA calculated 
                      for the period of four consecutive fiscal 
                      quarters most recently ended on or prior to 
                      such date.  


15.14  Minimum Net Worth of HCEL

       15.14.1 HCEL shall ensure that its Minimum Net Worth shall:

               (a)    be not less that 40,000,000 by no later than 
                      the close of its fiscal year ending on 31 
                      December 1999; and

               (b)    increase each fiscal year thereafter by not 
                      less than 75 per cent of its Net Income in 
                      such fiscal year so that X = Y + 0.75(a), 
                      where:

                      X  =  Minimum Net Worth calculated on 31
                            December 2000 and at the date of each of 
                            HCEL's fiscal years thereafter;

                      Y  =  Minimum Net Worth calculated at the
                            close of the immediately preceding 
                            fiscal year to that for which it is 
                            being calculated; and

                      a  =  Net Income for the fiscal year for which 
                            X is being calculated.  

      15.14.2 In this Clause 15.14:

              (a)     "Minimum Net Worth" means at any date, the
                      consolidated shareholders' equity of HCEL and 
                      its Consolidated Subsidiaries determined as of 
                      such date (other than any amount attributable 
                      to stock which is required to be redeemed or 
                      is redeemable at the option of the holder, if 
                      certain events or conditions occur or exist or 
                      otherwise); and

<PAGE>

              (b)     "Net Income" means, in any fiscal year, the 
                      net income of HCEL and its Consolidated 
                      Subsidiaries after the payment of tax and 
                      dividends.  

15.15  Claims Pari Passu
       Each Obligor shall ensure that at all times the claims of the 
       Finance Parties against it under this Agreement rank at least 
       pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and 
       unsubordinated creditors save those whose claims are 
       preferred by any bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation or other 
       similar laws of general application.

15.16  Compliance with Regulations T, U and X
       No Obligor is engaged principally, or as one of its important        
       activities, in the business of extending credit for the 
       purpose of buying or carrying Margin Stock (as such term is 
       defined in Regulation U of the Regulations of the Board of          
       Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States) 
       and no part of the proceeds of any Advance will be used,     
       whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, 
       incidentally or ultimately, for any purpose that entails a 
       violation of or is inconsistent with, the provisions of 
       Regulations T, U or X of such Regulations.

15.17  Subordination of Inter-Company Loans

       15.17.1 The Company, HCEL and Salt Union Limited shall comply 
               with the terms of the Subordination Deed and shall 
               ensure that:

              (a)     all rights of the Company under the Inter-
                      Company Loans shall be subordinated in all 
                      respects to the rights of the Finance Parties 
                      hereunder; and


              (b)     no amount owing under the Inter-Company Loans 
                      other than a Permitted Payment shall be paid 
                      until all obligations of the Obligors 
                      hereunder have been discharged in full and 
                      this Agreement shall have been terminated.  

       15.17.2 In this Clause 15.17:

<PAGE>

               (a)    "EBITDA" means, for any period, the net income 
                      of Harris Chemical Europe Group for such 
                      period before (i) income taxes, (ii) interest 
                      expense, (iii) depreciation and amortisation, 
                      (iv) minority interest, (v) extraordinary 
                      losses or gains, (vi) discontinued operations 
                      and (vii) the cumulative effect of changes in 
                      accounting principles.  EBITDA for each four-
                      quarter period will be adjusted on a pro-forma 
                      basis to reflect any Acquisition closed during 
                      such period as if such Acquisition had been 
                      closed on the first day of such period;

               (b)    "Permitted Payment" means:

                      (i)  the repayment of the outstanding 
                           principal amount of each of the Notes 
                           referred to in paragraphs (a) to (c) 
                           inclusive of the definition of 
                           Inter-Company Loans;

                      (ii) if an Event of Default or a Potential
                           Event of Default shall not have occurred 
                           and be continuing, the payment of any 
                           interest due to be paid under the Inter-
                           Company Loans on 31 December 1998 
                           provided that the ratio of EBITDA to Net 
                           Interest Expense is greater than 2.50 to 
                           1.00 at such date;

                      (iii)if an Event of Default or a Potential
                           Event of Default shall not have occurred 
                           and be continuing, the payment of any 
                           other amount of interest due under the 
                           Inter-Company Loans provided that EBITDA 
                           to Net Interest Expense is greater than 
                           2.50 to 1.00 on a quarterly rolling 12 
                           month basis; and

                      (iv) the payment of any proceeds from the 
                           transfer (whether by sale of assets or 
                           shares, merger, recapitilisation or 
                           otherwise) of Harris Soda Products 
                           (Europe) SAS, Harris Inorganic Chemicals 
                           BV, Societa Chimica Larderello SpA and 
                           Matthes & Weber GmbH or substantially all 
                           of the chemicals business conducted 
                           thereby.

<PAGE>

               (c)    "Net Interest Expense" means for any period 
                      all interest expense (including all interest 
                      payable under the Inter-Company Loans), 
                      commissions and discounts and other fees 
                      payable by the Harris Chemical Europe Group 
                      less any interest receivable by the Harris 
                      Chemical Europe Group.

15.18  No Guarantees
       No Obligor (other than the Company) shall give a Guarantee in 
       connection with an obligation or liability, whether actual or 
       contingent, of any of its holding companies other than the 
       BoS Cross Guarantee.  


16.    EVENTS OF DEFAULT
         Clauses 16.1 (Failure to Pay) to 16.10 (Guarantee 
       Unenforceable) describe each circumstance which constitutes 
       an Event of Default if it occurs and continues.  

16.1   Failure to Pay
       An Obligor shall fail to pay when due any principal of any 
       Advance or shall fail to pay, within five Business Days of 
       the due date thereof, any interest, fees or any other amount 
       payable hereunder. 

16.2   Specific Covenants

       16.2.1  An Obligor shall fail to observe or perform any 
               covenant contained in Clauses 15.8 (Mergers) to 15.12 
               (Transactions with Affiliates), inclusive and 
               Clauses 15.15 (Claims Pari Passu) and 

16.16  (Compliance with Regulations T, U and X).  

       16.2.2 The Company shall fail to observe or perform the  
              covenant contained in Clause 15.13 (Leverage Ratio).  

       16.2.3 HCEL shall fail to observe or perform the covenants 
              contained in Clause 15.14 (Minimum Net Worth of HCEL). 
 
       16.2.4 The Company or Salt Union Limited shall fail to 
              observe or perform the covenants contained in 
              Clause 15.17 (Subordination of Inter-Company Loans).  

16.3   Misrepresentation

<PAGE>

       16.3.1  An Obligor shall fail to observe or perform any of 
               its covenants or agreements contained in this 
               Agreement (other than those covered by Clauses 16.1 
               (Failure to Pay) and 16.2 (Specific Covenants)) for 
               30 days after notice thereof has been given to it by 
               the Agent at the request of any Bank.  

       16.3.2  Any representation, warranty, certification or 
               statement made by an Obligor in this Agreement or in 
               any certificate, financial statement or other 
               document delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall 
               prove to have been incorrect in any material respect 
               when made or deemed made.  

16.4   Cross Acceleration
       Any member of the Group shall fail to make any payment in 
       respect of any Material Financial Obligation (other than the 
       Loan or the Inter-Company Loans) when due or within any 
       applicable grace period, or any event or condition shall 
       occur and continue beyond the applicable grace period (if 
       any) and the repayment of any Material Financial Obligations 
       shall be accelerated as a result thereof.  

16.5   Insolvency Proceedings


       16.5.1  An Obligor or any Material Subsidiary shall commence 
               a voluntary case or voluntary winding-up or other 
               proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganisation or 
               other relief with respect to itself or its debts 
               under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law 
               now or hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment 
               of a trustee, receiver, administrative receiver, 
               liquidator, custodian, compulsory manager or other 
               similar official of it or any substantial part of its 
               property, or shall consent to any such relief or to 
               the appointment of or taking possession by any such 
               official in an involuntary case or winding-up or 
               other proceeding commenced against it, or shall make 
               a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or 
               shall fail generally to pay its debts as they become 
               due, or shall take any corporate action to authorise 
               any of the foregoing.  

<PAGE>

       16.5.2  An involuntary case or winding-up or other proceeding 
               shall be commenced against an Obligor or any Material 
               Subsidiary seeking liquidation, reorganisation or 
               other relief with respect to it or its debts under 
               any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now 
               or hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment of 
               a trustee, receiver, administrative receiver, 
               liquidator, custodian, compulsory manager or other 
               similar official of it or any substantial part of its 
               property, and such involuntary case or winding-up or 
               other proceeding shall remain undismissed and 
               unstayed for a period of 60 days; or an order for 
               relief shall be entered against an Obligor or any 
               Material Subsidiary under the bankruptcy laws as now 
               or hereafter in effect.  

16.6   ERISA Default
       Any member of the ERISA Group shall fail to pay when due an 
       amount or amounts aggregating in excess of $25,000,000 (or 
       its equivalent) which it shall have become liable to pay 
       under Title IV of ERISA, notice of intent to terminate a 
       Material Plan shall be filed under Title IV of ERISA by any 
       member of the ERISA Group, any plan administrator or any 
       combination of the foregoing, the PBGC shall institute 
       proceedings under Title IV of ERISA to terminate, to impose 
       liability (other than for premiums under Section 4007 of 
       ERISA) in respect of, or to cause a trustee to be appointed 
       to administer any Material Plan, a condition shall exist by 
       reason of which the PBGC would be entitled to obtain a decree 
       adjudicating that any Material Plan must be terminated, or 
       there shall occur a complete or partial withdrawal from, or a 
       Event of Default or Potential Event of Default, within the 
       meaning of Section 4219(c)(5) of ERISA, with respect to, one 
       or more Multiemployer Plans which causes one or more members 
       of the ERISA Group to incur a current payment obligation in 
       excess of $100,000,000 (or its equivalent) in the aggregate.  

16.7   Failure to Comply with Final Judgement
       Any final judgement or any final order for the payment of 
       money in excess of:

       16.7.1  $100,000,000 (or its equivalent) in aggregate is 
               rendered against the Guarantors or any of their 
               subsidiaries which continues unsatisfied and unstayed 
               for a period of 30 days; or

<PAGE>

       16.7.2  $8,000,000 (or its equivalent) in aggregate is 
               rendered against the Harris Chemical Europe Group 
               which continues unsatisfied and unstayed for a period 
               of 30 days.  

16.8   Change in Ownership of Company


       16.8.1  Any person or two or more persons acting in concert 
               shall have acquired beneficial ownership (within the 
               meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the Securities and Exchange 
               Commission under the Securities Exchange Act 1934 
               (US)), directly or indirectly, of Voting Stock of the 
               Company (or other securities convertible into such 
               Voting Stock) representing 35 per cent or more of the 
               combined voting power of all Voting Stock of the 
               Company.

       16.8.2  During any period of up to 24 consecutive months, 
               commencing after the date of this Agreement, 
               individuals who at the beginning of such 24-month 
               period were directors of the Company shall cease for 
               any reason (other than due to death or disability) to 
               constitute a majority of the board of directors of 
               the Company, except to the extent that individuals 
               who at the beginning of such 24-month period were 
               replaced by individuals (x) elected by two thirds of 
               the remaining members of the board of directors of 
               the Company or (y) nominated for election by a 
               majority of the remaining members of the board of 
               directors of the Company and thereafter elected as 
               directors by the shareholders of the Company.

       16.8.3  Any person or two or more persons acting in concert 
               shall have acquired by contract or otherwise, or 
               shall have entered into a contract or arrangement 
               that has resulted in its or their acquisition of, 
               control over Voting Stock of the Company (or other 
               securities convertible into such securities) 
               representing 35 per cent or more of the combined 
               voting power of all Voting Stock of the Company.  

16.9   Illegality
       At any time it is or becomes unlawful for an Obligor to 
       perform or comply with all or any of its material obligations 
       hereunder or any of the material obligations of an Obligor 
       hereunder are not or cease to be legal, valid, binding and 
       effective.  

<PAGE>

16.10  Guarantee Unenforceable
       Any obligation of a Guarantor under Clause 17 (Guarantee and 
       Indemnity) shall for any reason not be enforceable in 
       accordance with its terms, or a Guarantor shall so assert in 
       writing.  

16.11  Acceleration and Cancellation
       If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Agent 
       may (and, if so instructed by an Instructing Group, shall) by 
       notice to the Company:

       16.11.1 declare all or any part of the Advances to be 
               immediately due and payable (whereupon the same shall 
               become so payable together with accrued interest 
               thereon and any other sums then owed by a Borrower 
               hereunder) or declare all or any part of the Advances 
               to be due and payable on demand of the Agent; and/or

       16.11.2 declare that the Facility shall be cancelled, 
               whereupon the same shall be cancelled and the 
               Commitment of each Bank shall be reduced to zero, 
               provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, upon 
               the occurrence of an Event of Default specified in 
               Clause 16.5 (Insolvency Proceedings), the Available 
               Commitment of each Bank shall be immediately reduced 
               to zero and all Advances, interest thereon and other 
               sums then owed by the Borrower hereunder shall become
               immediately due and payable, in each case without 
               declaration, notice or demand by or to any person.

16.12  Advances Due on Demand

       If, pursuant to Clause 16.11 (Acceleration and Cancellation), 
       the Agent declares all or any part of the Advances to be due 
       and payable on demand of the Agent, then, and at any time 
       thereafter, the Agent may (and, if so instructed by an 
       Instructing Group, shall) by notice to the Borrowers:

       16.12.1 require repayment of all or such part of the Advances 
               on such date as it may specify in such notice 
               (whereupon the same shall become due and payable on 
               the date specified together with accrued interest 
               thereon and any other sums then owed by the Borrowers 
               hereunder) or withdraw its declaration with effect 
               from such date as it may specify; and

<PAGE>

       16.12.2 declare that the Facility shall be cancelled, 
               whereupon the same shall be cancelled and the 
               Commitment of each Bank reduced to zero.

16.13  Length of Terms
       If, pursuant to Clause 16.11 (Acceleration and Cancellation), 
       the Agent declares the Advances to be due and payable on 
       demand of the Agent, the Term in respect of any such Advance 
       shall, if the Agent subsequently demands payment before the 
       scheduled Repayment Date in respect of such Advance, be 
       deemed (except for the purposes of Clause 20.4 (Break Costs) 
       to be of such length that it ends on the date that such 
       demand is made.

17.    GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY

17.1   Guarantee
       Each Guarantor jointly and severally irrevocably and 
       unconditionally guarantees to each Finance Party to pay on 
       demand any and every sum or sums of money which each Borrower 
       is at any time liable to pay to any Finance Party under or 
       pursuant to this Agreement and which has become due and 
       payable but has not been paid at the time such demand is 
       made.

17.2   Indemnity
       Each Guarantor jointly and severally irrevocably and 
       unconditionally agrees as a primary obligation to indemnify 
       each Finance Party from time to time on demand from and 
       against any loss incurred by any Finance Party as a result of 
       any of the obligations of any Borrower under or pursuant to         
       this Agreement being or becoming void, voidable, 
       unenforceable or ineffective as against such Borrower for any 
       reason whatsoever, whether or not known to any Finance Party 
       or any other person, the amount of such loss being the amount 
       which the person or persons suffering it would otherwise have 
       been entitled to recover from such Borrower.

17.3   Additional Security
       The obligations of each Guarantor herein contained shall be 
       in addition to and independent of every other security which 
       any Finance Party may at any time hold in respect of any of 
       the Borrowers' obligations hereunder.

<PAGE>

17.4   Continuing Obligations
       The obligations of each Guarantor herein contained shall 
       constitute and be continuing obligations notwithstanding any 
       settlement of account or other matter or thing whatsoever and 
       shall not be considered satisfied by any intermediate payment 
       or satisfaction of all or any of the obligations of each 
       Borrower under this Agreement and shall continue in full 
       force and effect until final payment in full of all amounts 
       owing by each Borrower hereunder and total satisfaction of 
       all each Borrower's actual and contingent obligations 
       hereunder.


17.5   Obligations not Discharged
       Neither the obligations of any Guarantor herein contained nor        
       the rights, powers and remedies conferred in respect of any 
       Guarantor upon any Finance Party by this Agreement or by law 
       shall be discharged, impaired or otherwise affected by:

       17.5.1  the winding-up, dissolution, administration or 
               re-organisation of a Borrower or any other person or 
               any change in its status, function, control or 
               ownership;

       17.5.2  any of the obligations of a Borrower or any other 
               person hereunder or under any other security taken in 
               respect of any of its obligations hereunder being or 
               becoming illegal, invalid, unenforceable or 
               ineffective in any respect;

       17.5.3  time or other indulgence being granted or agreed to 
               be granted to any Borrower in respect of its 
               obligations hereunder or under any such other 
               security;

       17.5.4  any amendment to, or any variation, waiver or release 
               of, any obligation of any Borrower hereunder or under 
               any such other security;

<PAGE>

       17.5.5  any failure to take, or fully to take, any security 
               contemplated hereby or otherwise agreed to be taken 
               in respect of any Borrower's obligations hereunder;

       17.5.6  any failure to realise or fully to realise the value 
               of, or any release, discharge, exchange or 
               substitution of, any security taken in respect of any 
               Borrower's obligations hereunder; or

       17.5.7  any other act, event or omission which, but for this 
               Clause 17.5, might operate to discharge, impair or 
               otherwise affect any of the obligations of a 
               Guarantor herein contained or any of the rights, 
               powers or remedies conferred upon any of the Finance 
               Parties by this Agreement or by law.

17.6   Settlement Conditional
       Any settlement or discharge between a Guarantor and any of 
       the Finance Parties shall be conditional upon no security or 
       payment to any Finance Party by an Obligor or any other 
       person on behalf of an Obligor being avoided or reduced by 
       virtue of any laws relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, 
       liquidation or similar laws of general application and, if 
       any such security or payment is so avoided or reduced, each  
       Finance Party shall be entitled to recover the value or 
       amount of such security or payment from such Guarantor 
       subsequently as if such settlement or discharge had not 
       occurred.

17.7   Exercise of Rights
       No Finance Party shall be obliged before exercising any of 
       the rights, powers or remedies conferred upon it in respect 
       of the Guarantors by this Agreement or by law:

       17.7.1  to make any demand of any Borrower;

       17.7.2  to take any action or obtain judgement in any court 
               against any Borrower;

       17.7.3  to make or file any claim or proof in a winding-up or
               dissolution of any Borrower; or


       17.7.4  to enforce or seek to enforce any other security 
               taken in respect of any of the obligations of any 
               Borrower hereunder.

<PAGE>

17.8   Deferral of Guarantors' Rights
       Each Guarantor agrees that, so long as any amounts are or may 
       be owed by any Borrower hereunder or any Borrower is under 
       any actual or contingent obligations hereunder, the Guarantor 
       shall not exercise any rights which the Guarantor may at any 
       time have by reason of performance by it of its obligations 
       hereunder:

       17.8.1  to be indemnified by any Borrower; and/or

       17.8.2  to claim any contribution from any other guarantor of 
               any Borrower's obligations hereunder; and/or

       17.8.3  to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether 
               by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of 
               the Finance Parties hereunder or of any other 
               security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, 
               this Agreement by all or any of the Finance Parties.

17.9   Suspense Accounts
       All moneys received, recovered or realised by a Bank by 
       virtue of Clause 17.1 (Guarantee) or Clause 17.2 (Indemnity) 
       may, in that Bank's discretion, be credited to a suspense or 
       impersonal account (which shall bear interest at a commercial 
       rate) and may be held in such account for so long as such 
       Bank thinks fit pending the application from time to time (as 
       such Bank may think fit) of such moneys in or towards the 
       payment and discharge of any amounts owing by an Obligor to 
       such Bank hereunder.

18.    COMMITMENT COMMISSION AND FEES

18.1   Commitment Commission
       The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent for account of each Bank 
       a commitment commission on the amount of such Bank's 
       Available Commitment from day to day during the period 
       beginning on the date hereof and ending on the date of 
       termination of the Commitments, such commitment commission to 
       be calculated at the rate determined by the Agent in 
       accordance with Schedule_5 (Determination of Margin and 
       Commitment Commission) and payable in arrear on the last day 
       of each successive period of three months which ends during 
       such period and on the date of termination of the 
       Commitments.  The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrowers 
       and the Banks of the commitment commission after is it 
       determined.

<PAGE>

18.2   Arrangement Fee
       The Borrowers shall pay to the Arranger the fees specified in 
       the letter of even date herewith from the Arranger to the 
       Original Borrowers at the times, and in the amounts, 
       specified in such letter.  

18.3   Agency Fee
       The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent for its own account the 
       agency fees specified in the letter of even date herewith 
       from the Agent to the Original Borrowers at the times, and in 
       the amounts, specified in such letter.  


19.    COSTS AND EXPENSES

19.1   Transaction Expenses
       Each Borrower shall, from time to time on demand of the 
       Agent, reimburse each of the Agent and the Arranger for all 
       reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable legal 
       fees) together with any VAT thereon incurred by it in 
       connection with the negotiation, preparation and execution of 
       this Agreement, any other document referred to in this 
       Agreement and the completion of the transactions herein 
       contemplated.  The Agent or the Arranger may pay for any such 
       costs and expenses (including legal fees) together with any 
       VAT thereon prior to receiving payment in respect thereof 
       from any Borrower and (without prejudice to the provisions of 
       this Agreement) the Agent or the Arranger may debit an amount 
       equal to any such costs and expenses (including legal fees) 
       together with any VAT thereon to any account maintained by a 
       Borrower with any of them.

19.2   Preservation and Enforcement of Rights
       The Borrowers shall, from time to time on demand of the   
       Agent, reimburse the Finance Parties for all reasonable costs 
       and expenses (including reasonable legal fees) on a full 
       indemnity basis together with any VAT thereon incurred in or 
       in connection with the preservation and/or enforcement of any 
       of the rights of the Finance Parties under this Agreement and 
       any other document referred to in this Agreement (including 
       any reasonable costs and expenses relating to any steps 
       necessary in connection with any proposal for remedying or 
       otherwise resolving an Event of Default or Potential Event of 
       Default).

<PAGE>

19.3   Stamp Taxes
       The Borrowers shall pay all stamp, registration and other  
       taxes to which this Agreement, any other document referred to 
       in this Agreement or any judgement given in connection 
       therewith is or at any time may be subject and shall, from 
       time to time on demand of the Agent, indemnify the Finance 
       Parties against any liabilities, reasonable costs, claims and 
       expenses resulting from any failure to pay or any delay in 
       paying any such tax.

19.4   Amendment Costs
       If an Obligor requests any amendment, waiver or consent then 
       the Borrowers shall, within five Business Days of demand by 
       the Agent, reimburse the Finance Parties for all costs and 
       expenses (including legal fees) together with any VAT thereon 
       incurred by such person in responding to or complying with 
       such request.

19.5   Banks' Liabilities for Costs
       If any Borrower fails to perform any of its obligations under 
       this Clause 19, each Bank shall, in its Proportion, indemnify 
       each of the Agent and the Arranger against any loss incurred 
       by any of them as a result of such failure.

19.6   Agent's Costs

       The Borrowers shall, from time to time on demand of the Agent 
       (and without prejudice to the provisions of Clause 19.2 
       (Preservation and Enforcement Rights) and Clause 19.4 
       (Amendment Costs)) compensate the Agent for all reasonable 
       costs and expenses (including telephone, fax, copying, travel 
       and personnel costs) incurred by the Agent in connection with 
       its taking such action as are reasonable or in complying with 
       any instructions from an Instructing Group or any request by 
       a Borrower in connection with:

       19.6.1  the granting or proposed granting of any waiver or 
               consent requested hereunder by any Borrower;

       19.6.2  any actual breach by any Borrower of its obligations 
               hereunder;

       19.6.3  the occurrence of any event which is an Event of 
               Default or a Potential Event of Default; or
 
       19.6.4  the transfer of the role of Agent to another person.

20.    DEFAULT INTEREST AND BREAK COSTS

<PAGE>

20.1   Default Interest Periods
       If any sum due and payable by an Obligor hereunder is not 
       paid on the due date therefor in accordance with Clause 23 
       (Payments) or if any sum due and payable by an Obligor under 
       any judgement of any court in connection herewith is not paid 
       on the date of such judgement, the period beginning on such 
       due date or, as the case may be, the date of such judgement 
       and ending on the date upon which the obligation of such 
       Obligor to pay such sum is discharged shall be divided into 
       successive periods, each of which (other than the first) 
       shall start on the last day of the preceding such period and 
       the duration of each of which shall (except as otherwise 
       provided in this Clause 20) be selected by the Agent.

20.2   Default Interest
       An Unpaid Sum shall bear interest during each Term in respect 
       thereof at the rate per annum which is one per cent. per 
       annum above the percentage rate which would apply to an 
       Advance in the amount and currency of such Unpaid Sum and for 
       the same Term, provided that if such Unpaid Sum relates to an 
       Advance which became due and payable on a day other than the 
       last day of the Term thereof:

       20.2.1  the first such Term applicable to such Unpaid Sum 
               shall be of a duration equal to the unexpired portion 
               of the current Term relating to that Advance; and

       20.2.2  the percentage rate of interest applicable thereto 
               from time to time during such period shall be that 
               which exceeds by one per cent. the rate which would 
               have been applicable to it had it not so fallen due.

20.3   Payment of Default Interest
       Any interest which shall have accrued under Clause 20.2 
       (Default Interest) in respect of an Unpaid Sum shall be due 
       and payable and shall be paid by the Obligor owing such 
       Unpaid Sum on the last day of its Term or on such other dates 
       as the Agent may specify by prior written notice to such 
       Obligor.

20.4   Break Costs

       If any Bank or the Agent on its behalf receives or recovers 
       all or any part of such Bank's share of an Advance or Unpaid 
       Sum otherwise than on the last day of the Term thereof, the 
       Borrowers shall pay to the Agent on demand for account of 
       such Bank an amount equal to the amount (if any) by which (a) 
       the additional interest (excluding Margin) which would have 
       been payable on the amount so received or recovered had it 


<PAGE>
       been received or recovered on the last day of the Term 
       thereof exceeds (b) the amount of interest which in the 
       reasonable opinion of the Agent would have been payable to 
       the Agent on the last day of the Term thereof in respect of a 
       sterling deposit equal to the amount so received or recovered 
       placed by it with a prime bank in London for a period 
       starting on the third Business Day following the date of such 
       receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the Term 
       thereof.

21.    BORROWERS' INDEMNITIES
  
21.1   Borrowers' Indemnity
       Each Borrower undertakes to indemnify:

       21.1.1  each Finance Party against any reasonable cost or any 
               claim, loss, expense (including reasonable legal 
               fees) or liability together with any VAT thereon, 
               whether or not reasonably foreseeable, which it may 
               sustain or incur (otherwise than as a result of the 
               gross negligence or wilful misconduct of a Finance 
               Party) as a consequence of the occurrence of any 
               Event of Default or any default by any Borrower in 
               the performance of any of the material obligations 
               expressed to be assumed by it in this Agreement;

       21.1.2  each Bank against any cost or loss it may suffer 
               under Clause 19.5 (Banks' Liabilities for Costs) or 
               Clause 26.5 (Indemnification); and

       21.1.3  each Bank against any cost or loss it may suffer or 
               incur as a result of its funding or making 
               arrangements to fund its portion of an Advance 
               requested by a Borrower but not made by reason of the 
               operation of any one or more of the provisions 
               hereof.

21.2   Currency Indemnity
       If any sum (a "Sum") due from an Obligor under this Agreement 
       or any order or judgement given or made in relation hereto 
       has to be converted from the currency (the "First Currency") 
       in which such Sum is payable into another currency (the 
       "Second Currency") for the purpose of:

       21.2.1  making or filing a claim or proof against such 
               Obligor;

       21.2.2  obtaining an order or judgement in any court or other 
               tribunal; or

<PAGE>

       21.2.3  enforcing any order or judgement given or made in 
               relation hereto,

       the Borrowers shall indemnify each person to whom such Sum is 
       due from and against any actual loss suffered or incurred as 
       a result of any discrepancy between (a) the rate of exchange 
       used for such purpose to convert such Sum from the First 
       Currency into the Second Currency and (b) the rate or rates 
       of exchange available to such person at the time of receipt 
       of such Sum.

22.    CURRENCY OF ACCOUNT AND PAYMENT
         Sterling is the currency of account and payment for each and 
       every sum at any time due from an Obligor hereunder, provided 
       that:


       22.0.1  each payment in respect of costs and expenses shall 
               be made in the currency in which the same were 
               incurred; and

       22.0.2  each payment pursuant to Clause 9.2 (Tax Indemnity) 
               or Clause 11.1 (Increased Costs) shall be made in the 
               currency reasonably specified by the party claiming 
               thereunder.
23.    PAYMENTS

23.1   Payments to the Agent
       On each date on which this Agreement requires an amount to be 
       paid by an Obligor or a Bank, such Obligor or, as the case 
       may be, such Bank shall make the same available to the Agent 
       for value on the due date at such time and in such funds and 
       to such account with such bank as the Agent shall specify           
from time to time.

23.2   Payments by the Agent
       Save as otherwise provided herein, each payment received by 
       the Agent pursuant to Clause 23.1 (Payments to the Agent) 
       shall:

       23.2.1  in the case of a payment received for the account of 
               any Borrower, be made available by the Agent to such 
               Borrower by application:

               (a)    first, in or towards payment the same day of 
                      any amount then due from such Borrower 
                      hereunder to the person from whom the amount 
                      was so received; and

<PAGE>

               (b)    secondly, in or towards payment the same day 
                      to the account of such Borrower with such bank 
                      in London as such Borrower shall have 
                      previously notified to the Agent for this 
                      purpose; and

       23.2.2  in the case of any other payment, be made 
               available by the Agent to the person entitled 
               to receive such payment in accordance with 
               this Agreement (in the case of a Bank, for the 
               account of the Facility Office) for value as 
               soon as reasonably practicable after receipt 
               by the Agent by transfer to such account of 
               such person with such bank in London as such 
               person shall have previously notified to the 
               Agent.

23.3   No Set-off
       All payments required to be made by an Obligor hereunder 
       shall be calculated without reference to any set-off or 
       counterclaim and shall be made free and clear of and without 
       any deduction for or on account of any set-off or          
       counterclaim.

23.4   Clawback
       Where a sum is to be paid hereunder to the Agent for account        
of another person, the Agent shall not be obliged to make the 
       same available to that other person until it has been able to 
       establish to its satisfaction that it has actually received 
       such sum, but if it does so and it proves to be the case that 
       it had not actually received such sum, then the person to 
       whom such sum was so made available shall on request refund 
       the same to the Agent together with an amount sufficient to 
       indemnify the Agent against any cost or loss it may have 
       suffered or incurred by reason of its having paid out such 
       sum prior to its having received such sum.

23.5   Partial Payments

       If and whenever a payment is made by an Obligor hereunder the 
       Agent may apply the amount received towards the obligations 
       of the Obligors under this Agreement in the following order:

       23.5.1  first, in or towards payment of any unpaid costs and 
               expenses of each of the Agent and the Arranger;

       23.5.2  secondly, in or towards payment pro rata of any 
               accrued interest due but unpaid;

<PAGE>

       23.5.3  thirdly, in or towards payment pro rata of any 
               principal due but unpaid; and

       23.5.4  fourthly, in or towards payment pro rata of any other 
               sum due but unpaid.

23.6   Variation of Partial Payments
       The order of payments set out in Clause 23.5 (Partial 
       Payments) shall override any appropriation made by the 
       Obligor to which the partial payment relates but the order 
       set out in sub-clauses 23.5.2, 23.5.3 and 23.5.4 of 
       Clause 23.5 (Partial Payments) may be varied if agreed by all 
       the Banks.

24.    SET-OFF

24.1   Contractual Set-off
       Each Obligor authorises each Bank to apply any credit balance 
       to which such Obligor is entitled on any account of such 
       Obligor with such Bank in satisfaction of any sum due and 
       payable from such Obligor to such Bank hereunder but unpaid. 
       For this purpose, each Bank is authorised to purchase with 
       the moneys standing to the credit of any such account such 
       other currencies as may be necessary to effect such 
       application.

24.2   Set-off not Mandatory
       No Bank shall be obliged to exercise any right given to it by 
       Clause 24.1 (Contractual Set-off).

25.    SHARING

25.1   Payments to Banks
       If a Bank (a "Recovering Bank") applies any receipt or 
       recovery from an Obligor to a payment due under this 
       Agreement and such amount is received or recovered other than 
       in accordance with Clause 23 (Payments), then such Recovering 
       Bank shall:

       25.1.1  notify the Agent of such receipt or recovery; and

       25.1.2  at the request of the Agent, promptly pay to the 
               Agent an amount (the "Sharing Payment") equal to such 
               receipt or recovery less any amount which the Agent 
               determines may be retained by such Recovering Bank as 
               its share of any payment to be made in accordance 
               with Clause 23.5 (Partial Payments).

<PAGE>

25.2   Redistribution of Payments
       The Agent shall treat the Sharing Payment as if it had been 
       paid by the relevant Obligor and distribute it between the          
       Finance Parties (other than the Recovering Bank) in 
       accordance with Clause 23.5 (Partial Payments).

25.3   Recovering Bank's Rights

       The Recovering Bank will be subrogated into the rights of the 
       parties which have shared in a redistribution pursuant to  
       Clause 25.2 (Redistribution of Payments) in respect of the 
       Sharing Payment (and the relevant Obligor shall be liable to 
       the Recovering Bank in an amount equal to the Sharing 
       Payment).

25.4   Repayable Recoveries
       If any part of the Sharing Payment received or recovered by a 
       Recovering Bank becomes repayable and is repaid by such 
       Recovering Bank, then:

       25.4.1  each party which has received a share of such Sharing 
               Payment pursuant to Clause 25.2 (Redistribution of 
               Payments) shall, upon request of the Agent, pay to 
               the Agent for account of such Recovering Bank an 
               amount equal to its share of such Sharing 
               Payment; and

       25.4.2  such Recovering Bank's rights of subrogation in 
               respect of any reimbursement shall be cancelled and 
               the relevant Obligor will be liable to the 
               reimbursing party for the amount so reimbursed.

25.5   Exception
       This Clause 25 shall not apply if the Recovering Bank would 
       not, after making any payment pursuant hereto, have a valid 
       and enforceable claim against the relevant Obligor.

25.6   Recoveries Through Legal Proceedings
       If any Bank intends to commence any action in any court it 
       shall give prior notice to the Agent and the other Banks.  If 
       any Bank shall commence any action in any court to enforce 
       its rights hereunder and, as a result thereof or in 
       connection therewith, receives any amount, then such Bank 
       shall not be required to share any portion of such amount 
       with any Bank which has the legal right to, but does not, 
       join in such action or commence and diligently prosecute a 
       separate action to enforce its rights in another court.

26.    THE AGENT, THE ARRANGER AND THE BANKS

<PAGE>

26.1   Appointment of the Agent
       Each of the Arranger and the Banks hereby appoints the Agent 
       to act as its agent in connection herewith and authorises the 
       Agent to exercise such rights, powers, authorities and 
       discretions as are specifically delegated to the Agent by the 
       terms hereof together with all such rights, powers, 
       authorities and discretions as are reasonably incidental 
       thereto.

26.2   Agent's Discretions
       The Agent may:

       26.2.1 assume, unless it has, in its capacity as agent for 
              the Banks, received notice to the contrary from any 
              other party hereto, that (a)any representation made or 
              deemed to be made by an Obligor in connection herewith 
              is true, (b) no Event of Default or Potential Event of 
              Default has occurred, (c) no Obligor is in breach of 
              or default under its obligations hereunder and (d) any 
              right, power, authority or discretion vested herein 
              upon an Instructing Group, the Banks or any other 
              person or group of persons has not been exercised;


       26.2.2 assume that the Facility Office of each Bank is that 
              notified to it by such Bank in writing prior to the 
              date hereof (or, in the case of a Transferee, at the 
              end of the Transfer Certificate to which it is a party 
              as Transferee) until it has received from such Bank a 
              notice designating some other office of such Bank to 
              replace its Facility Office and act upon any such 
              notice until the same is superseded by a further such 
              notice;

       26.2.3 engage and pay for the advice or services of any 
              lawyers, accountants, surveyors or other experts whose 
              advice or services may to it seem necessary, expedient 
              or desirable and rely upon any advice so obtained;

       26.2.4 rely as to any matters of fact which might reasonably 
              be expected to be within the knowledge of an Obligor 
              upon a certificate signed by or on behalf of such 
              Obligor;

       26.2.5 rely upon any communication or document believed by it 
              to be genuine;

<PAGE>

       26.2.6 refrain from exercising any right, power or discretion 
              vested in it as agent hereunder unless and until 
              instructed by an Instructing Group as to whether or 
              not such right, power or discretion is to be exercised 
              and, if it is to be exercised, as to the manner in 
              which it should be exercised; and

       26.2.7 refrain from acting in accordance with any 
              instructions of an Instructing Group to begin any 
              legal action or proceeding arising out of or in 
              connection with this Agreement until it shall have 
              received such security as it may require (whether by 
              way of payment in advance or otherwise) for all costs, 
              claims, losses, expenses (including legal fees) and 
              liabilities together with any VAT thereon which it 
              will or may expend or incur in complying with such 
              instructions.

26.3   Agent's Obligations
       The Agent shall:

       26.3.1 promptly inform each Bank of the contents of any 
              notice or document received by it in its capacity as 
              Agent from an Obligor hereunder;

       26.3.2 promptly notify each Bank of the occurrence of any 
              Event of Default or any default by an Obligor in the 
              due performance of or compliance with its obligations 
              under this Agreement of which the Agent has written 
              notice from any other party hereto;

       26.3.3 save as otherwise provided herein, act as agent 
              hereunder in accordance with any instructions given to 
              it by an Instructing Group, which instructions shall 
              be binding on the Arranger and the Banks; and

       26.3.4 if so instructed by an Instructing Group, refrain from 
              exercising any right, power or discretion vested in it
              as agent hereunder.

       The Agent's duties to the Banks under this Agreement are 
       solely mechanical and administrative in nature.

26.4   Excluded Obligations

       Notwithstanding anything to the contrary expressed or implied 
       herein, neither the Agent nor the Arranger shall:

<PAGE>

       26.4.1 be bound to enquire as to (a) whether or not any 
              representation made or deemed to be made by an Obligor 
              in connection herewith is true, (b) the occurrence or 
              otherwise of any Event of Default or Potential Event 
              of Default, (c) the performance by an Obligor of its 
              obligations hereunder or (d) any breach of or default
              by an Obligor of or under its obligations hereunder;

       26.4.2 be bound to account to any Bank for any sum or the 
              profit element of any sum received by it for its own 
              account;

       26.4.3 be bound to disclose to any other person any 
              information relating to any member of the Group if (a) 
              such person, on providing such information expressly 
              stated to the Agent or, as the case may be, the 
              Arranger, that such information was confidential or 
              (b) such disclosure would or might in its opinion 
              constitute a breach of any law or be otherwise 
              actionable at the suit of any person;

       26.4.4 be under any obligations other than those for which 
              express provision is made herein; or

       26.4.5 be or be deemed to be a fiduciary for any other party 
              hereto.

26.5   Indemnification
       Each Bank shall, in its Proportion, from time to time on 
       demand by the Agent, indemnify the Agent, against any and all 
       costs, claims, losses, expenses (including legal fees) and 
       liabilities together with any VAT thereon which the Agent may 
       incur, otherwise than by reason of its own gross negligence 
       or wilful misconduct, in acting in its capacity as agent 
       hereunder (other than any which have been reimbursed by the 
       Borrowers pursuant to Clause 21.1 (Borrowers' Indemnity)).

26.6   Exclusion of Liabilities
       Each Bank confirms that it has read the "Important Notice" in 
       the Information Memorandum, that it has complied with the 
       Recipients' Obligations (as defined in the Important Notice) 
       and, accordingly, that it enters into this Agreement on the 
       basis of the Important Notice.  In particular, each of the 
       Banks accepts that it is entering into this Agreement in 
       reliance only on the representations of the Obligors in this 
       Agreement and on its own investigations, that it has not 
       relied on the Arranger and that, except that in the case of 
       fraud, it neither has nor will have any claims against the 

<PAGE>

       Arranger arising from or in connection with this Agreement.  
       Similarly, each of the Banks accepts that the Important 
       Notice in the Information Memorandum is applicable also to 
       the Agent as if the Agent had been named in addition to the 
       Arranger in the Important Notice.  Except in the case of 
       gross negligence or wilful default, none of the Agent and the 
       Arranger accepts any responsibility:


       26.6.1 for the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of the 
              Information Memorandum or any other information 
              supplied by the Agent or the Arranger, by an Obligor 
              or by any other person in connection with this 
              Agreement, the transactions herein contemplated or any 
              other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, 
              made or executed in anticipation of, pursuant to or in 
              connection with this Agreement;

       26.6.2 for the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or 
              enforceability of this Agreement or any other 
              agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made 
              or executed in anticipation of, pursuant to or in 
              connection with this Agreement; or

       26.6.3 for the exercise of, or the failure to exercise, any 
              judgement, discretion or power given to any of them by 
              or in connection with this Agreement or any other 
              agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made 
              or executed in anticipation of, pursuant to or in 
              connection with this Agreement.

       Accordingly, none of the Agent and the Arranger shall be 
       under any liability (whether in negligence or otherwise) in 
       respect of such matters, save in the case of gross negligence 
       or wilful misconduct.

26.7   No Actions
       Each of the Banks agrees that it will not assert or seek to 
       assert against any director, officer or employee of the Agent 
       or the Arranger any claim it might have against any of them 
       in respect of the matters referred to in Clause 26.6 
       (Exclusion of Liabilities).

26.8   Business with the Group
       The Agent and the Arranger may accept deposits from, lend 
       money to and generally engage in any kind of banking or other 
       business with any member of the Group, whether or not it may 
       or does lead to a conflict with the interests of any of the 

<PAGE>
       Banks.  Similarly, the Agent or the Arranger may undertake 
       business with or for others even though it may lead to a 
       conflict with the interests of any of the Banks

26.9   Resignation
       The Agent may resign its appointment hereunder at any time 
       without assigning any reason therefor by giving not less than 
       thirty days' prior notice to that effect to each of the other 
       parties hereto, provided that no such resignation shall be 
       effective until a successor for the Agent is appointed in 
       accordance with the succeeding provisions of this Clause 26.

26.10  Successor Agent
       If the Agent gives notice of its resignation pursuant to 
       Clause 26.9 (Resignation), then any reputable and experienced 
       bank or other financial institution may be appointed as a 
       successor to the Agent by an Instructing Group during the 
       period of such notice but, if no such successor is so 
       appointed, the Agent may appoint such a successor itself 
       provided that in each case, the prior written consent of the 
       Company (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) to any 
       successor to the Agent is obtained.

26.11  Rights and Obligations
       If a successor to the Agent is appointed under the provisions 
       of Clause 26.10 (Successor Agent), then (a) the retiring 
       Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation 
       hereunder but shall remain entitled to the benefit of the 
       provisions of this Clause 26 and (b) its successor and each 
       of the other parties hereto shall have the same rights and 
       obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such        
successor had been a party hereto.


26.12  Own Responsibility
       It is understood and agreed by each Bank that at all times it 
       has itself been, and will continue to be, solely responsible 
       for making its own independent appraisal of and investigation 
       into all risks arising under or in connection with this 
       Agreement including, but not limited to:

       26.12.1 the financial condition, creditworthiness, condition, 
               affairs, status and nature of each member of the 
               Group;
     
       26.12.2 the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy and 
               enforceability of this Agreement and any other 
               agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made 
               or executed in anticipation of, pursuant to or in 
               connection with this Agreement;

<PAGE>

       26.12.3 whether such Bank has recourse, and the nature and 
               extent of that recourse, against an Obligor or any 
               other person or any of their respective assets under 
               or in connection with this Agreement, the 
               transactions herein contemplated or any other 
               agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made 
               or executed in anticipation of, pursuant to or in 
               connection with this Agreement; and

       26.12.4 the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of the 
               Information Memorandum and any other information 
               provided by the Agent or the Arranger, an Obligor, or 
               by any other person in connection with this 
               Agreement, the transactions contemplated herein or 
               any other agreement, arrangement or document entered 
               into, made or executed in anticipation of, pursuant 
               to or in connection with this Agreement.

       Accordingly, each Bank acknowledges to the Agent and the 
       Arranger that it has not relied on and will not hereafter 
       rely on the Agent and the Arranger or any of them in respect 
       of any of these matters.

26.13  Receipt of Information by Agent
       Any information or document received by the Agent shall only 
       be treated as having been received by the Agent if the same 
       has been delivered to the Agent's agency department in 
       accordance with Clause 31 (Notices).  Accordingly, any 
       information or documents received by the Agent other than by 
       its agency department in accordance with Clause 31 (Notices) 
       is not by reason of that receipt to be treated as having been 
       received by the Agent unless and until the Agent's agency 
       department has received actual notice of the same in 
       accordance with such Clause.  Save as expressly set out in 
       this Agreement and, unless the Agent's agency department 
       shall have received information or documents in accordance 
       with Clause 31 (Notices) the Agent shall have no duty to 
       disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to 
       disclose, any information or documents, that re communicated 
       to or obtained by the Agent.

26.14  Confidential Information

       Notwithstanding anything to the contrary expressed or implied 
       herein and without prejudice to Clause 26.13 (Receipt of 
       Information by Agent), the Agent shall not as between itself 
       and the Banks be bound to disclose to any Bank or other 
       person any information which is supplied by any member of the 
       Group to the Agent in its capacity as agent hereunder for the 

<PAGE>

       Banks and which is identified by such member of the Group at 
       the time it is so supplied as being confidential information 
       provided that the consent of the relevant member of the Group 
       to such disclosure shall not be required in relation to any 
       information which in the reasonable opinion of the Agent 
       relates to an Event of Default or Potential Event of Default 
       or in respect of which the Banks have given a confidentiality 
       undertaking in a form satisfactory to the Agent.

26.15  Delegation
       The Agent may delegate, transfer or assign to any subsidiary 
       of The Chase Manhattan Corporation or its successor from time 
       to time all or any of the rights, powers, authorities and 
       discretions vested in it hereunder and the performance of its 
       duties in accordance herewith, and such delegation, transfer 
       or assignment may be made upon such terms and subject to such 
       conditions (including the power to sub-delegate) and subject 
       to such regulations as the Agent may think fit (and the term 
       "Agent" as used in this Agreement shall include any such 
       delegate).

27.    ASSIGNMENTS AND TRANSFERS

27.1   Binding Agreement
       This Agreement shall be binding upon and enure to the benefit 
       of each party hereto and its or any subsequent successors and 
       Transferees.

27.2   No Assignments and Transfers by the Obligors
       No Obligor shall be entitled to assign or transfer all or any 
       of its rights, benefits and obligations hereunder.

27.3   Assignments and Transfers by Banks
       Any Bank may, at any time, assign all or any of its rights 
       and benefits hereunder or transfer in accordance with 
       Clause 27.6 (Transfers by Banks) all or any of its rights, 
       benefits and obligations hereunder to a bank or financial 
       institution, provided that (save in the case of any such 
       assignment or transfer (a) to any subsidiary or holding 
       company, or to any subsidiary of any holding company, of such 
       Bank or (b) to any other Bank and subject as provided in 
       Clause 27.4 (Deemed Consent)) no such assignment or transfer 
       may be made without the prior written consent of the 
       Borrowers, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or 
       delayed.

<PAGE>

27.4   Deemed Consent
       Any consent required to be given by a party under Clause 27.3 
       (Assignments and Transfers by Banks) shall be deemed to have 
       been given unless such party shall have notified the 
       requesting party to the contrary within five Business Days 
       after the request for such consent.

27.5   Assignments by Banks
       If any Bank assigns all or any of its rights and benefits 
       hereunder in accordance with Clause 27.3 (Assignments and           
       Transfers by Banks), then, unless and until the assignee has 
       delivered a notice to the Agent confirming in favour of the 
       Agent, the Arranger and the other Banks that it shall be 
       under the same obligations towards each of them as it would 
       have been under if it had been an original party hereto as a 
       Bank (whereupon such assignee shall become a party hereto as 
       a "Bank"), the Obligors, the Agent, the Arranger and the 
       other Banks shall not be obliged to recognise such assignee 
       as having the rights against each of them which it would have 
       had if it had been such a party hereto.

27.6   Transfers by Banks

       If any Bank wishes to transfer all or any of its rights,    
       benefits and/or obligations hereunder as contemplated in 
       Clause 27.3 (Assignments and Transfers by Banks), then such 
       transfer may be effected by the delivery to the Agent of a 
       duly completed Transfer Certificate executed by such Bank and 
       the relevant Transferee in which event, on the later of the 
       Transfer Date specified in such Transfer Certificate and the 
       fifth Business Day after (or such earlier Business Day 
       endorsed by the Agent on such Transfer Certificate falling on 
       or after) the date of delivery of such Transfer Certificate 
       to the Agent:

       27.6.1 to the extent that in such Transfer Certificate the 
              Bank party thereto seeks to transfer by novation its 
              rights, benefits and obligations hereunder, each of 
              the Obligors and such Bank shall be released from 
              further obligations towards one another hereunder and 
              their respective rights against one another shall be 
              cancelled (such rights and obligations being referred
              to in this Clause 27.6 as "discharged rights and 
              obligations");

<PAGE>

       27.6.2 each of the Obligors and the Transferee party thereto 
              shall assume obligations towards one another and/or 
              acquire rights against one another which differ from 
              such discharged rights and obligations only insofar as 
              such Obligor and such Transferee have assumed and/or 
              acquired the same in place of such Obligor and such 
              Bank;

       27.6.3 the Agent, the Arranger, such Transferee and the other
              Banks shall acquire the same rights and benefits and 
              assume the same obligations between themselves as they 
              would have acquired and assumed had such Transferee 
              been an original party hereto as a Bank with the 
              rights, benefits and/or obligations acquired or 
              assumed by it as a result of such transfer and to that 
              extent the Agent, the Arranger and the relevant Bank 
              shall each be released from further obligations to 
              each other hereunder; and

       27.6.4 such Transferee shall become a party hereto as a 
              "Bank".

27.7   Assignment and Transfer Fees
       On the date upon which an assignment takes effect pursuant to 
       Clause 27.5 (Assignments by Banks) or a transfer takes effect 
       pursuant to Clause 27.6 (Transfers by Banks) the relevant 
       assignee or Transferee shall pay to the Agent for its own 
       account a fee of 1,000.

27.8   Disclosure of Information
       Any Bank may disclose to any person:

       27.8.1 to (or through) whom such Bank assigns or transfers 
              (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of 
              its rights, benefits and obligations hereunder;

       27.8.2 with (or through) whom such Bank enters into (or may 
              potentially enter into) any sub-participation in 
              relation to, or any other transaction under which 
              payments are to be made by reference to, this 
              Agreement or any Obligor; or

       27.8.3 to whom information may be required to be disclosed by 
              any applicable law,

       such information about any Obligor or the Group and this 
       Agreement as such Bank shall consider appropriate provided 

<PAGE>

       that the person to whom such information is disclosed shall 
       give a confidentiality undertaking in a form agreed between 
       the Company and the Agent.

27.9   Notification

       The Agent shall within fourteen days after receiving a 
       Transfer Certificate notify the Borrowers and the other Banks 
       of any assignment or transfer completed pursuant to this 
       Clause 27.

28.    ECONOMIC AND MONETARY UNION

28.1   Commencement
       Clause 28.2 (Redenomination and Alternative Currencies) to 
       Clause 28.8 (Rounding and Other Consequential Changes) 
       (inclusive) shall come into effect on the Commencement Date         
       provided that, if and to the extent that any such 
       Clause relates to any state (or the currency of such state) 
       which shall not be a participating member state on the 
       Commencement Date, such Clause shall come into effect in 
       relation to such state (and the currency of such state) on          
       and from the date on which such state becomes a participating 
       member state.

28.2   Redenomination and Alternative Currencies
       Each obligation under this Agreement which has been 
       denominated in a national currency unit shall be 
       redenominated into the euro unit in accordance with EMU 
       legislation.  However, if and to the extent that any EMU 
       legislation provides that an amount (which is (a) denominated 
       either in the euro or in the national currency unit of a 
       participating member state and (b) payable within that 
       participating member state by crediting an account of the 
       creditor) can be paid by the debtor either in the euro unit 
       or in that national currency unit, each party to this 
       Agreement shall be entitled to pay or repay any such amount 
       either in the euro unit or in such national currency unit.

28.3   Advances 
       Any Advance in the currency of a participating member state 
       shall be made in the euro unit.

28.4   Business Days
       In relation to any amount denominated or to be denominated in 
       the euro or a national currency unit, any reference to a 
       Business Day shall be construed as a reference to a day 
       (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which commercial banks 
       are generally open for business in:

<PAGE>

       28.4.1 London and Chicago; and
 
       28.4.2 the principal financial centre in such participating 
              member state as the Agent shall from time to time 
              nominate for this purpose. 

28.5   Payments to the Agent
       Clause 23.1 (Payments to the Agent) shall be construed so 
       that, in relation to the payment of any amount of euro units 
       or national currency units, such amount shall be made 
       available to the Agent in immediately available, freely 
       transferable, cleared funds to such account with such bank in 
       such principal financial centre in such participating member 
       state (or in London) as the Agent shall from time to time  
       nominate for this purpose.

28.6   Payments by the Agent to the Banks
       Any amount payable by the Agent to the Banks under this 
       Agreement in the currency of a participating member state 
       shall be paid in the euro unit.

28.7   Payments System and the Agent

       In relation to the payment of any amount denominated in the         
       euro or in a national currency unit, the Agent shall not be 
       liable to any Borrower or any of the Banks for any delay, or 
       the consequences of any delay, in the crediting to any 
       account of any amount required by this Agreement to be paid 
       by the Agent if the Agent shall have taken all relevant steps 
       to achieve, on the date required by this Agreement, the 
       payment of such amount in immediately available, freely 
       transferable, cleared funds (in the euro unit or, as the case 
       may be, in a national currency unit) to the account with the 
       bank in the principal financial centre in the participating 
       member state which any Borrower or, as the case may be, any 
       Bank shall have specified for such purpose.  In this 
       Clause 28.7, "all relevant steps" means all such steps as may        
be prescribed from time to time by the regulations or 
       operating procedures of such clearing or settlement system as        
the Agent may from time to time reasonably determine for the 
       purpose of clearing or settling payments of the euro.

28.8   Rounding and Other Consequential Changes
       Without prejudice and in addition to any method of conversion 
       or rounding prescribed by any EMU legislation: 

<PAGE>
       28.8.1 each reference in this Agreement to a minimum amount 
              (or an integral multiple thereof) in a national 
              currency unit to be paid to or by the Agent shall be 
              replaced by a reference to such reasonably comparable 
              and convenient amount (or an integral multiple 
              thereof) in the euro unit as the Agent may from time 
              to time specify; and

       28.8.2 save as expressly provided in this Clause 28, this 
              Agreement shall be subject to such reasonable changes 
              of construction as the Agent may from time to time 
              specify to be necessary or appropriate to reflect the 
              introduction of or changeover to the euro in 
              participating member states,

       provided that this Clause shall not reduce or increase any          
       actual or contingent liability arising under this Agreement.

29.    CALCULATIONS AND EVIDENCE OF DEBT

29.1   Basis of Accrual
       Interest and commitment commission shall accrue from day to 
       day and shall be calculated on the basis of a year of 
       365 days (or, in any case where market practice differs, in 
       accordance with market practice) and the actual number of 
       days elapsed.

29.2   Quotations
       If on any occasion a Reference Bank or Bank fails to supply 
       the Agent with a quotation required of it under the foregoing 
       provisions of this Agreement, the rate for which such 
       quotation was required shall be determined from those 
       quotations which are supplied to the Agent, provided that, in 
       relation to determining LIBOR, this Clause 29.2 shall not 
       apply if only one Reference Bank supplies a quotation.

29.3   Evidence of Debt
       Each Bank shall maintain in accordance with its usual 
       practice accounts evidencing the amounts from time to time 
       lent by and owing to it hereunder.


29.4   Control Accounts
       The Agent shall maintain on its books a control account or 
       accounts in which shall be recorded (a) the amount of any 
       Advance or Unpaid Sum and each Bank's share therein, (b) the 
       amount of all principal, interest and other sums due or to 
       become due from an Obligor and each Bank's share therein and 
       (c) the amount of any sum received or recovered by the Agent 
       hereunder and each Bank's share therein.

<PAGE>

29.5   Prima Facie Evidence
       In any legal action or proceeding arising out of or in 
       connection with this Agreement, the entries made in the 
       accounts maintained pursuant to Clause 29.3 (Evidence of 
       Debt) and Clause 29.4 (Control Accounts) shall be prima facie 
       evidence of the existence and amounts of the specified 
       obligations of the Obligors.

29.6   Certificates of Banks
       A certificate of a Bank as to (a) the amount by which a sum 
       payable to it hereunder is to be increased under Clause 9.1 
       (Tax Gross-up), (b) the amount for the time being required to 
       indemnify it against any such cost, payment or liability as 
       is mentioned in Clause 9.2 (Tax Indemnity) or Clause 11.1 
       (Increased Costs) or (c) the amount of any credit, relief, 
       remission or repayment as is mentioned in Clause 10.3 (Tax 
       Credit Payment) or Clause 10.4 (Tax Credit Clawback) shall, 
       in the absence of manifest error, be prima facie evidence of 
       the existence and amounts of the specified obligations of the 
       Obligors. 

29.7   Agent's Certificates
       A certificate of the Agent as to the amount at any time due 
       from the Borrower hereunder or the amount which, but for any 
       of the obligations of the Borrowers hereunder being or 
       becoming void, voidable, unenforceable or ineffective, at any 
       time would have been due from the Borrowers hereunder shall, 
       in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive for the 
       purposes of Clause 17 (Guarantee and Indemnity).

30.    REMEDIES AND WAIVERS, PARTIAL INVALIDITY

30.1   Remedies and Waivers
       No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the 
       part of any Finance Party any right or remedy hereunder shall 
       operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial 
       exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or other 
       exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or 
       remedy.  The rights and remedies herein provided are 
       cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies 
       provided by law.

30.2   Partial Invalidity
       If, at any time, any provision hereof is or becomes illegal,        
       invalid or unenforceable in any respect under the law of any 
       jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or 
       enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof nor the 

<PAGE>

       legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under 
       the law of any other jurisdiction shall in any way be 
       affected or impaired thereby.

31.    NOTICES

31.1   Communications in Writing

       Each communication to be made hereunder shall be made in 
       writing and, unless otherwise stated, shall be made by fax or 
       letter.

31.2   Addresses
       Any communication or document to be made or delivered 
       pursuant to this Agreement shall (unless the recipient of 
       such communication or document has, by fifteen days' written 
       notice to the Agent, specified another address or fax number) 
       be made or delivered to the address or fax number:

       31.2.1 in the case of the Obligors and the Agent, identified 
              with its name below; and

       31.2.2 in the case of each Bank, notified in writing to the 
              Agent prior to the date hereof (or, in the case of a 
              Transferee, at the end of the Transfer Certificate to 
              which it is a party as Transferee),

       provided that not more than one address may be specified by 
       each party pursuant to this Clause 31.2 at any time.

31.3   Delivery
       Any communication or document to be made or delivered by one 
       person to another pursuant to this Agreement shall:

       31.3.1 if by way of fax, be deemed to have been received when 
              a transmission report which confirms that the 
              transmission was successfully completed has been 
              printed; and

       31.3.2 if by way of letter, be deemed to have been delivered 
              when left at the relevant address or, as the case may 
              be, ten days after being deposited in the post postage 
              prepaid in an envelope addressed to it at such 
              address,

<PAGE>

       provided that any communication or document to be made or 
       delivered to the Agent shall be effective only when received 
       by its agency department and then only if the same is 
       expressly marked for the attention of the department or             
       officer identified with the Agent's signature below (or such 
       other department or officer as the Agent shall from time to 
       time specify for this purpose).

31.4   Notification of Changes
       Promptly upon receipt of notification of a change of address 
       or fax number pursuant to Clause 31.2 (Addresses) or changing 
       its own address or fax number, the Agent shall notify the 
       other parties hereto of such change.

31.5   English Language
       Each communication and document made or delivered by one 
       party to another pursuant to this Agreement shall be in the 
       English language or accompanied by a translation thereof into 
       English certified (by an officer of the person making or 
       delivering the same) as being a true and accurate translation 
       thereof.

32.    COUNTERPARTS

         This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, 
       all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same 
       instrument.

33.    AMENDMENTS

33.1   Amendments
       If the Agent has the prior consent of an Instructing Group, 
       the Agent and the Obligors may from time to time agree in 
       writing to amend this Agreement or to waive, prospectively or 
       retrospectively, any of the requirements of this Agreement 
       and any amendments or waivers so agreed shall be binding on 
       all the Finance Parties and the Obligors, provided that no 
       such waiver or amendment shall subject any party hereto to 
       any new or additional obligations without the consent of such 
       party.

33.2   Amendments Requiring the Consent of all the Banks
       An amendment or waiver which relates to:

       33.2.1 Clause 25 (Sharing) or this Clause 33;

<PAGE>

       33.2.2 reducing the proportion of any amount received or 
              recovered in respect of any amount due from the 
              Borrowers hereunder to which any Bank is entitled;

       33.2.3 a change in the principal amount of or currency of any 
              Advance, or extending the term of the Facility or the 
              Term of any Advance;

       33.2.4 a change in the Margin, the amount or currency of any 
              payment of interest, fees or any other amount payable 
              hereunder to any Finance Party or deferral of the date 
              for payment thereof;

       33.2.5 the conditions set out in sub-clause 3.3.3 of 
              Clause 3.3 (Drawdown Conditions) if an Event of 
              Default or Potential Event of Default which relates to 
              a Repeated Representation is continuing;

       33.2.6 the definition of "Event of Default", "Instructing 
              Group" or "Potential Event of Default"; or

       33.2.7 any provision which contemplates the need for the 
              consent or approval of all the Banks,
              shall not be made without the prior consent of all the 
              Banks.

33.3   Exceptions
       Notwithstanding any other provisions hereof, the Agent shall        
       not be obliged to agree to any such amendment or waiver if 
       the same would:

       33.3.1 amend or waive this Clause 33, Clause 19 (Costs and 
              Expenses) or Clause 26 (The Agent, the Arranger and 
              the Banks); or

       33.3.2 otherwise amend or waive any of the Agent's rights 
              hereunder or subject the Agent or the Arranger to any 
              additional obligations hereunder.

34.    ADDITIONAL BORROWERS

34.1   Designation of Additional Borrowers
       The Company may, with the prior written consent of the Agent 
       (after consultation with the Banks), which consent shall not 
       be unreasonably withheld or delayed, at any time designate 
       another member of the Group as an Additional Borrower.

<PAGE>

34.2   Accession of Additional Borrower
       Such designation shall take effect and the member of the 
       Group so designated shall become an Additional Borrower on 
       the date the Agent receives in form and substance reasonably 
       satisfactory to it:
 
       34.2.1 a Deed of Accession signed by each party to it other 
              than the Agent;

       34.2.2 each of the documents referred to in Clause 4 
              (Conditions Precedent) of the Deed of Accession; and

       34.2.3 such information relating to the member of the Group 
              to become a party to this Agreement in the capacity of 
              "Borrower" as the Agent may reasonably require.

35.    GOVERNING LAW
         This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in 
       accordance with, English law.

36.    JURISDICTION

36.1   English Courts
       Each of the parties hereto irrevocably agrees for the benefit 
       of the Finance Parties that the courts of England shall have 
       non-exclusive jurisdiction to hear and determine any suit, 
       action or proceedings, and to settle any disputes, which may 
       arise out of or in connection with this Agreement 
       (respectively "Proceedings" and "Disputes") and, for such 
       purposes, irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of such 
       courts.

36.2   New York Courts
       Each of the parties hereto irrevocably agrees that the courts 
       of the State of New York and the courts of the United States 
       of America, in each case sitting in the county of New York, 
       shall have non-exclusive jurisdiction to hear and determine 
       any Proceedings and to settle any Disputes and, for such 
       purposes, irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of such 
       courts.

36.3   Convenient Forum
       The parties agree that the courts of England and the State of 
       New York are the most appropriate and convenient courts to 
       determine any proceedings and to settle Disputes between them        
       and, accordingly, that they will not argue to the contrary.

<PAGE>

36.4   Non-Exclusive Jurisdiction
       This Clause 36 is for the benefit of the Finance Parties 
       only.  As a result and notwithstanding Clauses 36.1 (English 
       Courts) and 36.2 (New York Courts), it does not prevent any 
       Finance Party from taking Proceedings in any other courts 
       with jurisdiction.  To the extent allowed by law, the Finance 
       Parties may take concurrent Proceedings in any number of 
       jurisdictions.

36.5   Service of Process
       Each Obligor agrees that the documents which start any  
       Proceedings and any other documents required to be served in 
       relation to those Proceedings may be served on it:

       36.5.1 in connection with any Proceedings in England on HCEL
              at the address identified with its name below; and 

       36.5.2 in connection with any Proceedings in New York on CT 
              Corp. at 2085 La Salle Street, Suite 824, Chicago, 
              Illinois 60604.

       HCEL unconditionally accepts such appointment.  If the 
       appointment of either of the persons mentioned in this 
       Clause 36.5 ceases to be effective, each of the Obligors 
       shall immediately appoint a further person in England or, as 
       the case may be, New York and, failing such appointment 
       within fifteen days, the Agent shall be entitled to appoint a 
       person by notice to each of the Obligors.  Nothing contained 
       herein shall affect the right to serve process in any manner 
       permitted by law. 

36.6   Waiver of Jury Trial
       EACH OF THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT AGREES TO WAIVE 
       IRREVOCABLY ITS RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM BASED 
       UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE DOCUMENTS 
       REFERRED TO HEREIN OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREIN.  
       This waiver is intended to apply to all Disputes.  Each party 
       acknowledges that (a) this waiver is a material inducement to
       enter into this Agreement, (b) it has already relied on this 
       waiver in entering into this Agreement and (c) it will 
       continue to rely on this waiver in future dealings.  Each 
       party hereto represents that it has reviewed this waiver with 
       its legal advisers and that it knowingly and voluntarily 
       waives its jury trial rights after consultation with its 
       legal advisers.  In the event of litigation, this Agreement         
       may be filed as a written consent to a trial by the court.

AS WITNESS the hands of the duly authorised representatives of the 
parties hereto the day and year first before written.

<PAGE>

                                      SCHEDULE 1

                                      THE BANKS



Bank                                                     Commitment
                                                             

Banca Nazionale del Lavoro S.p.A., London Branch          7,500,000

The Governor and Company of the Bank of Scotland          7,500,000

The Chase Manhattan Bank                                  7,500,000

Lloyds Bank Plc                                           7,500,000

Midland Bank plc                                          7,500,000

State Street Bank and Trust Company                       7,500,000

                                                        -----------

                                                         45,000,000

<PAGE>

                                      SCHEDULE 2
                           FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

To:  Chase Manhattan International Limited

                        TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

relating to the agreement (as from time to time amended, varied, 
novated or supplemented, the "Facility Agreement") dated 18 December 
1998 whereby a 45,000,000 revolving credit facility was made available 
to Harris Chemical Europe Ltd, NAMSCO (UK) Ltd and Salt Union Limited 
as original borrowers under the guarantee of IMC Global Inc. and IMC 
Inorganic Chemicals Inc. by a group of banks on whose behalf Chase 
Manhattan International Limited acted as agent in connection therewith.

1.   Terms defined in the Facility Agreement shall, subject to any 
     contrary indication, have the same meanings herein.  The terms 
     Bank and Transferee are defined in the schedule hereto.

2.   The Bank (i) confirms that the details in the schedule hereto 
     under the heading "Bank's Commitment" or "Advance(s)" 
     accurately summarises its Commitment and/or, as the case may 
     be, its participation in, and the Term and Repayment Date of, 
     one or more existing Advances and (ii) requests the Transferee 
     to accept and procure the transfer by novation to the 
     Transferee of the portion specified in the schedule hereto of, 
     as the case may be, its Commitment and/or its participation in 
     such Advance(s) by counter-signing and delivering this Transfer 
     Certificate to the Agent at its address for the service of 
     notices specified in the Facility Agreement.

3.   The Transferee hereby requests the Agent to accept this 
     Transfer Certificate as being delivered to the Agent pursuant 
     to and for the purposes of Clause 27.6 (Transfers by Banks) of 
     the Facility Agreement so as to take effect in accordance with 
     the terms thereof on the Transfer Date or on such later date as 
     may be determined in accordance with the terms thereof.

4.   The Transferee confirms that it has received a copy of the 
     Facility Agreement together with such other information as it 
     has required in connection with this transaction and that it 
     has not relied and will not hereafter rely on the Bank to check 
     or enquire on its behalf into the legality, validity, 
     effectiveness, adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any such 
     information and further agrees that it has not relied and will 
     not rely on the Bank to assess or keep under review on its 
     behalf the financial condition, creditworthiness, condition, 
     affairs, status or nature of the Obligors.

<PAGE>

5.   The Transferee hereby undertakes with the Bank and each of the      
     other parties to the Facility Agreement that it will perform in 
     accordance with their terms all those obligations which by the 
     terms of the Facility Agreement will be assumed by it after 
     delivery of this Transfer Certificate to the Agent and 
     satisfaction of the conditions (if any) subject to which this 
     Transfer Certificate is expressed to take effect.

6.   The Bank makes no representation or warranty and assumes no 
     responsibility with respect to the legality, validity, 
     effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Facility 
     Agreement or any document relating thereto and assumes no 
     responsibility for the financial condition of the Obligors or 
     for the performance and observance by the Obligors of any of 
     its obligations under the Facility Agreement or any document 
     relating thereto and any and all such conditions and 
     warranties, whether express or implied by law or otherwise, are 
     hereby excluded.

7.   The Bank hereby gives notice that nothing herein or in the 
     Facility Agreement (or any document relating thereto) shall 
     oblige the Bank to (a) accept a re-transfer from the Transferee 
     of the whole or any part of its rights, benefits and/or 
     obligations under the Facility Agreement transferred pursuant 
     hereto or (b) support any losses directly or indirectly 
     sustained or incurred by the Transferee for any reason 
     whatsoever including the non-performance by an Obligor or any 
     other party to the Facility Agreement (or any document relating 
     thereto) of its obligations under any such document.  The 
     Transferee hereby acknowledges the absence of any such 
     obligation as is referred to in (a) or (b) above.

8.   This Transfer Certificate and the rights, benefits and 
     obligations of the parties hereunder shall be governed by and 
     construed in accordance with English law.

<PAGE>

                            THE SCHEDULE


1.   Bank:

2.   Transferee:

3.   Transfer Date:
 
4.   Commitment:

          Bank's Commitment           Portion Transferred




5.   Advance(s):
 
     Amount of                 Term and
     Bank's Participation      Repayment Date         Portion
     Transferred


<PAGE>

[Transferor Bank]            [Transferee Bank]

By:                          By:

Date:                        Date:



ADMINISTRATIVE DETAILS OF TRANSFEREE

Address:


Contact Name:


Account for Payments
in sterling:


Fax:

Telephone:

<PAGE>
                                      SCHEDULE 3
                               CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

1.      Duly executed copies of this Agreement and the Subordination 
        Deed.

2.      In relation to each Obligor:

        (a)    a copy, certified as at the date of this Agreement a 
               true and up-to-date copy by an Authorised Signatory 
               of such Obligor, of the constitutional documents of 
               such Obligor; 

        (b)    copy, certified as at the date of this Agreement a 
               true and up-to-date copy by an Authorised Signatory 
               of such Obligor, of an extract of a board resolution
               of such Obligor approving the execution, delivery and 
               performance of this Agreement and the terms and 
               conditions hereof and authorising a named person or 
               persons to sign this Agreement and any documents to 
               be delivered by such Obligor pursuant hereto;

        (c)    a certificate of an Authorised Signatory of such 
               Obligor setting out the names and signatures of the 
               persons authorised to sign, on behalf of such 
               Obligor, this Agreement and any documents to be 
               delivered by such Obligor pursuant hereto; and

        (d)    a certificate of an Authorised Signatory of such 
               Obligor confirming that utilisation of the Facility 
               would not breach any restriction on its borrowing 
               powers.

3.      A copy, certified as at the date of this Agreement a true 
        and up-to-date copy by an Authorised Signatory of such 
        Obligor, of each of the most recent Form 10-K, Form 10-Q and 
        Form 8-K (or their equivalents) lodged by an Obligor with 
        the Securities Exchange Commission.  

4.      A copy, certified as at the date of this Agreement a true 
        and complete copy, of the Deed of Release dated on or about 
        the date of this Agreement between HCEL and the Bank of 
        Scotland.

5.      Certificate from an Authorised Signatory of the Company 
        confirming that the guarantee granted by it under Clause 17 
        (Guarantee and Indemnity) is within the limit on guarantees 
        in respect of UK operations stipulated in the resolutions 
        referred to in paragraph 2(b) above.

<PAGE>

6.      An opinion of the General Counsel of the Company 
        satisfactory in form and substance to the Agent.

7.      An opinion of the Obligors' US Counsel satisfactory in form 
        and substance to the Agent.

8.      An opinion of the Banks' US Counsel satisfactory in form and 
        substance to the Agent.

9.      An opinion of Clifford Chance, solicitors to the Arranger.  

10.     Evidence that CT Corp has agreed to act as the agent of the 
        Obligors for the service of process in New York.

<PAGE>
                                       SCHEDULE 4
                                 NOTICE OF DRAWDOWN

From:     [Borrower]

To:       Chase Manhattan International Limited
Dated:

Dear Sirs,

1.        We refer to the agreement (the "Facility Agreement") dated 
          18 December 1998 and made between Harris Chemical Europe 
          Ltd, NAMSCO (UK) Ltd and Salt Union Limited as original 
          borrowers, IMC Global Inc and IMC Inorganic Chemicals Inc. 
          as guarantors, Chase Manhattan International Limited as 
          agent and the financial institutions named therein as 
          banks.  Terms defined in the Facility Agreement shall have 
          the same meaning in this notice.

2.        This notice is irrevocable.

3.        We hereby give you notice that, pursuant to the Facility 
          Agreement and upon the terms and subject to the conditions 
          contained therein, we wish an Advance to be made to us as 
          follows:

4.        Amount:

          (a)   Drawdown Date:

          (b)   Term:

5.        We confirm that, at the date hereof, the Repeated 
          Representations are true in all material respects and no 
          Event of Default [or Potential Event of Default]( ) is 
          continuing.

6.        The proceeds of this drawdown should be credited to 
          [insert account details].

                           Yours faithfully

                        ------------------------
                          Authorised Signatory
                          for and on behalf of
                           [Name of Borrower]


<PAGE>

                                       SCHEDULE 5

             DETERMINATION OF MARGIN AND COMMITMENT COMMISSION



1.  The Margin and Commitment Commission for a period will be the 
    applicable percentage rate per annum set out in the table below.


                             Margin          Commitment Commission
    Credit Rating        (% per annum)           (% per annum)

    Level 1                   0.60                   0.30

    Level II                  0.65                   0.30 
 
    Level III                 1.00                   0.45

    Level IV                  1.50                   0.75

2.  The credit ratings to be used for the purposes of this Schedule 
    are those assigned to the senior unsecured long-term debt 
    securities of the Company excluding any credit enhancement 
    provided by any person other than a member of the Group.  Any 
    rating assigned to any other debt security of the Company shall 
    be disregarded.

3.  The credit rating on any day is the credit rating in effect at 
    the close of business on that day.

4.  If on any calculation date the Company has split ratings and the 
    ratings differential is more than one increment, the median 
    rating (or if none, the higher of the intermediate ratings) 
    shall apply.

5.  For the purposes of this Schedule:

    (a)   "Level I Status" exists at any date if the Company long 
          term debt is rated BBB+ or higher by S&P or Baa1 or better 
          by Moody's;

    (b)   "Level II Status" exists at any date if:

          (i)   the Company long term debt is rated BBB or higher by 
                S&P or Baa2 or better by Moody's; and

          (ii)  Level I Status does not exist;

<PAGE>

    (c)   "Level III Status" exists at any date if:

          (i)   IMC Global Inc. long term debt is rated BBB- or 
                higher by S&P or Baa3 or better by Moody's; and

          (ii)  neither Level I Status nor Level II Status exists;

    (d)   "Level IV Status" exists at any date if no other status 
          exists;

    (e)   "Moody's" means Moody's Investor Services, Inc.; and

    (f)   "S&P" means Standard and Poor's Rating Services, a 
          division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

<PAGE>

                                        SCHEDULE 6

                                  DEED OF ACCESSION


THIS DEED is made on [*]

BETWEEN

(1)    [*] (the "Additional Borrower");

(2)    IMC GLOBAL INC. and IMC INORGANIC CHEMICALS INC. (each, a 
       "Guarantor") on their own behalf and on behalf of each 
       Borrower; and

(3)    CHASE MANHATTAN INTERNATIONAL LIMITED in its capacity as 
       agent under the Facility Agreement (the "Agent").

WHEREAS

(A)    This Deed is supplemental to an agreement (the "Facility 
       Agreement") dated 18 December 1998 between HCEL, NAMSCO (UK) 
       Ltd and Salt Union Limited as Original Borrowers, IMC Global 
       Inc. and IMC Inorganic Chemicals Inc. as Guarantors, Chase 
       Manhattan International Limited as Agent, Chase Manhattan plc 
       as Arranger and Banks referred to therein.

(B)    The Additional Borrower wishes to become a party to the 
       Facility Agreement in the capacity of Borrower.

NOW THIS DEED WITNESSES:

1.     Definitions

       Definitions in the Facility Agreement apply in this Deed 
       unless the context requires otherwise.

2.     Interpretation

       This Deed and the Facility Agreement shall be read and 
       construed as one document and references in the Facility 
       Agreement to the Facility Agreement (however expressed) shall 
       be read and construed as references to the Facility Agreement 
       this Deed together.

<PAGE>

3.     Accession of Additional Borrower

       In consideration of the Banks through the Agent agreeing to 
       the Additional Borrower becoming an Additional Borrower under 
       Clause 34 (Additional Borrowers) of the Facility Agreement, 
       the Additional Borrower agrees to observe and be bound by the 
       terms and provisions of the Facility Agreement to the extent        
       that they apply to the Borrower as if it were an original 
       party to the Facility Agreement.

4.     Conditions Precedent

       The obligations of the Agent and each Bank under this Deed 
       are subject to the condition precedent that the Agent has 
       received the following documents in form and substance 
       satisfactory to it:


4.1    a copy, certified by a director of the Additional Borrower as 
       being a true, complete and up-to-date, of the certificate of 
       incorporation and constituent documents of the Additional 
       Borrower; 

4.2    a certificate of a director of the Additional Borrower which:

       4.2.1    attaches an extract of the minutes of a meeting of 
                the directors of the Additional Borrower which 
                authorise (a) the execution, delivery and 
                performance on behalf of the Additional Borrower of 
                this Deed, (b) named persons to execute this Deed on 
                behalf of the Additional Borrower and to give any 
                notices or certificates required in connection with
                it and which certifies that such minutes are a true 
                and complete copy and that such resolutions have not 
                been varied or rescinded;

       4.2.2    a copy, certified to be a true copy, of the 
                signature of each Authorised Signatory of the 
                Additional Borrower;

       4.2.3    a certificate of a director of the Additional 
                Borrower confirming that the aggregate of the 
                borrowings of the Additional Borrower do not or, as 
                the case may be, would not if fully drawn, exceed 
                any borrowing limit contained in the Additional 
                Borrower's constitutional documents or in any trust
                deed or other agreement or instrument to which the 
                Additional Borrower is a party; 

<PAGE>

       4.2.4    an English law legal opinion in a form satisfactory 
                to the Agent (together with a legal opinion (in a 
                form satisfactory to the Agent) from the 
                jurisdiction of incorporation of the Additional
                Borrower (if the Additional Borrower is not 
                established in England)); and

       4.2.5    [*Insert any other conditions precedent as Agent may 
                reasonably require*]

5.     Representations
  
       The Additional Borrower makes each of the Repeated 
       Representations made by the Obligors (other than the Company) 
       in respect of itself only and the representation set out in 
       Clause 14.14 (Claims Pari Passu).  

6.     Confirmation of Guarantee
 
       Each Guarantor confirms that its obligations and the rights, 
       powers and remedies conferred upon the Agent and the Banks 
       under Clause 17 (Guarantee and Indemnity) of the Facility 
       Agreement shall not be discharged, impaired or otherwise be 
       affected by this Deed.

7.     Notices
       The Additional Borrower's address for notices is identified         
beneath its name below.  


8.     Governing Law

       This Deed shall be governed by and construed in accordance 
       with English law.











- - -------------------------------------------------
*Insert provisions to deal with process agent and jurisdiction 
 clause if Additional Borrower is a foreign company.

<PAGE>

IN WITNESS whereof this Deed has been duly executed on the day and year 
first above written.

Additional Borrower

[Name of Additional Borrower]

By:

Address:      [*]

Fax:          [*]

Attention:    [*]

Guarantors

IMC GLOBAL INC.

By:


IMC INORGANIC CHEMICALS INC.

By:


Agent

CHASE MANHATTAN INTERNATIONAL LIMITED

By:


<PAGE>

                                SIGNATURES

The Original Borrowers

HARRIS CHEMICAL EUROPE LTD

By:          David Goadby

Address:     3 Kings Court, Manor Farm Road
             Manor Park
             Runcorn
             Cheshire WA7 1HR

Fax:         01928 579 432


NAMSCO (UK) LTD

By:          David Goadby

Address:     3 Kings Court, Manor Farm Road
             Manor Park
             Runcorn
             Cheshire WA7 1HR

Fax:         01928 579 432


SALT UNION LIMITED

By:          David Goadby

Address:     3 Kings Court, Manor Farm Road
             Manor Park
             Runcorn
             Cheshire WA7 1HR

Fax:         01928 579 432


<PAGE>

The Guarantors

IMC GLOBAL INC.

By:           E. Paul Dunn, Jr

Address:      2100 Sanders Road
              Northbrook
              Illinois 60062
              USA

Fax:          1 847 205 4900


IMC INORGANIC CHEMICALS INC.

By:           E. Paul Dunn, Jr

Address:      2100 Sanders Road
              Northbrook
              Illinois 60062
              USA

Fax:          1 847 205 4900


<PAGE>

The Arranger

CHASE MANHATTAN plc

By:             Philippe GOFFIN

The Agent


CHASE MANHATTAN INTERNATIONAL LIMITED

By:             Kathryn Jepson

Address:        125 London Wall
                London EC2Y 5AS
   
Fax:            0171 777 2360

Attention:      Loan Agency

The Banks


BANCA NAZIONALE DEL LAVORO S.p.A.,
LONDON BRANCH

By:             John Barnett
                Giulia Billard


THE GOVERNOR AND COMPANY OF
THE BANK OF SCOTLAND

By:             Gavin Johnstone


THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK

By:             Kathryn Jepson


LLOYDS BANK PLC

By:             Simon Gledhill


<PAGE>

MIDLAND BANK plc

By:             Mark Stapley


STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

By:             Richard T. Flood III





                                                       EXHIBIT 10.75



                    IMC GLOBAL (EUROPE) LIMITED

                      IMC GLOBAL (UK) LIMITED

                         SALT UNION LIMITED

                         Original Borrowers


                           IMC GLOBAL INC.

                    IMC INORGANIC CHEMICALS INC.

                             Guarantors


                CHASE MANHATTAN INTERNATIONAL LIMITED

                                Agent


                =====================================

                         AMENDMENT AGREEMENT
                            relating to a
                 45,000,000 Revolving Loan Agreement
                        dated 18 December 1998

                =====================================

<PAGE>

THIS AGREEMENT is made on 15 January 1999

BETWEEN

(1)   IMC GLOBAL (EUROPE) LIMITED (formerly Harris Chemical Europe 
      Ltd) (registered no. 3107016), IMC GLOBAL (UK) LIMITED 
      (formerly Namsco (UK) Ltd) (registered no. 2654680) and SALT 
      UNION LIMITED (registered no. 2654529) (each, an "Original 
      Borrower");

(2)   IMC GLOBAL INC. and IMC INORGANIC CHEMICALS INC. (each, a 
      "Guarantor"); and

(3)   CHASE MANHATTAN INTERNATIONAL LIMITED as agent for the 
      Arranger and the Banks (the "Agent").

RECITALS

(A)   The Banks have agreed to extend certain financial 
      accommodation to the Borrowers under the Principal Agreement.  

(B)   The parties wish to amend the Principal Agreement in the 
      manner set out herein.

IT IS AGREED as follows.

1.    DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

1.1   Definitions

      The following definitions apply unless the context requires 
      otherwise.

      "Effective Date" means 31 December 1998. 

      "Principal Agreement" means the 45,000,000 Revolving Loan 
      Agreement dated 18 December 1998 between IMC Global (Europe) 
      Limited, IMC Global (UK) Limited and Salt Union Limited as 
      borrowers, IMC Global Inc. and IMC Inorganic Inc. as 
      guarantors, Chase Manhattan plc as arranger, Chase Manhattan 
      International Limited as agent and the banks referred to 
      therein.  

1.2   Interpretation

      Clauses 1.2 (Interpretation) to 1.10 (Economic and Monetary 
      Union Definitions) of the Principal Agreement shall apply 
      (having made all necessary changes) in this Agreement as if  
      set out in full.

<PAGE>

1.3   Principal Agreement Definitions
      Definitions in the Principal Agreement apply in this Agreement 
      unless the context requires otherwise.  

2.    AMENDMENT

2.1   Amendment

      On and from the date on which the Agent confirms to the Banks      
      and the Company that it has received the fees referred to in 
      Clause 3 (Condition Precedent), the Principal Agreement shall 
      be amended, with effect from the Effective Date, by inserting 
      a new sub-clause 15.13.3 at the end of sub-clause 15.13.2 of 
      Clause 15.13 (Leverage Ratio) as follows.

"15.13.3  The calculation of the Leverage Ratio shall:

          (a) exclude the pre-tax non-recurring charges not in 
              excess of approximately $325,000,000 incurred by the 
              Company in, and reflected in the Company's 
              consolidated statement of income for, the fiscal year 
              ended 31 December 1998; and

          (b) disregard classification of the Company's Agribusiness 
              unit as a discontinued operation,

          provided that if within 3 months of the date hereof (the 
          "Relevant Period") the Company's credit rating (as defined 
          in Schedule 5 (Determination of Margin and Commitment 
          Commission) at the date hereof (the "Current Credit 
          Rating") is: 

          (c) downgraded and not subsequently restored to the 
              Current Credit Rating during the Relevant Period, the 
              increase in the Margin and the commitment commission 
              provided for by Schedule 5 (Determination of Margin 
              and Commitment Commission) shall take effect from the 
              date hereof; and
 
          (d) downgraded but subsequently restored to the Current 
              Credit Rating at any time during the Relevant Period, 
              the increase in the Margin and the commitment 
              commission provided for by Schedule 5 (Determination 
              of Margin and Commitment Commission) shall:

              (i)  accrue from the date hereof up to and including 
                   the date on which the Current Credit Rating is 
                   restored; and

<PAGE>

              (ii) thereafter the Margin and the commitment 
                   commission shall reduce in accordance with the 
                   provisions of Schedule 5 (Determination of Margin 
                   and Commitment Commission).

          For the avoidance of doubt, if at any time during the 
          Relevant Period the Current Credit Rating is affirmed in 
          circumstances where the Current Credit Rating has not 
          previously been downgraded, paragraphs (c) and (d) of this 
          sub-clause 15.13.3 shall not apply."  

2.2   Waiver

      2.2.1 The Finance Parties waive any Event of Default or 
            Potential Event of Default which has been disclosed in 
            writing by the Company to the Agent prior to the date 
            hereof.  

      2.2.2 Nothing herein shall affect the rights of the Finance 
            Parties in respect of the occurrence of any other Event 
            of Default or Potential Event of Default which has 
            arisen but which has not been disclosed in writing by 
            the Company or any other Obligor to the Agent prior to 
            the date hereof.

3.    CONDITION PRECEDENT

      This Agreement shall be of no force and effect until the Agent 
      shall have received on account of each Bank an amendment fee 
      in an amount equal to 0.05 per cent. of each Bank's 
      Commitment.

4.    REPRESENTATIONS

      On the date hereof, each Obligor makes each of the Repeated 
      Representations save that the Company does not make the 
      representation set out in sub-clause 14.4.1 of Clause 14.4 
      (Financial Information) of the Principal Agreement.  

5.    CONTINUITY AND FURTHER ASSURANCE

5.1   Continuing Obligations

      The provisions of Principal Agreement shall, save as amended 
      by this Agreement, continue in full force and effect.  

<PAGE>

5.2   Further Assurance

      Each Obligor shall, at the request of the Agent and at its own 
      expense, do all such acts and things necessary or desirable to 
      give effect to the amendments effected or to be effected by 
      this Agreement.

6.    STAMP TAXES

      The Company shall pay all stamp, registration and other taxes 
      to which this Agreement or any judgment given in connection    
      herewith is or at any time may be subject and shall, from time 
      to time on demand of the Agent, indemnify the Finance Parties 
      against any liabilities, costs, claims and expenses resulting 
      from any failure to pay or any delay in paying any such tax.

7.    MISCELLANEOUS

7.1   Incorporation of Provisions
   
      The following provisions of the Principal Agreement shall 
      apply (having made all necessary changes) in this Agreement as 
      if set out in full:

      7.1.1   Clause 27.1 (Binding Agreement);

      7.1.2   Clause 30 (Remedies and Waiver, Partial Invalidity);

      7.1.3   Clause 35 (Governing Law); and

      7.1.4   Clause 36 (Jurisdiction).

7.2   Counterparts

      This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, 
      all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same 
      instrument.

7.3   One Agreement

      This Agreement and the Principal Agreement shall be read and 
      construed as one document.  References in the Principal 
      Agreement (however expressed) to the Principal Agreement shall 
      be read and construed as the Principal Agreement as amended by 
      this Agreement.  

AS WITNESS the hands of duly authorised representatives of the parties 
hereto the day and year first before written.

<PAGE>

                            SIGNATURES

Original Borrowers

IMC GLOBAL (EUROPE) LIMITED

By: 	    /s/ David Goadby
   ------------------------------


IMC GLOBAL (UK) LIMITED

By:      /s/ David Goadby
   ------------------------------


SALT UNION LIMITED

By:      /s/ David Goadby
   ------------------------------


Guarantors

IMC GLOBAL INC.

By:     /s/ E.Paul Dunn Jr.
   ------------------------------


IMC INORGANIC CHEMICALS INC.

By:     /s/ E. Paul Dunn Jr.
   ------------------------------

Agent

CHASE MANHATTAN INTERNATIONAL LIMITED

By:     /s/ Kathryn Jepson
   ------------------------------




                                                          EXHIBIT 10.76



                            FACILITY AGREEMENT




                         BANQUE NATIONALE DE PARIS
                            (ARBN 000 000 117)


                    THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO
                            (ARBN 065 752 918)

                                   AND

                      PENRICE SODA PRODUCTS PTY LTD
                            (ACN 008 206 942)

                                   AND

                          PENRICE HOLDINGS PTY
                            (ACN 008 125 835)

                                   AND

                      IMC GLOBAL AUSTRALIA PTY LTD
                            (ACN 072 639 902)

                                   AND

                             IMC GLOBAL INC



                             PIPER ALDERMAN
                                 Lawyers
                          167 Flinders Street
                            Adelaide SA 5000
                                Australia

                       Telephone:  (08) 8205-3333 
                       Facsimile:  (08) 8205-3300

                              MG [ML]85806

<PAGE>
 
                              TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                               Page No.


1.      INTERPRETATION                                             1
        1.1   Definitions                                          1
        1.2   Construction                                         6

2.      THE FACILITY                                               7

3.      ACCOMMODATION LIMIT                                        7

4.      PURPOSE OF THE FACILITY                                    7

5.      DRAWDOWN                                                   8
        5.1   Time of Drawdown Notice                              8
        5.2   Drawdown Notice                                      8
        5.3   Term Loan                                            8
        5.4   Liability for Drawdown                               8
        5.5   Minimum Drawn                                        8
        5.6   Provision of Funds                                   8
        5.7   Payment to Borrower                                  8

6.      INTEREST                                                   9

7.      FEES, EXPENSES & CHARGES                                  10
        7.1   Establishment Fee                                   10
        7.2   Line Fee                                            10
        7.3   Agency Fee                                          11
        7.4   Expenses                                            11
        7.5   Government Charges                                  11
        7.6   Increase in Costs by Government Action              12
        7.7   Gross Up                                            13

8.      REPAYMENTS                                                14
        8.1   Payment of Principal                                15
        8.2   Redrawing                                           15
        8.3   Early Repayment of Advances                         15
        8.4   Manner of Payment                                   16
        8.5   Distribution by Administrative Agent                16
        8.6   Non-receipt of funds by the Administrative 
               Agent from the Borrower                            17

9.      TERMINATION OF FACILITY                                   17

10.     CONDITIONS PRECEDENT                                      17
        10.1   To the Facility                                    18
        10.2   To A Drawdown                                      18

<PAGE>

11.     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES                            19
        11.1   Status                                             19
        11.2   This Agreement                                     19
        11.3   Third Party Rights                                 19
        11.4   Authorities                                        19
        11.5   Other Commitments                                  20
        11.6   Litigation                                         20
        11.7   Taxation                                           20
        11.8   Unsecured Liabilities                              20
        11.9   Trusts                                             20
        11.10  Insurance Policies                                 20
        11.11  Adverse Circumstances                              20
        11.12  Year 2000 Compliance                               21
        11.13  No Misrepresentation                               21

12.     GENERAL OBLIGATIONS                                       21
        12.1   Authorities                                        22
        12.2   Notice of Default                                  22
        12.3   Law                                                22
        12.4   Access                                             22
        12.5   Negative Pledge                                    22
        12.6   Inspection                                         23
        12.7   Public Information                                 23

13.     FINANCIAL INFORMATION                                     24

14.     EVENTS OF DEFAULT                                         24

15.     INDEMNITIES                                               26

16.     GUARANTEE                                                 27

17.     GENERAL INDEMNITY                                         27

18.     INDEMNITY FOR AVOIDANCE OF GUARANTEED MONEY               27

19.     PAYMENT OF GUARANTEED MONEY                               28

20.     ACKNOWLEDGEMENT                                           28

21.     PRINCIPAL OBLIGATION                                      28

22.     CONTINUING GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY                        28

23.     AMOUNT OF GUARANTEED MONEY                                29

24.     UNCONDITIONAL NATURE OF OBLIGATIONS                       29

<PAGE>
25.     NO COMPETITION                                            30

26.     PROOF BY LENDER                                           31

27.     AVOIDANCE OF PAYMENTS                                     31

28.     RETENTION OF AGREEMENT                                    32

29.     EXCLUSION OF MORATORIUM                                   32

30.     NON-EXERCISE OF GUARANTOR'S RIGHTS                        32

31.     PAYMENTS IN GROSS                                         32

32.     SUSPENSE ACCOUNT                                          32

33.     APPOINTMENT OF ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT                       33

34.     POWERS AND DUTIES OF ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT                 33

35.     GENERAL IMMUNITY                                          34

36.     NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR LOANS ETC                           34

37.     ACTING ON INSTRUCTIONS OF LENDER                          34

38.     ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND LEGAL ADVISERS                   35

39.     RELIANCE ON DOCUMENTS AND LEGAL ADVICE                    35

40.     AGENT'S INDEMNIFICATION                                   35

41.     LENDER CREDIT DECISIONS                                   36

42.     RESIGNATION OF ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT                       36

43.     CERTIFICATIONS                                            37

44.     UNLAWFULNESS                                              37

45.     AUTHORITY TO DEBIT ACCOUNTS                               38

46.     NO WAIVER                                                 38

47.     MERGER                                                    38

48.    TIME OF THE ESSENCE                                        38

49.    SET OFF                                                    39

<PAGE>
50.    APPROPRIATION                                              40

51.    SUCCESSORS                                                 40

52.    ASSIGNMENT                                                 40

53.    NOTICES                                                    40

54.    OTHER DOCUMENTS                                            41

55.    AMENDMENT                                                 42

56.    GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION                            42

57.    SEVERANCE                                                 42

58.    COUNTERPARTS                                              42

59.    ENTIRE AGREEMENT                                          42


<PAGE>

AGREEMENT made the 23 day of September, 1998

BETWEEN:    BANQUE NATIONALE DE PARIS (ARBN 000 000 117) of 12  
            Castlereagh Street, Sydney, New South Wales (Lender)

AND:        THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO (ARBN 065 752 918) of 70
            Hindmarsh Square, Adelaide, South Australia (Administrative 
            Agent)

AND:        PENRICE SODA PRODUCTS PTY LTD (ACN 008 206 942) of Solvay 
            Road, Osborne, South Australia 5017 (Soda)

AND:        PENRICE HOLDINGS PTY (ACN 008 125 835) of Solvay Road, 
            Osborne, South Australia 5017 (Holdings)

AND:        IMC GLOBAL AUSTRALIA PTY LTD (ACN 072 639 902) of Solvay 
            Road, Osborne. South Australia 5017 (IMC)

AND:        IMC GLOBAL INC, a Delaware Corporation of 2100 Sanders 
            Road, Northbrook, Illinois 60062, 6142 (Guarantor)

INTRODUCTION

A.     The Borrower and the Guarantor have requested that the Lender 
       provide or continue to provide certain financial accommodation 
       to the Borrower.

B.     The Lender desires to provide or to continue to provide such 
       financial accommodation to the Borrower upon and subject to the 
       terms and conditions of this Agreement.

OPERATIVE PROVISIONS

                                  SECTION A

1.     INTERPRETATION

       1.1     Definitions

               In this Agreement unless the context otherwise requires:

               "Accommodation Limit" means:

               (a)    in respect of the Revolving Credit Facility, 
                      A$1,666,666.67;

               (b)    in respect of the Term Loan Facility, 
                      A$8,333,333.33;


<PAGE>

               or such other amounts (expressed in Australian dollars) 
               which the Lender and the Borrower may agree upon in 
               writing, from time to time.

               "Administrative Agent" means The First National Bank of
               Chicago (ARBN 065 752 918) or any other person appointed
               as Administrative Agent for the purposes of this 
               Agreement.

               "Advance" means any cash advance drawn under this 
               Facility (including a Tenn Loan).

               "this Agreement" means this Agreement and any other  
               agreement expressed to be supplemental to this Agreement 
               to which the parties to this Agreement are parties and 
               any amendments to any such document.

               "Announcement Date" means the date on which Standard and 
               Poors Rating Agency announces a rating change of the 
               long term unsecured debt of the Guarantor.

               "Approved Purposes" means the refinancing of borrowings 
               of the Borrower at the date of this Agreement and 
               general working capital requirements.

               "Authorised Officer" means:

               (a)    in relation to the Borrower each director and  
                      secretary of the Borrower and each person from 
                      time to time notified in writing by the Borrower 
                      to the Administrative Agent to be an Authorised 
                      Officer;

               (b)    in relation to the Lender and the Administrative 
                      Agent each director and secretary and each 
                      employee of the Lender or the Administrative 
                      Agent (as the case may be) whose title includes 
                      the word  "Manager" or "Director" and includes 
                      any person acting in any such capacity; and

               (c)    in relation to the Guarantor each person whose 
                      title is Chairman, President, Chief Executive 
                      Officer, Chief Financial Officer Senior or 
                      Treasurer and includes any person acting in any 
                      such capacity.



<PAGE>

               "BBSY Rate" means in respect of any day and in respect 
               of any Interest Period the rate per centum per annum 
               quoted on the page numbered "BBSY" of the Reuters 
               Monitor System under the heading "Average Bid Rate" for 
               such Interest Period at or about 10:00 am (Sidney time) 
               on such day or on the first day of such Interest Period 
               (rounded up, if necessary, to the nearest two decimal 
               places) PROVIDED THAT if in respect of any Interest 
               Period the Average Bid Rate cannot be determined in 
               accordance with the foregoing procedures then "Average 
               Bid Rate" for that Interest Period shall mean such rate 
               as is agreed between the Administrative Agent and the 
               Borrower having regard to comparable indices then 
               available and in the absence of any such agreement shall 
               be the rate stipulated by the Administrative Agent 
               having regard to such comparable indices.

               "Bill" has the same meaning as in the Bills of Exchange 
               Act 1909 (Cwth) (but does not include a cheque).

               "the Borrower" means Soda, Holdings and IMC and includes 
               each of their successors and permitted assigns.

               "Business Day" means a day on which Australian trading, 
               banks are open for a full range of banking business in 
               the metropolitan area of Adelaide, South Australia, 
               Melbourne, Victoria and Sydney, New South Wales.

               "Drawdown" means an Advance made by the Lender to the 
               Borrower pursuant to this Agreement.

               "Drawdown Date" means a date upon which an Advance is 
               made by the Lender to the Borrower pursuant to this 
               Agreement.

               "Drawdown Notice" means a notice of intention of the 
               Borrower to borrow or redraw hereunder being a notice in 
               the form or the effect of the form in Schedule 1.

               "Event of Default" means anv of the events designated as 
               such in this Agreement.

               "Facility" means the Revolving Credit Facility and the 
               Term Loan Facility made available under this Agreement 
               and each of them separately.

<PAGE>

               "Financial Year" means the period from 1 January to the 
               next following 31 December or such other period of one 
               (1) year as the Borrower and the Administrative Agent 
               may agree in writing from time to time.

               "Guarantor" means IMC Global Inc. a Delaware 
               Corporation.

               "the Lender" means [insert name of lending bank] and its 
               successors and assigns

               "Interest Period" means each period of each Advance 
               being a period of 30, 60, 90, 120, 150, or 180 days or 
               such other period as the Lender and the Borrower may 
               agree provided that such period shall not extend beyond 
               the Repayment Date.

               "Law" means the Corporations Law or the relevant 
               corresponding legislation applicable to companies 
               incorporated outside of the Commonwealth of Australia.


               "Loans" means the aggregate of all Principal Moneys 
               which are from time to time owing (including 
               contingently owing) or unpaid to the Lender and all 
               other monies from time to time owing (including 
               contingently owing) and unpaid to the Lender or the 
               Administrative Agent under this Agreement.

               "Overdraft Rate" means the rate of interest equal to 2% 
               above the rate of interest referred to in clause 
               6.1.1(a).

               "Permitted Security" means a Security Interest which:

               (a)    has been approved by or is in favour of the  
                      Lender;

               (b)    is a statutory charge on any property in relation 
                      to taxes while those taxes are not due for 
                      payment unless the Lender is satisfied that the 
                      amount of or obligation to pay those taxes is 
                      being contested in good faith and on reasonable 
                      grounds;

<PAGE>

               (c)    secures the purchase price of goods, plant or 
                      equipment purchased by the Borrower from a third 
                      party on anns length terms and used by it in the 
                      ordinary course of its business, is in favour of 
                      such third party and is over such goods, plant or 
                      equipment;

               (d)    is over property of a person who after the date
                      of this document  becomes a Subsidiary of the
                      Borrower provided:

                      (i)    it existed at the time that person became 
                             a Subsidiary of the Borrower;

                      (ii)    it was not created in anticipation of or 
                              in connection with that person becoming a 
                              Subsidiary of the Borrower; and

                      (iii)   the financial indebtedness outstanding 
                              and actually secured by it at the time
                              that person became a Subsidiary of the 
                              Borrower is not increased and the date
                              for repayment of that financial 
                              indebtedness is not extended;

               (e)    secures or is an operating or finance lease hire
                      purchase or rental purchase agreement in respect 
                      of plant and equipment with unrelated third 
                      parties in the ordinary course of its business 
                      and on commercial terms provided that the total 
                      commitment of the Borrower (including any option 
                      for purchase) for the whole of the terms of such 
                      leases or hire purchase or rental purchase 
                      agreements shall not exceed A$3,500,000 at any 
                      one time.

               "Principal Moneys" means the aggregate of the Advances 
               outstanding.


               "Quarter" means each quarter period ending on the last 
               days of March, June, September and December in each 
               year.

               "Repayment Date" means:

               (a)    in respect of the Revolving Credit Facility the 
                      date being two years from the date of this 
                      Agreement; and

<PAGE>

               (b)    in respect of the Term Loan Facility the date 
                      being five years from the date of this Agreement;

                      or such later dates as may be agreed in writing 
                      between the Lender and the Borrower.

               "Revolving Credit Facility" means the cash advance 
               revolving credit facility made available under this 
               Agreement.

               "Security Interest" means any security or preferential 
               interest or arrangement of any kind in any asset or 
               other right of or arrangement of any kind with any 
               creditor to have its claim satisfied before other 
               creditors with or from the proceeds of any asset and any 
               deposit of money by way of security but does not include 
               a Permitted Security.

               "Subsidiary" means:

               (a)    a subsidiary as defined in the Law; or 

               (b)    in respect of a person any entity of which that  
                      person owns or controls, or is in a position to 
                      own or control whether directly or indirectly, 
                      more than fifty per cent (50%) of the capital or 
                      voting rights;

               and includes any subsidiary formed or acquired after the 
               date of this Agreement.
 
               "Term Loan" means any term loan drawn under the Term 
               Loan Facility.

               "Term Loan Facility" means the term loan facility made 
               available under this Agreement;

               "Year 2000 Problem" means the risk that computer 
               applications used by the Borrower or the Guarantor or 
               any of their Subsidiaries. suppliers or customers may be 
               unable to recognize and perform properly date-sensitive
               functions involving certain dates prior to and any date
               after 31 December 1999.


<PAGE>


        1.2    Construction

               In this Agreement unless the context otherwise requires:

               (a)    A reference to any Act of Parliament or to any 
                      section or provision thereof shall be read as if 
                      the words "or any statutory modification or re-
                      enactment thereof or any statutory provision 
                      substituted therefore" were added to such      
                      reference.

              (b)     A reference to winding up shall when applied to 
                      individuals be deemed to refer to bankruptcy.

              (c)     A reference to an accounting term or "Accounting 
                      Standards" is to be interpreted in accordance 
                      with approved accounting standards and practices 
                      under the Law, and, where not inconsistent with 
                      those accounting standards and practices 
                      generally accepted principles and practices in  
                      the jurisdiction under which the relevant 
                      accounts are prepared consistently applied to a 
                      body corporate or as between bodies corporate and 
                      over time. A reference to "consolidated" in 
                      relation to accounts or other financial 
                      information. data or statistics with respect to a 
                      person means treated for accounting purposes as 
                      if accounting standards and generally accepted 
                      accounting principles for the creation of 
                      consolidated accounts applicable to a holding- 
                      company and its subsidiaries applied to the 
                      person.

              (d)     References to sub-clauses. clauses and schedules 
                      are references to sub-clauses clauses, and 
                      schedules of this Agreement.

              (e)     References to any agreement. license or other 
                      instrument shall be deemed to include references 
                      to such agreement. license or other instrument as 
                      varied or replaced from time to time.

<PAGE>

              (f)     Words importing any gender shall include all 
                      other genders:  words importing individuals shall 
                      include partnerships and corporations and vice 
                      versa words importing the singular number shall  
                      include the plural and vice versa, the index (if 
                      any) and headings are for convenience and shall 
                      not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

              (g)     Where under or pursuant to this Agreement or 
                      anything done under this Agreement the day on or 
                      by which any act, matter or thing is to be done 
                      is not a Business Day such act, matter or thing 
                      may be done on the next succeeding day which is a 
                      Business Day (except with respect to the payment
                      of monies payable under this Agreement which 
                      shall be made on the immediately preceding, day 
                      which is a Business Day).


              (h)     An agreement representation or warranty on the 
                      part of two or more persons binds them Jointly 
                      and each of them severally.

              (i)     (subject to clause 5.4) where there are two or 
                      more persons included in the expression "the 
                      Borrower" a reference to "the Borrower" shall 
                      where the context so pen-nits include a reference 
                      to each of such persons separately and any two or 
                      more or such persons together.

                               SECTION B

2.     THE FACILITY

       2.1    In consideration of the premises the Lender agrees to 
              furnish to the Borrower the Facility as a committed 
              facility upon and subject to the terms and conditions in 
              this Agreement. 

       2.2    The Facility will be made available in Australian 
              currency.

3.     ACCOMMODATION LIMIT

       3.1    At any one time the aggregate amount of Advances 
              outstanding shall not exceed the Accommodation Limit.

<PAGE>

       3.2    the Lender shall not be obliaed to make any Advance to 
              the Borrower if to so do would result in the aggregate 
              amount of Advances outstanding exceeding the 
              Accommodation Limit.

       3.3    In the event that the Borrower is at any time in breach 
              of clause 3.1 the Borrower will make payment to the      
              Lender on demand of any amount necessary, to remedy such 
              breach.

4.     PURPOSE OF THE FACILITY

       Financial accommodation granted by the Lender to the Borrower 
       under this Agreement shall be used solely for the Approved 
       Purposes and the Borrower shall not use the same for any other 
       purpose except with the prior written approval of the Lender to 
       do otherwise. Neither the Lender nor the Administrative Agent 
       shall have any responsibility to see to the application of the 
       financial accommodation by the Borrower.


5.     DRAWDOWN

       5.1    Time of Drawdown Notice

              Whenever the Borrower intends to borrow or redraw 
              hereunder it shall give the Administrative Agent a 
              Drawdown Notice not later than 2:00 pm (Melbourne Time) 
              two (2) Business Days before the proposed date of such 
              borrowing, redrawing or issuing.

       5.2    Drawdown Notice

              A Drawdown Notice shall be under the common seal of the 
              Borrower or under the hand of an Authorised Officer of 
              the Borrower.

       5.3    Term Loan

              The Term Loan Facility shall be drawndown in full within 
              seven days of the date of this Agreement.

       5.4    Liability for Drawdown

              The only party liable as principal debtor under this 
              Agreement in relation to any Advance is the party that 
              draws or obtains that Advance.

<PAGE>

       5.5    Minimum Drawn

              Each Drawdown under the Revolving Credit Facility shall 
              be a minimum of A$1,000,000 and shall be in multiples of 
              A$250,000.

       5.6    Provision of Funds

              If the Borrower gives a Drawdown Notice then, pursuant to
              this Agreement. the Lender must provide to the
              Administrative Agent in same day funds in not later than 
              12 noon (Melbourne time) on the specified drawdown date 
              and in accordance with that Drawdown Notice.

       5.7    Payment to Borrower

              On receipt of the amounts paid to it by the Lender under 
              clause 5.5, the Administrative Agent must pay the same in 
              same day funds to the Borrower or as directed by that 
              Borrower.


6.     INTEREST

       6.1    The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for  
              the account of the Lender interest as follows:

              6.1.1   Interest Rate

                      (a)    Interest on each Advance pursuant to the 
                             Revolving Credit Facility not being an 
                             advance under the Overdraft Facility) for 
                             each Interest Period at the rate per 
                             centum per annum determined by the Lender 
                             to be the aggregate of:

                             (i)    a margin of point three per centurn 
                                    (3%) per annum; and

                             (ii)   the BBSY Rate.

<PAGE>

                      (b)    Interest on each Advance being a Tenn Loan 
                             for each Interest Period at the rate per 
                             centurn per annum determined by the Lender 
                             to be the aggregate of:

                            (i)   a margin of point three five per 
                                  cent (.35%) per annum; and

                            (ii)  the BBSY Rate.

               6.1.2  Calculation

                     (a)    Interest shall accrue from day to day and 
                            be payable on so much as the Lender may 
                            have advanced to the Borrower and which 
                            remains owing to the Lender from time to 
                            time.

                     (b)    All sums falling due hereunder by way of 
                            interest or fees on a per annum percentage 
                            basis shall be calculated on the basis of a 
                            365 day year for advances or fees payable 
                            in Australian currency and a 360 day year 
                            for all other currencies for the actual 
                            number of days elapsed.

               6.1.3  Payment

                      Interest shall be paid at the end of each 
                      Interest Period (and at the expiration of each 90 
                      day period during such Interest Period if any 
                      Interest Period is greater than 90 days)save that 
                      the last interest payment shall be made on the 
                      Repayment Date.


       6.2     The Borrower shall pay interest on all monies due and 
               unpaid by the Borrower under or pursuant to this 
               Agreement at the rate of two (20%) per cent above the 
               Overdraft Rate which applies as at the date such monies 
               become due and payable. All interest which accrues under 
               this sub-clause during any calendar month shall     
               become due and payable on the last Business Day of that 
               calendar month. 
 
       6.3     All interest due and unpaid at the option of the Lender 
               shall be capitalized on a monthly basis and bear 
               interest accordingly. 

<PAGE>

       6.4     The Borrower shall on the expiration of each Interest 
               Period in respect of a Term Loan provide to the 
               Administrative Agent an Interest Period Notice in the 
               form of Schedule 2 and if it shall fail to provide such 
               Notice to the Administrative Agent. the Interest Period 
               shall be ninety (90) days.

7.     FEES, EXPENSES & CHARGES

       7.1     Establishment Fee

               The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for 
               the account of the Lender an establishment fee of 
               A$12,500 such fee to be paid on the date of this 
               Agreement and not to be refundable to the Borrower in 
               any event.

       7.2     Line Fee

               7.2.1     The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative 
                         Agent for the account of the Lender:-

                        (a)    a line fee of the percentage per annum 
                               set out hereunder on the Accommodation 
                               Limit in respect of the Revolving Credit 
                               Facility; and

                        (b)    a line fee of the percentage per annum 
                               set out hereunder on the Accommodation 
                               Limit in respect of the Term Loan 
                               Facility.

               Rating by Standard and Poors Rating Agency Percentage of 
               the long term unsecured debt of the Guarantor

               BBB+                    .25%
               BBB                     .3%
               BBB-                    .35%


<PAGE>


               7.2.2    The adjustments to line fee percentage rates 
                        prescribed in clause 7.2.1 resulting from 
                        changes, if any, to the ratings by Standard 
                        Poors Rating Agency shall be effective and 
                        payable from and including the Announcement 
                        Date. If an adjustment is required because 
                        the Administrative Agent was not immediately 
                        aware of an announced change such adjustment 
                        shall be made by the Administrative Agent and 
                        shall be retroactive to the Announcement Date. 
                        The Borrower agrees to pay to the   
                        Administrative Agent for the account of the  
                        Lender its due share of, and the Lender agrees 
                        to fund the Administrative Agent and the 
                        Administrative Agent agrees to repay to the 
                        Borrower its due share of any adjustment 
                        resulting from a retroactive adjustment of 
                        ratings which shall be paid by the 
                        Administrative Agent or the Borrower, as the 
                        case may be, on or before the fifth day 
                        following the Administrative Agent's 
                        calculation of and advice to the Borrower of 
                        the amount to be adjusted.

               7.2.3    The line fee shall be payable Quarterly in 
                        advance and shall accrue from the date hereof.

       7.3     Agency Fee

               The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent such 
               agency fees as are agreed upon between the 
               Administrative Agent and the Borrower.

       7.4     Expenses

               Whether or not the Borrower shall draw down under this 
               Agreement the Borrower shall forthwith reimburse the 
               Lender and the Administrative Agent for the reasonable 
               charges and expenses incurred by the Lender and the 
               Administrative Agent:

               7.4.1    in connection with the negotiation preparation 
                        or execution of this Agreement; and 

<PAGE>

               7.4.2    in connection with the enforcement of, or the 
                        exercise or (except, to the extent proved 
                        groundless and unreasonable) the purported or 
                        attempted exercise of any right, authority or 
                        remedy conferred on the Lender or the 
                        Administrative Agent under or by virtue of this 
                        Agreement;

               including in each case the fees and expenses of legal 
               advisers on a solicitor and own client basis, financial 
               institutions duty and duty passed on to the Lender or 
               the Administrative Agent by any bank or financial 
               institution and all stamp duty levied on or in 
               connection with this Agreement or any payment or the 
               receipt of any payment under this Agreement except for 
               those incurred or payable due to delay or negligence on 
               the part of the Lender or the Administrative Agent or 
               any of their servants and agents.

       7.5     Government Charges


               The Borrower shall forthwith pay any and all taxes or 
               charges (other than taxes on the net overall income of 
               the Lender) imposed by governmental authorities in any 
               jurisdiction which may have been paid or may be payable 
               or determined to be payable in connection with:

               7.5.1     the execution, delivery, performance or 
                         enforcement of this Agreement;

               7.5.2     on or in respect of any transaction 
                         contemplated by this Agreement;

               7.5.3     any other matter or thing done or arising out 
                         of or in connection with this Agreement; or 

               7.5.4     any transaction related to this Agreement;

               (including, without limiting the generality of the 
               foregoing, stamp duty and financial institutions duty) 
               and shall indemnify the Lender and the Administrative 
               Agent against any and all liabilities with respect to or 
               resulting from delay or omission to pay such taxes or 
               charges including any fines or penalties (save those due 
               to delay or negligence on the part of the Lender or the 
               Administrative Agent).

<PAGE>

       7.6     Increase in Costs by Government Action

               If any law, regulation or regulatory requirement or 
               judgment, order or direction of any court, tribunal or 
               authority binding on the Lender in any jurisdiction not 
               in force at the date of this Agreement, or if compliance 
               by the Lender with any direction, request or requirement 
               (whether or not having the force of law but which if not 
               having the force of law it is the practice of 
               responsible financial institutions to observe) of any 
               competent governmental or other authority, or if 
               observation by the Lender of any reasonable practice of 
               commercial lenders in Australia or the United States 
               shall:

               7.6.1     subject the Lender to taxes or chance the 
                         basis of taxation of the Lender with respect 
                         to any payment under this Agreement; or

               7.6.2     impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve 
                         or prudential or capital adequacy requirements 
                         or require the making or the varying of terms 
                         of any special deposits against or in respect 
                         of any assets or liabilities (whether 
                         contingent or otherwise) of, deposits with or 
                         for the account of. or loans by, the Lender; 
                         or 

               7.6.3     impose on the Lender any other conditions with 
                         respect to this Agreement or its obligations 
                         under this Agreement;

               and if, as a result of any of the foregoing:


               7.6.4     the cost to the Lender of making or keeping 
                         the Facility available or otherwise 
                         performing, its obligations under this 
                         Agreement or allocating its capital resources 
                         is increased; or

               7.6.5     the amount payable or the effective rate of 
                         return on its overall capital to the Lender 
                         under this Agreement is reduced; or

               7.6.6     the Lender makes a payment or foregoes or 
                         suffers a reduction in a return on or 
                         calculated by reference to any amount payable 
                         to it under this Agreement;

<PAGE>

               then, and in each such case, the Lender shall notify the 
               Borrower and give the Borrower the option exercisable by 
               notice in writing to the Lender within ten (10) Business 
               Days of receipt of notice of the Lender of:

               7.6.7     paying an amount or amounts to the Lender from 
                         time to time on demand to compensate the 
                         Lender in full for any cost or reduction of 
                         the kind referred to effective from the date 
                         on which the cost or reduction is actually 
                         incurred by the Lender; or

               7.6.8     terminating this Agreement on the first to 
                         occur of the expiration of sixty days from the 
                         date of the notice of option given by the 
                         Lender to the Borrower pursuant to this Clause
                         7.6 and the Repayment Date by paying to the 
                         Lender the debt owing to it on that date with 
                         accrued interest and all other monies payable 
                         under this Agreement, together with an amount 
                         determined by the Lender to compensate it up 
                         to that date for any actual cost or reduction
                         of the type referred to.

               If the Borrower fails to make an election the Borrower 
               shall be deemed to have made the election in sub-
               paragraph 7 of this clause. The Lender's certificate in 
               respect of any cost or reduction of the kind referred to 
               shall be prima facie evidence of the incurring of any 
               such cost or reduction, except in the case of manifest 
               error.

               Without prejudice to the Lender's rights under clause 
               7.6 the Lender will at the request of the Borrower 
               negotiate in good faith with the Borrower with a view to 
               finding a way of minimising any increased cost.


<PAGE>

       7.7     Gross Up


               7.7.1     Subject to clause 7.7.3) if at any time any 
                         applicable law, regulation or regulatory 
                         requirement of any government authority, 
                         monetary agency or central bank in Australia 
                         requires the Borrower or the Guarantor to make 
                         any deduction or withholding in respect of 
                         taxes (excluding payments made by the Borrower 
                         pursuant to notices received by the Borrower
                         under Section 218 or 255 of the Income Tax 
                         Assessment Act or Section 74 of the Sales Tax 
                         Act or other analogous legislation relating to 
                         default by the Lender in payment of taxes due 
                         by the Lender) from any payment due under this 
                         Agreement:

                         (a)    the sum due from the Borrower or the 
                                Guarantor in respect of the payment 
                                shall be increased to the extent 
                                necessary to ensure that, after the 
                                making of the deduction or withholding, 
                                the Lender receives a net sum equal to 
                                the sum which it would have received 
                                had no such deduction or withholding 
                                been required to be made; and

                         (b)    the Borrower and the Guarantor shall  
                                indemnify the Lender against any losses 
                                or costs incurred by the Lender by 
                                reason of any failure of the Borrower 
                                or the Guarantor to make any such 
                                deduction or withholding. 

                         The Borrower and the Guarantor shall promptly 
                         deliver to the Administrative Agent any 
                         receipts, certificates or other proof    
                         evidencing the amounts (if any) paid or 
                         payable in respect of any to such deduction or 
                         withholding, ether with any other    
                         information which the Administrative Agent may 
                         reasonably require.

<PAGE>

               7.7.2     If the Lender or any person on its behalf is 
                         required by any applicable law regulation or 
                         regulatory requirement of any government 
                         authority, monetary agency or central bank to 
                         make any deduction or withholding from, or any 
                         payment on or calculated by reference to, any 
                         amount received or receivable under this 
                         Agreement (other than taxes payable on the 
                         overall net income of the Lender) then 
                         (without prejudice to sub-paragraph 1 of this 
                         clause) the Borrower and the Guarantor shall 
                         upon demand indemnify and hold harmless the 
                         Lender against any such deduction, withholding 
                         or payment together with any related cost, 
                         loss, expense, interest. penalties or other 
                         liability by payment to each such person of 
                         such amounts and in such currencies as the 
                         person concerned may certify are required to 
                         compensate it for any such deduction, 
                         withholding or payment together with any 
                         related cost, loss, expense, interest,        
                         penalties or other liability.

              7.7.3      If the Borrower is required by any applicable 
                         law in Australia  to make any withholding in 
                         respect of taxes from any payment due under 
                         this Agreement as result of the Lender ceasing 
                         to be taxed under Australian law as the 
                         Australian branch of a foreign company the
                         Borrower shall not be obliged to increase such 
                         payment pursuant to clause 7.7.1 until the 
                         expire of the then current Interest Period in 
                         respect of the Advance to which the payment 
                         relates.

8.     REPAYMENTS


       8.1    Payment of Principal

               8.1.1    The Borrower shall repay to the Administrative
                        Agent each Advance (other than a Term Loan) at 
                        the end of the term of each Interest Period or 
                        on the Repayment Date (whichever first occurs) 
                        together with interest to the day of repayment 
                        provided always that:

<PAGE>

                        (a)   the Lender may. in its sole discretion 
                              and without prejudice to its rights 
                              contained in this Agreement,  at any time 
                              and from time to time elect to extend the 
                              term of such Advance or Advances; and/or 

                        (b)   in the event that the Borrower does not  
                              nominate an Interest Period the Interest 
                              Period shall be as determined by the 
                              Lender or in the absence of any such 
                              determination by the Lender that Interest 
                              Period shall be ninety (90) days.

               8.1.2    The Borrower shall repay to the Administrative
                        Agent the Term Loan by four equal annual 
                        installments of $2,083,333.33) each, the first 
                        of such installments to be paid on the date 
                        being two years from the date of this Agreement 
                        and thereafter on each anniversary of the date 
                        of this Agreement.

       8.2     Redrawing

               8.2.1    Any part of the Facility repaid at the 
                        conclusion of the Interest Period relative 
                        thereto shall (except in the event of any Term 
                        Loan) be available to be redrawn in whole or in 
                        part by the Borrower at any time prior to the 
                        Repayment Date subject always to the provisions 
                        of this Agreement.

               8.2.2    No repayment of the Term Loan shall be 
                        available for redrawing.

       8.3     Early Repayment of Advances

               8.3.1    The Borrower may repay an Advance in whole (but 
                        not in part) before its due date , if, but only 
                        if:

<PAGE>

                        (a)    the Borrower gives the Administrative 
                               Agent at least 5 Business Days (or if 
                               repayment is being made as a result of 
                               the change in the taxation status of the 
                               Lender referred to in clause 7.7.3. the 
                               lesser of 5 Business Days or the number 
                               of Business Days from the change of such 
                               status to the expire date of the then 
                               current Interest Period in respect of 
                               such Advance) irrevocable notice in 
                               writing of the Borrower's intention to 
                               repay;

                        (b)    the Advance together with all interest 
                               accrued thereon to the date of repayment 
                               are paid in full;


                        (c)    the Borrower makes payment of all moneys 
                               payable pursuant to sub-clause .3.2 of 
                               this clause;

                        (d)    the Borrower makes payment on the day of 
                               payment specified in the notice;

               8.3.2    In the event that the Borrower wishes to make 
                        early repayment pursuant to sub-clause .3.1 of 
                        this clause or if by reason of an Event of 
                        Default or for any other reason early repayment 
                        of an Advance in whole or in part is made by a 
                        Borrower or is demanded by the Lender the 
                        Borrower shall pay to the Lender in addition to 
                        all other moneys then payable an amount 
                        sufficient to compensate and to indemnify the 
                        Lender for and against all losses (including 
                        loss of profits), costs, damages and expenses 
                        which the Lender determines that the Lender 
                        will or is likely to suffer or incur as a 
                        result of such early repayment.  Without in any 
                        way limiting or modifying the operation of the
                        foregoing, the Borrower acknowledges that the 
                        Lender may endeavor to arrange or enter into an 
                        interest rate swap agreement or other 
                        commitment (either in relation to an Advance in 
                        particular or generally in relation to the 
                

<PAGE>

                        business of the Lender) and may as a 
                        consequence of this (whether directly or 
                        indirectly) suffer or incur loss of 
                        opportunity, losses, costs, damages or expenses 
                        in the event that early repayment of an Advance 
                        is made.

              8.3.3     It is acknowledged by the Lender that no moneys 
                        shall be payable to the Lender pursuant to 
                        clause 83.2 in respect of payment of an Advance 
                        if such payment is made on the last day of an 
                        Interest Period in respect of such Advance.

       8.4    Manner of Payment

              8.4.1     All payments by the Borrower under this 
                        Agreement must be made:

                        (a)    in same day funds;

                        (b)    in Australian currency;

                        (c)    not later than 21.00pm (Melbourne time) 
                               on the due date,

                        to the account of the Administrative Agent 
                        specified to the relevant Borrower or in such 
                        other manner as the Administrative Agent 
                        directs from time to time.

       8.5    Distribution by Administrative Agent

              8.5.1     Except to the extent otherwise expressly 
                        provided in this Agreement. or unless payment 
                        is made to the Administrative Agent for its own 
                        account, each payment received by the 
                        Administrative Agent under this Agreement is 
                        received by the Agent on account of the Lender.

              8.5.2     The Administrative Agent must within two (2) 
                        Business Days of receipt distribute in same day 
                        funds amounts received on account of the Lender 
                        to the Lender.

       8.6    Non-receipt of funds by the Administrative Agent from the 
              Borrower

<PAGE>

               8.6.1     Unless the Administrative Agent has received 
                         written notice from the Borrower at least 1 
                         Business Day before the date on which any 
                         payment is due under this Agreement that the 
                         Borrower does not intend to make that payment 
                         in full on the due date, the Administrative 
                         Agent may (but is not obliged to) assume that 
                         the Borrower has made that payment when due, 
                         and in reliance on that assumption. may make 
                         available to the Lender on that due date an 
                         amount equal to the assumed payment.

               8.6.2     If the Borrower has not in fact made that 
                         payment to the Administrative Agent, and does 
                         not make that payment, together with interest, 
                         promptly on demand, the Lender must, on 
                         demand, repay to the Administrative Agent the 
                         amount so made available to the Lender on that 
                         due date an amount equal to it. together with 
                         interest on such amount accrued for each day 
                         from and including the due date but excluding 
                         the date of such repayment, at the rate per 
                         centum per annum which is determined by the 
                         Administrative Agent to be the Administrative 
                         Agent's cost of funding such payment for such 
                         period.

               8.6.3     Without limiting its obligations under this 
                         Agreement, the Borrower indemnifies the 
                         Administrative Agent and the Lender against 
                         any damage. loss or expense incurred by the 
                         Lender or the Administrative Agent by reason 
                         of any failure or delay by the Borrower in 
                         making any payments referred to in this clause 
                         8.6.

9.     TERMINATION OF FACILITY

       The Facility shall terminate on the Repayment Date and the 
       Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent the Loans 
       forthwith.

<PAGE>

                                SECTION C

10.    CONDITIONS PRECEDENT


       10.1   To the Facility

              The obligations of the Lender under this Agreement are
              subject to the fulfillment of the conditions precedent 
              that the Administrative Agent shall receive prior to the 
              giving of the first Drawdown Notice all of the following 
              in the form and substance satisfactory to the Lender:

              10.1.1    A copy of each of the constituent documents of 
                        the Borrower and the Guarantor certified by an 
                        Authorized Officer thereof as being complete 
                        true and up-to-date.

              10.1.2    A duly signed verification certificate in the 
                        form of the certificate in Schedule 3.

              10.1.3    A copy of this Agreement duly executed by the 
                        Borrower and the Guarantor.

              10.1.4    Evidence that all necessary filings and 
                        registrations have been completed and that all 
                        stamp duties and registration and other fees 
                        have been paid in order to ensure that this 
                        Agreement is valid, binding and enforceable.

              10.1.5    The Establishment Fee and the first Line Fee 
                        payment (which first payment shall be 
                        calculated from the date of this Agreement to 
                        the commencement of the first Quarter after the 
                        date of this Agreement) and the first 
                        administration fee payment.

              10.1.6    A legal opinion from the attorneys of the 
                        Guarantor in respect of the Guarantor and this 
                        Agreement, addressed to the Lender and the 
                        Administrative Agent.

              10.1.7    A duly signed indemnity in the form of Schedule 
                        4.

<PAGE>

       10.2   To A Drawdown

              The obligation of the Lender to make any Advance is 
              subject to the fulfillment (to the reasonable 
              satisfaction of the Administrative Agent) of the 
              following conditions precedent:

              10.2.1    The Administrative Agent has duly received from 
                        the Borrower a request for a Drawdown in the 
                        form of a Drawdown Notice.

              10.2.2    No event has occurred which constitutes or with 
                        the passing of time or the giving of notice or 
                        both would constitute an Event of Default.

              10.2.3    The Lender has received such other information 
                        as it may reasonably require.


11.    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

       The Borrower and the Guarantor each represents and warrants to         
the Lender and the Administrative Agent except to the extent  
       disclosed in writing to the Lender prior to the date of this 
       Agreement or prior to the date on which they are deemed made or 
       repeated:

       11.1   Status

              It has been duly incorporated in accordance with the laws 
              of the place of its incorporation.

       11.2   This Agreement

              This Agreement constitutes a legal valid and immediately 
              binding obligation on it the Borrower and the Guarantor 
              and is enforceable in accordance with its express terms 
              subject only to laws relating to insolvency and the 
              enforcement of creditors rights generally and the 
              discretionary notice of equitable remedies.

       11.3   Third Party Rights

              Its execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement 
              does not violate in any respect any provision of:

<PAGE>

              11.3.1     any law or regulation or any order or decree 
                         or any government authority, agency or court; 
                         or

              11.3.2     its constitution; or

              11.3.3     any mortgage, contract or other undertaking or 
                         instrument to which it is party or which is 
                         binding upon it.

       11.4   Authorities

              All authorizations, approvals, consents, licenses, 
              filings, registrations, notarizations and other 
              requirements of any governmental judicial or public body, 
              authority. bureau or agency now obtainable and required 
              in connection with its execution. delivery, performance, 
              validity or enforceability of this Agreement have been 
              obtained or effected and are in full force and effect and 
              true copies thereof (where applicable) have been 
              delivered to the Lender and all fees payable in 
              connection therewith have been paid and there has been no 
              default in the performance of any of the terms or 
              conditions of any of the same.


       11.5   Other Commitments

              It is not in default under any agreement undertaking or 
              instrument to which it is a party or by which it is 
              bound. such default being material in the context of this 
              Agreement and no event has occurred which with the giving 
              of notice or lapse of time or both would constitute such 
              a default.

       11.6   Litigation

              No litigation or governmental proceeding is pending or, 
              to its knowledge threatened against it which could have a 
              material adverse effect on its ability to comply with its 
              obligations under this Agreement.

<PAGE>

       11.7   Taxation

              It and each of its Subsidiaries have duly filed all 
              taxation returns required to be filed (none of which are 
              so far as it is aware likely to be the subject of any 
              dispute) and have paid all taxation levied or assessed 
              upon it (except where the amount of or the obligation to 
              pay those taxes is being contested in good faith and upon 
              reasonable grounds and has complied with all assessments 
              and notices in respect thereof or have established 
              adequate reserves for payment thereof.

       11.8   Unsecured Liabilities

              Its obligations under this Agreement rank at least 
              equally with all other of its unsecured and 
              unsubordinated indebtedness except any liabilities 
              mandatorily preferred by law.

       11.9   Trusts

              In entering into this Agreement it is not acting as a 
              trustee of any trust or settlement.

       11.10  Insurance Policies

              All risks usually insured against according to sound 
              commercial practice by persons carrying on activities 
              similar to the Borrower's are fully insured against in 
              amounts representing the present full replacement or 
              reinstallation values or market values and in the name of 
              and for the benefit of the Borrower absolutely.

       11.11  Adverse Circumstances

              It is not aware of any fact or circumstance which would 
              reasonably be expected to affect in any material adverse 
              way its financial position. operations, profitability or 
              prospects of or its business or the value of its property 
              or affecting as a whole the industry in which it 
              participates.


<PAGE>

       11.12  Year 2000 Compliance

              It:-

              11.12.1   has initiated a review of all areas with its 
                        and its Subsidiaries operations that could be 
                        adversely effected by the Year 2000 Problem:

              11.12.2   has developed a plan and time line for 
                        addressing the Year 2000 Problem on a timely 
                        basis and to date has and will hereafter 
                        implement such plan:

              11.12.3   will use its best endeavors to ensure that the 
                        Year 2000 Problem will not have any material 
                        adverse impact on its financial position 
                        operations, profitability, prospects, business 
                        or the value of its property.

        11.13  No Misrepresentation

               All information provided by it whether prior to or after 
               the date of this Agreement to the Lender or the 
               Administrative Agent is true and correct and is not, by 
               the omission of information or otherwise, misleading and 
               all projections contained therein were arrived at after 
               the due and careful consideration and were based on the 
               best information available and on fair assumptions.

               The representations and warranties in this clause shall 
               be deemed to be repeated by the Borrower and the 
               Guarantor on and as of the date of each Advance as if 
               made with reference to the facts and circumstances 
               existing, at such date.

               The Borrower and the Guarantor acknowledge that the 
               Lender and the Administrative Agent rely on the 
               representations and warranties made or given in this 
               Agreement by the Borrower and the Guarantor and that the 
               Lender and the Administrative Agent are induced by each 
               such representation and warranty to enter into this 
               Agreement and the rights of the Lender and the 
               Administrative Agent in respect of a breach of any such 
               representation or warranty shall not be affected by 
               investigation (if any) made by the Lender or the 
               Administrative Agent into the affairs of the Borrower or 
               the Guarantor.

<PAGE>

12.    GENERAL OBLIGATIONS

       The Borrower and the Guarantor each agree that on and from the 
       date of this Agreement and so long as any amount payable under 
       this Agreement is outstanding:


       12.1    Authorities

               The Borrower and the Guarantor shall take all action 
               necessary to obtain and promptly renew from time to time 
               all authorizations, approvals, consents, licenses and 
               exemptions as may be required under any applicable law 
               or regulation to enable the Borrower and the Guarantor 
               to perform their obligations under this Agreement or 
               required for the validity or enforceability of this 
               Agreement or any transaction contemplated by this 
               Agreement.

       12.2    Notice of Default

               The Borrower and the Guarantor shall promptly notify the 
               Lender or the Administrative Agent in writing of the 
               occurrence or pending or threatened occurrence of any 
               event which would cause or constitute a breach or any of 
               the representations or warranties or agreements of the 
               Borrower and the Guarantor in this Agreement including 
               any event which would result in a material change in the 
               business of the Borrower and the Guarantor and any other 
               event which constitutes or which would with the giving 
               of notice or lapse of time or both or other conditions 
               constitute an Event of Default.

       12.3   Law

              The Borrower and the Guarantor shall comply with all 
              requirements of the Law where a failure to do so is 
              likely to have a material adverse effect on its ability 
              to meet its obligations under this Agreement.

<PAGE>

       12.4   Access

              The Borrower and the Guarantor shall permit 
              representatives of the Lender or the Administrative Agent 
              (or any accountants or other experts designated by it) 
              during normal business hours and upon reasonable notice 
              and upon reasonable grounds to visit and inspect and 
              examine the books of account, records (excluding company 
              minute books), reports and other papers (and to make 
              copies and to take extracts therefrom) of the Borrower 
              and the Guarantor and to discuss its affairs, finances 
              and accounts with its officers, accountants and auditors, 
              all at such times and as often as may be reasonably 
              requested by the Lender or the Administrative Agent but 
              only in so far as such matters relate to information as 
              may reasonably be required by the Lender or the 
              Administrative Agent for any purpose connected with this 
              Agreement.

       12.5   Negative Pledge


              12.5.1     Except as permitted in this Agreement neither 
                         the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall 
                         without the prior written consent of the 
                         Lender either borrow further money from any 
                         lender (other than where that the lender is 
                         one of the companies included in the 
                         expression --the Borrower-- or is the 
                         Guarantor) or create or assume or permit to 
                         exist or arise any Security Interest 
                         whatsoever over any part of its present or 
                         future undertakings. property. assets uncalled 
                         capital or revenues. The Borrower represents 
                         and warrants to the Lender that there will be 
                         no such Security Interest over any part its or 
                         its Subsidiaries present or future 
                         undertakings. property. assets, uncalled 
                         capital or revenues in existence as at the 
                         date of the first drawdown under the Facility.

<PAGE>

            12.5.2       For the purposes of Clause 12.5.1 the Lender 
                         agrees that the Borrower is entitled to enter 
                         into an agreement on or about even date 
                         herewith with The First National Bank of 
                         Chicago (ARBN 065 752 918) ("FNBC") pursuant 
                         to what FNBC agrees to provide facilities to 
                         the Borrower with accommodation limits 
                         totaling A$30,000,000 and an agreement on or 
                         about even date herewith with Rabo Australia 
                         Limited ACN 060 452 217 ("Rabo"') pursuant to 
                         which Rabo agrees to provide facilities to the 
                         Borrower with accommodation limits totaling 
                         A$25,000.000.

       12.6    Inspection
      
               The Borrower shall permit the Lender or the 
               Administrative Agent upon written request of the Lender 
               or the Administrative Agent to from time to time inspect 
               the register of the members of the Borrower where the 
               register or any branch register is so kept at any time 
               during regular business hours and the Borrower shall 
               furnish the Lender or the Administrative Agent with any 
               information which the Lender may consider reasonably 
               necessary to enable it to determine whether or not there 
               has been at any time after the date of this Agreement a 
               transfer of the effective management and control of the 
               Borrower or the Guarantor.

       12.7    Public Information

               12.7.1    Subject to sub-clause .2 of this clause, the 
                         Borrower and the Guarantor shall furnish to 
                         the Administrative Agent copies of all such 
                         accounts, documents. reports, notices, 
                         circulars, particulars and certificates 
                         ("Documents") which are required to be 
                         furnished by the Borrower or the Guarantor to 
                         any stock exchange, corporate affairs office 
                         (or analogous office) or shareholder at the 
                         same time as they are furnished to that stock 
                         exchange. corporate affairs (or analogous 
                         office) or shareholder and when requested by 
                         the Administrative Agent copies of Documents 
                         required under the provision of any trust deed 
                         to which the Borrower or the Guarantor is a 
                         party to be furnished to the trustee
                         thereunder from time to time.

<PAGE>

               12.7.2    Unless the Lender shall specifically request a 
                         particular Document or class of Documents, the 
                         Borrower and the Guarantor shall only be 
                         obliged to provide the Administrative Agent 
                         with those Documents which relate to matters 
                         which may have a material effect on the 
                         business or financial obligations of either 
                         the Borrower or the Guarantor.

13.    FINANCIAL INFORMATION

       The Borrower and the Guarantor shall from time to time supply 
       the Lender with all financial or other information regarding the 
       Borrower and the Guarantor as the Lender may reasonably request 
       in writing always including the following without request:

       13.1   As soon as possible but in any event within 120 days of 
              the end of each Financial Year copies of the audited 
              annual profit and loss statement and balance sheet of the 
              Guarantor and the audited consolidated annual profit and 
              loss statement and balance sheet of the Guarantor and the 
              unaudited annual profit and loss statement and balance 
              sheet of the Borrower.

       13.2   As soon as possible but in any event within 60 days of 
              the end of each Quarter a copy of the management accounts 
              and of the unaudited balance sheet and profit and loss 
              statement of the Borrower and the Guarantor and the 
              unaudited consolidated profit and loss statement and 
              balance sheet of the Borrower and the Guarantor.

       All of the financial information referred to above shall be 
       prepared in accordance with Accounting Standards.

14.    EVENTS OF DEFAULT

       If any of the following, events occur ("Events of Default") the 
       Loans and all other moneys owing to the Lender by the Borrower 
       shall at the option of the Lender and notwithstanding any delay 
       or previous waiver of the right to exercise such option become 
       immediately due and payable upon written demand by the Lender to 
       the Borrower and the obligations of the Lender under this 
       Agreement shall be canceled:

<PAGE>

       14.1   If the Borrower falls to observe or perform any 
              obligations to be observed or performed by it under this 
              Agreement or in connection with any transaction 
              contemplated by this Agreement and if such default shall 
              in the opinion of the Lender be capable of prompt remedy. 
              the Borrower shall not have remedied such default within 
              seven (7) days after notification by the Lender to the 
              Borrower requiring remedy of such default.

       14.2   Any representation or statement made or deemed to be made 
              by the Borrower or the Guarantor in this Agreement or in 
              writing pursuant to this Agreement shall not be complied 
              with or shall prove to be untrue in any respect which 
              materially adversely affects the interests of the Lender 
              on any date as of which it was made or deemed made.


       14.3   If all or any part of this Agreement becomes void. 
              illegal, invalid, unenforceable, or of limited or reduced 
              force or effect which is likely to adversely affect the 
              ability of the Borrower to carry out its obligations 
              under this Agreement.

       14.4   Any other present or future indebtedness of the Borrower 
              for borrowed money in excess of A$2,000,000 shall become 
              due and payable prior to the stated maturity thereof as a 
              result of a default or any such indebtedness shall not be 
              paid on the due date thereof.

       14.5   If the Borrower is wound up or if a petition is presented 
              or an order is made for the winding, up of the Borrower 
              and is not withdrawn within fourteen (14) days or if a 
              resolution is passed for the winding up of the Borrower 
              otherwise than for the purpose of reconstruction or 
              amalgamation the terms of which have previously been 
              approved in writing by the Lender such approval not to be 
              unreasonably withheld.

       14.6   If a receiver or receiver and manager is appointed in 
              respect of any part of the assets of the Borrower or an 
              encumbrance takes possession of the undertaking or the 
              property of the Borrower or any part thereof.

       14.7   If the Borrower makes default under any charge or 
              security in favor of any person other than the Lender and 
              the holder of that charge or security elects to enforce 
              that charge or security.

<PAGE>

       14.8   If a compromise or arrangement is proposed between the 
              Borrower or the Guarantor and their creditors or any 
              class of them or if an application is made to a court for 
              an order summoning a meeting of creditors or any class of 
              them of the Borrower or the Guarantor.

       14.9   If without the prior written consent of the Lender the 
              Borrower reduces or attempts to reduce its capital or buy 
              back any of its shares.

       14.10   If the Borrower is placed under administration pursuant 
               to Part 5.3A of the Corporations Law or causes or 
               proposes to cause a meeting of its creditors to be 
               summoned for the purposes of placing the Borrower under 
               administration pursuant to Part 5.3A of the Corporations 
               Law.

       14.11   If any of the property of the Borrower, the ownership of 
               which is in the opinion of the Lender material to the 
               ability of the Borrower to perform its obligations under 
               this Agreement is seized or otherwise expropriated, 
               nationalized, confiscated or acquired through any 
               governmental action or intervention or if custody or 
               control of such property shall be assumed by any 
               Government or government agency.

       14.12  If a meeting of the Borrower or the Guarantor is called 
              for the purpose of considering and if thought fit passing 
              any resolution the passing of which would constitute or 
              give rise to an Event of Default.


       14.13  If in the reasonable opinion of the Lender there is a 
              change in the ownership control or management of the 
              Borrower which is likely to adversely affect the ability 
              of the Borrower to conduct its business in a proper 
              manner and to carry out its obligations under this 
              Agreement.

       14.14  If the Borrower defaults in the performance or observance 
              of any provision of any other indebtedness to or security 
              of the Lender and the Borrower whether the indebtedness 
              or security is collateral to this Agreement or whether it 
              is a separate Agreement between the Lender and the   
              Borrower and such default continues for more than seven 
              (7) days after notification by the Lender to the Borrower 
              requiring remedy of such default.

<PAGE>

       14.15  If the Borrower shall at any time not have an auditor 
              appointed pursuant to the Provision of the Law.

       14.16  If the Borrower makes any material change to the business 
              it carries on which in the reasonable opinion of the 
              Lender is likely to materially adversely affect the 
              interests of the Lender without the prior written consent 
              of the Lender or if the Borrower or the Guarantor ceases 
              or threatens to cease to carry on its business.

       14.17  If the Borrower or the Guarantor suffers any material 
              adverse change in their financial condition which is 
              likely to materially affect the interest of the Lender 
              unless such change is agreed to in writing by the Lender.

       14.18  If the Borrower ceases to be a wholly owned subsidiary of
              the Guarantor.

       14.19  If any event occurs that results in acceleration of 
              payments under the Credit Agreement dated December 15, 
              1997 between the Guarantor, the Banks listed therein 
              Royal Bank of Canada as Documentation Agent. The Chase 
              Manhattan Bank and Nations Bank N.A. as Co-Syndication 
              Agents and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York as 
              Administrative Agent (or any other credit agreement in 
              replacement thereof) provided that such acceleration has 
              not been rescinded within five (5) days.

       14.20  The cancellation or elimination by the Guarantor of the 
              credit agreement with specified clause 14.19 and failure 
              to replace such credit agreement with a facility 
              substantially similar in form and substance.

15.    INDEMNITIES

       The Borrower indemnifies the Lender and the Administrative Agent 
       from and against all actions. suits, claims, demands, losses, 
       liabilities, damages, costs and expenses which may be made or 
       brought against or suffered or incurred by the Lender or the 
       Administrative Agent arising out of or in connection with:


       15.1   any Event of Default ; or

       15.2   any failure by the Borrower to take an Advance in 
              accordance with any request for a Drawdown.

<PAGE>

                                SECTION D

16.    GUARANTEE

       The Guarantor unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to the 
       Lender and the Administrative Agent the payment of all moneys 
       payable by the Borrower to the Lender or the Administrative 
       Agent pursuant to this Agreement ("the Guaranteed Money") and 
       the due observance and performance of all the covenants. terms. 
       conditions and agreements to be observed or performed by the 
       Borrower under this Agreement.

17.    GENERAL INDEMNITY

       As an additional separate and independent obligation the 
       Guarantor indemnifies the Lender and the Administrative Agent 
       against any claim. action, damage, loss. liability, cost, 
       charge, expense, outgoing or payment which the Lender or the 
       Administrative Agent suffers, pays or incurs in respect of:

       17.1    a failure by the Borrower to pay any Guaranteed Money 
               when due; or

       17.2    a failure by the Borrower or the Guarantor to observe, 
               perform or comply with this Agreement; or

       17.3    an Event of Default.

18.    INDEMNITY FOR AVOIDANCE OF GUARANTEED MONEY

       18.1    If any Guaranteed Money (or money which would be 
               Guaranteed Money were it not irrecoverable) is 
               irrecoverable from the Borrower. and is not recoverable 
               by the Lender or the Administrative Agent from the 
               Guarantor on the footing of the guarantee. the Guarantor 
               as an additional separate and independent obligation:

               18.1.1    indemnifies the Lender and the Administrative 
                         Agent against any claim, action, damage, loss, 
                         liability, cost. charge, expense, outgoing or 
                         payment which the Lender suffers. pays or 
                         incurs in respect of the non-payment of that 
                         Guaranteed Money; and

               18.1.2    must pay the Lender the amount of that 
                         Guaranteed Money.


<PAGE>


       18.2    This Clause applies to the Guaranteed Money (or money 
               which would be Guaranteed Money were it not 
               irrecoverable) whether or not:

               18.2.1    it is or may be irrecoverable by reason of any 
                         event described in Clause 24 by reason of any 
                         other similar or dissimilar fact or 
                         circumstance;

               18.2.2    any transaction in respect of that money is 
                         void, avoided, illegal or unenforceable, and

               18.2.3    anything in respect of the Guaranteed Money is 
                         or should be known to the Lender.

19.    PAYMENT OF GUARANTEED MONEY

       The Guarantor must pay to the Lender any Guaranteed Money not 
       paid by the Borrower when due immediately on demand from the 
       Lender or the Administrative Agent (which may be made at any 
       time and from time to time).

20.    ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

       The Guarantor acknowledges that it has not entered into this 
       Agreement in reliance on any representation, warranty, promise 
       or statement made by the Lender or any person on behalf of the 
       Lender or the Administrative Agent.

21.    PRINCIPAL OBLIGATION

       21.1   This Agreement is enforceable against the Guarantor:

              21.1.1    without first enforcing anv securitv held bv 
                        the Lender or the Administrative Agent;

              21.1.2    whether or not the Lender or the Administrative 
                        Agent has:

                        (i)    made demand upon the Borrower;

                        (ii)   given notice to the Borrower or the 
                               Guarantor; or

                        (iii)  taken any other steps against the 
                               Borrower or the Guarantor, or any other
                               person;

<PAGE>

              21.1.3    despite the occurrence of any event described 
                        in Clause 24.

22.    CONTINUING GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY


       22.1   Each guarantee and indemn1tv in this Agreement is a 
              continuing obligation of the Guarantor despite any 
              settlement of account or the occurrence of any other 
              thing and remains in full force and effect until all 
              money owing, contingently or otherwise, under this 
              Agreement is paid in full and this Agreement is finally 
              discharged by the Lender.

       22.2   Each guarantee and each indemnity in this Agreement is an 
              additional, separate and independent obligation of the 
              Guarantor.

23.    AMOUNT OF GUARANTEED MONEY

       The obligations of the Guarantor under this Agreement extend to 
       any increase in the Guaranteed Money as a result of any 
       alteration. variation. supplement. renewal or replacement of 
       this Agreement made with the Guarantor's express written 
       consent.

24.    UNCONDITIONAL NATURE OF OBLIGATIONS

       This Agreement and the liability of the Guarantor under this 
       Agreement are not released. discharged or otherwise affected by 
       anything which but for this provision may have that effect 
       including, without limitation:

       24.1   the grant of any time. waiver, covenant not to sue or 
              other indulgence to the Borrower, the Guarantor, or any 
              other person;

       24.2   the discharge or release (including without limitation a 
              release as part of a novation) of the Borrower, or any 
              other person;

       24.3   the liquidation of the Borrower, the Guarantor, or any 
              other person;

       24.4   the Lender or the Administrative Agent:

              24.4.1    exercising or enforcing;

              24.4.2    failing to exercise or enforce; or

<PAGE>

              24.4.3    delaying the exercise or enforcement of;

              any other security or power;

       24.5   the alteration, variation, supplement, replacement, 
              extinguishment, failure, loss, release, discharge. 
              abandonment, impairment, assignment or transfer of or 
              other dealing in respect of, or the failure of any person 
              to enter into any document or agreement;

       24.6   this Agreement or any other document or agreement being 
              at any time void, voidable, avoided or unenforceable; 

       24.7   failure by the Borrower. the Lender or the Administrative 
              Agent to give notice to the Guarantor of any default by 
              the Borrower under this Agreement or any other document 
              or agreement; 

       24.8   a judgment against the Borrower. the Guarantor or any 
              other person; 

       24.9   any legal limitation, disability, incapacity or other 
              circumstances related to the Borrower, the Guarantor or 
              any other person;

       24.10   acceptance by the Lender or the Administrative Agent of
               a repudiation or termination of this Agreement or any 
               other document or agreement; 

       24.11   failure of any party to properly execute this Agreement;

       24.12   any Guaranteed Money being irrecoverable for any reason;

       24.13   the assignment, novation or assumption by the Lender, 
               the Administrative Agent, the Borrower or any other 
               person of any rights or obligations under this Agreement 
               or any other document or agreement;

       24.14   any prejudice (including material prejudice) to the 
               Guarantor as a result of any thing done or omitted to be 
               done by the Lender or the Administrative Agent or any 
               other person or any other thing; or

       24.15   the receipt by the Lender of any dividend distribution 
               or other payment in respect of any liquidation.

<PAGE>

       This Clause applies whether or not the Lender, the 
       Administrative Agent, the Borrower, the Guarantor or any other 
       person, consents to, has knowledge of, fails to consent to, or 
       have knowledge of, any event described above, or whether or not 
       there is any rule of law or equity to the contrary.

25.    NO COMPETITION

       25.1    While any guarantee or indemnity in this Agreement is in 
               effect the Guarantor may not:

               25.1.1   be subrogated to the Lender or the 
                        Administrative Agent;

               25.1.2   claim the benefit of any security. guarantee or 
                        other document or agreement, or any money held 
                        by the Lender or any power;


               25.1.3   subject to the further provisions of this 
                        Clause either directly or indirectly prove in, 
                        claim or receive the benefit of any 
                        distribution. dividend or payment in respect of 
                        the liquidation of the Borrower or any other 
                        guarantor of the Guaranteed Money ("Surety");

               25.1.4   make a claim or exercise or enforce any right 
                        power or remedy against the Borrower or any 
                        Surety;

               25.1.5   accept or procure the grant of any security 
                        from the Borrower or any Surety; or

               25.1.6   raise any set-off (including. without 
                        limitation any set-off in respect of amounts 
                        due by the Lender to the Borrower) available 
                        to the Guarantor, the Borrower, any Surety or 
                        other person in reduction or discharge of its 
                        obligations under this Agreement.

       25.2   If required by the Lender or the Administrative Agent. 
              the Guarantor must:

              25.2.1    prove in any liquidation of the Borrower or any 
                        Surety for all moneys owed to the Guarantor; 
                        and

<PAGE>

              25.2.2    not exercise or attempt to exercise any right 
                        of set-off against or realize any security 
                        taken from the Borrower or any Surety.

       25.3   All moneys recovered by the Guarantor from any 
              liquidation (or under any security from the Borrower or 
              any Surety) must be held in trust by the Guarantor for 
              the Lender to the extent of the unsatisfied liability of 
              the Guarantor under this Agreement.

26.    PROOF BY LENDER

       In the event of the liquidation of the Borrower or any Surety, 
       the Guarantor authorizes the Lender to prove for all money which 
       the Guarantor has paid or is or may be obliged to pay under this 
       Agreement. other document or agreement or otherwise in respect 
       of the Guaranteed Money.

27.    AVOIDANCE OF PAYMENTS

       If any payment, conveyance, transfer or other transaction in 
       respect of or affecting the Guaranteed Money is:

       27.1   void, voidable or unenforceable; or

       27.2   is claimed to be void. voidable or unenforceable and that 
              claim is upheld, conceded or compromised;


       the liability of the Guarantor under this Agreement is the same 
       as if:

       27.3   that payment. conveyance. transfer or transaction; and

       27.4   any release, settlement or discharge made in reliance on 
              any thing referred to above;

       had not been made and the Guarantor must immediately do                
everything necessary or required by the Lender or the 
       Administrative Agent to restore to the Lender or the 
       Administrative Agent this Agreement and any security held by the 
       Lender immediately prior to the payment, conveyance, transfer or 
       transaction.

<PAGE>

28.    RETENTION OF AGREEMENT

       The Lender and the Administrative Agent may retain this 
       Agreement for seven (7) months after full payment of the 
       Guaranteed Money or if anything in the previous Clause has 
       occurred or in the opinion of the Lender may occur, such longer 
       period as the Lender determines.

29.    EXCLUSION OF MORATORIUM

       To the extent permitted by law, a provision of any legislation 
       which at any time directly or indirectly:

       29.1   lessens or otherwise varies or affects in favor of the 
              Guarantor any of its obligations under or any provision 
              of this Agreement; or

       29.2   stays, postpones or otherwise prevents or prejudicially 
              affects the exercise by the Lender of any power;

       is negatived and excluded from this Agreement and all relief and 
       protection conferred on the Guarantor by or under that 
       legislation is also negatived and excluded.

30.    NON-EXERCISE OF GUARANTOR'S RIGHTS

       The Guarantor must not exercise any rights it has inconsistent 
       with this Agreement.

31.    PAYMENTS IN GROSS

       All payments which the Guarantor is required to make under this 
       Agreement must be made to the Lender to an address or account in 
       Australia directed by the Lender or the Administrative Agent 
       from time to time.

32.    SUSPENSE ACCOUNT


       32.1   The Lender may apply to the credit of an interest bearing 
              suspense account:

              32.1.1    any amounts received from the Guarantor under 
                        this Agreement;

<PAGE>

              32.1.2    any dividends. distributions or other amounts 
                        received in respect of the Guaranteed Money in
                        any liquidation;

              32.1.3    any other amounts received from the Guarantor, 
                        the Borrower. any other guarantor or any other 
                        person in respect of the Guaranteed Money.

       32.2   The Lender may retain the amounts in the suspense account 
              and may, but is not obliged to, apply them in or towards 
              satisfaction of the Guaranteed Money.

       32.3   In the event that the Lender is satisfied that it has 
              received all of the Guaranteed Money in full and that it 
              will not be required to repay any such moneys under any 
              laws relating to insolvency it will refund the moneys in 
              the suspense account and any interest accrued thereon 
              (less any financial institution duty or debits tax 
              payable in respect of any deposits or debits in respect 
              of the suspense account to the Borrower or the Guarantor 
              or any such other person as the case may be.


                              SECTION E


33.    APPOINTMENT OF ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

       33.1   The Lender irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent 
              as its agent. with the rights and duties expressed in 
              this Agreement.

       33.2   In acting as agent. the Administrative Agent:

              33.2.1    does not assume any fiduciary duties to the 
                        Lender;

              33.2.2    is an independent contractor.

              33.3      The Lender waives any claim which may arise 
                        against the Administrative Agent under the law 
                        of agency or for breach of fiduciary duty. 

       33.4   The Administrative Agent agrees to act as Administrative 
              Agent of the Lender on these terms.

<PAGE>

34.    POWERS AND DUTIES OF ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

       34.1   The Administrative Agent may exercise any powers which 
              this Agreement expressly delegates to Administrative 
              Agent, and any powers reasonably incidental thereto.


       34.2   The Administrative Agent must take any action which this 
              Agreement specifically requires the Administrative Agent 
              to take. The Administrative Agent need not take any other 
              action and does not have any implied duties to the 
              Lender.

       34.3   The Administrative Agent must forward to the Lender a 
              copy of each Drawdown Notice and each Interest Period 
              Notice under the Term Loan Facility it receives it from 
              the Borrower.

35.    GENERAL IMMUNITY

       Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its directors, 
       officers, agents or employees are liable to the Borrower, the 
       Guarantor, or the Lender for any act or omission by any of them 
       in respect of this Agreement. except to the extent that the act 
       or omission arises from gross negligence or willful misconduct.

36.    NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR LOANS ETC

       36.1   Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its 
              directors, officers, agents or employees need ascertain, 
              enquire into or verify:

              36.1.1    any statement. warranty or representation made 
                        in connection with this Agreement or any 
                        borrowing under this Agreement;

              36.1.2    the performance of any term of this Agreement 
                        including, any obligation to pay proof or any 
                        term requiring the provision of information 
                        directly to the Lender;

              36.1.3    the enforceability, sufficiency or genuineness 
                        of this Agreement or any other writing in 
                        connection therewith;

              36.1.4    the existence or possible existence of any 
                        Event of Default;

<PAGE>

              36.1.5    the financial condition of any Borrower or the 
                        Guarantor.

       36.2   The Administrative Agent need not disclose to the Lender 
              information volunteered by the Borrower or the Guarantor 
              to the Administrative Agent (either in its capacity as 
              agent or in its individual capacity).

37.    ACTING ON INSTRUCTIONS OF LENDER

       37.1   The Administrative Agent need not take any action under 
              this Agreement unless:

              37.1.1    the Lender instructs it to do so in writing; 
                        and


              37.1.2    the Lender indemnifies the Administrative Agent 
                        to the Administrative Agent's satisfaction 
                        against all liability, costs and expenses it 
                        incurs in taking or continuing any action.

38.    ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND LEGAL ADVISERS

       38.1   The Administrative Agent may perform any of its duties 
              under this Agreement by its employees. agents and legal 
              advisers. 

       38.2   If the Administrative Agent selects those agents and 
              legal advisers with reasonable care, the Administrative 
              Agent is not liable to the Lender for any default or 
              misconduct by those agents or legal advisers, except as 
              to money or securities received by the Administrative 
              Agent or its agents or legal advisers. 

       38.3   The Administrative Agent may obtain legal advice about 
              this Agreement or any matter relating to or arising out 
              of this Agreement.

39.    RELIANCE ON DOCUMENTS AND LEGAL ADVICE

       The Administrative Agent may rely on:

       39.1   any notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, 
              facsimile, statement, paper or document if the 
              Administrative Agent believes it to be genuine and     
              correct and to have been signed or sent by the proper 
              person; and

<PAGE>

       39.2   in respect, of legal matters, the opinion of its legal 
              advisers (who may be employees of the Administrative 
              Agent).

40.    AGENT'S INDEMNIFICATION

       40.1   The Lender indemnifies the Administrative Agent for all 
              losses, and all costs, liability and expenses incurred by 
              the Administrative Agent in respect of or in any way 
              related to or arising out of this Agreement and other 
              related documents or any actions taken or omitted by the 
              Administrative Agent. This may include costs which the 
              Borrower or the Guarantor falls to pay, administration 
              costs, agency fees, enforcement costs, and costs of a 
              dispute between the Administrative Agent and the Lender. 
              However, it does not include losses, costs, liability and 
              expenses resulting from the gross negligence or willful 
              misconduct of the Administrative Agent (as found by a 
              court of competent jurisdiction in a final non-appealable 
              judgment).

       40.2   This obligation survives payment of all moneys payment 
              pursuant to this Agreement and termination of this 
              Agreement.

       40.3   This section E of this Agreement does not limit the 
              obligations of the Borrower or the Guarantor under this 
              Agreement.


41.    LENDER CREDIT DECISIONS

       The Lender has made its own credit analysis and decision to 
       enter into the Agreement independently and without relying on 
       First Chicago.

<PAGE>

42.    RESIGNATION OF ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

       42.1   The Administrative Agent may resign at any time by giving
              written notice thereof to the Lender. Upon resignation, 
              the Lender shall have the right to appoint a successor 
              Administrative Agent with the written approval of the 
              Borrower (that approval not to be unreasonably withheld). 
              If no successor Administrative Agent has been appointed 
              by the Lender and accepted that appointment within thirty 
              days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice 
              of its resignation, then the retiring Administrative 
              Agent may, on behalf of the Lender and with the written 
              approval of the Borrower (that approval not to be 
              unreasonably withheld), appoint a successor agent. 

       42.2   If no successor Administrative Agent has been appointed 
              pursuant to the clause 42.1 within the thirty days 
              following the giving of notice of resignation by the 
              retiring Administrative Agent, the resignation shall 
              nonetheless then become effective and the Lender shall 
              perform the duties and be entitled to the rights of the 
              Administrative Agent hereunder until it appoints a 
              successor agent (which it shall not be under any 
              obligation to so do).

       42.3   Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Administrative 
              Agent by a successor Administrative Agent, the successor 
              Administrative Agent shall thereupon succeed to and 
              become vested with all the rights. powers, privileges and 
              duties of the retiring Administrative Agent.

       42.4   Whether or not a successor Administrative Agent has been 
              appointed, the retiring Administrative Agent shall be 
              discharged from its duties and obligations under this 
              Agreement upon its resignation becoming effective.  After 
              any person's resignation under this Agreement as the 
              agent, the provisions of this Agreement shall continue in 
              effect for its benefit and for the benefit of the Lender 
              in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by 
              the person while it was acting as the Administrative 
              Agent.

       42.5   During any period in which a successor agent is not 
              appointed the agency fee referred to in clause 7.3 shall 
              be payable by the Borrower to the Lender.



<PAGE>


                              SECTION F

43.    CERTIFICATIONS

       43.1   Any document or thing required to be certified by the 
              Borrower or the Guarantor shall be certified an 
              Authorized Officer of the Borrower or the Guarantor or in 
              such other manner as the Lender may approve. 

       43.2   A certificate signed by an Authorized Officer of the 
              Lender or the Administrative Agent stating any amount or 
              rate for the purpose of this Agreement shall in the 
              absence of manifest error be conclusive and binding on 
              the Borrower.

44.    UNLAWFULNESS

       If:

       44.1   any law, regulation or regulatory requirement or 
              judgment. order or direction of any court. tribunal or 
              authority binding upon the Lender or its ultimate parent 
              company in the jurisdiction in which the Lender or its 
              ultimate parent company is formed or has its principal or 
              lending office or in which any action is required to be 
              performed by it for the purposes of this Agreement; or 

       44.2   any chance in the interpretation of any such law, 
              regulation or regulatory requirement or judgment. order 
              or direction of any court, tribunal or authority by any 
              government or governmental agency charged with the 
              administration thereof or by a court of competent 
              jurisdiction or compliance by the Lender with any request 
              or direction (whether or not having the force of law) of 
              the Reserve Bank of Australia or any government or other 
              governmental agency in accordance with whose requests or 
              directions the Lender is accustomed to act;

       renders it unlawful for the Lender to meet any of its 
       obligations under the Facility, the Lender shall promptly notify 
       the Borrower and the following provisions shall apply:

       44.3   the Borrower and the Lender shall negotiate in good faith 
              for a period not exceeding thirty (30) days (or such 
              longer period as is required) with a view to the Lender 
              making arrangements to be able to meet the relevant 
              obligations under the Facility in whole or in part in a 
              manner which is not unlawful; and

<PAGE>

       44.4   if no such arrangements have been made by the end of such 
              period, thereupon the Lender shall be released from its 
              obligations under this Agreement, the Facility shall be 
              canceled and the Borrower shall pay to the Lender the 
              Loans under this Agreement prior to the date on which it 
              becomes unlawful for the Lender to meets its obligations 
              under the Facility.


45.    AUTHORITY TO DEBIT ACCOUNTS

       The Borrower and the Guarantor irrevocably authorize and direct 
       the Lender and the Administrative Agent to debit any account or 
       accounts of the Borrower or the. Guarantor with the Lender or 
       the Administrative Agent in respect of any amounts that are from 
       time to time due and payable under this Agreement by the 
       Borrower or the Guarantor respectively. The Lender will notify 
       the Borrower and the Guarantor (as the case may be) of such 
       amounts so debited other than fees charged in accordance with 
       this Agreement and other than debits in accordance with prior 
       arrangements between the Lender and the Borrower or the 
       Guarantor.

46.    NO WAIVER

       No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising on the part of 
       the Lender any right. power or privilege under this Agreement 
       shall operate as a waiver thereof. nor shall any single or 
       partial exercise of any right power or privilege preclude any 
       other or further exercise thereof, or the exercise of any other 
       right. power or privilege. The rights and remedies of the Lender 
       provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of 
       any rights or remedies provided by law or equity or legislation 
       or regulation.

47.    MERGER

       47.1   The representations and warranties of the Borrower and 
              the Guarantor in this Agreement shall survive the 
              execution of this Agreement and the making of any Advance 
              under this Agreement and shall ensure for the benefit of 
              the Lender and the Administrative A2ent until the Loans 
              have been paid in full by the Borrower to the Lender. 

<PAGE>

       47.2   If the liability of the Borrower or the Guarantor to pay 
              to the Lender or the Administrative Agent any moneys 
              payable under this Agreement becomes merged in any deed. 
              Judgment. order or other thing, the Borrower or the 
              Guarantor (as the case may be) shall pay interest on the
              amount owing from time to time under that deed, judgment, 
              order or other thing at the higher of the rate payable 
              under this Agreement and that fixed by or payable under 
              that deed, judgment. order or other thing.

48.   TIME OF THE ESSENCE

      Time shall be of the essence as regards any date or period    
      determined under this Agreement save only to the extent that any 
      such date or period may be altered by mutual agreement between 
      the parties whereupon time shall be of the essence as regards 
      such altered date or period.


49.   SET OFF
 
      49.1    The Borrower and the Lender do expressly acknowledge and 
              agree that:

              49.1.1    Where the Lender now or at any time in the 
                        future is indebted on any account to the 
                        Borrower pursuant to arrangements made between 
                        them such arrangements are hereinafter referred 
                        to as the "Arrangements".

              49.1.2    Notwithstanding the Arrangements and any other 
                        provision of this Agreement (and without 
                        prejudice to the Lender's other rights and 
                        remedies) any monies (whether by way of 
                        principal interest or otherwise and whether 
                        present future actual or contingent) which the 
                        Lender may now or may hereafter owe to the 
                        Borrower under the Arrangements may be applied 
                        to and set off by the Lender as and when the 
                        same may become due and payable pro rata 
                        against the Loans as and when they become due 
                        and payable to the intent and effect:

<PAGE>

                        (i)    first that the Lender may at any time 
                               and from time to time deduct from and 
                               retain out of the monies otherwise 
                               payable by the Lender to the Borrower 
                               pursuant to the Arrangements such 
                               amounts as the Lender may think fit and 
                               apply or set off such amounts in or 
                               toward or against satisfaction of the 
                               Loans; and 

                        (ii)   secondly that upon default by the 
                               Borrower hereunder the Lender shall not 
                               be obliged to pay any monies to the 
                               Borrower under the Arrangements until 
                               the obligations of the Borrower to the 
                               Lender to pay any monies to the Lender 
                               hereunder are paid and satisfied in 
                               full.

       49.2   The contractual rights of set off conferred on the Lender 
              under sub-clause .1 of this clause are in addition to. 
              and not in substitution for any rights of set off 
              otherwise conferred on or available to the Lender at law 
              or in equity including (without limitation) any banker's 
              rights of set off or right of combination of accounts or 
              banker's lien.

       49.3   For the avoidance of doubt the Lender and the Borrower 
              further declare and acknowledge that the debts and 
              liabilities arising or created hereunder and pursuant  
              hereto and under and pursuant to the Arrangements are 
              mutual debts within the meaning of Section 86(l) of the 
              Bankruptcy Act 1966 (Cwth) (as incorporated in the 
              Corporations Law) and that upon the liquidation or 
              bankruptcy of the Borrower the provisions of Section 86 
              of the said Bankruptcy Act shall apply so that any sum 
              due from the Borrower to the Lender hereunder shall be 
              set off against any sum due from the Lender to the
              Borrower under the Arrangements.

       49.4   The Borrower acknowledges and agrees that it will not and 
              will not attempt to prevent the Lender from exercising 
              its rights of set off as aforesaid in the circumstances 
              contemplated in respect thereof.

<PAGE>

50.    APPROPRIATION

       The Lender or the Administrative Agent may appropriate any 
       payment towards the satisfaction of any moneys due by the 
       Borrower in any way that the Lender or the Administrative Agent 
       thinks fit and notwithstanding any purported appropriation by 
       the Borrower.

51.    SUCCESSORS

       This Agreement shall bind the parties and their respective heirs 
       executors administrators successors and assigns.

52.    ASSIGNMENT

       52.1   The Lender may not at any time assign the benefits and 
              obligations on its part to be enjoyed or performed under 
              this Agreement without the consent in writing of the 
              Borrower which shall not be unreasonably delayed or 
              withheld. Neither the Borrower nor the Guarantor shall 
              assign or purport to assign any of the benefits or 
              obligations on its part to be enjoyed or performed under 
              this Agreement without the consent in writing of the 
              Lender.

       52.2   The Lender may (subject to prior notification to the 
              Borrower) disclose to any prospective assignee, on a 
              confidential basis, such information concerning the 
              Borrower as it considers appropriate without incurring 
              any liability for any breach of the duty of banker-
              customer confidentiality.

53.    NOTICES

       Any notice demand consent or other communication to be in 
       writing under or in connection with this Agreement shall be in 
       writing or if it is to be given by the Lender or the 
       Administrative Agent may be signed by any Authorized Officer of 
       the Lender or the Administrative Agent or any solicitor for the 
       time being acting for the Lender or the Administrative Agent and 
       if it is to be given by the Borrower shall be under the common 
       seal of the Borrower or the hand of an Authorized Officer of the 
       Borrower and may be served either:

<PAGE>

       53.1   personally; or 


       53.2   by posting the same by registered or certified mail to 
              the party to whom the notice is directed at its address 
              appearing in this Agreement or at any other address of 
              which prior notification shall have been given by the 
              addressee prior to the dispatch of the said notice and 
              any notice given by post shall be deemed to have been 
              received by the party to whom it is addressed at the 
              expiration of forty eight (48) hours (ten Business Days 
              where the addressee is the Guarantor) after the same has 
              been properly posted; or 

       53.3   by facsimile transmission:

              To the Lender:             (02) 922 1 8005 
                                         Attention: Manager Corporate 

              To the Administrative 
              Agent:                     (08) 82223  2948
                                         Attention: Loan Administrator 

              To the Borrower:           (08) 8248 8250 
                                         Attention: Treasurer 

              To the Guarantor:          1 (847) 205 4894 
                                         Attention: Treasurer

              or any other facsimile number of which prior notification 
              shall have been given to the sender prior to the 
              transmission of the facsimile and any facsimile 
              transmission shall be deemed to have been served on the 
              date of transmission by the sender if the sender shall 
              receive confirmation of receipt of the notice in its 
              entirety from the recipient. The original of any 
              facsimile transmission shall be posted in accordance with 
              sub-clause .2 of this clause on the date of transmission 
              or if transmitted after usual posting hours the next  
              Business Day.

<PAGE>

       If the date of dispatch is not a Business Day in the place to 
       which such notice, request demand or other communication is sent 
       it shall be deemed to have been received at the commencement of 
       business on the next following Business Day in such place. 
       Notice given to any one or more of the persons (if more than 
       one) comprised in the expressions "the Borrower" shall be deemed 
       notice to all such persons. Signatures may be manuscript or may 
       be printed or reproduced by other mechanical means.

54.    OTHER DOCUMENTS

       The Borrower and the Guarantor shall either before or after the 
       making of any Advance under this Agreement do all such acts 
       matters and things and shall sign or execute and deliver all 
       such documents or writing or assurances as may in the reasonable 
       opinion of the Lender or the Administrative Agent be necessary 
       or expedient to further and more effectually carry into full 
       effect the provisions of this Agreement and for conferring the 
       full benefit thereof upon the Lender and the Administrative 
       Agent.


55.    AMENDMENT

       No amendment of this Agreement shall bind the parties unless 
       made in writing expressed to be supplemental to or in 
       substitution for the whole or part of this Agreement.

56.    GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

       This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties 
       shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws 
       in force in the State of South Australia and the parties agree 
       by the execution of this Agreement to irrevocably submit to the 
       non-exclusive jurisdiction of the Courts in the State of South 
       Australia in respect of all matters arising under or in 
       connection with this Agreement provided always that the Lender 
       may proceed in the Courts of any Territory State or country 
       having or claiming jurisdiction in respect of the matter which 
       is the subject of the proceedings.

57.    SEVERANCE

       Any provision of this Agreement which is or becomes prohibited 
       invalid unlawful void or unenforceable in any jurisdiction 
       shall. as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective and capable of 
       severance without affecting the remaining provisions of this 
       Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of such 
       provision in any other jurisdiction.

<PAGE>

58.    COUNTERPARTS

       This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and 
       all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to 
       constitute one and the same instrument.

59.    ENTIRE AGREEMENT

       This Agreement contains all of the terms and conditions upon  
       which the Lender will provide financial accommodation to the 
       Borrower and supersedes any previous or extant arrangements with 
       respect to the same.

<PAGE>

EXECUTED AS AN AGREEMENT
SIGNED for and on behalf of      )  BANQUE NATIONALE DE PARIS
BANQUE NATIONALE DE PARIS        )  by its Attorney who states that at 
by                               )  the time of executing this 
                                 )  instrument the attorney has no
                                 )  notice of the revocation of the
                                 )  Power of Attorney dated
its Attorney                     )  15 January 1998 under the authority
                                 )  of which the Attorney has executed
                                 )  this instrument
                                 )
                                 )   /s/ Geoffrey Lleuellyn Carrel
                                 )  ----------------------------------
                                                 Attorney
                                         Geoffrey Lleuellyn Carrel
                                    ----------------------------------
                                               Name/Position
				
SIGNED for and on behalf of      )        /s/ Craig Scefi Jensen
THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK          )  ----------------------------------
OF CHICAGO by its Authorized     )          Authorized Officer
Officers                         )  Craig Scefi Jensen  Asst.Vice Pres
                                    ----------------------------------
                                               Name/Position

                                              /s/ S.K. Milne
                                    ---------------------------------- 
                                           Authorized Officer          
                                    S.K. Milne  Associate Underwriter
                                    ----------------------------------
                                               Name/Position
				
THE COMMON SEAL of               )
PENRICE SODA PRODUCTS PTY LTD    )
was hereunto affixed             )
in the presence of:              )
       /s/ D.A. Reid			
- - ------------------------------------
Director
        David Reid
- - ------------------------------------
Print name of Director
  /s/ Liendik Michael Alksnis
- - ------------------------------------
Director or Secretary
      Liendik Michael Alksnis
- - ------------------------------------
Print name of Director or Secretary				

<PAGE>

THE COMMON SEAL of                  )
PENRICE HOLDINGS PTY                )
was hereunto affixed                )
in the presence of:		           )
				
      /s/ D.A. Reid
- - ------------------------------------
Director
       David Reid
- - ------------------------------------
Print name of Director

    /s/ Henrik Michael Alksnis
- - ------------------------------------
Director or Secretary
     Henrik Michael Alksnis
- - ------------------------------------
Print name of Director or Secretary				
				

THE COMMON SEAL of                  )
IMC GLOBAL AUSTRALIA PTY LTD        )
was hereunto affixed                )
in the presence of:                 )

       /s/ D.A. Reid
- - ------------------------------------
Director
       David Reid
- - ------------------------------------
Print name of Director

     /s/ Henrik Michael Alksnis
- - ------------------------------------
Director or Secretary
       Henrik Michael Alksnis
- - ------------------------------------
Print name of Director or Secretary				
				
SIGNED for and on behalf of         )
IMC GLOBAL INC.                     )

By         /s/ E. Paul Dunn Jr.
     -------------------------------
Name          E.Paul Dunn, Jr.
     -------------------------------
Title   Vice President & Treasurer
     -------------------------------

<PAGE>

                              SCHEDULE 1

                        FORM OF DRAWDOWN NOTICE

                                NOTICE

TO:  THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO 
     70 Hindmarsh Square 
     ADELAIDE SA 5000


Facility Agreement dated                                  1998 ("the 
Agreement"). The undersigned refers to the above Agreement and 
irrevocably gives you notice of drawdown under the Facility as follows:

                         CASH ADVANCE/TERM LOAN

1      Drawdown Date:                               19
                                   -----------------  ----

2      Amount to be drawn:         $               (Australian Dollars)
                                    ---------------

3      Period of the borrowing:                  days
                                   --------------

4      Payment Account: 
                                   -----------------

5      Interest Period:                           days
                                   ---------------

The Borrower by its execution of this Notice reaffirms and 
reconstitutes all representations and warranties or agreements of the 
Borrower in the Agreement as if made at the date of this Notice (except 
to the extent disclosed in writing, to the Lender prior to the date of 
this Drawdown Notice) and certifies that no Event of Default (as 
defined in the Agreement) has occurred or is continuing or is likely to 
result from this transaction.

DATED this       day of                 19

SIGNED by                          )
an Authorized Officer of           )
                                   ) -------------------------------
                                   )

- - ---------------------------------

<PAGE>

                                SCHEDULE 2

                              INTEREST PERIOD

                                  NOTICE



TO:  THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO



Facility Agreement dated                        1998 ("the Agreement") 
[insert name of relevant borrower] refers to the above Agreement and 
irrevocably gives you notice of the required Interest Period under the 
Term Loan Facility as follows:


Interest Period:                                 commencing on
                               ------------------



SIGNED by                     )
an Authorized Officer of      )
[insert name of relevant      )
borrower]                     )  ------------------------------------
                                          Authorized Officer

<PAGE>

                                SCHEDULE 3

                         VERIFICATION CERTIFICATE


TO:  BANQUE NATIONALE DE PARIS ("the Lender")


I,                                of                                   
am a director/company secretary of PENRICE SODA PRODUCTS PTY LIMITED 
(ACN 008 206 942), PENRICE HOLDINGS PTY (ACN 008 125 835) and IMC 
GLOBAL AUSTRALIA PTY LIMITED (ACN 072 639 902) (each separately 
hereafter referred to as "the Company") CERTIFY as follows:-

I certify that:

1.   The company is not the trustee of any trust fund or settlement and      
all its assets are legally and beneficially owned by it.

2.   The Company is not a subsidiary of. or controlled by, an  
     Australian public company.

3.   The assets of the Company are or will at the time of first   
     drawdown under the Agreement be free of any Security Interest 
     other than as consented to by the Lender in writing.

4.   No meeting has been called to consider a resolution. no resolution 
     has been passed, no application is pending, and no order has been 
     made for the winding up or administration of the Company.

5.   The Company is not insolvent and it is not aware of any 
     circumstances, and has not received any demand which remains 
     unsatisfied, which is likely to lead to the winding up of the 
     Company under the Corporations Law.

6.   No receiver, receiver and manager or administrator has been 
     appointed to the Company or any of its assets and the Company is 
     not a party to any current legal proceedings which is likely to 
     adversely affect the ability of the Borrower to carry out its 
     obligations under the Agreement.

7.   A resolution of the directors of the Company:

     (a)    authorizing the acceptance and execution of the facility 
            agreement ("Agreement") governing the terms and conditions 
            of a year revolving credit facility and a 5 year term loan 
            facility ("Facility") agreed to be provided by the Lender 
            to the Company; and


<PAGE>

     (b)    appointing each of the persons set out in Annexure "A" as 
            an authorized officer of the Company to prepare, complete
            and sign letters and notices on behalf of the Company for 
            the purposes of the Agreement and to do everything else 
            that may be necessary for the purposes of the Agreement or 
            the facility including agreeing any amendments to the 
            provisions of the Agreement including the amount and term, 

     was passed in accordance with the Articles of Association of the       
     Company and an extract thereof is set out in Annexures "B, C and 
     D".

8.   Set out in Annexure "A" are the normal signatures of each of the 
     authorized officers referred to above.

9.   Neither the execution of the Agreement nor the passing of the 
     resolution referred to above has infringed or will infringe the 
     constitution of the Company or contravene any obligation to which 
     it is a party.

10.  I am aware the Lender will rely on this certificate in providing 
     the Facility to the Company.

11.  A word or phrase defined in the Agreement has the same meaning in 
     this certificate.

12.  A current and up to date copy of the Constitution of the company 
     is attached hereto as Annexures E, F and G.


DATED the         day of                      1998



- - ------------------------------
Signature

- - ------------------------------
Position

<PAGE>

                                   "A"


      This is Annexure "A" referred to in the attached Verification
                               Certificate


         AUTHORIZED OFFICERS OF PENRICE SODA PRODUCTS PTY LIMITED 
         (ACN 008 206 942), PENRICE HOLDINGS PTY (ACN 008 125 835) 
           AND IMC GLOBAL AUSTRALIA PTY LIMITED (ACN 072 639 902) 
                             ("the Company")



  The following are the names and signatures of the authorized officers 
                              of the Company.


NAME 							SIGNATURE
(Please print)

<PAGE>

                                  "B"

             EXTRACT OF RESOLUTIONS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF 
       PENRICE SODA PRODUCTS PTY LTD (ACN 008 206 942) ("the Company")

The Chairman noted that a quorum was present at the meeting comprising 
Directors entitled to vote on the proposed resolutions and noted that 
each Director disclosed that director's interest, if any, in the 
subject matter of the proposed resolutions, without limitation, each 
directorship, if any, in every company concerned in or by the subject 
matter of the proposed resolutions.

Drafts of the following documents (the "Documents") were tabled at the 
meeting:

     Facility Agreement between Penrice Soda Products Pty Ltd, Penrice 
     Holdings Pty and IMC Global Australia Pty Ltd (together, 
     "Borrowers") as borrowers, The First National Bank of Chicago 
     ("Bank") as administrative agent Banque Nationale de Paris as 
     lender and IMC Global Inc ("IMC") as guarantor;

     Facility Agreement between the Borrowers as borrowers, the Bank as 
     lender and IMC as guarantor; and

     Facility Agreement between the Borrowers as borrowers, the Bank as 
     administrative agent, Rabo Australia Limited as lender and IMC as 
     guarantor.
The Chairman reported in detail on the nature of the transactions 
evidenced by the Documents and on the rights conferred on and 
obligations assumed by the Company.

RESOLVED THAT:

13   the Company unconditionally execute and delivery the Documents in 
     the form of the drafts tabled together with all ancillary 
     documents and perform each of its obligations under each Document 
     and each ancillary document;

14   the common seal of the Company be affixed to such of the Documents 
     and ancillary documents requiring execution under the Company's 
     common seal and that each director be authorized to execute any 
     Document. ancillary document or other document considered 
     necessary or desirable by that Director; and

<PAGE>

15   [  *  ] be appointed as Authorized Officers of the Company for the 
     purposes of the Documents and that they each be authorized to 
     execute any notices and communications under or in connection with 
     the Documents.

CERTIFIED to be a true copy of the extract of the Minutes of Meeting of 
the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Meeting") duly convened and 
held and that all procedural and formal requirements under the Articles 
of Association of the Company and the Corporations Law in respect of 
the Meeting, the resolutions and appointment of directors of the 
Company have been complied with in full and that such resolutions have 
not been amended, modified or revoked and are in full force and effect.



- - --------------------------------
Chairman

- - --------------------------------
Print Name

<PAGE>

                                 "C"

          EXTRACT OF RESOLUTIONS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF 
         PENRICE HOLDINGS PTY (ACN 008 125 835) ("the Company")

The Chairman noted that a quorum was present at the meeting comprising 
Directors entitled to vote on the proposed resolutions and noted that 
each Director disclosed that director's interest, if any, in the 
subject matter of the proposed resolutions, without limitation, each 
directorship, if any, in every company concerned in or by the subject 
matter of the proposed resolutions.

Drafts of the following documents (the "Documents") were tabled at the 
meeting:

     Facility Agreement between Penrice Soda Products Pty Ltd, Penrice 
     Holdings Pty and IMC Global Australia Pty Ltd (together, 
     "Borrowers") as borrowers, The First National Bank of Chicago 
     ("Bank") as administrative agent Banque Nationale de Paris as 
     lender and IMC Global Inc ("IMC") as guarantor;

     Facility Agreement between the Borrowers as borrowers, the Bank as 
     lender and IMC as guarantor; and
 
     Facility Agreement between the Borrowers as borrowers, the Bank as 
     administrative agent, Rabo Australia Limited as lender and IMC as 
     guarantor.

The Chairman reported in detail on the nature of the transactions 
evidenced by the Documents and on the rights conferred on and 
obligations assumed by the Company.

RESOLVED THAT:

13   the Company unconditionally execute and delivery the Documents in 
     the form of the drafts tabled together with all ancillary 
     documents and perform each of its obligations under each Document 
     and each ancillary document;
14   the common seal of the Company be affixed to such of the Documents 
     and ancillary documents requiring execution under the Company's 
     common seal and that each director be authorized to execute any 
     Document. ancillary document or other document considered 
     necessary or desirable by that Director; and

<PAGE>

15   [  *  ] be appointed as Authorized Officers of the Company for the 
     purposes of the Documents and that they each be authorized to 
     execute any notices and communications under or in connection with 
     the Documents.

CERTIFIED to be a true copy of the extract of the Minutes of Meeting of 
the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Meeting") duly convened and 
held and that all procedural and formal requirements under the Articles 
of Association of the Company and the Corporations Law in respect of 
the Meeting, the resolutions and appointment of directors of the 
Company have been complied with in full and that such resolutions have 
not been amended, modified or revoked and are in full force and effect.


- - --------------------------------
Chairman

- - --------------------------------
Print Name

<PAGE>

                                     "D"

            EXTRACT OF RESOLUTIONS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF 
       IMC GLOBAL AUSTRALIA PTY LTD (ACN 072 639 902) ("the Company")

The Chairman noted that a quorum was present at the meeting comprising 
Directors entitled to vote on the proposed resolutions and noted that 
each Director disclosed that director's interest, if any, in the 
subject matter of the proposed resolutions, without limitation, each 
directorship, if any, in every company concerned in or by the subject 
matter of the proposed resolutions.

Drafts of the following documents (the "Documents") were tabled at the 
meeting:

     Facility Agreement between Penrice Soda Products Pty Ltd, Penrice 
     Holdings Pty and IMC Global Australia Pty Ltd (together, 
     "Borrowers") as borrowers, The First National Bank of Chicago 
     ("Bank") as administrative agent Banque Nationale de Paris as 
     lender and IMC Global Inc ("IMC") as guarantor;

     Facility Agreement between the Borrowers as borrowers, the Bank as 
     lender and IMC as guarantor; and
 
     Facility Agreement between the Borrowers as borrowers, the Bank as 
     administrative agent, Rabo Australia Limited as lender and IMC as 
     guarantor.
 
The Chairman reported in detail on the nature of the transactions 
evidenced by the Documents and on the rights conferred on and 
obligations assumed by the Company.

RESOLVED THAT:

13   the Company unconditionally execute and delivery the Documents in 
     the form of the drafts tabled together with all ancillary 
     documents and perform each of its obligations under each Document 
     and each ancillary document;

14   the common seal of the Company be affixed to such of the Documents 
     and ancillary documents requiring execution under the Company's 
     common seal and that each director be authorized to execute any 
     Document. ancillary document or other document considered 
     necessary or desirable by that Director; and

<PAGE>
15   [  *  ] be appointed as Authorized Officers of the Company for the 
     purposes of the Documents and that they each be authorized to 
     execute any notices and communications under or in connection with 
     the Documents.

CERTIFIED to be a true copy of the extract of the Minutes of Meeting of 
the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Meeting") duly convened and 
held and that all procedural and formal requirements under the Articles 
of Association of the Company and the Corporations Law in respect of 
the Meeting, the resolutions and appointment of directors of the 
Company have been complied with in full and that such resolutions have 
not been amended, modified or revoked and are in full force and effect.


- - --------------------------------
Chairman

- - --------------------------------
Print Name

<PAGE>

                                SCHEDULE 4

                           FACSIMILE INDEMNITY


TO:   BANQUE NATIONALE DE PARIS
      (the Financier)

FROM: PENRICE SODA PRODUCTS PTY LTD ACN 008 206 942
      PENRICE HOLDINGS PTY ACN 008 125 835
      IMC GLOBAL AUSTRALIA PTY LTD ACN 072 639 902
      (each separately referred to as "the Customer")


IN CONSIDERATION of the Financier (which expression includes its 
successors and assigns) agreeing to act on the basis of instructions 
given by the Customer by Electronic Means, the Customer agrees as 
follows:

1.   In this indemnity 'Electronic Means' means telephone, telex. 
     facsimile or any other electronic means.

2.   The Customer agrees:

     (a)   that the Customer. and not the Financier, will bear all
           risks in relation to any unauthorized or fraudulent notice 
           or communication given to the Financier by Electronic Means;

     (b)   that the Financier may, without further inquiry or reference 
           to the Customer, act on that notice or communication if it 
           includes a reference to the Customer and on its face 
           purports to be signed or given by an authorized signatory of 
           the Customer being a person notified as such in writing by 
           the Customer to the Financier from time to time;

     (c)   that the Financier, despite any other term of this 
           indemnity, may, in its absolute discretion, defer acting in 
           accordance with the whole or any part of a notice or 
           communication received by it pending further inquiry to 
           and/or confirmation by the Customer, but the Customer 
           expressly agrees that the Financier will not be under any 
           responsibility to so defer in any case.

<PAGE>

3.   The Customer:

     (a)   release the Financier from all actions and claims in 
           connection with the Financier in good faith acting on 
           instructions given by Electronic Means or deferring to act 
           under paragraph 2(c) above; and

     (b)   indemnifies the Financier against all losses, costs and 
           expenses suffered as a result of any actions or claims in 
           connection with the Financier in good faith acting on 
           instructions given by Electronic Means.




                                                        EXHIBIT 10.77

                         FACILITY AGREEMENT



                       RABO AUSTRALIA LIMITED
                         (CAN 060 452 217)


                 THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO
                         (ARBN 065 752 918)

                                AND 

                   PENRICE SODA PRODUCTS PTY LTD
                          (CAN 008 206 942)

                                AND 

                        PENRICE HOLDINGS PTY
                          (CAN 008 125 835)

                                AND 

                    IMC GLOBAL AUSTRALIA PTY LTD
                          (CAN 072 639 902)

                                AND

                           IMC GLOBAL INC.






               
                          PIPER ALDERMAN
                             Lawyers
                       167 Flinders Street
                        Adelaide SA 50000
                            Australia

                   Telephone:  (08) 8205-3333
                   Facsimile:  (08) 8205-3300


<PAGE>

                             TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                               Page No.


1.      INTERPRETATION                                             2
        1.1    Definitions                                         2
        1.2    Construction                                        6

2.      THE FACILITY                                               8

3.      ACCOMMODATION LIMIT                                        8

4.      PURPOSE OF THE FACILITY                                    8

5.      DRAWDOWN8                                                  7
        5.1    Time of Drawdown Notice                             8
        5.2    Drawdown Notice                                     8
        5.3    Term Loan                                           9
        5.4    Liability for Drawdown                              9
        5.5    Minimum Drawn                                       9
        5.6    Provision of Funds                                  9
        5.7    Payment to Borrower                                 9

6.      INTEREST                                                   9

7.      FEES, EXPENSES & CHARGES                                  11
        7.1    Establishment Fee                                  11
        7.2    Line Fee                                           11
        7.3    Agency Fee                                         12
        7.4    Expenses                                           12
        7.5    Government Charges                                 12
        7.6    Increase in Costs by Government Action             13
        7.7    Gross Up                                           14

8.      REPAYMENTS                                                15
8.1     Payment of Principal                                      15
        8.2    Redrawing                                          16
        8.3    Early Repayment of Advances                        16
        8.4    Manner of Payment                                  17
        8.5    Distribution by Administrative Agent               17
        8.6    Non-receipt of funds by the Administrative 
                Agent from the Borrower                           17

9.      TERMINATION OF FACILITY                                   18

10.     CONDITIONS PRECEDENT                                      18
        10.1    To the Facility                                   18
        10.2    To A Drawdown                                     19

<PAGE>

11.     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES                            19
        11.1    Status                                            19
        11.2    This Agreement                                    19
        11.3    Third Party Rights                                19
        11.4    Authorities                                       20
        11.5    Other Commitments                                 20
        11.6    Litigation                                        20
        11.7    Taxation                                          20
        11.8    Unsecured Liabilities                             20
        11.9    Trusts                                            21
        11.10   Insurance Policies                                21
        11.11   Adverse Circumstances                             21
        11.12   Year 2000 Compliance                              21
        11.13   No Misrepresentation                              21

12.     GENERAL OBLIGATIONS                                       22
        12.1    Authorities                                       22
        12.2    Notice of Default                                 22
        12.3    Law                                               22
        12.4    Access                                            22
        12.5    Negative Pledge                                   23
        12.6    Inspection                                        23
        12.7    Public Information                                24

13.     FINANCIAL INFORMATION                                     24

14.     EVENTS OF DEFAULT                                         24

15.     INDEMNITIES                                               27

16.     GUARANTEE                                                 27

17.     GENERAL INDEMNITY                                         27

18.     INDEMNITY FOR AVOIDANCE OF GUARANTEED MONEY               28

19.     PAYMENT OF GUARANTEED MONEY                               28

20.     ACKNOWLEDGMENT                                            28

21.     PRINCIPAL OBLIGATION                                      28

22.     CONTINUING GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY                        29

23.     AMOUNT OF GUARANTEED MONEY                                29

24.     UNCONDITIONAL NATURE OF OBLIGATIONS                       29

<PAGE>

25.     NO COMPETITION                                            31

26.     PROOF BY LENDER                                           31

27.     AVOIDANCE OF PAYMENTS                                     32

28.     RETENTION OF AGREEMENT                                    32

29.     EXCLUSION OF MORATORIUM                                   32

30.     NON-EXERCISE OF GUARANTOR'S RIGHTS                        33

31.     PAYMENTS IN GROSS                                         33

32.     SUSPENSE ACCOUNT                                          33

33.     APPOINTMENT OF ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT                       33

34.     POWERS AND DUTIES OF ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT                 34

35.     GENERAL IMMUNITY                                          34

36.     NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR LOANS ETC                           34

37.     ACTING ON INSTRUCTIONS OF LENDER                          35

38.     ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND LEGAL ADVISERS                   35

39.     RELIANCE ON DOCUMENTS AND LEGAL ADVICE                    35

40.     AGENT'S INDEMNIFICATION                                   35

41.     LENDER CREDIT DECISIONS                                   36

42.     RESIGNATION OF ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT                       36

43.     CERTIFICATIONS                                            37

44.     UNLAWFULNESS                                              37

45.     AUTHORITY TO DEBIT ACCOUNTS                               38

46.     NO WAIVER                                                 38

47.     MERGER                                                    38

48.     TIME OF THE ESSENCE                                       38

<PAGE>

49.     SET OFF                                                   39

50.     APPROPRIATION                                             40

51.     SUCCESSORS                                                40

52.     ASSIGNMENT                                                40

53.     NOTICES                                                   40

54.     OTHER DOCUMENTS                                           41

55.     AMENDMENT                                                 41

56.     GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION                            42

57.     SEVERANCE                                                 42

58.     COUNTERPARTS                                              42

59.     ENTIRE AGREEMENT                                          42


<PAGE>

AGREEMENT made the 23 day of September 1998

BETWEEN:         RABO AUSTRALIA LIMITED (ACN 060 452 217) of Level
                 2,446 Collins Street, Melbourne, Victoria (Lender)

AND:             THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO (ARBN 065 752 918) 
                 of 70 Hindmarsh Square, Adelaide, South Australia 
                 (Administrative Agent)

AND:             PENRICE SODA PRODUCTS PTY LTD (ACN 008 206 942) of 
                 Solvay Road, Osborne, South Australia 5017 (Soda)

AND:             PENRICE HOLDINGS PTY (ACN 008 125 835) of Solvay Road, 
                 Osborne, South Australia 5017 (Holdings)

AND:             IMC GLOBAL AUSTRALIA PTY LTD (ACN 072 639 902) of 
                 Solvay Road, Osborne, South Australia 5017 (IMC)

AND:             IMC GLOBAL INC, a Delaware Corporation of 2100 Sanders 
                 Road, Northbrook, Illinois 60062, 6142 (Guarantor)

INTRODUCTION


A.     The Borrower and the Guarantor have requested that the Lender 
       provide or continue to provide certain financial accommodation 
       to the Borrower.

B.     The Lender desires to provide or to continue to provide such 
       financial accommodation to the Borrower upon and subject to the 
       terms and conditions of this Agreement.

OPERATIVE PROVISIONS

                                SECTION A

1.     INTERPRETATION

       1.1     Definitions 

               In this Agreement unless the context otherwise requires:

               "Accommodation Limit" means:

               (a)     in respect of the Revolving Credit Facility, 
                       A$16,66.666.67;

<PAGE>

               (b)     in respect of the Term Loan Facility  
                       A$8,333.333,33; 

               or such other amounts (expressed in Australian dollars) 
               which the Lender and the Borrower may agree upon in 
               writing from time to time.

               "Administrative Agent" means The First National Bank of 
               Chicago (ARBN 065 752 918) or any other person appointed 
               as Administrative Agent for the purposes of this 
               Agreement.

               "Advance" means any cash advance drawn under this 
               Facility (including a Term Loan).

               "this Agreement" means this Agreement and any other 
               agreement expressed to be supplemental to this Agreement 
               to which the parties to this Agreement are parties and 
               any amendments to any such document.

               "Announcement Date" means the date on which Standard and 
               Poors Rating Agency announces a rating change of the 
               long term unsecured debt of the Guarantor.

               "Approved Purposes" means the refinancing of borrowings 
               of the Borrower at the date of this Agreement and 
               general working capital requirements.

               "Authorized Officer" means:

               (a)     in relation to the Borrower each director and 
                       secretary of the Borrower and each person from 
                       time to time notified in writing by the Borrower 
                       to the Administrative Agent to be an Authorized 
                       Officer;

               (b)     in relation to the Lender and the Administrative 
                       Agent each director and secretary and each 
                       employee of the Lender or the Administrative 
                       Agent (as the case may be) whose title includes 
                       the word "Manager" or "Director" and includes 
                       any person acting in any such capacity; and

<PAGE>

               (c)     in relation to the Guarantor each person whose 
                       title is Chairman, President, Chief Executive 
                       Officer, Chief Financial Officer Senior or 
                       Treasurer and includes any person acting in any     
                       such capacity.

               "BBSY Rate" means in respect of any day and in respect 
               of any Interest Period the rate per centum per annum 
               quoted on the page numbered "BBSY" of the Reuters 
               Monitor System under the heading "Average Bid Rate" for 
               such Interest Period at or about 10:00 am (Sydney time) 
               on such day or on the first day of such Interest Period 
               (rounded up, if necessary, to the nearest two decimal       
               places) PROVIDED THAT if in respect of any Interest 
               Period the Average Bid Rate cannot be determined in 
               accordance with the foregoing procedures then "Average 
               Bid Rate" for that Interest Period shall mean such rate 
               as is agreed between the Administrative Agent and the 
               Borrower having regard to comparable indices then 
               available and in the absence of any such agreement shall 
               be the rate stipulated by the Administrative Agent 
               having regard to such comparable indices.

               "Bill" has the same meaning as in the Bills of Exchange 
               Act 1909 (Cwth) (but does not include a cheque).

               "the Borrower" means Soda, Holdings and IMC and includes 
               each of their successors and permitted assigns.

               "Business Day" means a day on which Australian trading 
               banks are open for a full range of banking business in 
               the metropolitan area of Adelaide, South Australia, 
               Melbourne, Victoria and Sydney, New South Wales.

               "Drawdown" means an Advance made by the Lender to the 
               Borrower pursuant to this Agreement.

               "Drawdown Date" means a date upon which an Advance is 
               made by the Lender to the Borrower pursuant to this 
               Agreement.

               "Drawdown Notice" means a notice of intention of the 
               Borrower to borrow or redraw hereunder being a notice in 
               the form or the effect of the form in Schedule 1.

<PAGE>

               "Event of Default" means any of the events designated as 
               such in this Agreement.

               "Facility" means the Revolving Credit Facility and the 
               Term Loan Facility made available under this Agreement 
               and each of them separately.

               "Financial Year" means the period from 1 January to the 
               next following 31 December or such other period of one 
               (1) year as the Borrower and the Administrative Agent 
               may agree in writing from time to time.

               "Guarantor" means IMC Global Inc, a Delaware 
               Corporation.

               "the Lender" means [insert name of lending bank] and its 
               successors and assigns

               "Interest Period" means each period of each Advance 
               being a period of 30, 60, 90, 120, 150, or 180 days or 
               such other period as the Lender and the Borrower may 
               agree provided that such period shall not extend beyond 
               the Repayment Date.

               "Law" means the Corporations Law or the relevant 
               corresponding legislation applicable to companies 
               incorporated outside of the Commonwealth of Australia.

               "Loans" means the aggregate of all Principal Moneys 
               which are from time to time owing (including 
               contingently owing) or unpaid to the Lender and all 
               other monies from time to time owing (including 
               contingently owing) and unpaid to the Lender or the 
               Administrative Agent under this Agreement.

               "Overdraft Rate" means the rate of interest equal to 2% 
               above the rate of interest referred to in clause 
               6.1.1(a).

               "Permitted Security" means a Security Interest which:

               (a)     has been approved by or is in favour of the 
                       Lender;

<PAGE>

               (b)     is a statutory charge on any property in 
                       relation to taxes while those taxes are not due 
                       for payment unless the Lender is satisfied that 
                       the amount of or obligation to pay those taxes 
                       is being contested in good faith and on 
                       reasonable grounds;

               (c)     secures the purchase price of goods, plant or 
                       equipment purchased by the Borrower from a third 
                       party on arms length terms and used by it in the 
                       ordinary course of its business, is in favour of 
                       such third party and is over such goods, plant 
                       or equipment;

               (d)     is over property of a person who, after the date 
                       of this document becomes a Subsidiary of the 
                       Borrower provided:

                       (i)     it existed at the time that person 
                               became a Subsidiary of the Borrower;

                       (ii)    it was not created in anticipation of or 
                               in connection with that person becoming 
                               a Subsidiary of the Borrower; and

                       (iii)   the financial indebtedness outstanding   
                               and actually secured by it at the time 
                               that person became a Subsidiary of the 
                               Borrower is not increased and the date 
                               for repayment of that financial 
                               indebtedness is not extended;

               (e)     secures or is an operating or finance lease hire 
                       purchase or rental purchase agreement in respect 
                       of plant and equipment with unrelated third 
                       parties in the ordinary course of its business 
                       and on commercial terms provided that the total 
                       commitment of the Borrower (including any option 
                       for purchase) for the whole of the terms of such 
                       leases or hire purchase or rental purchase 
                       agreements shall not exceed A$3,500,000 at any 
                       one time.

               "Principal Moneys" means the aggregate of the Advances 
               outstanding.

<PAGE>

               "Quarter" means each quarter period ending on the last 
               days of March, June, September and December in each 
               year.

               "Repayment Date" means:

               (a)     in respect of the Revolving Credit Facility the 
                       date being two years from the date of this 
                       Agreement; and

               (b)     in respect of the Term Loan Facility the date 
                       being five years from the date of this 
                       Agreement; 

               or such later dates as may be agreed in writing between 
               the Lender and the Borrower.

               "Revolving Credit Facility" means the cash advance 
               revolving credit facility made available under this 
               Agreement.

               "Security, Interest" means any security or preferential 
               interest or arrangement of any kind in any asset or
               other right of or arrangement of any kind with any 
               creditor to have its claim satisfied before other 
               creditors with or from the proceeds of any asset and any 
               deposit of money by way of security but does not include 
               a Permitted Security.

               "Subsidiary" means:

               (a)     a subsidiary as defined in the Law; or

               (b)     in respect of a person any entity of which that 
                       person owns or controls, or is in a position to 
                       own or control whether directly or indirectly, 
                       more than fifty per cent (50%) of the capital or 
                       voting rights;

               and includes any subsidiary formed or acquired after the 
               date of this Agreement.

               "Term Loan" means any term loan drawn under the Term 
               Loan Facility.

<PAGE>

               "Term Loan Facility" means the term loan facility made 
               available under this Agreement;

               "Year 2000 Problem" means the risk that computer 
               applications used by the Borrower or the Guarantor or 
               any of their Subsidiaries, suppliers or customers may be 
               unable to recognise and perform properly date-sensitive 
               functions involving certain dates prior to and any date 
               after 31 December 1999.

       1.2     Construction 

               In this Agreement unless the context otherwise requires:

               (a)     A reference to any Act of Parliament or to any 
                       section or provision thereof shall be read as if 
                       the words "or any statutory modification or re-
                       enactment thereof or any statutory provision 
                       substituted therefore" were added to such 
                       reference.

               (b)     A reference to winding up shall when applied to 
                       individuals be deemed to refer to bankruptcy.

               (c)     A reference to an accounting term or "Accounting 
                       Standards" is to be interpreted in accordance 
                       with approved accounting standards and practices 
                       under the Law, and, where not inconsistent with      
                       those accounting standards and practices 
                       generally accepted principles and practices in 
                       the jurisdiction under which the relevant 
                       accounts are prepared consistently applied to a 
                       body corporate or as between bodies corporate 
                       and over time.  A reference to "consolidated" in 
                       relation to accounts or other financial 
                       information, data or statistics with respect to 
                       a person means treated for accounting purposes 
                       as if accounting standards and generally 
                       accepted accounting principles for the creation
                       of consolidated accounts applicable to a holding 
                       company and its subsidiaries applied to the 
                       person.

               (d)     References to sub-clauses, clauses and schedules  
                       are references to sub-clauses, clauses and 
                       schedules of this Agreement.

<PAGE>

               (e)     References to any agreement, licence or other 
                       instrument shall be deemed to include references 
                       to such agreement, licence or other instrument 
                       as varied or replaced from time to time.

               (f)     Words importing any gender shall include all 
                       other genders; words importing individuals shall 
                       include partnerships and corporations and vice 
                       versa; words importing the singular number shall 
                       include the plural and vice versa; the index (if 
                       any) and headings are for convenience and shall        
                       not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

               (g)     Where under or pursuant to this Agreement or 
                       anything done under this Agreement the day on or 
                       by which any act, matter or thing is to be done 
                       is not a Business Day such act, matter or thing 
                       may be done on the next succeeding day which is 
                       a Business Day (except with respect to the 
                       payment of monies payable under this Agreement  
                       which shall be made on the immediately preceding 
                       day which is a Business Day).

               (h)     An agreement, representation or warranty on the 
                       part of two or more persons binds them jointly 
                       and each of them severally.

               (i)     (subject to clause 5.4) where there are two or 
                       more persons included in the expression "the 
                       Borrower" a reference to "the Borrower" shall 
                       where the context so permits include a reference 
                       to each of such persons separately and any two 
                       or more or such persons together.

                                 SECTION B

2.     THE FACILITY

       2.1     In consideration of the premises the Lender agrees to 
               furnish to the Borrower the Facility as a committed 
               facility upon and subject to the terms and conditions in 
               this Agreement.

       2.2     The Facility will be made available in Australian 
               currency.

<PAGE>

3.     ACCOMMODATION LIMIT

       3.1     At any one time the aggregate amount of Advances 
               outstanding shall not exceed the Accommodation Limit.

       3.2     the Lender shall not be obliged to make any Advance to 
               the Borrower if to so do would result in the aggregate 
               amount of Advances outstanding exceeding the 
               Accommodation Limit.

       3.3     In the event that the Borrower is at any time in breach 
               of clause 3.1 the Borrower  will make payment to the 
               Lender on demand of any amount necessary to remedy such 
               breach.

4.     PURPOSE OF THE FACILITY

       Financial accommodation granted by the Lender to the Borrower 
       under this Agreement shall be used solely for the Approved 
       Purposes and the Borrower shall not use the same for any other 
       purpose except with the prior written approval of the Lender to 
       do otherwise.  Neither the Lender nor the Administrative Agent 
       shall have any responsibility to see to the application of the 
       financial accommodation by the Borrower.

5.     DRAWDOWN

       5.1     Time of Drawdown Notice 

               Whenever the Borrower intends to borrow or redraw 
               hereunder it shall give the Administrative Agent a 
               Drawdown Notice not later than 2:00 pm (Melbourne Time) 
               two (2) Business Days before the proposed date of such 
               borrowing, redrawing or issuing.

       5.2     Drawdown Notice 

               A Drawdown Notice shall be under the common seal of the 
               Borrower or under the hand of an Authorised Officer of 
               the Borrower.

       5.3     Term Loan 

               The Term Loan Facility shall be drawndown in full within 
               seven days of the date of this Agreement.

<PAGE>

       5.4     Liability for Drawdown 

               The only party liable as principal debtor under this 
               Agreement in relation to any Advance is the party that 
               draws or obtains that Advance.

       5.5     Minimum Drawn 

               Each Drawdown under the Revolving Credit Facility shall 
               be a minimum of A$1,000,000 and shall be in multiples of 
               A$250,000.

       5.6     Provision of Funds 

               If the Borrower gives a Drawdown Notice then, pursuant 
               to this Agreement, the Lender must provide to the 
               Administrative Agent in same day funds in not later than 
               12 noon (Melbourne time) on the specified drawdown date 
               and in accordance with that Drawdown Notice.

       5.7     Payment to Borrower 

               On receipt of the amounts paid to it by the Lender under 
               clause 5.5, the Administrative Agent must pay the same 
               in same day funds to the Borrower or as directed by that 
               Borrower.

6.     INTEREST

       6.1     The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for 
               the account of the Lender interest as follows:

               6.1.1    Interest Rate

                        (a)    Interest on each Advance pursuant to the 
                               Revolving Credit Facility (not being an 
                               advance under the Overdraft Facility) 
                               for each Interest Period at the rate per 
                               centum per annum determined by the 
                               Lender to be the aggregate of:

                               (i)     a margin of point three per 
                                       centum (.3 %) per annum; and

                               (ii)    the BBSY Rate.

<PAGE>

                        (b)     Interest on each Advance being a Term 
                                Loan for each Interest Period at the 
                                rate per centum per annum determined by 
                                the Lender to be the aggregate of:

                                (i)     a margin of point three five 
                                        per centum (.35%) per annum; 
                                        and

                                (ii)    the BBSY Rate.

               6.1.2     Calculation

                         (a)     Interest shall accrue from day to day 
                                 and be payable on so much as the 
                                 Lender may have advanced to the 
                                 Borrower, and which remains owing to 
                                 the Lender from time to time.

                         (b)     All sums falling due hereunder by way 
                                 of interest or fees on a per annum 
                                 percentage basis shall be calculated 
                                 on the basis of a 365 day year for 
                                 Advances or fees payable in Australian 
                                 currency and a 360 day year for all 
                                 other currencies for the actual number 
                                 of days elapsed.

               6.1.3     Payment

                         Interest shall be paid at the end of each 
                         Interest Period (and at the expiration of each 
                         90 day period during such Interest Period if 
                         any Interest Period is greater than 90 days) 
                         save that the last interest payment shall be 
                         made on the Repayment Date.

       6.2     The Borrower shall pay interest on all monies due and 
               unpaid by the Borrower under or pursuant to this 
               Agreement at the rate of two (2%) per cent above the 
               Overdraft Rate which applies as at the date such monies 
               become due and payable.  All interest which accrues 
               under this sub-clause during any calendar month shall 
               become due and payable on the last Business Day of that 
               calendar month.

<PAGE>

       6.3     All interest due and unpaid at the option of the Lender 
               shall be capitalized on a monthly basis and bear 
               interest accordingly.

       6.4     The Borrower shall on the expiration of each Interest 
               Period in respect of a Term Loan provide to the 
               Administrative Agent an Interest Period Notice in the 
               form of Schedule 2 and if it shall fail to provide such 
               Notice to the Administrative Agent, the Interest Period 
               shall be ninety (90) days.

7.     FEES, EXPENSES & CHARGES

       7.1     Establishment Fee 

               The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for 
               the account of the Lender an establishment fee of 
               A$12,500 such fee to be paid on the date of this 
               Agreement and not to be refundable to the Borrower in 
               any event.

       7.2     Line Fee 

               7.2.1     The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative 
                         Agent for the account of the Lender:-

                         (a)     a line fee of the percentage per annum 
                                 set out hereunder on the Accommodation 
                                 Limit in respect of the Revolving 
                                 Credit Facility; and 

                         (b)     a line fee of the percentage per annum 
                                 set out hereunder on the Accommodation 
                                 Limit in respect of the Term Loan 
                                 Facility.

                         Rating, by Standard and 
                         Poors Rating Agency of 
                         the long term unsecured 
                         debt of the Guarantor          Percentage 
       
                         BBB+                              .25%
                         BBB                               .3%
                         BBB-                              .35%

<PAGE>

               7.2.2     The adjustments to line fee percentage rates 
                         prescribed in clause 7.2.1 resulting from 
                         changes, if any, to the ratings by Standard  
                         Poors Rating Agency shall be effective and 
                         payable from and including the Announcement 
                         Date.  If an adjustment is required because 
                         the Administrative Agent was not immediately 
                         aware of an announced change such adjustment 
                         shall be made by the Administrative Agent and 
                         shall be retroactive to the Announcement Date. 
                         The Borrower agrees to pay to the 
                         Administrative Agent for the account of the 
                         Lender its due share of, and the Lender agrees 
                         to fund the Administrative Agent and the 
                         Administrative Agent agrees to repay to the 
                         Borrower its due share of, any adjustment 
                         resulting from a retroactive adjustment of 
                         ratings which shall be paid by the 
                         Administrative Agent or the Borrower, as the 
                         case may be, on or before the fifth day 
                         following the Administrative Agent's 
                         calculation of and advice to the Borrower of 
                         the amount to be adjusted.

               7.2.3     The line fee shall be payable Quarterly in 
                         advance and shall accrue from the date hereof.

       7.3     Agency Fee 

               The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent such 
               agency fees as are agreed upon between the 
               Administrative Agent and the Borrower.

       7.4     Expenses 

               Whether or not the Borrower shall draw down under this 
               Agreement the Borrower shall forthwith reimburse the 
               Lender and the Administrative Agent for the reasonable 
               charges and expenses incurred by the Lender and the 
               Administrative Agent:

               7.4.1    in connection with the negotiation preparation 
                        or execution of this Agreement; and

<PAGE>

               7.4.2    in connection with the enforcement of, or the 
                        exercise or (except to the extent proved 
                        groundless and unreasonable) the purported or 
                        attempted exercise of any right, authority or 
                        remedy conferred on the Lender or the 
                        Administrative Agent under or by virtue of this 
                        Agreement;

               including in each case the fees and expenses of legal 
               advisers on a solicitor and own client basis, financial 
               institutions duty and duty passed on to the Lender or 
               the Administrative Agent by any bank or financial 
               institution and all stamp duty levied on or in 
               connection with this Agreement or any payment or the 
               receipt of any payment under this Agreement except for 
               those incurred or payable due to delay or negligence on
               the part of the Lender or the Administrative Agent or 
               any of their servants and agents.

       7.5     Government Charges 

               The Borrower shall forthwith pay any and all taxes or 
               charges (other than taxes on the net overall income of 
               the Lender) imposed by governmental authorities in any        
               jurisdiction which may have been paid or may be payable 
               or determined to be payable in connection with:

               7.5.1    the execution, delivery, performance or 
                        enforcement of this Agreement;

               7.5.2    on or in respect of any transaction 
                        contemplated by this Agreement;

               7.5.3    any other matter or thing done or arising out 
                        of or in connection with this Agreement; or

               7.5.4    any transaction related to this Agreement;

               (including, without limiting the generality of the 
               foregoing, stamp duty and financial institutions duty) 
               and shall indemnify the Lender and the Administrative 
               Agent against any and all liabilities with respect to or 
               resulting from delay or omission to pay such taxes or 
               charges including any fines or penalties (save those due 
               to delay or negligence on the part of the Lender or the 
               Administrative Agent).

<PAGE>

       7.6     Increase in Costs by Government Action 

               If any law, regulation or regulatory requirement or 
               judgment, order or direction of any court, tribunal or 
               authority binding on the Lender in any jurisdiction not 
               in force at the date of this Agreement, or if compliance 
               by the Lender with any direction, request or requirement 
               (whether or not having the force of law but which if not 
               having the force of law it is the practice of 
               responsible financial institutions to observe) of any 
               competent governmental or other authority, or if 
               observation by the Lender of any reasonable practice of 
               commercial lenders in Australia or the United States 
               shall:

               7.6.1    subject the Lender to taxes or change the basis 
                        of taxation of the Lender with respect to any 
                        payment under this Agreement; or

               7.6.2    impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve 
                        or prudential or capital adequacy requirements 
                        or require the making or the varying of terms 
                        of any special deposits against or in respect 
                        of any assets or liabilities (whether 
                        contingent or otherwise) of, deposits with or 
                        for the account of, or loans by, the Lender; or

               7.6.3    impose on the Lender any other conditions with 
                        respect to this Agreement or its obligations 
                        under this Agreement,

               and if, as a result of any of the foregoing:

               7.6.4    the cost to the Lender of making or keeping the 
                        Facility available or otherwise performing its 
                        obligations under this Agreement or allocating 
                        its capital resources is increased; or

               7.6.5    the amount payable or the effective rate of 
                        return on its overall capital to the Lender 
                        under this Agreement is reduced; or

               7.6.6    the Lender makes a payment or foregoes or 
                        suffers a reduction in a return on or              
                        calculated by reference to any amount payable 
                        to it under this Agreement;

<PAGE>

               then, and in each such case, the Lender shall notify the 
               Borrower and give the Borrower the option exercisable by 
               notice in writing to the Lender within ten (10) Business 
               Days of receipt of notice of the Lender of:

               7.6.7    paying an amount or amounts to the Lender from 
                        time to time on demand to compensate the Lender 
                        in full for any cost or reduction of the kind 
                        referred to effective from the date on which 
                        the cost or reduction is actually incurred by 
                        the Lender; or

               7.6.8    terminating this Agreement on the first to 
                        occur of the expiration of sixty days from the 
                        date of the notice of option given by the 
                        Lender to the Borrower pursuant to this Clause 
                        7.6 and the Repayment Date by paying to the 
                        Lender the debt owing to it on that date with 
                        accrued interest and all other monies payable 
                        under this Agreement, together with an amount 
                        determined by the Lender to compensate it up to 
                        that date for any actual cost or reduction of 
                        the type referred to.

               If the Borrower fails to make an election the Borrower 
               shall be deemed to have made the election in sub-
               paragraph .7 of this clause.  The Lender's certificate 
               in respect of any cost or reduction of the kind referred 
               to shall be prima facie evidence of the incurring of any 
               such cost or reduction, except in the case of manifest 
               error.

               Without prejudice to the Lender's rights under clause 
               7.6 the Lender will at the request of the Borrower 
               negotiate in good faith with the Borrower with a view to 
               finding a way of minimising any increased cost.

<PAGE>

       7.7     Gross Up 

               7.7.1    if at any time any applicable law, regulation 
                        or regulatory requirement of any government 
                        authority, monetary agency or central bank in 
                        Australia requires the Borrower or the 
                        Guarantor to make any deduction or withholding 
                        in respect of taxes (excluding payments made by 
                        the Borrower pursuant to notices received by 
                        the Borrower under Section 218 or 255 of the  
                        Income Tax Assessment Act or Section 74 of the 
                        Sales Tax Act or other analogous legislation 
                        relating to default by the Lender in payment of 
                        taxes due by the Lender) from any payment due 
                        under this Agreement:

                        (a)    the sum due from the Borrower or the 
                               Guarantor in respect of the payment 
                               shall be increased to the extent 
                               necessary to ensure that, after the 
                               making of the deduction or withholding, 
                               the Lender receives a net sum equal to 
                               the sum which it would have received had 
                               no such deduction or withholding been 
                               required to be made;  and

                        (b)    the Borrower and the Guarantor shall 
                               indemnify the Lender against any losses 
                               or costs incurred by the Lender by 
                               reason of any failure of the Borrower or 
                               the Guarantor to make any such deduction 
                               or withholding.

                       The Borrower and the Guarantor shall promptly 
                       deliver to the Administrative Agent any 
                       receipts, certificates or other proof evidencing 
                       the amounts (if any) paid or payable in respect 
                       of any such deduction or withholding, together 
                       with any other information which the 
                       Administrative Agent may reasonably require.

<PAGE>

              7.7.2     If the Lender or any person on its behalf is 
                        required by any applicable law regulation or 
                        regulatory requirement of any government 
                        authority, monetary agency or central bank to 
                        make any deduction or withholding from, or any 
                        payment on or calculated by reference to, any 
                        amount received or receivable under this 
                        Agreement (other than taxes payable on the 
                        overall net income of the Lender) then (without 
                        prejudice to sub-paragraph .1 of this clause) 
                        the Borrower and the Guarantor shall upon 
                        demand indemnify and hold harmless the Lender 
                        against any such deduction, withholding or 
                        payment together with any related cost, loss, 
                        expense, interest, penalties or other liability 
                        by payment to each such person of such amounts 
                        and in such currencies as the person concerned 
                        may certify are required to compensate it for 
                        any such deduction, withholding or payment 
                        together with any related cost, loss, expense, 
                        interest, penalties or other liability.

8.     REPAYMENTS

       8.1     Payment of Principal

               8.1.1   The Borrower shall repay to the Administrative 
                       Agent each Advance (other than a Term Loan) at 
                       the end of the term of each Interest Period or 
                       on the Repayment Date (whichever first occurs) 
                       together with interest to the day of repayment
                       provided always that:

                       (a)    the Lender may, in its sole discretion 
                              and without prejudice to its rights 
                              contained in this Agreement, at any time 
                              and from time to time elect to extend the 
                              term of such Advance or Advances; and/or

                       (b)    in the event that the Borrower does not 
                              nominate an Interest Period the Interest 
                              Period shall be as determined by the
                              Lender or in the absence of any such 
                              determination by the Lender that Interest 
                              Period shall be ninety (90) days.

<PAGE>

              8.1.2     The Borrower shall repay to the Administrative 
                        Agent the Term Loan by four equal annual 
                        installments of $2,083,333.33 each, the first 
                        of such installments to be paid on the date 
                        being two years from the date of this Agreement 
                        and thereafter on each anniversary of the date 
                        of this Agreement.

       8.2     Redrawing 

               8.2.1    Any part of the Facility repaid at the 
                        conclusion of the Interest Period relative 
                        thereto shall (except in the event of any Term 
                        Loan) be available to be redrawn in whole or in  
                        part by the Borrower at any time prior to the 
                        Repayment Date subject always to the provisions 
                        of this Agreement.

               8.2.2    No repayment of the Term Loan shall be 
                        available for redrawing.

       8.3     Early Repayment of Advances 

               8.3.1    The Borrower may repay an Advance in whole (but 
                        not in part) before its due date if, but only 
                        if:

                        (a)    the Borrower gives the Administrative 
                               Agent at least 5 Business Days 
                               irrevocable notice in writing of the 
                               Borrower's intention to repay;

                        (b)    the Advance together with all interest 
                               accrued thereon to the date of repayment 
                               are paid in full;

                        (c)    the Borrower makes payment of all moneys 
                               payable pursuant to sub-clause .3.2 of 
                               this clause;

                        (d)    the Borrower makes payment on the day of 
                               payment specified in the notice;

<PAGE>

              8.3.2     In the event that the Borrower wishes to make 
                        early repayment pursuant to sub-clause .3.1 of 
                        this clause or if by reason of an Event of 
                        Default or for any other reason early repayment 
                        of an Advance in whole or in part is made by a 
                        Borrower or is demanded by the Lender the 
                        Borrower shall pay to the Lender in addition to 
                        all other moneys then payable an amount 
                        sufficient to compensate and to indemnify the 
                        Lender for and against all losses (including 
                        loss of profits), costs, damages and expenses 
                        which the Lender determines that the Lender 
                        will or is likely to suffer or incur as a 
                        result of such early repayment.  Without in any 
                        way limiting or modifying the operation of the 
                        foregoing, the Borrower acknowledges that the 
                        Lender may endeavour to arrange or enter into 
                        an interest rate swap agreement or other 
                        commitment (either in relation to an Advance in 
                        particular or generally in relation to the 
                        business of the Lender) and may as a 
                        consequence of this (whether directly or 
                        indirectly) suffer or incur loss of 
                        opportunity, losses, costs, damages or expenses 
                        in the event that early repayment of an Advance 
                        is made.

              8.3.3     It is acknowledged by the Lender that no moneys 
                        shall be payable to the Lender pursuant to 
                        clause 8.3.2 in respect of payment of an 
                        Advance if such payment is made on the last day 
                        of an Interest Period in respect of such 
                        Advance.

       8.4     Manner of Payment 

               8.4.1    All payments by the Borrower under this 
                        Agreement must be made:

                        (a)    in same day funds;
 
                        (b)    in Australian currency;

                        (c)    not later than 2.00pm (Melbourne time) 
                               on the due date,

<PAGE>

               to the account of the Administrative Agent specified to 
               the relevant Borrower or in such other manner as the 
               Administrative Agent directs from time to time. 

       8.5     Distribution by Administrative Agent 

               8.5.1    Except to the extent otherwise expressly 
                        provided in this Agreement, or unless payment      
                        is made to the Administrative Agent for its own 
                        account, each payment received by the 
                        Administrative Agent under this Agreement is 
                        received by the Agent on account of the Lender.

               8.5.2    The Administrative Agent must within two (2) 
                        Business Days of receipt distribute in same day 
                        funds amounts received on account of the Lender 
                        to the Lender.

      8.6      Non-receipt of funds by the Administrative Agent from 
               the Borrower 

               8.6.1    Unless the Administrative Agent has received 
                        written notice from the Borrower at least 1 
                        Business Day before the date on which any 
                        payment is due under this Agreement that the 
                        Borrower does not intend to make that payment 
                        in full on the due date, the Administrative 
                        Agent may (but is not obliged to) assume that 
                        the Borrower has made that payment when due, 
                        and in reliance on that assumption, may make 
                        available to the Lender on that due date an 
                        amount equal to the assumed payment.

              8.6.2     If the Borrower has not in fact made that 
                        payment to the Administrative Agent, and does 
                        not make that payment, together with interest, 
                        promptly on demand, the Lender must, on demand, 
                        repay to the Administrative Agent the amount so 
                        made available to the Lender on that due date 
                        an amount equal to it, together with interest 
                        on such amount accrued for each day from and  
                        including the due date but excluding the date 
                        of such repayment, at the rate per centum per 
                        annum which is determined by the Administrative 
                        Agent to be the Administrative Agent's cost of 
                        funding such payment for such period.

<PAGE>

              8.6.3     Without limiting its obligations under this 
                        Agreement, the Borrower indemnifies the 
                        Administrative Agent and the Lender against any 
                        damage, loss or expense incurred by the Lender 
                        or the Administrative Agent by reason of any 
                        failure or delay by the Borrower in making any 
                        payments referred to in this clause 8.6.

9.     TERMINATION OF FACILITY

       The Facility shall terminate on the Repayment Date and the 
       Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent the Loans 
       forthwith.

                                   SECTION C

10.    CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

       10.1     To the Facility 

                The obligations of the Lender under this Agreement are 
                subject to the fulfillment of the conditions precedent 
                that the Administrative Agent shall receive prior to 
                the giving of the first Drawdown Notice all of the 
                following in the form and substance satisfactory to the 
                Lender:

                10.1.1     A copy of each of the constituent documents 
                           of the Borrower and the Guarantor certified 
                           by an Authorized Officer thereof as being 
                           complete true and up-to-date.

                10.1.2     A duly signed verification certificate in 
                           the form of the certificate in Schedule 3.

                10.1.3     A copy of this Agreement duly executed by 
                           the Borrower and the Guarantor.

                10.1.4     Evidence that all necessary filings and 
                           registrations have been completed and that 
                           all stamp duties and registration and other 
                           fees have been paid in order to ensure that 
                           this Agreement is valid, binding and 
                           enforceable.

<PAGE>

                10.1.5     The Establishment Fee and the first Line Fee 
                           payment (which first payment shall be 
                           calculated from the date of this Agreement 
                           to the commencement of the first Quarter 
                           after the date of this Agreement) and the 
                           first administration fee payment.

                10.1.6     A legal opinion from the attorneys of the 
                           Guarantor in respect of the Guarantor and 
                           this Agreement, addressed to the Lender and 
                           the Administrative Agent.

                10.1.7     A duly signed indemnity in the form of 
                           Schedule 4.

       10.2    To A Drawdown 

               The obligation of the Lender to make any Advance is 
               subject to the  fulfillment (to the reasonable 
               satisfaction of the Administrative Agent) of the 
               following conditions precedent:

               10.2.1   The Administrative Agent has duly received from 
                        the Borrower a request for a Drawdown in the 
                        form of a Drawdown Notice.

               10.2.2   No event has occurred which constitutes or with 
                        the passing of time or the giving of notice or 
                        both would constitute an Event of Default.

               10.2.3   The Lender has received such other information 
                        as it may reasonably require.

11.     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

        The Borrower and the Guarantor each represents and warrants to 
        the Lender and the Administrative Agent except to the extent 
        disclosed in writing to the Lender prior to the date of this 
        Agreement or prior to the date on which they are deemed made or 
        repeated:

        11.1   Status 

               It has been duly incorporated in accordance with the 
               laws of the place of its incorporation.

<PAGE>

        11.2   This Agreement 

               This Agreement constitutes a legal valid and immediately 
               binding obligation on it the Borrower and the Guarantor   
               and is enforceable in accordance with its express terms 
               subject only to laws relating to insolvency and the 
               enforcement of creditors rights generally and the 
               discretionary notice of equitable remedies.

        11.3   Third Party Rights 

               Its execution, delivery and Performance of this 
               Agreement does not violate in any respect any provision 
               of:

               11.3.1  any law or regulation or any order or decree or 
                       any government authority, agency or court or;

               11.3.2  its constitution ; or

               11.3.3  any mortgage, contract or other undertaking or      
                       instrument to which it is party or which is 
                       binding upon it.

       11.4    Authorities 

               All authorizations, approvals, consents, licenses, 
               filings, registrations, notarizations and other      
               requirements of any governmental judicial or public 
               body, authority, bureau or agency now obtainable and 
               required in connection with its execution, delivery, 
               performance, validity or enforceability of this 
               Agreement have been obtained or effected and are in full 
               force and effect and true copies thereof (where 
               applicable) have been delivered to the Lender and all 
               fees payable in connection therewith have been paid and 
               there has been no default in the performance of any of 
               the terms or conditions of any of the same.

<PAGE>

       11.5    Other Commitments

               It is not in default under any agreement undertaking or 
               instrument to which it is a party or by which it is 
               bound, such default being material in the context of 
               this Agreement and no event has occurred which with the 
               giving of notice or lapse of time or both would 
               constitute such a default.

       11.6    Litigation 

               No litigation or governmental proceeding is pending or, 
               to its knowledge threatened against it which could have 
               a material adverse effect on its ability to comply with 
               its obligations under this Agreement.

       11.7    Taxation 

               It and each of its Subsidiaries have duly filed all 
               taxation returns required to be filed (none of which are 
               so far as it is aware likely to be the subject of any 
               dispute) and have paid all taxation levied or assessed 
               upon it (except where the amount of or the obligation to 
               pay those taxes is being contested in good faith and 
               upon reasonable grounds and has complied with all 
               assessments and notices in respect thereof or have 
               established adequate reserves for payment thereof

       11.8    Unsecured Liabilities 

               Its obligations under this Agreement rank at least 
               equally with all other of its unsecured and 
               unsubordinated indebtedness except any liabilities 
               mandatorily preferred by law.

       11.9    Trusts 

               In entering into this Agreement it is not acting as a 
               trustee of any trust or settlement.

<PAGE>

       11.10   Insurance Policies 

               All risks usually insured against according to sound 
               commercial practice by persons carrying on activities 
               similar to the Borrower's are fully insured against in 
               amounts representing the present full replacement or
               reinstallation values or market values and in the name 
               of and for the benefit of the Borrower absolutely.

       11.11   Adverse Circumstances 

               It is not aware of any fact or circumstance which would 
               reasonably be expected to affect in any material adverse 
               way its financial position, operations, profitability or 
               prospects of or its business or the value of its 
               property or affecting as a whole the industry in which
               it participates.

       11.12   Year 2000 Compliance 

               It:-

               11.12.1  has initiated a review of all areas with its 
                        and its Subsidiaries operations that could be 
                        adversely effected by the Year 2000 Problem;

               11.12.2  has developed a plan and time line for 
                        addressing the Year 2000 Problem on a timely 
                        basis and to date has and will hereafter 
                        implement such plan;

               11.12.3  will use its best endeavours to ensure that the 
                        Year 2000 Problem will not have any material 
                        adverse impact on its financial position 
                        operations, profitability, prospects, business 
                        or the value of its property.

       11.13   No Misrepresentation 

               All information provided by it whether prior to or after 
               the date of this Agreement to the Lender or the 
               Administrative Agent is true and correct and is not, by 
               the omission of information or otherwise, misleading and 
               all projections contained therein were arrived at after 
               the due and careful consideration and were based on the 
               best information available and on fair assumptions.

<PAGE>

               The representations and warranties in this clause shall 
               be deemed to be repeated by the Borrower and the 
               Guarantor on and as of the date of each Advance as if 
               made with reference to the facts and circumstances 
               existing at such date.

               The Borrower and the Guarantor acknowledge that the 
               Lender and the Administrative Agent rely on the 
               representations and warranties made or given in this 
               Agreement by the Borrower and the Guarantor and that the 
               Lender and the Administrative Agent are induced by each 
               such representation and warranty to enter into this 
               Agreement and the rights of the Lender and the 
               Administrative Agent in respect of a breach of any such 
               representation or warranty shall not be affected by 
               investigation (if any) made by the Lender or the 
               Administrative Agent into the affairs of the Borrower or 
               the Guarantor.

12.     GENERAL OBLIGATIONS

        The Borrower and the Guarantor each agree that on and from the 
        date of this Agreement and so long as any amount payable under 
        this Agreement is outstanding:

        12.1   Authorities 

               The Borrower and the Guarantor shall take all action 
               necessary to obtain and promptly renew from time to time 
               all authorizations, approvals, consents, licenses and 
               exemptions as may be required under any applicable law 
               or regulation to enable the Borrower and the Guarantor 
               to perform their obligations under this Agreement or 
               required for the validity or enforceability of this 
               Agreement or any transaction contemplated by this 
               Agreement.

<PAGE>

        12.2   Notice of Default 

               The Borrower and the Guarantor shall promptly notify the 
               Lender or the Administrative Agent in writing of the 
               occurrence or pending or threatened occurrence of any 
               event which would cause or constitute a breach of any of 
               the representations or warranties or agreements of the 
               Borrower and the Guarantor in this Agreement including 
               any event which would result in a material change in the 
               business of the Borrower and the Guarantor and any other
               event which constitutes or which would with the giving 
               of notice or lapse of time or both or other conditions 
               constitute an Event of Death.

        12.3   Law 

               The Borrower and the Guarantor shall comply with all 
               requirements of the Law where a failure to do so is 
               likely to have a material adverse effect on its ability 
               to meet its obligations under this Agreement.

        12.4   Access 

               The Borrower and the Guarantor shall permit 
               representatives of the Lender or the Administrative 
               Agent (or any accountants or other experts designated by  
               it) during normal business hours and upon reasonable 
               notice and upon reasonable grounds to visit and inspect 
               and examine the books of account, records (excluding 
               company minute books), reports and other papers (and to 
               make copies and to take extracts therefrom) of the 
               Borrower and the Guarantor and to discuss its affairs, 
               finances and accounts with its officers, accountants and 
               auditors, all at such times and as often as may be 
               reasonably requested by the Lender or the Administrative 
               Agent but only in so far as such matters relate to 
               information as may reasonably be required by the Lender 
               or the Administrative Agent for any purpose connected      
               with this Agreement.

<PAGE>

       12.5    Negative Pledge 

               Except as permitted in this Agreement neither the 
               Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall without the
               prior written consent of the Lender either borrow 
               further money from any lender (other than where that the 
               lender is one of the companies included in the            
               expression "the Borrower" or is the Guarantor) or create 
               or assume or permit to exist or arise any Security 
               Interest whatsoever over any part of its present or 
               future undertakings, property, assets uncalled capital 
               or revenues.  The Borrower represents and warrants to 
               the Lender that there will be no such Security Interest 
               over any part its or its Subsidiaries present or future 
               undertakings, property, assets, uncalled capital or 
               revenues in existence as at the date of the first 
               drawdown under the Facility.

               12.5.2  For the purposes of Clause 12.5.1 the Lender 
                       agrees that the Borrower is entitled to enter 
                       into an agreement on or about even date herewith 
                       with The First National Bank of Chicago (ARBN 
                       065 752 918) ("FNBC") pursuant to what FNBC 
                       agrees to provide facilities to the Borrower  
                       with accommodation limits totaling A$30,000,000 
                       and an agreement on or about even date herewith 
                       with Banque Nationale de Paris ARBN 000 000 117 
                       ("BNP") pursuant to which BNP agrees to provide 
                       facilities to the Borrower with accommodation 
                       limits totaling A$25,000,000.

       12.6    Inspection 

               The Borrower shall permit the Lender or the 
               Administrative Agent upon, written request of the Lender 
               or the Administrative Agent to from time to time inspect 
               the register of the members of the Borrower where the 
               register or any branch register is so kept at any time 
               during regular business hours and the Borrower shall 
               furnish the Lender or the business hours and the  
               Borrower shall furnish the Lender or the Administrative 
               Agent with any information which the Lender may consider 
               reasonably necessary to enable it to determine whether 
               or not there has been at any time after the date of this 
               Agreement a transfer of the effective management and 
               control of the Borrower or the Guarantor.

<PAGE>

       12.7    Public Information 

               12.7.1   Subject to sub-clause .2 of this clause, the 
                        Borrower and the Guarantor shall furnish to the 
                        Administrative Agent copies of all such 
                        accounts, documents, reports, notices, 
                        circulars, particulars and certificates 
                        ("Documents") which are required to be 
                        furnished by the Borrower or the Guarantor to 
                        any stock exchange, corporate affairs office 
                        (or analogous office) or shareholder at the 
                        same time as they are furnished to that stock 
                        exchange, corporate affairs (or analogous 
                        office) or shareholder and when requested by 
                        the Administrative Agent copies of Documents 
                        required under the provision of any trust deed 
                        to which the Borrower or the Guarantor is a 
                        party to be furnished to the trustee thereunder 
                        from time to time.

               12.7.2   Unless the Lender shall specifically request a 
                        particular Document or class of Documents, the 
                        Borrower and the Guarantor shall only be 
                        obliged to provide the Administrative Agent 
                        with those Documents which relate to matters 
                        which may have a material effect on the 
                        business or financial obligations of either the 
                        Borrower or the Guarantor.

13.     FINANCIAL INFORMATION

        The Borrower and the Guarantor shall from time to time supply 
        the Lender with all financial or other information regarding 
        the Borrower and the Guarantor as the Lender may reasonably 
        request in writing always including the following without 
        request:

        13.1   As soon as possible but in any event within 120 days of 
               the end of each Financial Year copies of the audited 
               annual profit and loss statement and balance sheet of 
               the Guarantor and the audited consolidated annual profit 
               and loss statement and balance sheet of the Guarantor 
               and the unaudited annual profit and loss statement and 
               balance sheet of the Borrower.

<PAGE>

        13.2   As soon as possible but in any event within 60 days of 
               the end of each Quarter a copy of the management  
               accounts and of the unaudited balance sheet and profit 
               and loss statement of the Borrower and the Guarantor and        
               the unaudited consolidated profit and loss statement and 
               balance sheet of the Borrower and the Guarantor.

        All of the financial information referred to above shall be 
        prepared in accordance with Accounting Standards.

14.     EVENTS OF DEFAULT

        If any of the following events occur ("Events of Default") the   
        Loans and all other moneys owing to the Lender by the Borrower 
        shall at the option of the Lender and notwithstanding any delay 
        or previous waiver of the right to exercise such option become 
        immediately due and payable upon written demand by the Lender 
        to the Borrower and the obligations of the Lender under this 
        Agreement shall be cancelled:

        14.1   If the Borrower fails to observe or perform any 
               obligations to be observed or performed by it under this 
               Agreement or in connection with any transaction 
               contemplated by this Agreement and if such default shall 
               in the opinion of the Lender be capable of prompt 
               remedy, the Borrower shall not have remedied such 
               default within seven (7) days after notification by the 
               Lender to the Borrower requiring remedy of such default.

        14.2   Any representation or statement made or deemed to be 
               made by the Borrower or the Guarantor in this Agreement 
               or in writing pursuant to this Agreement shall not be 
               complied with or shall prove to be untrue in any respect 
               which materially adversely affects the interests of the 
               Lender on any date as of which it was made or deemed 
               made.

        14.3   If all or any part of this Agreement becomes void, 
               illegal, invalid, unenforceable, or of limited or 
               reduced force or effect which is likely to adversely 
               affect the ability of the Borrower to carry out its 
               obligations under this Agreement.

<PAGE>

        14.4   Any other present or future indebtedness of the Borrower 
               for borrowed money in excess of A$2,000,000 shall become 
               due and payable prior to the stated maturity thereof as 
               a result of a default or any such indebtedness shall not 
               be paid on the due date thereof. 

        14.5   If the Borrower is wound up or if a petition is 
               presented or an order is made for the winding up of the 
               Borrower and is not withdrawn within fourteen (14) days 
               or if a resolution is passed for the winding up of the 
               Borrower otherwise than for the purpose of 
               reconstruction or amalgamation the terms of which have 
               previously been approved in writing by the Lender such 
               approval not to be unreasonably withheld.

        14.6   If a receiver or receiver and manager is appointed in 
               respect of any part of the assets of the Borrower or an 
               encumbrancer takes possession of the undertaking or the 
               property of the Borrower or any part thereof.

        14.7   If the Borrower makes default under any charge or 
               security in favour of any person other than the Lender 
               and the holder of that charge or security elects to 
               enforce that charge or security.

        14.8   If a compromise or arrangement is proposed between the 
               Borrower or the Guarantor and their creditors or any 
               class of them or if an application is made to a court 
               for an order summoning a meeting of creditors or any 
               class of them of the Borrower or the Guarantor.

        14.9   If without the prior written consent of the Lender the 
               Borrower reduces or attempts to reduce its capital or 
               buy back any of its shares.

        14.10  If the Borrower is placed under administration pursuant 
               to Part 5.3A of the Corporations Law or causes or 
               proposes to cause a meeting of its creditors to be 
               summoned for the purposes of placing the Borrower under 
               administration pursuant to Part 5.3A of the Corporations 
               Law.

<PAGE>

        14.11  If any of the property of the Borrower, the ownership of 
               which is in the opinion of the Lender material to the 
               ability of the Borrower to perform its obligations under 
               this Agreement, is seized or otherwise expropriated, 
               nationalized, confiscated or acquired through any 
               governmental action or intervention or if custody or 
               control of such property shall be assumed by any 
               government or government agency.

        14.12  If a meeting of the Borrower or the Guarantor is called 
               for the purpose of considering and if thought fit 
               passing any resolution the passing of which would 
               constitute or give rise to an Event of Default.

        14.13  If in the reasonable opinion of the Lender there is a 
               change in the ownership control or management of the 
               Borrower which is likely to adversely affect the ability 
               of the Borrower to conduct its business in a proper 
               manner and to carry out its obligations under this 
               Agreement.

        14.14  If the Borrower defaults in the performance or 
               observance of any provision of any other indebtedness to 
               or security of the Lender and the Borrower whether the 
               indebtedness or security is collateral to this Agreement 
               or whether it is a separate agreement between the Lender 
               and the Borrower and such default continues for more 
               than seven (7) days after notification by the Lender to 
               the Borrower requiring remedy of such default.

        14.15  If the Borrower shall at any time not have an auditor 
               appointed pursuant to the provision of the Law.

        14.16  If the Borrower makes any material change to the 
               business it carries on which in the reasonable opinion 
               of the Lender is likely to materially adversely affect 
               the interests of the Lender without the prior written 
               consent of the Lender or if the Borrower or the 
               Guarantor ceases or threatens to cease to carry on its 
               business.

        14.17  If the Borrower or the Guarantor suffers any material 
               adverse change in their financial condition which is 
               likely, to materially affect the interest of the Lender 
               unless such change is agreed to in writing by the 
               Lender.

<PAGE>

        14.18  If the Borrower ceases to be a wholly owned subsidiary 
               of the Guarantor.

        14.19  If any event occurs that results in acceleration of 
               payments under the Credit Agreement dated December 15, 
               1997 between the Guarantor, the Banks listed therein 
               Royal Bank of Canada as Documentation Agent, The Chase 
               Manhattan Bank and Nations Bank N.A. as Co-Syndication 
               Agents and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York as 
               Administrative Agent (or any other credit agreement in 
               replacement thereof) provided that such acceleration has 
               not been rescinded within five (5) days.

        14.20  The cancellation or elimination by the Guarantor of the 
               credit agreement specified in clause 14.19 and failure 
               to replace such credit agreement with a facility 
               substantially, similar in form and substance.

15.     INDEMNITIES

        The Borrower indemnifies the Lender and the Administrative 
        Agent from and against all actions, suits, claims, demands, 
        losses, liabilities, damages, costs and expenses which may be 
        made or brought against or suffered or incurred by the Lender 
        or the Administrative Agent arising, out of or in connection 
        with:

        15.1   any Event of Default ; or

        15.2   any failure by the Borrower to take an Advance in 
               accordance with any request for a Drawdown.

                               SECTION D

16.     GUARANTEE

        The Guarantor unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to the 
        Lender and the Administrative Agent the payment of all moneys 
        payable by the Borrower to the Lender or the Administrative 
        Agent pursuant to this Agreement ("the Guaranteed Money") and 
        the due observance and performance of all the covenants, terms, 
        conditions and agreements to be observed or performed by the 
        Borrower under this Agreement.

<PAGE>

17.     GENERAL INDEMNITY

        As an additional separate and independent obligation the 
        Guarantor indemnifies the Lender and the Administrative Agent 
        against any claim, action, damage, loss, liability, cost, 
        charge, expense, outgoing or payment which the Lender or the 
        Administrative Agent suffers, pays or incurs in respect of:

        17.1   a failure by the Borrower to pay any Guaranteed Money 
               when due; or

        17.2   a failure by the Borrower or the Guarantor to observe, 
               perform or comply with this Agreement: or

        17.3   an Event of Default.

18.     INDEMNITY FOR AVOIDANCE OF GUARANTEED MONEY

        18.1   If any Guaranteed Money (or money which would be 
               Guaranteed Money were it not irrecoverable) is 
               irrecoverable from the Borrower, and is not recoverable 
               by the Lender or the Administrative Agent from the 
               Guarantor on the footing of the guarantee, the Guarantor 
               as an additional separate and independent obligation:

               18.1.1   indemnifies the Lender and the Administrative 
                        Agent against any claim, action, damage, loss, 
                        liability, cost, charge, expense, outgoing or 
                        payment which the Lender suffers, pays or 
                        incurs in respect of the non-payment of that 
                        Guaranteed Money; and

               18.1.2   must pay the Lender the amount of that 
                        Guaranteed Money.

        18.2   This Clause applies to the Guaranteed Money (or money 
               which would be Guaranteed Money were it not 
               irrecoverable) whether or not:

               18.2.1  it is or may be irrecoverable by reason of any 
                       event described in Clause 24 by reason of any 
                       other similar or dissimilar fact or 
                       circumstance;

               18.2.2  any transaction in respect of that money is 
                       void, avoided, illegal or unenforceable; and

<PAGE>

               18.2.3  any thing, in respect of the Guaranteed Money is 
                       or should be known to the Lender.

19.     PAYMENT OF GUARANTEED MONEY 

        The Guarantor must pay to the Lender any Guaranteed Money not 
        paid by the Borrower when due immediately on demand from the 
        Lender or the Administrative Agent (which may be made at any 
        time and from time to time).

20.     ACKNOWLEDGMENT

        The Guarantor acknowledges that it has not entered into this 
        Agreement in reliance on any representation, warranty, promise 
        or statement made by the Lender or any person on behalf of the 
        Lender or the Administrative Agent.

21.     PRINCIPAL OBLIGATION 

        21.1   This Agreement is enforceable against the Guarantor:

               21.1.1   without first enforcing any security held by 
                        the Lender or the Administrative Agent;

               21.1.2   whether or not the Lender or the Administrative 
                        Agent has:

                       (i)    made demand upon the Borrower;

                       (ii)   given notice to the Borrower or the 
                              Guarantor; or

                       (iii)  taken any other steps against the 
                              Borrower or the Guarantor, or any other 
                              person;

              21.1.3   despite the occurrence of any event described in 
                       Clause 24.

<PAGE>

22.     CONTINUING GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY 

        22.1  Each guarantee and indemnity in this Agreement is a 
              continuing obligation of the Guarantor despite any 
              settlement of account or the occurrence of any other        
              thing and remains in full force and effect until all 
              money owing, contingently or otherwise, under this 
              Agreement is paid in full and this Agreement is finally 
              discharged by the Lender.

        22.2  Each guarantee and each indemnity in this Agreement is an 
              additional, separate and independent obligation of the 
              Guarantor.

23.     AMOUNT OF GUARANTEED MONEY

        The obligations of the Guarantor under this Agreement extend to 
        any increase in the Guaranteed Money as a result of any 
        alteration, variation, supplement, renewal or replacement of 
        this Agreement made with the Guarantor's express written 
        consent.

24.     UNCONDITIONAL NATURE OF OBLIGATIONS 

        This Agreement and the liability of the Guarantor under this 
        Agreement are not released, discharged or otherwise affected by 
        anything which but for this provision may have that effect 
        including, without limitation:

        24.1   the grant of any time, waiver, covenant not to sue or 
               other indulgence to the Borrower, the Guarantor, or any 
               other person;

        24.2   the discharge or release (including without limitation a 
               release as part of a novation) of the Borrower, or any 
               other person;

        24.3   the liquidation of the Borrower, the Guarantor, or any 
               other person:

        24.4   the Lender or the Administrative Agent;

               24.4.1   exercising or enforcing;

               24.4.2   failing to exercise or enforce; or

<PAGE>

               24.4.3   delaying the exercise or enforcement of; any 
                        other security or power;

        24.5   the alteration, variation, supplement, replacement, 
               extinguishment, failure, loss, release, discharge, 
               abandonment, impairment, assignment or transfer of or 
               other dealing in respect of, or the failure of any 
               person to enter into any document or agreement;

        24.6   this Agreement or any other document or agreement being 
               at any time void, voidable, avoided or unenforceable;

        24.7   failure by the Borrower, the Lender or the 
               Administrative Agent to give notice to the Guarantor of 
               any default by the Borrower under this Agreement or any 
               other document or agreement;

        24.8   a judgment against the Borrower, the Guarantor or any 
               other person;

        24.9   any legal limitation, disability, incapacity or other 
               circumstances related to the Borrower, the Guarantor or 
               any other person;

        24.10  acceptance by the Lender or the Administrative Agent of 
               a repudiation or termination of this Agreement or any 
               other document or agreement;

        24.11  failure of any party to properly execute this Agreement;

        24.12  any Guaranteed Money being irrecoverable for any reason;

        24.13  the assignment, novation or assumption by the Lender, 
               the Administrative Agent, the Borrower or any other 
               person of any rights or obligations under this Agreement 
               or any other document or agreement;

        24.14  any prejudice (including material prejudice) to the 
               Guarantor as a result of any thing done, or omitted to 
               be done by the Lender or the Administrative Agent or any 
               other person or any other thing: or

        24.15  the receipt by the Lender of any dividend distribution 
               or other payment in respect of any liquidation.

<PAGE>

        This Clause applies whether or not the Lender, the 
        Administrative Agent, the Borrower, the Guarantor or any other 
        person, consents to, has knowledge of, fails to consent to, or 
        have knowledge of, any event described above, or whether or not 
        there is any rule of law or equity to the contrary.

25.     NO COMPETITION

        25.1   While any guarantee or indemnity in this Agreement is in 
               effect the Guarantor may not:

               25.1.1   be subrogated to the Lender or the 
                        Administrative Agent;
	
               25.1.2   claim the benefit of any security, guarantee or 
                        other document or agreement, or any money held 
                        by the Lender or any power;

               25.1.3   subject to the further provisions of this 
                        Clause either directly or indirectly prove in, 
                        claim or receive the benefit of any 
                        distribution, dividend or payment in respect of 
                        the liquidation of the Borrower or any other 
                        guarantor of the Guaranteed Money ("Surety");

               25.1.4   make a claim or exercise or enforce any right 
                        power or remedy against the Borrower or any 
                        Surety;

               24.1.5   accept or procure the grant of any security 
                        from the Borrower or any Surety; or

               24.1.6   raise any set-off (including, without 
                        limitation any set-off in respect of amounts 
                        due by the Lender to the Borrower) available to 
                        the Guarantor, the Borrower, any Surety or 
                        other person in reduction or discharge of its 
                        obligations under this Agreement.

        25.2   If required by the Lender or the Administrative Agent, 
               the Guarantor must:

               25.2.1   prove in any liquidation of the Borrower or any 
                        Surety for all moneys owed to the Guarantor; 
                        and

<PAGE>

               25.2.2   not exercise or attempt to exercise any right 
                        of set-off against or realize any security 
                        taken from the Borrower or any Surety.

        25.3  All moneys recovered by the Guarantor from any 
              liquidation (or under any security from the Borrower or 
              any Surety) must be held in trust by the Guarantor for 
              the Lender to the extent of the unsatisfied liability of 
              the Guarantor under this Agreement.

26.     PROOF BY LENDER

        In the event of the liquidation of the Borrower or any Surety, 
        the Guarantor authorizes the Lender to prove for all money 
        which the Guarantor has paid or is or may be obliged to pay 
        under this Agreement, other document or agreement or otherwise 
        in respect of the Guaranteed Money.

27.     AVOIDANCE OF PAYMENTS

        If any payment, conveyance, transfer or other transaction in 
        respect of or affecting the Guaranteed Money is:

       27.1   void, voidable or unenforceable: or

       27.2   is claimed to be void, voidable or unenforceable and that 
              claim is upheld, conceded or compromised;

       the liability of the Guarantor under this Agreement is the same 
       as if:

       27.3   that payment, conveyance, transfer or transaction; and

       27.4   any release, settlement or discharge made in reliance on 
              any thing referred to above; 

       had not been made and the Guarantor must immediately do 
       everything necessary or required by the Lender or the 
       Administrative Agent to restore to the Lender or the 
       Administrative Agent this Agreement and any security held by the 
       Lender immediately prior to the payment, conveyance, transfer or 
       transaction.

<PAGE>

28.    RETENTION OF AGREEMENT

       The Lender and the Administrative Agent may retain this  
       Agreement for seven (7) months after full payment of the 
       Guaranteed Money or if anything in the previous Clause has 
       occurred or in the opinion of the Lender may occur, such longer 
       period as the Lender determines.

29.    EXCLUSION OF MORATORIUM

       To the extent permitted by law, a provision of any legislation 
       which at any time directly or indirectly:

       29.1   lessens or otherwise varies or affects in favour of the 
              Guarantor any of its obligations under or any provision 
              of this Agreement; or

29.2    stays, postpones or otherwise prevents or prejudicially 
              affects the exercise by the Lender of any power;

       is negatived and excluded from this Agreement and all relief and 
       protection conferred on the Guarantor by or under that 
       legislation is also negatived and excluded.

30.    NON-EXERCISE OF GUARANTOR'S RIGHTS

       The Guarantor must not exercise any rights it has inconsistent 
       with this Agreement.

31.    PAYMENTS IN GROSS

       All payments which the Guarantor is required to make under this 
       Agreement must be made to the Lender to an address or account in 
       Australia directed by the Lender or the Administrative Agent 
       from time to time.

32.    SUSPENSE ACCOUNT

       32.1   The Lender may apply to the credit of an interest bearing 
              suspense account:

              32.1.1   any amounts received from the Guarantor under 
                       this Agreement;

<PAGE>

              32.1.2   any dividends, distributions or other amounts 
                       received in respect of the Guaranteed Money in 
                       any liquidation;

              32.1.3   any other amounts received from the Guarantor, 
                       the Borrower, any other guarantor or any other 
                       person in respect of the Guaranteed Money.

       32.2   The Lender may retain the amounts in the suspense account 
              and may, but is not obliged to, apply them in or towards 
              satisfaction of the Guaranteed Money.

       32.3   In the event that the Lender is satisfied that it has 
              received all of the Guaranteed Money in full and that it 
              will not be required to repay any such moneys under any 
              laws relating to insolvency it will refund the moneys in 
              the suspense account and any interest accrued thereon 
              (less any financial institution duty or debits tax 
              payable in respect of any deposits or debits in respect 
              of the suspense account) to the Borrower or the Guarantor 
              or any such other person as the case may be.

                              SECTION E

33.    APPOINTMENT OF ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

       33.1   The Lender irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent 
              as its agent, with the rights and duties expressed in 
              this Agreement.

       33.2   In acting as agent, the Administrative Agent:

              33.2.1    does not assume any fiduciary duties to the 
                        Lender;

              33.2.2    is an independent contractor.

       33.3   The Lender waives any claim which may arise against the 
              Administrative Agent under the law of agency or for 
              breach of fiduciary duty.

       33.4   The Administrative Agent agrees to act as Administrative 
              Agent of the Lender on these terms.

<PAGE>

34.    POWERS AND DUTIES OF ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

       34.1   The Administrative Agent may exercise any powers which 
              this Agreement expressly delegates to Administrative 
              Agent, and any powers reasonably incidental thereto.

       34.2   The Administrative Agent must take any action which this 
              Agreement specifically requires the Administrative Agent 
              to take.  The Administrative Agent need not take any 
              other action and does not have any implied duties to the 
              Lender.

       34.3   The Administrative Agent must forward to the Lender a 
              copy of each Drawdown Notice and each Interest Period 
              Notice under the Term Loan Facility it receives it from 
              the Borrower.

35.    GENERAL IMMUNITY

       Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its directors,  
       officers, agents or employees are liable to the Borrower, the 
       Guarantor, or the Lender for any act or omission by any of them 
       in respect of this Agreement, except to the extent that the act 
       or omission arises from gross negligence or willful misconduct.

36.    NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR LOANS ETC

       36.1   Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its 
              directors, officers, agents or employees need ascertain, 
              enquire into or verify:

              36.1.1    any statement, warranty or representation made 
                        in connection with this Agreement or any 
                        borrowing under this Agreement;

              36.1.2    the performance of any term of this Agreement 
                        including any obligation to pay proof or any 
                        term requiring the provision of information 
                        directly to the Lender;

              36.1.3    the enforceability, sufficiency or genuineness 
                        of this Agreement or any other writing in 
                        connection therewith;

              36.1.4    the existence or possible existence of any 
                        Event of Default;

<PAGE>

              36.1.5    the financial condition of any Borrower or the 
                        Guarantor.

       36.2   The Administrative Agent need not disclose to the Lender 
              information volunteered by the Borrower or the Guarantor 
              to the Administrative Agent (either in its capacity as 
              agent or in its individual capacity).

37.    ACTING ON INSTRUCTIONS OF LENDER

       37.1   The Administrative Agent need not take any action under 
              this Agreement unless:

              37.1.1    the Lender instructs it to do so in writing; 
                        and

              37.1.2    the Lender indemnifies the Administrative Agent 
                        to the Administrative Agent's satisfaction 
                        against all liability, costs and expenses it 
                        incurs in taking or continuing any action.

38.    ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND LEGAL ADVISERS

       38.1   The Administrative Agent may perform any of its duties 
              under this Agreement by its employees, agents and legal 
              advisers.

       38.2   If the Administrative Agent selects those agents and 
              legal advisers with reasonable care, the Administrative 
              Agent is not liable to the Lender for any default or 
              misconduct by those agents or legal advisers, except as 
              to money or securities received by the Administrative 
              Agent or its agents or legal advisers.

       38.3   The Administrative Agent may obtain legal advice about 
              this Agreement or any matter relating to or arising out 
              of this Agreement.

39.    RELIANCE ON DOCUMENTS AND LEGAL ADVICE

       The Administrative Agent may rely on:

<PAGE>

       39.1   any notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, 
              facsimile, statement, paper or document if the 
              Administrative Agent believes it to be genuine and 
              correct and to have been signed or sent by the proper          
              person; and 

       39.2   in respect of legal matters, the opinion of its legal 
              advisers (who may be employees of the Administrative 
              Agent).

40.    AGENT'S INDEMNIFICATION

       40.1   The Lender indemnifies the Administrative Agent for all 
              losses, and all costs, liability and expenses incurred by    
              the Administrative Agent in respect of or in any way 
              related to or arising out of this Agreement and other 
              related documents or any actions taken or omitted by the 
              Administrative Agent.  This may include costs which the 
              Borrower  or the Guarantor fails to pay, administration 
              costs, agency fees, enforcement costs, and costs of a 
              dispute between the Administrative Agent and the Lender.  
              However, it does not include losses, costs, liability and 
              expenses resulting from the gross negligence or willful         
              misconduct of the Administrative Agent (as found by a 
              court of competent jurisdiction in a final non-appealable 
              judgment).

       40.2   This obligation survives payment of all moneys payment 
              pursuant to this Agreement and termination of this 
              Agreement.

       40.3   This section E of this Agreement does not limit the 
              obligations of the Borrower or the Guarantor under this 
              Agreement.

41.    LENDER CREDIT DECISIONS

       The Lender has made its own credit analysis and decision to 
       enter into the Agreement independently and without relying on 
       First Chicago.

<PAGE>

42.    RESIGNATION OF ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

       42.1   The Administrative Agent may resign at any time by giving 
              a written notice thereof to the Lender.  Upon 
              resignation, the Lender shall have the right to appoint a 
              successor Administrative Agent with the written approval 
              of the Borrower (that approval not to be unreasonably 
              withheld).  If no successor Administrative Agent has been 
              appointed by the Lender and accepted that appointment 
              within thirty days after the retiring Administrative 
              Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring 
              Administrative Agent may, on behalf of the Lender and 
              with the written approval of the Borrower (that approval 
              not to be unreasonably withheld), appoint a successor 
              agent.

       42.2   If no successor Administrative Agent has been appointed 
              pursuant to the clause 42.1 within the thirty days 
              following the giving of notice of resignation by the 
              retiring Administrative Agent, the resignation shall 
              nonetheless then become effective and the Lender shall 
              perform the duties and be entitled to the rights of the 
              Administrative Agent hereunder until it appoints a 
              successor agent (which it shall not be under any 
              obligation to so do).

       42.3   Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Administrative 
              Agent by a successor Administrative Agent, the successor 
              Administrative Agent shall thereupon succeed to and 
              become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and 
              duties of the retiring Administrative Agent.

       42.4   Whether or not a successor Administrative Agent has been 
              appointed, the retiring Administrative Agent shall be 
              discharged from its duties and obligations under this 
              Agreement upon its resignation becoming effective.  After 
              any person's resignation under this Agreement as the 
              agent, the provisions of this Agreement shall continue in 
              effect for its benefit and for the benefit of the Lender 
              in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by 
              the person while it was acting as the Administrative 
              Agent.

       42.5   During any period in which a successor agent is not 
              appointed the agency fee referred to in clause 7.3 shall 
              be payable by the Borrower to the Lender.

<PAGE>

                                SECTION F

43.    CERTIFICATIONS

       43.1   Any document or thing required to be certified by the 
              Borrower or the Guarantor shall be certified an 
              Authorized Officer of the Borrower or the Guarantor or in 
              such other manner as the Lender may approve.

       43.2   A certificate signed by an Authorized Officer of the 
              Lender or the Administrative Agent stating any amount or 
              rate for the purpose of this Agreement shall in the 
              absence of manifest error be conclusive and binding on 
              the Borrower.

44.    UNLAWFULNESS

       If:

       44.1   any law, regulation or regulatory requirement or 
              judgment, order or direction of any court, tribunal or 
              authority binding upon the Lender or its ultimate parent 
              company in the jurisdiction in which the Lender or its 
              ultimate parent company is formed or has its principal or 
              lending office or in which any action is required to be 
              performed by it for the purposes of this Agreement, or

       44.2   any change in the interpretation of any such law, 
              regulation or regulatory requirement or judgment, order 
              or direction of any court, tribunal or authority by any 
              government or governmental agency charged with the 
              administration thereof or by a court of competent 
              jurisdiction or compliance by the Lender with any request 
              or direction (whether or not having the force of law) of 
              the Reserve Bank of Australia or any government or other 
              governmental agency in accordance with whose requests or 
              directions the Lender is accustomed to act;

       renders it unlawful for the Lender to meet any of its 
       obligations under the Facility, the Lender shall promptly notify 
       the Borrower and the following provisions shall apply:

<PAGE>

       44.3   the Borrower and the Lender shall negotiate in good faith 
              for a period not exceeding thirty (30) days (or such 
              longer period as is required) with a view to the Lender 
              making arrangements to be able to meet the relevant 
              obligations under the Facility in whole or in part in a 
              manner which is not unlawful; and

       44.4   if no such arrangements have been made by the end of such 
              period, thereupon the Lender shall be released from its 
              obligations under this Agreement, the Facility shall be 
              cancelled and the Borrower shall pay to the Lender the 
              Loans under this Agreement prior to the date on which it 
              becomes unlawful for the Lender to meets its obligations 
              under the Facility.

45.    AUTHORITY TO DEBIT ACCOUNTS

       The Borrower and the Guarantor irrevocably authorize and direct 
       the Lender and the Administrative Agent to debit any account or 
       accounts of the Borrower or the Guarantor with the Lender or the 
       Administrative Agent in respect of any amounts that are from 
       time to time due and payable under this Agreement by the 
       Borrower or the Guarantor respectively.  The Lender will notify 
       the Borrower and the Guarantor (as the case may be) of such 
       amounts so debited other than fees charged in accordance with 
       this Agreement and other than debits in accordance with prior 
       arrangements between the Lender and the Borrower or the 
       Guarantor.

46.    NO WAIVER

       No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising on the part of 
       the Lender any right, power or privilege under this Agreement 
       shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall, any single or 
       partial exercise of any right power or privilege preclude any  
       other or further exercise thereof, or the exercise of any other 
       right, power or privilege.  The rights and remedies of the 
       Lender provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not 
       exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law or equity or 
       legislation or regulation.

<PAGE>

47.    MERGER

       47.1   The representations and warranties of the Borrower and 
              the Guarantor in this Agreement shall survive the 
              execution of this Agreement and the making of any Advance 
              under this Agreement and shall enure for the benefit of 
              the Lender and the Administrative Agent until the Loans 
              have been paid in full by the Borrower to the Lender.

       47.2   If the liability of the Borrower or the Guarantor to pay 
              to the Lender or the Administrative Agent any moneys 
              payable under this Agreement becomes merged in any deed, 
              judgment, order or other thing the Borrower or the 
              Guarantor (as the case may be) shall pay interest on the 
              amount owing from time to time under that deed, judgment, 
              order or other thing at the higher of the rate payable 
              under this Agreement and that fixed by or payable under 
              that deed, judgment, order or other thing.

48.    TIME OF THE ESSENCE

       Time shall be of the essence as regards any date or period 
       determined under this Agreement save only to the extent that any 
       such date or period may be altered by mutual agreement between 
       the parties whereupon time shall be of the essence as regards 
       such altered date or period.

49.    SET OFF

       49.1   The Borrower and the Lender do expressly acknowledge and 
              agree that:

              49.1.1   Where the Lender now or at any time in the 
                       future is indebted on any account to the 
                       Borrower pursuant to arrangements made between 
                       them such arrangements are hereinafter referred 
                       to as the "Arrangements".

<PAGE>

              49.1.2   Notwithstanding the Arrangements and any other 
                       provision of this Agreement (and without 
                       prejudice to the Lender's other rights and 
                       remedies) any monies (whether by way of 
                       principal interest or otherwise and whether 
                       present future actual or contingent) which the 
                       Lender may now or may hereafter owe to the 
                       Borrower under the Arrangements may be applied 
                       to and set off by the Lender as and when the 
                       same may become due and payable pro rata against 
                       the Loans as and when they become due and 
                       payable to the intent and effect:

                       (i)   first that the Lender may at any time and 
                             from time to time deduct from and retain 
                             out of the monies otherwise payable by the 
                             Lender to the Borrower pursuant to the 
                             Arrangements such amounts as the Lender 
                             may think fit and apply or set off such 
                             amounts in or toward or against 
                             satisfaction of the Loans; and

                       (ii)  secondly that upon default by the Borrower 
                             hereunder the Lender shall not be obliged 
                             to pay any monies to the Borrower under 
                             the Arrangements until the obligations of 
                             the Borrower to the Lender to pay any 
                             monies to the Lender hereunder are paid 
                             and satisfied in full.

       49.2   The contractual rights of set off conferred on the Lender 
              under sub-clause .1 of this clause are in addition to, 
              and not in substitution for, any rights of set off 
              otherwise conferred on or available to the Lender at law 
              or in equity including (without limitation) any banker's 
              rights of set off or right of combination of accounts or 
              banker's lien.

      49.3    For the avoidance of doubt the Lender and the Borrower 
              further declare and acknowledge that the debts and 
              liabilities arising or created hereunder and pursuant 
              hereto and under and pursuant to the Arrangements are 
              mutual debts within the meaning of Section 86(l) of the 
              Bankruptcy Act 1966 (Cwth) (as incorporated in the 
              Corporations Law) and that upon the liquidation or

<PAGE>

              bankruptcy of the Borrower the provisions of Section 86 
              of the said Bankruptcy Act shall apply so that any sum 
              due from the Borrower to the Lender hereunder shall be 
              set off against any sum due from the Lender to the 
              Borrower under the Arrangements.

       49.4   The Borrower acknowledges and agrees that it will not and 
              will not attempt to prevent the Lender from exercising 
              its rights of set off as aforesaid in the circumstances 
              contemplated in respect thereof.

50.    APPROPRIATION

       The Lender or the Administrative Agent may appropriate any 
       payment towards the satisfaction of any moneys due by the 
       Borrower in any way that the Lender or the Administrative Agent 
       thinks fit and notwithstanding any purported appropriation by 
       the Borrower.

51.    SUCCESSORS

       This Agreement shall bind the parties and their respective heirs 
       executors administrators successors and assigns.

52.    ASSIGNMENT

       52.1   The Lender may not at any time assign the benefits and 
              obligations on its part to be enjoyed or performed under 
              this Agreement without the consent in writing of the 
              Borrower which shall not be unreasonably delayed or 
              withheld.  Neither the Borrower nor the Guarantor shall 
              assign or purport to assign any of the benefits or 
              obligations on its part to be enjoyed or performed under 
              this Agreement without the consent in writing of the 
              Lender.

       52.2   The Lender may (subject to prior notification to the 
              Borrower) disclose to any prospective assignee, on a 
              confidential basis, such information concerning the 
              Borrower as it considers appropriate without incurring 
              any liability for any breach of the duty of banker-
              customer confidentiality.

<PAGE>

53.    NOTICES

       Any notice demand consent or other communication to be given 
       under or in connection with this Agreement shall be in writing 
       or if it is to be given by the Lender or the Administrative 
       Agent may be signed by any Authorized Officer of the Lender or 
       the Administrative Agent or any solicitor for the time being 
       acting for the Lender or the Administrative Agent and if it is 
       to be given by the Borrower shall be under the common seal of 
       the Borrower or the hand of an Authorized Officer of the  
       Borrower and may be served either:

       53.1   personally; or

       53.2   by posting the same by registered or certified mail to 
              the party to whom the notice is directed at its address 
              appearing in this Agreement or at any other address of 
              which prior notification shall have been given by the 
              addressee prior to the dispatch of the said notice and 
              any notice given by post shall be deemed to have been 
              received by the party to whom it is addressed at the 
              expiration of forty eight (48) hours (ten Business Days 
              where the addressee is the Guarantor) after the same has 
              been properly posted; or

       53.3   by facsimile transmission:

              To the Lender:          (02) 9223 1096
                                      Attention:  Credit Administrator

              To the Administrative 
              Agent:                  (08) 8223 2948
                                      Attention:  Loan Administrator

              To the Borrower:        (08) 8248 8250
                                      Attention:  Treasurer

              To the Guarantor:       1 (847) 205 4894
                                      Attention:  Treasurer

<PAGE>

              or any other facsimile number of which prior notification
              shall have been given to the sender prior to the 
              transmission of the facsimile and any facsimile 
              transmission shall be deemed to have been served on the 
              date of transmission by the sender if the sender shall 
              receive confirmation of receipt of the notice in its 
              entirety from the recipient.  The original of any 
              facsimile transmission shall be posted in accordance with 
              sub-clause .2 of this clause on the date of transmission 
              or if transmitted after usual posting hours the next 
              Business Day.

       If the date of dispatch is not a Business Day in the place to 
       which such notice, request demand or other communication is sent 
       it shall be deemed to have been received at the commencement of 
       business on the next following Business Day in such place.  
       Notice given to any one or more of the persons (if more than  
       one) comprised in the expressions "the Borrower" shall be deemed 
       notice to all such persons.  Signatures may be manuscript or may 
       be printed or reproduced by other mechanical means.

54.    OTHER DOCUMENTS

       The Borrower and the Guarantor shall either before or after the 
       making of any Advance under this Agreement do all such acts 
       matters and things and shall sign or execute and deliver all 
       such documents or writing or assurances as may in the reasonable  
       opinion of the Lender or the Administrative Agent be necessary 
       or expedient to further and more effectually carry into full 
       effect the provisions of this Agreement and for conferring the 
       full benefit thereof upon the Lender and the Administrative 
       Agent.

55.    AMENDMENT

       No amendment of this Agreement shall bind the parties unless 
       made in writing expressed to be supplemental to or in 
       substitution for the whole or part of this Agreement.

<PAGE>

56.    GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

       This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties 
       shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws 
       in force in the State of South Australia and the parties agree 
       by the execution of this Agreement to irrevocably submit to the 
       non-exclusive jurisdiction of the Courts in the State of South 
       Australia in respect of all matters arising under or in 
       connection with this Agreement provided always that the Lender 
       may proceed in the Courts of any Territory State or country 
       having or claiming jurisdiction in respect of the matter which 
       is the subject of the proceedings.

57.    SEVERANCE

       An provision of this Agreement which is or becomes prohibited 
       invalid unlawful void or unenforceable in any jurisdiction 
       shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective and capable of 
       severance without affecting the remaining provisions of this 
       Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of such 
       provision in any other jurisdiction.

58.    COUNTERPARTS

       This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and 
       all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to 
       constitute one and the same instrument.

59.    ENTIRE AGREEMENT

       This Agreement contains all of the terms and conditions upon 
       which the Lender will provide financial accommodation to the 
       Borrower and supersedes any previous or extant arrangements with 
       respect to the same.

<PAGE>

EXECUTED AS AN AGREEMENT

SIGNED for and on behalf of   )RABO AUSTRALIA LIMITED
RABO AUSTRALIA LIMITED        )by its Attorneys who state that at the      
                               time
by                            )of executing this instrument they have
                              )no notice of the revocation of the Power
and                           )of Attorney dated 4 July 1997
                              )under the authority of which they have
its Attorneys                 )executed this instrument
                              )      /s/ Philip Streten
                               ---------------------------------	
                                           Attorney
                                        Philip Streten

                              State Manager Corporate Banking, Victoria
                               ---------------------------------
                                        Name/Position
  
                                     /s/ R.B. Agg
                               ---------------------------------
                                           Attorney
                                           R.B. Agg

                                Manager Corporate Banking, Victoria
                               ---------------------------------
                                         Name/Position

SIGNED for and on behalf of    )    /s/ Timothy Blackmore
THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK        )--------------------------------
OF CHICAGO by its Authorized   )      Authorized Officer
Officers                       ) Timothy Blackmore/Vice President
                                --------------------------------
                                        Name/Position


                                        /s/ S.K. Milne
                                --------------------------------
                                      Authorized Officer

                                S.K. Milne/Associate Underwriter
                                --------------------------------
                                        Name/Position

<PAGE>

THE COMMON SEAL of             )
PENRICE SODA PRODUCTS PTY LTD  ) 
was hereunto affixed           )
in the presence of:            )

/s/ D.A. Reid
- - ---------------------------
Director


    David Reid
- - ---------------------------
Print name of Director


/s/ Henrik Michael Alhsnis
- - ---------------------------
Director or Secretary


    Henrik Michael Alhsnis
- - ---------------------------
Print name of Director or Secretary


THE COMMON SEAL of               )
PENRICE HOLDINGS PTY             )
was hereunto affixed             )
in the presence of:              )

/s/ D.A. Reid
- - ---------------------------
Director

David Reid
- - ---------------------------
Print name of Director


Henrik Michael Alhsnis
- - ---------------------------
Director or Secretary

Henrik Michael Alhsnis
- - ---------------------------
Print name of Director or Secretary

<PAGE>

THE COMMON SEAL of             )
IMC GLOBAL AUSTRALIA PTY LTD   )
was hereunto affixed           )
in the presence of:            )


- - ------------------------------
Director


- - ------------------------------
Print name of Director


- - ------------------------------
Secretary


- - ------------------------------
Print name of Director or Secretary



SIGNED for and on behalf of       )
IMC GLOBAL INC                    )

By:  /s/ E. Paul Dunn, Jr.
  ----------------------------					
    
Name:    E. Paul Dunn, Jr.
     -------------------------

Title: Vice President & Treasurer
      ----------------------------


<PAGE>

THE COMMON SEAL of             )
IMC GLOBAL AUSTRALIA PTY LTD   )
was hereunto affixed           )
in the presence of:            )

    /s/ D.A. Reid
- - ---------------------------------
Director


     David Reid
- - ---------------------------------
Print name of Director


   /s/ Henrik Michael Alhsnis
- - ---------------------------------
Director or Secretary


     Henrik Michael Alhsnis
- - ---------------------------------
Print name of Director or Secretary


SIGNED for and on behalf of         )
IMC GLOBAL INC                      )

By 
  --------------------------------

Name	
    ------------------------------

Title
     -----------------------------


<PAGE>


                                 SCHEDULE I

                         FORM OF DRAWDOWN NOTICE

                                   NOTICE


TO:  THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO
     70 Hindmarsh Square
     ADELAIDE SA 5000

Facility Agreement dated               1998 ("the Agreement").  The 
undersigned refers to the above Agreement and irrevocably gives you 
notice of drawdown under the Facility as follows:


                         CASH ADVANCE/TERM LOAN

1.   Drawdown Date:                               19	
                               -------------------  --

2.   Amount to be drawn:      $                   (Australian Dollars)
                               -------------------
 
3.   Period of the borrowing:            days
                               ----------

4.   Payment Account:  
                               -------------------

5.   Interest Period:                    days

The Borrower by its execution of this Notice reaffirms and 
reconstitutes all representations and warranties or agreements of the 
Borrower in the Agreement as if made at the date of this Notice (except 
to the extent disclosed in writing to the Lender prior to the date of 
this Drawdown Notice) and certifies that no Event of Default (as 
defined in the Agreement) has occurred or is continuing or is likely to 
result from this transaction.

DATED this            day of           19

SIGNED by                        )
an Authorized Officer of         )   ------------------------------
                                 )
- - --------------------------------		

<PAGE>


                                 SCHEDULE 2

                              INTEREST PERIOD

                                   NOTICE



TO:  THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO



Facility Agreement dated          1998 ("the Agreement") [insert name 
of relevant borrower] refers to the above Agreement and irrevocably 
gives you notice of the required Interest Period under the Term Loan 
Facility as follows:

Interest Period:                            commencing on	
                        --------------------



SIGNED by                   )
an Authorized Officer of    )
[insert name of relevant    )
borrower]                   )--------------------------------	
                                   Authorized Officer


<PAGE>

                                SCHEDULE 3

                        VERIFICATION CERTIFICATE



TO:  RABO AUSTRALIA LIMITED ("the Lender")

I,                             of 	
am a director/company secretary of PENRICE SODA PRODUCTS PTY LIMITED 
(ACN 008 206 942), PENRICE HOLDINGS PTY (ACN 008 125 835) and IMC 
GLOBAL AUSTRALIA PTY LIMITED (ACN 072 6-39 902) (each separately 
hereafter referred to as "the Company") CERTIFY as follows:-

I certify that:

1.   The company is not the trustee of any trust fund or settlement and 
     all its assets are legally and beneficially owned by it.

2.   The Company is not a subsidiary of, or controlled by, an 
     Australian public company. 

3.   The assets of the Company are or will at the time of first 
     drawdown under the Agreement be free of any Security Interest  
     other than as consented to by the Lender in writing.

4.   No meeting has been called to consider a resolution, no resolution 
     has been passed, no application is pending and no order has been 
     made for the winding up or administration of the Company.

5.   The Company is not insolvent and it is not aware of any 
     circumstances, and has not received any demand which remains 
     unsatisfied, which is likely to lead to the winding up of the 
     Company under the Corporations Law.

6.   No receiver, receiver and manager or administrator has been 
     appointed to the Company or any of its assets and the Company is 
     not a party to any current legal proceedings which is likely to 
     adversely affect the ability of the Borrower to carry out its 
     obligations under the Agreement.

<PAGE>

7.   A resolution of the directors of the Company:

     (a)   authorizing the acceptance and execution of the facility 
           agreement ("Agreement") governing the terms and conditions 
           of a 2 year revolving credit facility and a 5 year term loan 
           facility ("Facility") agreed to be provided by the Lender to 
           the Company; and

     (b)   appointing each of the persons set out in Annexure "A" as an 
           authorized officer of the Company to prepare, complete and 
           sign letters and notices on behalf of the Company for the 
           purposes of the Agreement and to do everything else that may 
           be necessary for the purposes of the Agreement or the 
           Facility including agreeing any amendments to the provisions 
           of the Agreement including the amount and term, 

     was passed in accordance with the Articles of Association of the 
     Company and an extract thereof is set out in Annexures "B, C and 
     D".

8.   Set out in Annexure "A" are the normal signatures of each of the 
     authorized officers referred to above.

9.   Neither the execution of the Agreement nor the passing of the 
     resolution referred to above has infringed or will infringe the 
     constitution of the Company or contravene any obligation to which 
     it is a party.

10.  I am aware the Lender will rely on this certificate in providing 
     the Facility to the Company.

11.  A word or phrase defined in the Agreement has the same meaning in 
     this certificate.

12.  A current and up to date copy of the Constitution of the company 
     is attached hereto as Annexures E, F and G.

DATED  the                  day of                    1998


- - ----------------------------------
Signature


- - ----------------------------------
Position


<PAGE>
                                  "A"


     This is Annexure "A" referred to in the attached Verification
                              Certificate


        AUTHORISED OFFICERS OF PENRICE SODA PRODUCTS PTY LIMITED 
   (ACN 008 206 942), PENRICE HOLDINGS PTY (ACN 008 125 835) AND IMC 
           GLOBAL AUSTRALIA PTY LIMITED (ACN 072 639 902)
                            ("the Company")

The following are the names and signatures of the authorized officers 
of the Company.

NAME                                    SIGNATURE	
(Please print)


<PAGE>

                                    "B"

            EXTRACT OF RESOLUTIONS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF
      PENRICE SODA PRODUCTS PTY LTD (ACN 008 206 942) ("the Company")

The Chairman noted that a quorum was present at the meeting comprising 
Directors entitled to vote on the proposed resolutions and noted that 
each Director disclosed that director's interest, if any, in the 
subject matter of the proposed resolutions, without limitation, each 
directorship, if any, in every company concerned in or by the subject 
matter of the proposed resolutions.

Drafts of the following documents (the "Documents" ) were tabled at the 
meeting:

    Facility Agreement between Penrice Soda Products Pty Ltd, Penrice     
    Holdings Pty and IMC Global Australia Pty Ltd (together, 
    "Borrowers") as borrowers, The First National Bank of Chicago 
    ("Bank") as administrative agent Banque Nationale de Paris as 
    lender and IMC Global Inc ("IMC") as guarantor;

    Facility Agreement between the Borrowers as borrowers, the Bank as   
    lender and IMC as guarantor; and

    Facility Agreement between the Borrowers as borrowers, the Bank as 
    administrative agent, Rabo Australia Limited as lender and IMC as 
    guarantor.

The Chairman reported in detail on the nature of the transactions 
evidenced by the Documents and on the rights conferred on and 
obligations assumed by the Company.

RESOLVED THAT:

13.  the Company unconditionally execute and delivery the Documents in 
     the form of the drafts tabled together with all ancillary 
     documents and perform each of its obligations under each Document 
     and each ancillary document;

14.  the common seal of the Company be affixed to such of the Documents 
     and ancillary documents requiring execution under the Company's 
     common seal and that each director be authorized to execute any 
     Document, ancillary document or other document considered 
     necessary or desirable by that Director; and

<PAGE>

15.  [*] be appointed as Authorized Officers of the Company for the 
     purposes of the Documents and that they each be authorised to 
     execute any notices and communications under or in connection with 
     the Documents.

CERTIFIED to be a true copy of the extract of the Minutes of Meeting of 
the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Meeting") duly convened and 
held and that all procedural and formal requirements under the Articles 
of Association of the Company and the Corporations Law in respect of 
the Meeting, the resolutions and appointment of directors of the 
Company have been complied with in full and that such resolutions have 
not been amended, modified or revoked and are in full force and effect.

- - -----------------------------------
Chairman

- - -----------------------------------
Print Name

<PAGE>

                                  "C"

          EXTRACT OF RESOLUTIONS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF
         PENRICE HOLDINGS PTY (ACN 008 125 835) ("the Company")

The Chairman noted that a quorum was present at the meeting comprising 
Directors entitled to vote on the proposed resolutions and noted that 
each Director disclosed that director's interest, if any, in the 
subject matter of the proposed resolutions, without limitation, each 
directorship, if any, in every company concerned in or by the subject 
matter of the proposed resolutions.

Drafts of the following documents (the "Documents") were tabled at the 
meeting:

     Facility Agreement between Penrice Soda Products Pty Ltd, Penrice 
     Holdings Pty and IMC Global Australia Pty Ltd (together, 
     "Borrowers") as borrowers, The First National Bank of Chicago 
     ("Bank") as administrative agent Banque Nationale de Paris as  
     lender and IMC Global Inc ("IMC") as guarantor;

     Facility Agreement between the Borrowers as borrowers, the Bank as 
     lender and IMC as guarantor; and
	
     Facility Agreement between the Borrowers as borrowers, the Bank as 
     administrative agent, Rabo Australia Limited as lender and IMC as 
     guarantor.

The Chairman reported in detail on the nature of the transactions 
evidenced by the Documents and on the rights conferred on and 
obligations assumed by the Company.

RESOLVED THAT:

1.   the Company unconditionally execute and delivery the Documents in 
     the form of the drafts tabled together with all ancillary 
     documents and perform each of its obligations under each Document 
     and each ancillary document;

2.   the common seal of the Company be affixed to such of the Documents 
     and ancillary documents requiring execution under the Company's 
     common seal and that each director be authorized to execute any 
     Document. ancillary document or other document considered 
     necessary or desirable by that Director; and

<PAGE>

3.   [*] be appointed as Authorized Officers of the Company for the 
     purposes of the Documents and that they each be authorized to 
     execute any notices and communications under or in connection with 
     the Documents.

CERTIFIED to be a true copy of the extract of the Minutes of Meeting of 
the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Meeting") duly convened and 
held and that all procedural and formal requirements under the Articles 
of Association of the Company and the Corporations Law in respect of 
the Meeting, the resolutions and appointment of directors of the 
Company have been complied with in full and that such resolutions have 
not been amended, modified or revoked and are in full force and effect.

- - ----------------------------
Chairman

- - ----------------------------
Print Name


<PAGE>


                                    "D"

           EXTRACT OF RESOLUTIONS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF
     IMC GLOBAL AUSTRALIA PTY LTD (ACN 072 6-39 902) ("the Company")

The Chairman noted that a quorum was present at the meeting comprising 
Directors entitled to vote on the proposed resolutions and noted that 
each Director disclosed that director's interest, if any, in the 
subject matter of the proposed resolutions, without limitation, each 
directorship, if any, in every company concerned in or by the subject 
matter of the proposed resolutions.

Drafts of the following documents (the "Documents") were tabled at the 
meeting:

     Facility Agreement between Penrice Soda Products Pty Ltd, Penrice 
     Holdings Pty and IMC Global Australia Pty Ltd (together, 
     "Borrowers") as borrowers, The First National Bank of Chicago 
     ("Bank") as administrative agent Banque Nationale de Paris as 
     lender and IMC Global Inc ("IMC") as guarantor;

     Facility Agreement between the Borrowers as borrowers, the Bank as 
     lender and IMC as guarantor; and

     Facility Agreement between the Borrowers as borrowers, the Bank as 
     administrative agent, Rabo Australia Limited as lender and IMC as 
     guarantor.

The Chairman reported in detail on the nature of the transactions 
evidenced by the Documents and on the rights conferred on and 
obligations assumed by the Company.

RESOLVED THAT:

1.   the Company unconditionally execute and delivery the Documents in 
     the form of the drafts tabled together with all ancillary 
     documents and perform each of its obligations under each Document 
     and each ancillary document;

2.   the common seal of the Company be affixed to such of the Documents 
     and ancillary documents requiring execution under the Company's 
     common seal and that each director be authorized to execute any 
     Document, ancillary document or other document considered 
     necessary or desirable by that Director; and

<PAGE>

3.   [*] be appointed as Authorized Officers of the Company for the 
     purposes of the Documents and that they each be authorised to 
     execute any notices and communications under or in connection with 
     the Documents.

CERTIFIED to be a true copy of the extract of the Minutes of Meeting of 
the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Meeting") duly convened and 
held and that all procedural and formal requirements under the Articles 
of Association of the Company and the Corporations Law in respect of 
the Meeting, the resolutions and appointment of directors of the 
Company have been complied with in full and that such resolutions have 
not been amended, modified or revoked and are in full force and effect.

- - -------------------------------
Chairman


- - -------------------------------
Print Name

<PAGE>

                                SCHEDULE 4

                            FACSIMILE INDEMNITY


TO:       RABO AUSTRALIA LIMITED
          (the Financier)

FROM:     PENRICE SODA PRODUCTS PTY LTD ACN 008 206 942
          PENRICE HOLDINGS PTY ACN 008 125 835
          IMC GLOBAL AUSTRALIA PTY LTD ACN 072 639 902
          (each separately referred to as "the Customer")


IN CONSIDERATION of the Financier (which expression includes its 
successors and assigns) agreeing to act on the basis of instructions 
given by the Customer by Electronic Means, the Customer agrees as 
follows:

1.   In this indemnity "Electronic Means" means telephone, telex, 
     facsimile or any other electronic means.

2.   The Customer agrees:

    (a)   that the Customer, and not the Financier, will bear all risks 
          in relation to any unauthorized or fraudulent notice or 
          communication given to the Financier by Electronic Means;

    (b)   that the Financier may, without further enquiry or reference 
          to the Customer, act on that notice or communication if it 
          includes a reference to the Customer and on its face purports 
          to be signed or given by an authorized signatory of the         
          Customer being a person notified as such in writing by the 
          Customer to the Financier from time to time;

    (c)   that the Financier, despite any other term of this indemnity, 
          may, in its absolute discretion, defer acting in accordance 
          with the whole or any part of a notice or communication 
          received by it pending further enquiry to and/or confirmation 
          by the Customer, but the Customer expressly agrees that the 
          Financier will not be under any responsibility to so defer in 
          any case.

<PAGE>

3.   The Customer:

     (a)  release the Financier from all actions and claims in 
          connection with the Financier in good faith acting on 
          instructions given by Electronic Means or deferring to act 
          under paragraph 2(c) above; and

     (b)  indemnifies the Financier against all losses, costs and 
          expenses suffered as a result of any actions or claims in 
          connection with the Financier in good faith acting on 
          instructions given by Electronic Means, except where it is 
          conclusively proven that the Financier or its employees acted 
          negligently or fraudulently.


Date                    1998

THE COMMON SEAL of             )	
PENRICE SODA                   )
PRODUCTS PTY LTD               )
is affixed in the presence of: )

- - --------------------------	------------------------------------
Signature of Director         Signature of Director/Company Secretary
		
- - --------------------------	------------------------------------
Print Name                    Print Name

THE COMMON SEAL of             )	
PENRICE HOLDINGS               )
PTY is affixed in the presence )
of:                            )


- - --------------------------	------------------------------------	
Signature of Director         Signature of Director/Company Secretary
		

- - --------------------------	------------------------------------
Print Name                    Print Name


<PAGE>

THE COMMON SEAL of            )
IMC GLOBAL AUSTRALIA          )
PTY LTD is affixed in the     )
presence of:                  )

- - --------------------------	------------------------------------	
Signature of Director         Signature of Director/Company Secretary
		

- - --------------------------	------------------------------------
Print Name                      Print Name




                                                       EXHIBIT 10.80

                      NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT


This Non-Competition Agreement (the "Agreement) is entered into by and 
between Robert M. Van Patten (the "Executive") and IMC Global Inc., a 
Delaware corporation, as of this 1st day of August 1998. 

WHEREAS, IMC Global Inc. has announced its intention and desire to sell 
all of its ownership interest in IMC Agribusiness Inc., Hutson's Ag 
Services, Inc. and IMC Nitrogen, Inc. (collectively, "AgriBusiness");

WHEREAS, the Executive signed a Non-Competition Agreement with The 
Vigoro Corporation, a wholly owned subsidiary of IMC Global Inc., on or 
about March 1, 1996 which the parties would like to terminate and 
replace with this Agreement; 

WHEREAS, IMC Global Inc. and the Executive have entered into a 
Severance Agreement (the "Severance Agreement") contemporaneously with 
this Agreement under which IMC Global Inc. agrees to pay Severance 
Benefits (as defined in the Severance Agreement) to the Executive upon 
his termination of employment under certain circumstances as defined 
therein; 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the substantial benefits available 
to the executive under the Severance Agreement and the agreements and 
covenants contained herein, the sufficiency of which is acknowledged, 
the Executive and IMC Global Inc. hereby agree as follows:

1.   Definitions. Each term defined herein shall be given its defined 
meaning wherever used in this Agreement unless the context requires 
otherwise.

     (a)  "Affiliate" means any corporation which is a member of the 
          same controlled group of corporations (within the meaning of 
          Section 414(b) of the Internal Revenue Code) as IMC Global 
          Inc. or any unincorporated trade or business which is under 
          common control with IMC Global Inc. (as determined under 
          Section 414(c) of the Internal Revenue Code).

     (b)  "Company" means IMC Global Inc. and its subsidiaries, as they 
          may exist from time to time.

     (c)  "Successor Company" means an entity to which the Company 
          transfers its ownership interest in and operation of 
          AgriBusiness.

<PAGE>

2.  Confidential Information/ Proprietary Rights. Except as required by 
law, for the longest period of time permitted by applicable law, the 
Executive shall preserve the confidentiality of and shall not use or 
divulge or take action reasonably likely to result in the use or 
disclosure of any trade secret, proprietary or confidential information 
of the Company or an Affiliate; provided, however, that the Executive 
may use or disclose such information if it is or becomes public or 
available to the general public otherwise than through any act or 
default of a party that has an obligation of confidentiality or non-use 
with respect to such information.  Such information includes but is not 
limited to (i) the identity, purchase and payment patterns of, and 
special relations with, customers; (ii) the identity, net prices and 
credit terms of, and special relations with, suppliers; (iii) inventory 
selection and management techniques; (iv) product development and 
marketing plans; and (v) finances.  

3.  Non-Competition.  The Executive agrees to the following obligations 
that he acknowledges to be reasonably designed to protect the Company's 
legitimate business interests without unnecessarily or unreasonably 
restricting his post-employment opportunities.  

    (a)  The following restrictions apply during the period the 
         Executive is employed by the Company and for a period of three 
         years following the termination of his employment with the 
         Company.  These restrictions apply regardless of the reason 
         for the Executive's termination or by whom initiated.  The 
         parties expressly agree and intend that, for purposes of this 
         Agreement only, the Company's transfer of its ownership 
         interest in and operation of AgriBusiness to a Successor 
         Company, whether through a stock transaction or otherwise, 
         shall constitute a termination of the Executive's employment 
         with the Company.  

         (i)  The Executive will not engage or assist others in 
              engaging in competition with the Company, directly or 
              indirectly, whether as an employer, proprietor, partner, 
              stockholder (other than the holder of less than 5% of the 
              stock of a corporation the securities of which are traded 
              on a national securities exchange or in the over-the-
              counter market), director, officer, employee, consultant, 
              contractor, agent, or otherwise, in the business of 
              producing, brokering and/or distributing in a wholesale 
              capacity crop nutrients, animal feed ingredients, salt, 
              soda ash, sodium bicarbonate, sodium sulfate or boron 
              chemicals.

<PAGE>

        (ii)  The Executive will not solicit, in competition with the 
              Company, directly or indirectly, any person who is a 
              client, customer or prospect (as such terms are defined 
              below) for the purpose of performing services and/or 
              providing goods and services of the kind performed and/or 
              provided by the Company in the business of producing, 
              brokering and/or distributing in a wholesale capacity 
              crop nutrients, animal feed ingredients, salt, soda ash, 
              sodium bicarbonate, sodium sulfate or boron chemicals.

        (iii) The Executive will not induce or persuade or attempt to 
              induce or persuade any employee, contractor or agent of 
              the Company to terminate his or her employment, agency, 
              or other relationship with the Company in order to enter 
              into any employment agency or other relationship in 
              competition with the Company.

Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to the contrary, it shall not 
be a violation of this Section 3(a) for the Executive to: (i) be 
employed by the Successor Company; (ii) perform services covered by 
this Section 3(a) on behalf of and as an employee of the Successor 
Company; or (iii) solicit the Company's clients, customers or prospects 
(as defined below) on behalf of and as an employee of the Successor 
Company.

The covenants contained in this Section 3(a) shall apply within any 
jurisdiction of North America, it being understood that the geographic 
scope of the business and strategic plans of the Company extend 
throughout North America and are not limited to any particular region 
thereof and that such business may be engaged in effectively from any 
location in such area.

As used herein, the terms "client," "customer" and "prospect" shall be 
defined as any client, customer or prospect of any business in which 
the Company is or has been substantially engaged within the one year 
period prior to the Executive's termination of employment with the 
Company (a) to which or to whom the Executive submitted or assisted in 
the submission of a presentation or proposal of any kind on behalf of 
the Company; (b) with which or with whom the Executive had substantial 
contact relating to the business of the Company; or (c) about which or 
about whom the Executive acquired substantial confidential or other 
information as a result of or in connection with the Executive's 
employment.

<PAGE>

     (b)  The Executive agrees that upon termination of his employment 
          he will immediately surrender and return to the Company all 
          Company records and other documents obtained by him, 
          entrusted to him, or otherwise in his possession or control 
          during the course of his employment by the Company, together 
          with all copies thereof.  

     (c)  The Executive acknowledges that the provisions contained in 
          this Section 3 are reasonable and necessary because of the 
          substantial harm that would be caused to the Company by the 
          Executive engaging in any of the activities prohibited or 
          restricted herein.  Nevertheless, it is the intent and 
          understanding of each party hereto that if, in any action 
          before any court, agency or other tribunal legally empowered 
          to enforce the covenants contained in this Section 3, any 
          term, restriction, covenant or promise contained therein is 
          found to be unenforceable due to unreasonableness or due to 
          any other reason, then such term, restriction, covenant or 
          promise shall be deemed modified to the extent necessary to 
          make it enforceable by such court or agency.

     (d)  The Executive acknowledges that his breach of this Section 3 
          will result in immediate and irreparable harm to the 
          Company's business interests, for which damages cannot be 
          calculated easily and for which damages are an inadequate 
          full remedy.  Accordingly, and without limiting the right of 
          the Company to pursue all other legal or equitable remedies       
          available for the violation by the Executive of the covenants 
          contained in this Section 3, it is expressly agreed that 
          remedies other than injunctive relief cannot fully compensate 
          the Company for the irreparable injury that the Company could 
          suffer due to any such violation, threatened violation or 
          continuing violation and that the Company shall be entitled 
          to injunctive relief, without the necessity of proving actual 
          monetary loss, to prevent any such violation, threatened 
          violation or continuing violation thereof.

<PAGE>

4.   Entire Agreement, Amendment, Waiver. This Agreement constitutes 
the entire agreement between the Company and the Executive with respect 
to the subject matter hereof.  This Agreement terminates and supersedes 
any prior agreements made between the parties with respect to the 
subject matter hereof, including but not limited to the Executive's 
Non-Competition Agreement entered into by the parties on or about March 
1, 1996.  The parties may not amend this Agreement except by written 
instrument signed by both parties.  No waiver by either party at any 
time of any breach by the other of any provision of this Agreement 
shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provision at the same 
time or any prior or subsequent time.

5.  Severability.  The provisions of this Agreement shall be regarded 
as durable, and if any provision or portion thereof is declared invalid 
or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, the validity and 
enforceability of the remainder and applicability thereof shall not be 
affected.

6.  Assumption.  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the 
Company and to the successors and assigns of the Company; provided, 
however, that it is understood that this Agreement shall not inure to 
the benefit of or be assumed by a Successor Company.  

7.  Applicable Law.  This Agreement shall at all times be governed by 
and construed, interpreted and enforced in accordance with the internal 
laws ( as opposed to the conflict of laws provisions) of the State of 
Illinois.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be signed 
by its duly authorized officer and the Executive has signed this 
Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

IMC GLOBAL INC.                     Robert M. Van Patten

By:     /s/ B.R. Lockridge           /s/ Robert M. Van Patten
   ------------------------------  -----------------------------

Title:   Senior Vice President
      ---------------------------





                                                     EXHIBIT 10.81

                          SEVERANCE AGREEMENT


This Severance Agreement (the "Agreement) is entered into by and 
between Robert M. Van Patten (the "Executive") and IMC Global Inc., a 
Delaware corporation, as of this 19 day of March 1998 (the "Effective 
Date").

WHEREAS, IMC Global Inc. has announced its intention and desire to sell 
all of its ownership interest in IMC Agribusiness Inc., Hutson's Ag 
Services, Inc. and IMC Nitrogen, Inc. (collectively, "AgriBusiness");

WHEREAS, IMC Global Inc. desires to retain the Executive in its employ 
pending completion of the sale and to provide incentives to the 
Executive to stay in its employ;

WHEREAS, it is IMC Global Inc. and the Executive's intent and 
assumption that the purchaser of AgriBusiness will assume IMC Global 
Inc.'s obligations hereunder and act fully in its stead as if it had 
been the original contracting party;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the agreements and covenants 
contained herein and in the Non-Competition Agreement entered into 
contemporaneously with this Agreement by the parties hereto, the 
sufficiency of which is acknowledged, the Executive and IMC Global Inc. 
hereby agree as follows:

1.  Definitions. Each term defined herein shall be given its defined 
    meaning wherever used in this Agreement unless the context requires 
    otherwise.

    (a) "Affiliate" means any corporation which is a member of the same 
        controlled group of corporations (within the meaning of Section 
        414(b) of the Internal Revenue Code) as the Company or any 
        unincorporated trade or business which is under common control        
        with the Company (as determined under Section 414(c) of the 
        Internal Revenue Code).

<PAGE>

    (b) "Cause" means the Executive (i) grossly neglects his duties; 
        (ii) engages in misconduct; (iii) breaches a material provision 
        of this Agreement; (iv) fails to cooperate fully with the 
        Company in effecting the sale of AgriBusiness.  "Gross neglect"  
        means the failure to perform the essential functions of the 
        Executive's job or the failure to carry out the Company's 
        reasonable directions with respect to material duties after the 
        Executive is notified by the Company that the Executive is 
        failing to perform these essential functions or failing to 
        carry out the reasonable directions of the Company.  
        "Misconduct" means embezzlement or misappropriation of 
        corporate funds, or other acts of fraud, dishonesty, or self-
        dealing; willful refusal to perform, or substantial disregard 
        of material duties; any significant violation of any statutory 
        or common law duty of loyalty to the Company or indictment for 
        a felony. 

    (c) "Company" means IMC Global Inc. and its subsidiaries, as they 
        may exist from time to time.

    (d) "Good Reason" for termination of employment by the Executive 
        shall mean any of the following:

        1.  the continued failure by the Company, after notice and a 
            reasonable opportunity to cure, to (i) maintain the 
            Executive's base salary at a rate equal to or higher than 
            the rate in effect on the Effective Date; provided, 
            however, that Good Reason shall not exist as the result of 
            any decrease in base salary if such decrease is incident to 
            a general reduction applied to executives at a similar 
            level as the Executive on a proportionate and 
            nondiscriminatory basis; (ii) provide for continued 
            participation on a comparable basis by the Executive in an 
            annual bonus plan, including any long-term incentive plan, 
            maintained by the Company in which executives at a similar 
            level as the Executive participate; (iii) provide for 
            participation in stock option and other equity incentive 
            plans or programs maintained by the Company from time to 
            time in which executives at a similar level as the 
            Executive participate; (iv) provide for participation in 
            all Company sponsored group or executive medical, dental, 
            life, disability, retirement, profit-sharing, thrift, non-
            qualified, deferred compensation, and other plans 
 

<PAGE>

            maintained by the Company to the same extent as executives 
            at a similar level as the Executive participate; (v) 
            provide vacation and perquisites substantially equivalent 
            to those provided by the Company to executives at a similar 
            level as the Executive; or 

         2.  a significant adverse change, without the Executive's 
             written consent (which consent shall not be withheld 
             unreasonably) that continues after notice and 60 days to 
             cure, in working conditions or status, including but not 
             limited to a significant adverse change in the nature or 
             scope of the Executive's authority, powers, functions, 
             duties or responsibilities.  A significant adverse change 
             does not include a change in the Company's status such 
             that it no longer has any equity securities registered 
             under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Securities Exchange 
             Act of 1934, as amended, or that it becomes a subsidiary 
             of another entity which directly results in changes in the 
             nature or scope of the Executive's authority, powers, 
             functions, duties or responsibilities shall not in and of 
             itself constitute Good Reason hereunder.  

         3.  a change, without the Executive's consent, in the 
             Executive's primary employment location to a location that 
             is more than 50 miles from the primary location of the 
             Executive's employment as in effect immediately prior to 
             the Effective Date.

     (e) "Successor Company" means an entity to which the Company 
         transfers its ownership interest in and operation of 
         AgriBusiness.

2.   Term.  This Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and 
     shall terminate on the third anniversary of the Effective Date. 

3.   Severance Eligibility.  If, during the Term of this Agreement, the 
     Executive's employment is terminated by the Company or Successor 
     Company or the Executive terminates his employment within 60 days 
     after the Executive has or should have knowledge that Good Reason 
     exists, the Executive shall be entitled to receive the Severance 
     Benefits described in paragraph 4 herein if he timely executes and 
     does not revoke a Waiver and Release of Claims substantially in 
     the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, unless his employment is 
     terminated during the Term of this Agreement due to any of the 

<PAGE>

     following:  (i) the Executive's death; (ii) the Executive's 
     inability to perform the essential functions of his position with 
     or without reasonable accommodation; (iii) the Executive is 
     terminated for Cause; or (iv) the Executive voluntarily resigns or 
     retires.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if, in connection with 
     the sale of AgriBusiness, the Executive's employment with the 
     Company or Successor Company is terminated and (i) the Executive 
     is offered alternative employment with the Company, an Affiliate 
     or Successor Company that is at a location that is no more than 50 
     miles from the Executive's primary employment location immediately  
     prior to termination and that is at a reasonably comparable base 
     salary and the position offered has, in the Company's reasonable 
     determination, reasonably comparable duties and responsibilities 
     to the position the Executive held with the Company or Successor 
     Company at termination or (ii)  the Executive accepts an offer of 
     employment with the Company, an Affiliate or Successor Company, 
     such termination shall not render the Executive eligible for 
     Severance Benefits under this Agreement. 

4.   Severance Benefits.  If the Executive is eligible for Severance 
     Benefits as provided in paragraph 3 above, the Executive shall 
     receive the following "Severance Benefits":

     (a)  An amount equal to $1,356,627, paid in thirty-six (36) 
          monthly installments;    

     (b)  If the Executive timely and appropriately exercises his right 
          to continue his coverage under the Company's medical and 
          dental plans as provided under the Consolidated Omnibus 
          Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended ("COBRA"), then 
          the Company will pay the employer portion (the Executive will 
          pay the employee portion) of such premiums for the Executive 
          until the earlier of: (i) the expiration of the one year 
          period following the date of termination and (ii) the date on 
          which the Executive is no longer eligible to continue such 
          coverage under COBRA.  Except as provided in this paragraph, 
          the Executive's continued participation and coverage under 
          the group health insurance plans shall be governed by COBRA.

     (c)  The Company shall continue the Executive's coverage under its 
          life insurance policy until the earlier of (i) the expiration 
          of the one year period following the date of termination and 
          (ii) the date on which the Executive becomes eligible to 
          participate in and receive similar benefits under a plan or 


<PAGE>

          arrangement sponsored by another employer or under any 
          Company sponsored retirement plan.  Participation shall be on 
          the same terms and conditions as are applicable to active 
          employees.

    Severance Benefits shall be subject to all applicable federal, 
    state and local deductions and withholdings.  At the option of the 
    Company, the present value of the Severance Benefits may be paid in 
    a lump sum at any point during the Severance Benefits period.  The 
    Company's obligation to continue Severance Benefits shall cease 
    immediately if (i) the Company has or would have had grounds to 
    terminate the Executive's employment immediately for Cause; (ii) 
    the Executive violates the terms of the Non-Competition Agreement 
    entered into contemporaneously with this Agreement by the parties 
    hereto; or (iii) the Executive would otherwise not be entitled to 
    Severance Benefits under paragraph 3 above. 

5.  Confidential Information/ Proprietary Rights. Except as required by 
    law, during  the term of this Agreement and thereafter for the 
    longest period of time permitted by applicable law, the Executive 
    shall preserve the confidentiality of and shall not use or divulge 
    or take action reasonably likely to result in the use or disclosure 
    of any trade secret, proprietary or confidential information of the 
    Company or an Affiliate; provided, however, that the Executive may 
    use or disclose such information if it is or becomes public or 
    available to the general public otherwise than through any act or 
    default of a party that has an obligation of confidentiality or 
    non-use with respect to such information.  Such information 
    includes but is not limited to (i) the identity, purchase and 
    payment patterns of, and special relations with, customers; (ii) 
    the identity, net prices and credit terms of, and special relations 
    with, suppliers; (iii) inventory selection and management 
    techniques; (iv) product development and marketing plans; and (v) 
    finances except to the extent publicly disclosed.

6.  Return of Company Property.  The Executive agrees that upon 
    termination of his employment he will immediately surrender and 
    return to the Company all records and other documents obtained by 
    him, entrusted to him, or otherwise in his possession or control 
    during the course of his employment by the Company, together with 
    all copies thereof; provided, however, that  subject to Company 
    review and authorization, the Executive may retain copies of such 
    documents as necessary for the Executive's personal records for 
    federal income tax purposes.

<PAGE>

7.  Dispute Resolution.  Any dispute arising out of this Agreement 
    shall be determined by arbitration under the commercial arbitration 
    rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect.  The 
    arbitration proceeding shall be conducted in Chicago, Illinois or 
    such other location to which the parties may agree.  If either 
    party pursues a claim and such claim results in an arbitrator's   
    decision or award, both parties agree to accept such decision or 
    award as final and binding, and judgment upon the decision or award 
    rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having 
    jurisdiction thereof.  The parties shall share the cost of the 
    arbitrator's services.

8.  Entire Agreement, Amendment, Waiver. The parties agree and intend 
    that if the Executive is eligible for Severance Benefits hereunder, 
    then he shall not be eligible for severance benefits under any 
    other Company severance plan, policy or practice.  If the 
    Executive's employment is terminated and he is not eligible for 
    Severance Benefits under this Agreement, the Executive's rights  
    under any employee benefit plans maintained by the Company shall be 
    determined in accordance with the provisions of such plans.  This 
    Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Company and 
    the Executive with respect to the subject matter hereof.  This 
    Agreement supersedes any prior agreements made between the parties 
    with respect to the subject matter hereof, including but not 
    limited to the Executive's Non-Competition Agreement entered into 
    by the parties on or about March 1, 1996.  The Executive's 
    participation in and right to collect payments or benefits under    
    the Vigoro Corporation Severance Plan, dated November 13, 1995, 
    also shall terminate on the Effective Date of this Agreement.  The 
    parties may not amend this Agreement except by written instrument 
    signed by both parties.  No waiver by either party at any time of 
    any breach by the other of any provision of this Agreement shall be 
    deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provision at the same time 
    or any prior or subsequent time.

9.  Assumption.  This Agreement shall inure to benefit of, and be 
    binding upon, the successors and assignees of the Company and 
    AgriBusiness.  The Company and AgriBusiness shall require any 
    successor or assignee, whether direct or indirect, by purchase, 
    merger, consolidation or otherwise, to all or substantially all of 
    the business or assets of the Company or AgriBusiness, expressly 
    and unconditionally to assume and agree to perform the Company's 
    obligations under this Agreement.

<PAGE>

10. Notice.  Any notice, request, or other communication required or 
    permitted to be given hereunder shall be made to the addresses 
    hereinafter set forth or to any other address designated by either 
    of the parties hereto by notice similarly given:

    If to the Company:                         If to the Executive:
    Senior Vice President, Human Resources     Robert M. Van Patten
    IMC Global Inc.                            3003 Sunset Boulevard S.
    2100 Sanders Road                          Edwardsville, IL  62025
    Northbrook, IL 60062

    All such notices, requests or other communications shall be 
    sufficient if made in writing either (i) by personal delivery to 
    the party entitled thereto, (ii) by facsimile with confirmation of 
    receipt, (iii) by registered or certified mail, return receipt 
    requested or (iv) by express courier service.  The notice, request 
    or other communication shall be deemed effective upon personal 
    delivery, upon confirmation of receipt of facsimile transmission, 
    or upon actual or constructive receipt by the party entitled 
    thereto if by registered or certified mail or express courier 
    service; provided, however, that a notice, request or other 
    communication received after regular business hours shall be deemed 
    to be received on the next succeeding business day of the Company.

11. Employment At-Will.  Nothing herein shall be construed as altering 
    the employment at-will status of the Executive.  The Executive and 
    the Company can terminate the Executive's employment at any time 
    for any reason.

12. Severability.  The provisions of this Agreement shall be regarded 
    as durable, and if any provision or portion thereof is declared 
    invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, the 
    validity and enforceability of the remainder and applicability 
    thereof shall not be affected.

13. Applicable Law.  This Agreement shall at all times be governed by 
    and construed, interpreted and enforced in accordance with the 
    internal laws ( as opposed to the conflict of laws provisions) of 
    the State of Illinois.

<PAGE>

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be signed 
by its duly authorized officer and the Executive has signed this 
Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

IMC GLOBAL INC.                    Robert M. Van Patten

By:     /s/ B.R. Lockridge           /s/ Robert M. Van Patten
   --------------------------      ----------------------------

Title: Senior Vice President
      -----------------------

<PAGE>

                                                          EXHIBIT A

                      WAIVER AND RELEASE OF CLAIMS

     In exchange for the Severance Benefits described in the attached 
Severance Agreement (the "Agreement"), which I acknowledge I would not 
otherwise be entitled to receive, I freely and voluntarily agree to 
this WAIVER AND RELEASE OF CLAIMS ("WAIVER"):

1.   My employment with IMC Global Inc. will terminate effective 
- - -------------------------.

2.   I acknowledge that the Severance Benefits described in the 
attached Agreement are the sole payments to which I am entitled and 
that I am not entitled to any additional severance payments.

3.   I, and anyone claiming through me, hereby waive and release any 
and all claims that I may have ever had or that I may now have against 
IMC Global Inc., its parents, divisions, partnerships, affiliates, 
subsidiaries, and other related entities and their successors and 
assigns, and past, present and future officers, directors, employees, 
agents and attorneys of each of them in their individual or official 
capacity (hereinafter collectively referred to as "Released Parties").  
Among the claims that I am waiving are claims relating to my employment 
or termination of employment, including, but not limited to, claims of 
discrimination in employment brought under the Age Discrimination in 
Employment Act, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the 
Americans With Disabilities Act or other federal, state or local 
employment discrimination, employment, wage laws, ordinances or 
regulations or any common law or statutory claims of wrongful discharge 
or breach of contract or any other common law or statutory claims; 
whether for damages, lost wages or for any other relief or remedy.

4.   I understand and agree that this WAIVER will be binding on me and 
my heirs, administrators and assigns.  I acknowledge that I have not 
assigned any claims or filed or initiated any legal proceedings against 
any of the Released Parties.

5.   Except as may be required by law, I agree that I will not disclose 
the existence or terms of this WAIVER to anyone except my accountant, 
attorney or spouse, each of whom shall also be bound by this 
confidentiality provision.

<PAGE>

6.   I understand that I have [twenty-one (21)] [forty-five (45)] days 
to consider whether to sign this WAIVER and return it to B. Russell 
Lockridge, Senior Vice President,  Human Resources of IMC Global Inc.  
IMC Global Inc. hereby advises me of my right to consult with an 
attorney before signing the WAIVER and I acknowledge that I have had an 
opportunity to consult with an attorney and have either held such 
consultation or have determined not to consult with an attorney.

7.   I understand that I may revoke my acceptance of this WAIVER by 
delivering notice of my revocation to B. Russell Lockridge within seven 
(7) days of the day I sign the WAIVER.  If I do not revoke my 
acceptance of this WAIVER within seven days of the day I sign it, it 
will be legally binding and enforceable.

IMC GLOBAL INC.                     AGREED AND ACCEPTED:

By:
   -----------------------------    ------------------------------

Title:
      --------------------------    ------------------------------
                                    Print Name 

Date:                               Date:
     ---------------------------         -------------------------




                                                         EXHIBIT 10.82

                     EXECUTIVE SEVERANCE AGREEMENT


This Executive Severance Agreement (the "Agreement") is dated as of the 
19th day of March 1999 between J. Bradford James (the "Executive") and 
IMC Global Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company").

WHEREAS, the Company desires to retain the Executive as its Senior Vice 
President and Chief Financial Officer and the Executive desires to 
continue in such position; and

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive desire to provide appropriate 
assurances for the Executive to continue to perform the Executive's 
duties and responsibilities thereby promoting the stability of the 
Company.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the agreements and covenants 
contained herein, the sufficiency of which is acknowledged, the 
Executive and the Company hereby agree as follows:

1.   Definitions.  Each term defined herein shall be given its defined 
meaning wherever used in this Agreement unless the context requires 
otherwise.

     (a)   "Base Salary" means the Executive's annualized       
           base salary as adjusted from time to time.

     (b)   "Cause"  means the Executive (i) grossly 
           neglects his duties, (ii) engages in misconduct; 
           (iii) breaches a material provision of this 
           Agreement, including, but not limited to, 
           Section 4; (iv) willfully fails to cooperate 
           fully with the Company in effecting a smooth 
           transition of the Executive's duties and 
           responsibilities to such person(s) as may be 
           designated by the Company.  "Gross neglect" means 
           the willful failure to perform the essential 
           functions of the Executive's job or the willful 
           failure to carry out the Company's reasonable 
           directions with respect to material duties after 
           the Executive is notified in writing by the 
           Company that the Executive is failing to perform 
           these essential functions or failing to carry out 
           the reasonable directions of the Company.  Such 

<PAGE>

           notice shall specify the functions or directions 
           that the Executive is failing to perform and what 
           steps need to be taken to cure and shall set 
           forth the reasonable time frame, which shall be 
           at a minimum 45 days, within which to cure.  
           "Misconduct" means embezzlement or misappropriation
           of corporate funds, or other acts of fraud, 
           dishonesty, or self-dealing; provided, however, 
           that the Executive shall be given notice and an 
           opportunity within the next 45 days to explain 
           his position and actions to the Company, which 
           shall then make a final decision; any significant 
           violation of any statutory or common law duty of 
           loyalty to the Company; conviction for a felony; 
           or any significant violation of Company policy or 
           any inappropriate workplace conduct that 
           seriously disrupts or interferes with Company 
           operations; provided, however, that if the policy 
           violation or inappropriate conduct can be cured, 
           then the Executive shall be given written notice 
           of the policy violation or inappropriate conduct 
           and a reasonable opportunity to cure, which shall 
           be at a minimum 45 days.

     (c)   "Company" means IMC Global Inc. and its subsidiaries,
           as they may exist from time to time.

     (d)   "Effective Date" means the date first set forth 
           above.

     (e)   "Good Reason" for termination of employment by 
           the Executive shall mean any of the following 
           reasons explained below in paragraphs 1, 2 and 3.  
           In each case, to constitute a termination for 
           Good Reason entitling the Executive to Severance 
           Benefits as described in Section 3 of this 
           Agreement, the following must occur:

              (i) Within 90 days after the Executive has or 
                  reasonably should have knowledge that Good 
                  Reason exists, the Executive must give the 
                  Company written notice specifying the 
                  grounds for his belief that Good Reason 
                  exists;

<PAGE>

             (ii) The Company shall then have a reasonable 
                  opportunity, which shall be at least 45 
                  days, to cure; and

            (iii) If the Company cures the Good Reason 
                  within the cure period, then the Executive 
                  shall have no right to terminate 
                  employment for Good Reason.  If the 
                  Company does not cure the Good Reason 
                  within the cure period, then within 14 
                  days of the completion of the cure period, 
                  the Executive may give written notice of 
                  his intent to terminate his employment for 
                  Good Reason.  The effective date of such 
                  termination for Good Reason shall be two 
                  calendar months after the date of the 
                  notice to terminate.  At its sole 
                  discretion, the Company shall have the 
                  right to accelerate the termination date 
                  by paying the Executive his base pay for 
                  the balance of the two month notice 
                  period.

               1. the continued failure by the Company, 
                  after notice and a reasonable opportunity 
                  to cure, to (i) maintain for the initial 
                  term of this Agreement the Executive's 
                  Base Salary at a rate equal to or higher 
                  than the rate in effect on the Effective 
                  Date and for any subsequent term of the 
                  Agreement maintain the Executive's Base 
                  Salary at a rate equal to or higher than 
                  the rate in effect on the Effective Date; 
                  provided, however, that during any such 
                  subsequent term, Good Reason shall not 
                  exist as the result of any decrease in 
                  Base Salary if such decrease is incident 
                  to a general reduction applied to 
                  corporate officers at a similar level as 
                  the Executive on a proportionate and 
                  nondiscriminatory basis; (ii) provide for 
                  continued participation on a comparable 
                  basis by the Executive in an annual bonus 
                  plan maintained by the Company in which 

<PAGE>

                  corporate officers at a similar level as 
                  the Executive participate; (iii) provide 
                  for participation in stock option and 
                  other equity incentive plans or programs 
                  maintained by the Company from time to 
                  time in which corporate officers at a 
                  similar level as the Executive 
                  participate; (iv) provide for 
                  participation in all Company sponsored 
                  group or executive medical, dental, life, 
                  disability, retirement, profit-sharing, 
                  thrift, non-qualified, deferred 
                  compensation, and other plans maintained 
                  by the Company to the same extent as 
                  corporate officers at a similar level as 
                  the Executive participate; (v) provide 
                  vacation, and perquisites substantially 
                  equivalent to those provided by the 
                  Company to corporate officers at a similar 
                  level as the Executive; or (vi) obtain the 
                  express unconditional assumption of this 
                  Agreement as required by Section 8, it 
                  being understood that nothing contained in 
                  this clause alters the Company's 
                  obligations under Section 8 of this 
                  Agreement; or 

               2. a significant adverse change, without the 
                  Executive's written consent that continues 
                  after notice and a reasonable opportunity 
                  to cure, in working conditions or status, 
                  including but not limited to a significant 
                  adverse change in the nature or scope of 
                  the Executive's authority, powers, 
                  functions, duties or responsibilities; 
                  provided, however, a change in the 
                  Company's status such that it no longer 
                  has any equity securities registered under 
                  Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Securities 
                  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or that 
                  it becomes a subsidiary of another entity 
                  which directly results in changes in the 
                  nature or scope of the Executive's 
                  authority, powers, functions, duties or 

<PAGE>

                  responsibilities shall not in and of 
                  itself constitute Good Reason hereunder; 
                  or

               3. a change, without the Executive's consent, 
                  in the Executive's primary employment 
                  location to a location that is more than 
                  50 miles from the primary location of the 
                  Executive's employment as in effect 
                  immediately prior to the Effective Date.

               f. " Severance Event" shall be deemed to have 
                  occurred if, and only if, during the Term 
                  of this Agreement, which includes the 
                  initial term and any extensions or 
                  renewals as provided in Section 2, (i) the 
                  Executive's employment is terminated by 
                  the Company other than for Cause or upon 
                  the Executive's death or inability to 
                  perform the essential functions of his 
                  position with or without reasonable 
                  accommodation or (ii) the Executive 
                  terminates his employment for Good Reason.  
                  If, however, the Executive's employment is 
                  terminated whether by the Executive with 
                  or without Good Reason or by the Company 
                  with or without Cause in connection with a 
                  "change in control" of the Company, as 
                  such phrase is defined in Section 5 of 
                  this Agreement, such termination shall not 
                  constitute a Severance Event; provided, 
                  however, the Executive's employment shall 
                  not be considered to have terminated in 
                  connection with a change in control of the 
                  Company as so defined unless such change 
                  in control has occurred in such manner and 
                  such time as to have made Section 5 of 
                  this Agreement effective prior to the 
                  Executive's termination.

2.   	Term.  The term of this Agreement shall commence on the 
Effective Date and shall terminate on the second anniversary of the 
Effective Date; provided, however, that unless the Company gives

<PAGE>

written notice of its intent to terminate the Agreement at least one 
calendar month prior to the second anniversary of the Effective Date, 
this Agreement shall renew automatically for an additional one year 
term and shall continue to renew automatically for additional one year 
terms unless written notice of the Company's intent to terminate the 
Agreement is given to the Executive at least one calendar month prior 
to the expiration of the then current term.

3.	   Severance Benefits.  Upon the occurrence of a Severance Event 
and the execution of a general release (substantially in the form 
attached hereto as Exhibit A) of all claims against the Company and 
other related entities or persons  without additional consideration, 
and upon the expiration of any applicable revocation period, the 
Executive shall be entitled to receive the following "Severance 
Benefits":

     (a)   An amount equal to the target award for the 
           Executive under the Company's Management 
           Incentive Compensation Program ("MICP"), or 
           successor annual bonus plan in effect from time 
           to time, for the fiscal year in which the 
           Severance Event Occurs reduced pro rata for that 
           portion of the fiscal year not completed as of 
           the end of the month in which the Severance Event 
           occurs;

     (b)   An amount equal to the target award for the 
           Executive under the Company's 1996 Long-Term 
           Incentive Plan, or successor long-term incentive 
           plan in effect from time to time, for the fiscal 
           year in which the Severance Event occurs reduced 
           pro rata for that portion of the fiscal year not 
           completed as of the end of the month in which the 
           Severance Event occurs;

     (c)   An amount equal to two times the Executive's then 
           current Base Salary, payable in accordance with 
           regular payroll procedures of the Company;

     (d)   An amount equal to two times the highest annual 
           bonus earned under the Company's Management 
           Incentive Compensation Program, or successor 
           annual bonus plan in effect from time to time, 
           during the three consecutive complete bonus years 

<PAGE>

           immediately preceding the date on which the 
           Severance Event occurs; provided, however, that 
           in the event that the Executive's employment is 
           terminated prior to the completion of three 
           complete bonus years, any prorated annual bonus 
           received by the Executive shall be annualized and 
           the bonus years in which the Executive's 
           employment commences or terminates shall be 
           deemed to be "complete bonus years" for purposes 
           of determining the highest annual bonus earned by 
           the Executive during the three complete bonus 
           years immediately preceding the date on which the 
           Severance Event occurs;

     (e)   If the Executive timely and appropriately 
           exercises his right to continue his coverage 
           under the  Company's medical and dental plans as 
           provided under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget 
           Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended ("COBRA"), 
           then the Company will pay the employer portion 
           (and the Executive will pay the employee portion) 
           of such premiums for the Executive until the 
           earlier of:  (i) the expiration of the two year 
           period following the date of the Severance Event 
           and (ii) the date on which the Executive is no 
           longer eligible to continue such coverage under 
           clause 4980B(f)(2)(B)(ii), (iii), (iv) or (v) of 
           COBRA.  Except as provided in this paragraph, the 
           Executive's continued participation and coverage 
           under the group health insurance plans shall be 
           governed by COBRA; and
 
     (f)   The Company shall continue the Executive's 
           coverage under its life and disability insurance 
           policies until the earlier of (i) the expiration 
           of the two year period following the date of 
           termination and (ii) the date on which the 
           Executive becomes eligible to participate in and 
           receive similar benefits under a  plan or 
           arrangement sponsored by another employer or 
           under any Company sponsored retirement plan.  
           Participation shall be on the same terms and 
           conditions as are applicable to active employees.

<PAGE>

Severance Benefits shall be subject to all applicable federal, state 
and local deductions and withholdings.  Those Severance Benefits 
described in paragraphs (a) and (b) shall be paid in a lump sum within 
30 days of the Severance Event.  At the option of the Company, the 
present value of the Severance Benefits, described in paragraphs 3 (c) 
and (d) above may be paid in a lump sum at any point during the 
Severance Benefits period.  The Company's obligation to continue 
Severance Benefits shall cease immediately if the Company has or would 
have had grounds to terminate the Executive's employment immediately 
for Cause.  In the event the Executive dies or becomes disabled before 
all Severance Benefits are paid to him, the remaining amounts due to 
him under Sections 3(c) and 3(d) shall be reduced by the proceeds the 
Executive's estate receives under any life insurance policy with 
respect to which the premiums are paid by the Company or any benefits 
the Executive receives under any Company disability policy; but subject 
to such reductions, those remaining amounts, if any, shall be paid to 
the Executive or his estate.  If any family member of the Executive is 
receiving medical and/or dental coverage under Section 3(e) at the time 
of the Executive's death or disability and such family member 
constitutes a "qualified beneficiary" under COBRA, such medical and/or 
dental coverage shall continue in accordance with the requirements of 
COBRA, provided that such family member pays the full cost of the 
premium for such coverage.  The Executive understands and acknowledges 
that the Severance Benefits constitute his sole benefits upon 
termination. 

4.	   Exclusivity of Services and Confidential/ Proprietary 
     Information.  

     (a)   Executive acknowledges that during his employment 
           with the Company he has developed, acquired, and 
           had access to and will develop, acquire and have 
           access to trade secrets or other proprietary or 
           confidential information belonging to the Company 
           and that such information gives the Company a 
           substantial business advantage over others who do 
           not have such information.  Accordingly, the 
           Executive agrees to the following obligations 
           that he acknowledges to be reasonably designed to 
           protect the Company's legitimate business 
           interests without unnecessarily or unreasonably 
           restricting his post-employment opportunities:

<PAGE>

               (i) during employment with the Company and 
                   for a period of two years following the 
                   Executive's termination of employment, 
                   regardless of the reason for the 
                   termination or by whom initiated, he will 
                   not engage or assist others in engaging 
                   in competition with the Company, directly 
                   or indirectly, whether as an employer, 
                   proprietor, partner, stockholder (other 
                   than the holder of less than 5% of the 
                   stock of a corporation the securities of 
                   which are traded on a national securities 
                   exchange or in the over-the-counter 
                   market), director, officer, employee, 
                   consultant, agent, or otherwise, in the 
                   business of producing and distributing 
                   potash, phosphate, animal feed 
                   ingredients or salt or any other 
                   significant business in which the Company 
                   is engaged or is preparing to engage in 
                   at the time of termination;

              (ii) during employment with the Company and 
                   for a period of two years following the 
                   Executive's termination of employment, 
                   regardless of the reason for the 
                   termination or by whom initiated, he will 
                   not solicit, in competition with the 
                   Company, directly or indirectly, any 
                   person who is a client, customer or 
                   prospect (as such terms are defined 
                   below) (including, without limitation, 
                   purchasers of the Company's products) for 
                   the purpose of performing services and/or 
                   providing goods and services of the kind 
                   performed and/or provided by the Company 
                   in the business of producing and 
                   distributing potash, phosphate, animal 
                   feed ingredients or salt or any other 
                   significant business in which the Company 
                   is engaged or is preparing to engage in 
                   at the time of termination;

<PAGE>

             (iii) during employment with the Company and 
                   for a period of two years following the 
                   Executive's termination of employment, 
                   regardless of the reason for the 
                   termination or by whom initiated, he will 
                   not induce or persuade or attempt to 
                   induce or persuade any employee or agent 
                   of the Company to terminate his or her 
                   employment, agency, or other relationship 
                   with the Company in order to enter into 
                   any employment agency or other 
                   relationship in competition with the 
                   Company; 

             (iv) the covenants contained in this Section 
                  4(a) shall apply within any jurisdiction 
                  of North America, it being understood that 
                  the geographic scope of the business and 
                  strategic plans of the Company extend 
                  throughout North America and are not 
                  limited to any particular region thereof 
                  and that such business may be engaged in 
                  effectively from any location in such 
                  area; and

              (v) as used herein, the terms "client," 
                  "customer" and "prospect" shall be defined 
                  as any client, customer or prospect of any 
                  business in which the Company is or has 
                  been substantially engaged within the one 
                  year period prior to the Executive's 
                  termination of employment (a) to which or 
                  to whom the Executive submitted or 
                  assisted in the submission of a 
                  presentation or proposal of any kind on 
                  behalf of the Company; (b) with which or 
                  with whom the Executive had substantial 
                  contact relating to the business of the 
                  Company; or (c) about which or about whom 
                  the Executive acquired substantial 
                  confidential or other information as a 
                  result of or in connection with the 


<PAGE>

                 Executive's employment, at any time during 
                  the one year period preceding the 
                  Executive's termination of employment for 
                  any reason.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company consents in writing, it 
shall not be a violation of this Section 4(a) for the Executive to 
engage in conduct otherwise prohibited by this Section.

     (b)   The Executive agrees that he will not at any time 
           during employment or thereafter for the longest 
           time permitted by applicable law, use, disclose, 
           or take any action which may result in the use or 
           disclosure of any trade secrets or other 
           proprietary or confidential information of the 
           Company, except to the extent that the Company 
           may specifically authorize in writing. This 
           obligation shall not apply when and to the extent 
           that any trade secret, proprietary or 
           confidential information of the Company becomes 
           publicly available other than due to the 
           Executive's act or omission.  In connection with 
           this Section 4, the Executive has executed and 
           shall abide by the terms of the separate 
           agreement attached hereto as Exhibit B.

     (c)   The Executive agrees that upon termination of his 
           employment he will immediately surrender and 
           return to the Company all records and other 
           documents obtained by him, entrusted to him, or 
           otherwise in his possession or control during the 
           course of his employment by the Company, together 
           with all copies thereof; provided, however, that  
           subject to Company review and authorization, the 
           Executive may retain copies of such documents as 
           necessary for the Executive's personal records 
           for federal income tax purposes.

<PAGE>

     (d)   The Executive acknowledges that the provisions 
           contained in this Section 4 are reasonable and 
           necessary because of the substantial harm that 
           would be caused to the Company by the Executive 
           engaging in any of the activities prohibited or 
           restricted herein.  Nevertheless, it is the 
           intent and understanding of each party hereto 
           that if, in any action before any court, agency 
           or other tribunal legally empowered to enforce 
           the covenants contained in this Section 4, any 
           term, restriction, covenant or promise contained 
           therein is found to be unenforceable due to 
           unreasonableness or due to any other reason, then 
           such term, restriction, covenant or promise shall 
           be deemed modified to the extent necessary to 
           make it enforceable by such court or agency.

     (e)   The Executive acknowledges that his breach of 
           this Section 4 will result in immediate and 
           irreparable harm to the Company's business 
           interests, for which damages cannot be calculated 
           easily and for which damages are an inadequate 
           full remedy.  Accordingly, and without limiting 
           the right of the Company to pursue all other 
           legal or equitable remedies available for the 
           violation by the Executive of the covenants 
           contained in this Section 4, it is expressly 
           agreed that remedies other than injunctive relief 
           cannot fully compensate the Company for the 
           irreparable injury that the Company could suffer 
           due to any such violation, threatened violation 
           or continuing violation and that the Company 
           shall be entitled to injunctive relief, without 
           the necessity of proving actual monetary loss, to 
           prevent any such violation, threatened violation 
           or continuing violation thereof.

5.   	Change in Control.

     (a)   Effective Date.  For purposes of this Section 5, 
           the term "Effective Date" shall mean the date on 
           which a Change in Control of the Company (as 
           defined in Section 5(i)) occurs.  This Section 5 

<PAGE>

           shall not become effective, and the Company shall 
           have no obligation hereunder, if the employment 
           of the Executive with the Company shall terminate 
           prior to a Change in Control of the Company.  If 
           there is a Change in Control and this Section 
           becomes effective, then this Section shall govern 
           the terms and conditions of the Executive's 
           employment and termination thereof and the 
           provisions of Sections 1, 2, 3, and 4 of this 
           Agreement shall no longer be effective. 

     (b)   Right to Change in Control Severance Benefits.  
           The Executive shall be entitled to receive from 
           the Company Change in Control Severance Benefits 
           as described in Section 5(g) herein, if during 
           the term of this Agreement there has been a 
           Change in Control of the Company and there is a 
           Termination (as defined in Section 5(f)) prior to 
           the expiration of the Employment Term (as defined 
           in Section 5(c)).

     (c)   Employment Term.  For purposes of this Section 5, 
           the term "Employment Term" shall mean the period 
           commencing on the Effective Date of this Section 
           5 and ending on the earlier to occur of (1) the 
           last day of the month in which occurs the third 
           anniversary of the Effective Date of this Section 
           5 or (2) the last day of the month in which the 
           Executive attains mandatory retirement age 
           pursuant to the terms of a mandatory retirement 
           plan of the Company as such were in effect and 
           applicable to the Executive immediately prior to 
           the Effective Date of this Section 5.

     (d)   Employment.  The Company hereby agrees to 
           continue the Executive in its employ, and the 
           Executive hereby agrees to remain in the employ 
           of the Company, until the expiration of the 
           Employment Term.  During the Employment Term, the 
           Executive shall exercise such position and 
           authority and perform such responsibilities as 
           are commensurate with the position and authority 
           being exercised and duties being performed by the 
           Executive immediately prior to the Effective Date 

<PAGE>

           of this Section 5, which services shall be 
           performed at the location where the Executive was
           employed immediately prior to the Effective Date 
           of this Section 5 or at such other location as 
           the Company may reasonably require; provided, 
           that the Executive shall not be required to 
           accept another location that he deems 
           unreasonable in the light of his personal 
           circumstances.

     (e)   Compensation and Benefits.  During the Employment 
           Term, the Executive shall receive the following 
           compensation and benefits:

           1.  He shall receive an annual base salary which 
               is not less than his Base Salary immediately 
               prior to the Effective Date of this Section 
               5, with the opportunity for increases, from 
               time to time thereafter, which are in 
               accordance with the Company's regular 
               executive compensation practices.

           2.  He shall be eligible to participate on a 
               reasonable basis, and to continue his 
               existing participation, in annual incentive, 
               stock option, restricted stock, long-term 
               incentive performance and any other 
               compensation plan which provides 
               opportunities to receive compensation in 
               addition to his Base Salary which is the 
               greater of (i) the opportunities provided by 
               the Company for executives with comparable 
               duties or (ii) the opportunities under any 
               such plans in which he was participating 
               immediately prior to the Effective Date of 
               this Section 5.

           3.  He shall be entitled to receive and 
               participate in salaried employee benefits 
               (including, but not limited to, medical, life 
               and accident insurance, investment, stock 
               ownership and disability benefits) and 
               perquisites which are the greater of (i) the 

<PAGE>

               employee benefits and perquisites provided by 
               the Company to executives with comparable 
               duties or (ii) the employee benefits and 
               perquisites to which he was entitled or in 
               which he participated immediately prior to 
               the Effective Date of this Section 5.

           4.  He shall be entitled to continue to accrue 
               credited service for retirement benefits and 
               to be entitled to receive retirement benefits 
               under and pursuant to the terms of the 
               Company's qualified retirement plan for 
               salaried employees, the Company's 
               supplemental executive retirement plan, and 
               any successor or other retirement plan or 
               agreement in effect on the Effective Date of 
               this Section 5 in respect of his retirement, 
               whether or not a qualified plan or agreement, 
               so that his aggregate monthly retirement 
               benefit from all such plans and agreements 
               (regardless when he begins to receive such 
               benefit) will be not less than it would be 
               had all such plans and agreements in effect 
               immediately prior to the Effective Date of 
               this Section 5 continued to be in effect 
               without change until and after he begins to 
               receive such benefit.

     (f)   Termination.  The term "Termination" shall mean 
           termination, prior to the expiration of the 
           Employment Term, of the employment of the 
           Executive with the Company for any reason other 
           than death, disability (as described below), 
           cause (as described below), or voluntary 
           resignation (as described below).

           1.  The term "disability" means physical or mental 
               incapacity qualifying the Executive for long-
               term disability under the Company's long-term 
               disability plan.

<PAGE>

           2.  The term "cause" means (i) the willful and 
               continued failure of the Executive 
               substantially to perform his duties with the 
               Company (other than any failure due to 
               physical or mental incapacity) after a demand 
               for substantial performance is delivered to 
               him by the Board of Directors which 
               specifically identifies the manner in which 
               the Board believes he has not substantially 
               performed his duties or (ii) willful 
               misconduct materially and demonstrably 
               injurious to the Company.  No act or failure 
               to act by the Executive shall be considered 
               "willful" unless done or omitted to be done 
               by him not in good faith and without 
               reasonable belief that his action or omission 
               was in the best interest of the Company.  The 
               unwillingness of the Executive to accept any 
               or all of a change in the nature or scope of 
               his position, authorities or duties, a 
               reduction in his total compensation or 
               benefits, a relocation that he deems 
               unreasonable in light of his personal 
               circumstances, or other action by or request 
               of the Company in respect of his position, 
               authority or responsibility that he 
               reasonably deems to be contrary to this 
               Agreement, may not be considered by the Board 
               of Directors to be a failure to perform or 
               misconduct by the Executive.  Notwithstanding 
               the foregoing, the Executive shall not be 
               deemed to have been terminated for cause for 
               purposes of this Section 5 unless and until 
               there shall have been delivered to him a copy 
               of a resolution, duly adopted by a vote of 
               three-quarters of the entire Board of 
               Directors of the Company at a meeting of the 
               Board called and held (after reasonable 
               notice to the Executive and an opportunity 
               for the Executive and his counsel to be heard 
               before the Board) for the purpose of 
               considering whether the Executive has been 
               guilty of such a willful failure to perform 


<PAGE>

               or such willful misconduct as justifies 
               termination for cause hereunder, finding that 
               in the good faith opinion of the Board the 
               Executive has been guilty thereof and 
               specifying the particulars thereof.

           3.  The resignation of the Executive shall be 
               deemed "voluntary" if it is for any reason 
               other than one or more of the following:

               (a) The Executive's resignation or retirement 
                   (other than mandatory retirement, as 
                   aforesaid) is requested by the Company 
                   other than for cause;

               (b) Any significant change in the nature or 
                   scope of the Executive's position, 
                   authorities or duties from those 
                   described in Section 5(d) of this 
                   Agreement;

               (c) Any reduction in his total compensation 
                   or benefits from that provided in Section 
                   5(e);

               (d) The breach by the Company of any other 
                   provision of this Section 5; or

               (e) The reasonable determination by the 
                   Executive that, as a result of a Change 
                   in Control of the Company and a change in 
                   circumstances in his position, he is 
                   unable to exercise the authorities and 
                   responsibility attached to his position 
                   and contemplated by Section 5(d) of this 
                   Agreement.

           4.  Termination that entitles the Executive to 
               the payments and benefits provided in Section 
               5(g) shall not be deemed or treated by the 
               Company as the termination of the Executive's 
               employment or the forfeiture of his 
               participation, award or eligibility for the 
               purpose of any plan, practice or agreement of 
               the Company referred to in Section 5(e).

<PAGE>

     (g)   Change in Control Severance Payments.  In the 
           event of and within 30 days following 
           Termination, the Company shall pay to the 
           Executive the following benefits (collectively, 
           "Change in Control Severance Payments"):

           1.  His Base Salary and all other benefits due 
               him as if he had remained an employee 
               pursuant to this Section 5 through the 
               remainder of the month in which Termination 
               occurs, less applicable withholding taxes and 
               other authorized payroll deductions;

           2.  An amount equal to the target award for the 
               Executive under the Company's annual bonus 
               plan for the fiscal year in which Termination 
               occurs, reduced pro rata for that portion of 
               the fiscal year not completed as of the end 
               of the month in which Termination occurs; 
               provided, however, that if the Executive has 
               deferred his award for such year under the 
               plan, the payment due the Executive under 
               this Paragraph (2) shall be paid in 
               accordance with the terms of the deferral; 

           3.  An amount equal to the target award for the 
               Executive under the Company's long-term 
               incentive plan for the fiscal year in which 
               Termination occurs, reduced pro rata for that 
               portion of the fiscal year not completed as 
               of the end of the month in which Termination 
               occurs;

           4.  A lump sum severance allowance in an amount 
               which is equal to the sum of the amounts 
               determined in accordance with the following 
               subparagraphs (a) and (b):

               (a) an amount equal to three times the 
                   Executive's Base Salary at the rate in 
                   effect immediately prior to Termination; 
                   and

<PAGE>

               (b) an amount equal to three times the 
                   highest annual bonus earned under the 
                   Company's Management Incentive 
                   Compensation Program, or successor annual 
                   bonus plan in effect from time to time, 
                   during the three consecutive complete 
                   bonus years immediately prior to 
                   Termination; provided, however, that in 
                   the event that the Executive's employment 
                   is terminated prior to the completion of 
                   three complete bonus years, any prorated 
                   annual bonus received by the Executive 
                   shall be annualized and the bonus years 
                   in which the Executive's employment 
                   commences or terminates shall be deemed 
                   to be "complete bonus years" for purposes 
                   of determining the highest annual bonus 
                   earned by the Executive during the three 
                   complete bonus years immediately prior to 
                   Termination.

     (h)   Non-Competition and Confidentiality.  The 
           Executive agrees that:

           1.  There shall be no obligation on the part of 
               the Company to provide any further Change in 
               Control Severance Benefits (other than 
               payments or benefits already earned or 
               accrued) described in Section 5(g) if, when 
               and so long as the Executive shall be 
               employed by or otherwise engage in any 
               business which is competitive with any 
               business of the Company or of any of its 
               subsidiaries, as such business existed as of 
               the Effective Date of this Section 5, in 
               which the Executive was engaged during his 
               employment, and if such employment or 
               activity is likely to cause serious damage to 
               the Company or any of its subsidiaries; and

<PAGE>

           2.  during and after the Employment Term, he will 
               not divulge or appropriate to his own use or 
               the use of others any secret or confidential 
               information pertaining to the businesses of 
               the Company or any of its subsidiaries 
               obtained during his employment by the 
               Company, it being understood that this 
               obligation shall not apply when and to the 
               extent any of such information becomes 
               publicly known or available other than 
               because of his act or omission.

     (i)   Definition of "Change in Control".  "Change in 
           Control" of the Company means, and shall be 
           deemed to have occurred upon,  the first to occur 
           of any of the following events:

           1.  the acquisition by any individual, entity or 
               group (a "Person"), including any "person" 
               within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 
               14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
               1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), of 
               beneficial ownership within the meaning of 
               Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange 
               Act, of 15% or more of either (i) the then 
               outstanding shares of common stock of the 
               Company (the "Outstanding Common Stock") or 
               (ii) the combined voting power of the then 
               outstanding securities of the Company 
               entitled to vote generally in the election of 
               directors (the "Outstanding Voting 
               Securities"); excluding, however, the 
               following: (A) any acquisition directly from 
               the Company (excluding any acquisition 
               resulting from the exercise of an exercise, 
               conversion or exchange privilege unless the 
               security being so exercised, converted or 
               exchanged was acquired directly from the 
               Company), (B) any acquisition by the Company, 
               (c) any acquisition by an employee benefit 
               plan (or related trust) sponsored or 
               maintained by the Company or any corporation 
               controlled by the Company or (D) any 

<PAGE>
               acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a 
               transaction which complies with clauses (i), 
               (ii) and (iii) of subsection (3) of this 
               Section 5(i);

           2.  Individuals who, as of the effective date of 
               this Section 5, constitute the Board of 
               Directors (the "Incumbent Board") cease for 
               any reason to constitute at least a majority 
               of such Board; provided, that any individual 
               who becomes a director of the Company 
               subsequent to the effective date of this 
               Section 5, whose election, or nomination for 
               election by the Company's stockholders, was 
               approved by the vote of at least a majority 
               of the directors then comprising the 
               Incumbent Board shall be deemed a member of 
               the Incumbent Board; and provided further, 
               that any individual who was initially elected 
               as a director of the Company as a result of 
               an actual or threatened election contest, as 
               such terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of 
               Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange 
               Act, or any other actual or threatened 
               solicitation of proxies or consents by or on 
               behalf of any Person other than the Board 
               shall not be deemed a member of the Incumbent 
               Board;

           3.  approval by the stockholders of the Company 
               of a reorganization, merger or consolidation 
               of the Company or sale or other disposition 
               of all or substantially all of the assets of 
               the Company (a "Corporate Transaction"); 
               excluding, however, a Corporate Transaction 
               pursuant to which (i) all or substantially 
               all of the individuals or entities who are 
               the beneficial owners, respectively, of the 
               Outstanding Common Stock and the Outstanding 
               Voting Securities immediately prior to such 
               Corporate Transaction will beneficially own, 
               directly or indirectly, more than 60% of, 
               respectively, the outstanding shares of 
               common stock, and the combined voting power 
               of the outstanding securities of such 


<PAGE>

               corporation entitled to vote generally in the 
               election of directors, as the case may be, of 
               the corporation resulting from such Corporate 
               Transaction (including, without limitation, a 
               corporation which as a result of such 
               transaction owns the Company or all or 
               substantially all of the Company's assets 
               either directly or indirectly) in 
               substantially the same proportions relative 
               to each other as their ownership, immediately 
               prior to such Corporate Transaction, of the 
               Outstanding Common Stock and the Outstanding 
               Voting Securities, as the case may be, (ii) 
               no Person (other than:  the Company; any 
               employee benefit plan (or related trust) 
               sponsored or maintained by the Company or any 
               corporation controlled by the Company; the 
               corporation resulting from such Corporate 
               Transaction; and any Person which 
               beneficially owned, immediately prior to such 
               Corporate Transaction, directly or 
               indirectly, 25% or more of the Outstanding 
               Common Stock or the Outstanding Voting 
               Securities, as the case may be) will 
               beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 25% 
               or more of, respectively, the outstanding 
               shares of common stock of the corporation 
               resulting from such Corporate Transaction or 
               the combined voting power of the outstanding 
               securities of such corporation entitled to 
               vote generally in the election of directors 
               and (iii) individuals who were members of the 
               Incumbent Board will constitute at least a 
               majority of the members of the board of 
               directors of the corporation resulting from 
               such Corporate Transaction; or 

           4.  the consummation of a plan of complete 
               liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

<PAGE>

     (j)   Excise Tax Payments.  If any of the payments to 
           be made under Section 5 or any payments which are 
           construed as being made under Section 5, will be 
           subject to the tax (the "Excise Tax") imposed by 
           Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 
           1986, as amended  (the "Code") (or any similar 
           tax that may hereafter be imposed), the Company 
           shall pay to the Executive at the time specified 
           in Paragraph 1 below an additional amount (the 
           "Gross-up Payment") such that the net amount 
           retained by the Executive, after deduction of any 
           Excise Tax on the Total Payments (as hereinafter 
           defined) and any federal, state and local income 
           tax and Excise Tax upon the Gross-up Payment 
           provided for by this paragraph, but before 
           deduction for any federal, state or local income 
           tax on the Change in Control Severance Payments, 
           shall be equal to the Total Payments.

           1.  For purposes of determining whether any of 
               the Change in Control Severance Payments will 
               be subject to the Excise Tax and the amount 
               of such Excise Tax, (i) any other payments or 
               benefits received or to be received by the 
               Executive in connection with a Change in 
               Control (as that term is defined in Section 
               5(i)) of the Company or the Executive's 
               termination of employment (whether pursuant 
               to the terms of this Agreement or any other 
               plan, arrangement or agreement with the 
               Company, any person whose actions result in a 
               Change of Control of the Company or any 
               person affiliated with the Company or such 
               person) (which, together with the Change in 
               Control Severance Payments, shall constitute 
               the "Total Payments") shall be treated as 

<PAGE>
               "parachute payments" within the meaning of 
               Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code, and all 
               "excess parachute payments" within the 
               meaning of Section 280G(b)(1) of the Code 
               shall be treated as subject to the Excise 
               Tax, unless in the opinion of tax counsel 
               selected by the Company's independent 
               auditors such other payments or benefits (in 
               whole or in part) do not constitute parachute 
               payments, or such excess parachute payments 
               (in whole or in part) represent reasonable 
               compensation for services actually rendered 
               within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(4) of 
               the Code in excess of the base amount within 
               the meaning of Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code 
               or are otherwise not subject to the Excise 
               Tax, (ii) the amount of the Total Payments 
               which shall be treated as subject to the 
               Excise Tax shall be equal to the lesser of 
               (A) the total amount of the Total Payments or 
               (B) the amount of excess parachute payments 
               within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(1) of 
               the Code (after applying clause (i) above), 
               and (iii) the value of any non-cash benefits 
               or any deferred payment or benefit shall be 
               determined by the Company's independent 
               auditors in accordance with the principles of 
               Sections 280G(d)(3) and (4) of the Code.

           2.  For purposes of determining the amount of the 
               Gross-up Payment, the Executive shall be 
               deemed to pay federal income taxes at the 
               highest marginal rate of federal income 
               taxation for the calendar year in which the 
               Gross-up Payment is to be made and the 
               applicable state and local income taxes at the 
               highest marginal rate of taxation for the 
               calendar year in which the Gross-up Payment is 
               to be made, net of the maximum reduction in 
               federal income taxes which could be obtained 
               from deduction of such state and local taxes.  
               In the event that the Excise Tax is 
               subsequently determined to be less than the 
               amount taken into account hereunder at the 
               time the Gross-up Payment is made, the 
               Executive shall repay to the Company at the 

<PAGE>

               time that the amount of such reduction in 
               Excise Tax is finally determined the portion 
               of the Gross-up Payment attributable to such 
               reduction (plus the portion of the Gross-up 
               Payment attributable to the Excise Tax and 
               federal and state and local income tax imposed 
               on the portion of the Gross-up Payment being 
               repaid by the Executive if such repayment 
               results in a reduction in Excise Tax and/or a 
               federal and state and local income tax 
               deduction), plus interest on the amount of 
               such repayment at the rate provided in Section 
               1274(b)(2)(B) of the Code.  In the event that 
               the Excise Tax is determined to exceed the 
               amount taken into account hereunder at the 
               time the Gross-up Payment is made (including 
               by reason of any payment, the existence or 
               amount of which cannot be determined at the 
               time of the Gross-up Payment), the Company 
               shall make an additional Gross-up Payment in 
               respect of such excess (plus any interest 
               payable with respect of such excess) at the 
               time that the amount of such excess is finally 
               determined.

           3.  The Gross-up Payment or portion thereof 
               provided for in Paragraphs 1 and 2 above shall 
               be paid not later than the thirtieth day 
               following payment of any amounts under this 
               Section 5; provided, however, that if the 
               amount of such Gross-up Payment or portion 
               thereof cannot be finally determined on or 
               before such day, the Company shall pay to the 
               Executive on such day an estimate, as 
               determined in good faith by the Company, of 
               the minimum amount of such payments and shall 
               pay the remainder of such payments (together 
               with interest at the rate provided in Section 
               1274(b)(2)(B) of the Code) as soon as the 
               amount thereof can be determined, but in no 
               event later than the forty-fifth day after 
               payment of any amounts under this Section 5.

<PAGE>
           4.  In the event that the amount of the estimated 
               payments exceeds the amount subsequently 
               determined to have been due, such excess shall 
               constitute a loan by the Company to the 
               Executive, payable on the fifth day after 
               demand by the Company (together with interest 
               at the rate provided in Section 1274(b)(2)(B) 
               of the Code).

           5.  All Gross-up Payments will be paid to the 
               Executive from the Trust established under the 
               Trust Agreement between IMC Global Inc. and 
               Wachovia Bank Trust Company, N.A., which has 
               been established to protect payment 
               obligations of the Company under this 
               Agreement.  Any repayment due the Company from 
               the Executive as a result of the circumstances 
               described in the last sentence of the 
               preceding paragraph shall be made by the 
               Executive after the Executive has  received 
               such excess amounts from the Trust.

           6.  If there are any changes in the Code which 
               otherwise would or might affect the workings 
               of this Section 5(j), then Section 5(j) shall 
               be deemed to be revised in such a way as to 
               provide to the Executive the maximum benefits 
               he would be entitled to receive under the 
               current language of Section 5(j) and the Code.

     (k)   Enforcement Costs.  The Company is aware that 
           upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, the 
           Board of Directors or a stockholder of the 
           Company may then cause or attempt to cause the 
           Company to refuse to comply with its obligations 
           under this Section 5, or may cause or attempt to 
           cause the Company to institute, or may institute, 
           litigation seeking to have this Section 5 
           declared unenforceable, or may take, or attempt 
           to take, other action to deny the Executive the 
           benefits intended under this Section 5.  In these 
           circumstances, the purpose of this Section 5 
           could be frustrated. It is the intent of the 
           parties that the Executive not be required to 
           incur the legal fees and expenses associated with 
           the protection or enforcement of his rights under 

<PAGE>
           this Section 5 by litigation or other legal 
           action because such costs would substantially 
           detract from the benefits intended to be extended 
           to the Executive hereunder, nor be bound to 
           negotiate any settlement of his rights hereunder 
           under threat of incurring such costs.  
           Accordingly, if at any time after the Effective 
           Date of this Section 5, it should appear to the 
           Executive that the Company is or has acted 
           contrary to or is failing or has failed to comply 
           with any of its obligations under this Section 5 
           for the reason that it regards this Section 5 to 
           be void or unenforceable or for any other reason, 
           or that the Company has purported to terminate 
           his employment for cause or is in the course of 
           doing so in either case contrary to this Section 
           5, or in the event that the Company or any other 
           person takes any action to declare this Section 5 
           void or unenforceable, or institutes any 
           litigation or other legal action designed to 
           deny, diminish or to recover from the Executive 
           the benefits provided or intended to be provided 
           to him hereunder, and the Executive has acted in 
           good faith to perform his obligations under this 
           Section 5, the Company irrevocably authorizes the 
           Executive from time to time to retain counsel of 
           his choice at the expense of the Company to 
           represent him in connection with the protection 
           and enforcement of his rights hereunder, 
           including without limitation representation in 
           connection with termination of his employment 
           contrary to this Section 5 or with the initiation 
           or defense of any litigation or other legal 
           action, whether by or against the Executive or 
           the Company or any director, officer, stockholder 
           or other person affiliated with the Company, in 
           any jurisdiction.  The reasonable fees and 
           expenses of counsel selected from time to time by 
           the Executive as hereinabove provided shall be 
           paid or reimbursed to the Executive by the 
           Company on a regular, periodic basis upon 
           presentation by the Executive of a statement or 
           statements prepared by such counsel in accordance 
           with its customary practices, up to a maximum 
           aggregate amount of $200,000.  Counsel so 
           retained by the Executive may be counsel 

<PAGE>
           representing other officers or key executives of 
           the Company in connection with the protection and 
           enforcement of their rights under similar 
           agreements between them and the Company, and, 
           unless in his sole judgment use of common counsel 
           could be prejudicial to him or would not be 
           likely to reduce the fees and expenses chargeable 
           hereunder to the Company, the Executive agrees to 
           use his best efforts to agree with such other 
           officers or executives to retain common counsel.

     (l)   Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise 
           provided herein, this Section 5 shall be binding 
           upon and inure to the benefit of the Executive 
           and his legal representatives, heirs, and 
           assigns; provided, however, that in the event of 
           the Executive's death prior to payment or 
           distribution of all amounts, distributions, and 
           benefits due him under this Section 5, each such 
           unpaid amount and distribution shall be paid in 
           accordance with this Section 5 to the person or 
           persons designated by the Executive to the 
           Company to receive such payment or distribution 
           and in the event the Executive has made no 
           applicable designation, to the person or persons 
           designated by the Executive as the beneficiary or 
           beneficiaries of proceeds of life insurance 
           payable in the event of the Executive's death 
           under the Company's group life insurance plan.

6.   	Dispute Resolution.  The Executive and the Company shall not 
initiate arbitration or other legal proceeding (except for any claim 
under Section 4) against the other party or against any directors, 
officers, employees, agents or representatives of the Company or its 
affiliates, relating in any way to this Agreement, to the Executive's 
retention by the Company, to the termination of this Agreement or of 
such retention, or to any or all other claims for employment or other 
discrimination under any federal, state or local law, regulation, 
ordinance or executive order until 30 days after the party against whom 
the claim(s) is made ("respondent") receives written notice from the 
claiming party of the specific nature of any purported claim(s) and, to 
the extent known or reasonably anticipated, the amount of any purported 
damages attributable to each such claim(s).  The Executive and the 
Company further agree that if respondent submits the claiming party's 
claim(s) to the CPR Institute for Dispute Resolution or JAMS/Endispute 
for nonbinding mediation prior to the expiration of such 30 day period,


<PAGE>

the claiming party may not institute arbitration or other legal 
proceedings against respondent until the earlier of: (a) the completion 
of good-faith mediation efforts or (b) 90 days after the date on which 
the respondent received written notice of the claimant's claim(s).  The 
mediation shall be conducted in Chicago, Illinois or such other 
location to which the parties may agree.  The Company agrees to pay the 
cost of the mediator's services.

Subject to the foregoing, the Executive and the Company agree that any 
and all claims or disputes relating to this Agreement, to the 
termination of this Agreement or to such retention, to the Executive's 
termination of employment or to his retention, that one party or that 
the Executive may have against any directors, officers, employees, 
agents, or representatives of the Company or its affiliates, including 
without limitation, claims for employment or other discrimination under 
any federal, state, or local law, regulation, ordinance, or executive 
order, shall be submitted for arbitration and resolved by an arbitrator 
selected in accordance with the rules and procedures of the CPR 
Institute for Dispute Resolution or JAMS/Endispute, it being understood 
and agreed that no more than one arbitrator shall be retained for any 
arbitration conducted hereunder.  The arbitration proceeding shall be 
conducted in Chicago, Illinois or such other location to which the 
parties may agree.  If either party pursues a claim and such claim 
results in an arbitrator's decision or award, both parties agree to 
accept such decision or award as final and binding, and judgment upon 
the decision or award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any 
court having jurisdiction thereof.  The parties shall share the cost of 
the arbitrator's services.  Notwithstanding any of the foregoing 
provisions of this Section, the Company may in its discretion 
immediately pursue any and all available legal and equitable remedies 
for the Executive's breach, threatened breach or continuing breach of 
any provision of Section 4 in any court, agency, or other tribunal of 
competent jurisdiction. 

7.   	Entire Agreement, Amendment, Waiver. This Agreement 
constitutes the entire agreement between the Company and the Executive 
with respect to the subject matter hereof.  This Agreement supersedes 
any prior agreements made between the parties with respect to the 
subject matter hereof.  The parties may not amend this Agreement except 
by written instrument signed by both parties.  No waiver by either 
party at any time of any breach by the other of any provision of this 
Agreement shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provision 
at the same time or any prior or subsequent time.

<PAGE>

8.   	Assumption.  This Agreement shall inure to benefit of, and be 
binding upon, the successors and assignees of the Company.  The Company 
shall require any successor or assignee, whether direct or indirect, by 
purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise, to all or substantially 
all of the business or assets of the Company, expressly and 
unconditionally to assume and agree to perform the Company's 
obligations under this Agreement.

9.   	Notice. Any notice, request, or other communication required 
or permitted to be given hereunder shall be made to the addresses 
hereinafter set forth or to any other address designated by either of 
the parties hereto by notice similarly given:

If to the Company:				         If to the Executive:
Senior Vice President, Human Resources	    J. Bradford James
IMC Global Inc.                             55 W. Goethe St.,
2100 Sanders Road                           #1216
Northbrook, IL  60062                       Chicago, IL 60610

All such notices, requests or other communications shall be sufficient 
if made in writing either (i)  by personal delivery to the party 
entitled thereto, (ii) by registered or certified mail, return receipt 
requested or (iii) by express courier service.  The notice, request or 
other communication shall be deemed effective upon personal delivery or 
upon actual or constructive receipt by the party entitled thereto if by 
registered or certified mail or express courier service; provided, 
however, that a notice, request or other communication received after 
regular business hours shall be deemed to be received on the next 
succeeding business day of the Company.

10.   	Severability.  The provisions of this Agreement shall be 
regarded as durable, and if any provision or portion thereof is 
declared invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, 
the validity and enforceability of the remainder and applicability 
thereof shall not be affected.

11.   	Applicable Law.  This Agreement shall at all times be 
governed by and construed, interpreted and enforced in accordance with 
the internal laws ( as opposed to the conflict of laws provisions) of 
the State of Illinois.


<PAGE>

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be signed 
by its duly authorized officer and the Executive has signed this 
Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

IMC GLOBAL INC.		          J. BRADFORD JAMES

By:
   -----------------------------  ---------------------------
Title: Chairman of the Board of
       Directors and Chief Executive
       Officer			


<PAGE>

   					                                                       
	                           EXHIBIT A
                     WAIVER AND RELEASE OF CLAIMS

	     In exchange for the Severance Benefits described in the 
attached Executive Severance Agreement (the "Agreement"), which I 
acknowledge I would not otherwise be entitled to receive, I freely and 
voluntarily agree to this WAIVER AND RELEASE OF CLAIMS ("WAIVER"):

1.      My employment with IMC Global Inc. will terminate effective 
                     .
- - ---------------------

2.	   I acknowledge that the Severance Benefits described in the 
attached Agreement are the sole payments to which I am entitled and 
that I am not entitled to any additional severance payments.

3.	   I, and anyone claiming through me, hereby waive and release any 
and all claims that I may have ever had or that I may now have against 
IMC Global Inc., its parents, divisions, partnerships, affiliates, 
subsidiaries, and other related entities and their successors and 
assigns, and past, present and future officers, directors, employees, 
agents and attorneys of each of them in their individual or official 
capacity (hereinafter collectively referred to as "Released Parties").  
Among the claims that I am waiving are claims relating to my employment 
or termination of employment, including, but not limited to, claims of 
discrimination in employment brought under the Age Discrimination in 
Employment Act, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the 
Americans With Disabilities Act or other federal, state or local 
employment discrimination, employment, wage laws, ordinances or 
regulations or any common law or statutory claims of wrongful discharge 
or breach of contract or any other common law or statutory claims; 
whether for damages, lost wages or for any other relief or remedy.

4.	   I understand and agree that this WAIVER will be binding on me 
and my heirs, administrators and assigns.  I acknowledge that I have 
not assigned any claims or filed or initiated any legal proceedings 
against any of the Released Parties.

5.	   Except as may be required by law, I agree that I will not 
disclose the existence or terms of this WAIVER to anyone except my 
accountant, attorney or spouse, each of whom shall also be bound by 
this confidentiality provision.

<PAGE>

6.   	I understand that I have twenty-one (21) days to consider 
whether to sign this WAIVER and return it to B. Russell Lockridge, 
Senior Vice President,  Human Resources of IMC Global Inc.  IMC Global 
Inc. hereby advises me of my right to consult with an attorney before 
signing the WAIVER and I acknowledge that I have had an opportunity to 
consult with an attorney and have either held such consultation or have 
determined not to consult with an attorney.

7.	   I understand that I may revoke my acceptance of this WAIVER by 
delivering notice of my revocation to B. Russell Lockridge within seven 
(7) days of the day I sign the WAIVER.  If I do not revoke my 
acceptance of this WAIVER within seven days of the day I sign it, it 
will be legally binding and enforceable.

IMC GLOBAL INC.                    				AGREED AND 
ACCEPTED:

By:  
   ---------------------------     -----------------------------		
				

Title:
      ------------------------     -----------------------------
							                                         
Print Name 

Date:                         Date:
     -------------------------     -----------------------------



                                                            EXHIBIT 12

<TABLE>

                             IMC Global Inc.
            Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
<CAPTION>
                                     Years Ended December 31,
                        -----------------------------------------------
                          1998      1997     1996       1995      1994
                         ------    ------   ------     ------    ------
<S>                     <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Fixed charges:
Interest charges       $ 176.0   $  40.2   $  43.6   $  57.8   $  69.4
Rent expense              10.4       6.0       5.8       5.0       4.7
                       -------   -------   -------   -------   -------
Total fixed charges    $ 186.4   $  46.2   $  49.4   $  62.8   $  74.1
                       =======   =======   =======   =======   =======

Earnings:
Net earnings (loss)    $  (9.0)  $  62.9   $ 127.1   $ 215.5   $ 113.9
Extraordinary item        (3.0)     24.9       8.1       3.5       4.4 
(Earnings) loss from
 discontinued 
 operations               69.1     (18.0)    (13.5)    (23.8)    (24.4)
Cumulative effect of
 accounting change           -         -         -         -       5.9
Provision for
 income taxes             84.5      30.4      81.3     112.7      81.1
Minority interest         14.1     124.4     185.7     163.6     106.8
Interest charges         176.0      40.2      43.6      57.8      69.4
Rent expense              10.4       6.0       5.8       5.0       4.7
                       -------   -------   -------   -------   -------
Total earnings         $ 342.1   $ 270.8   $ 438.1   $ 534.3   $ 361.8
                       =======   =======   =======   =======   =======

Ratio of earnings 
 to fixed charges         1.84      5.86      8.87      8.51      4.88

Adjusted ratio of 
 earnings to
 fixed charges            3.19(a)   9.84(b)  10.59(c)   8.51      4.88
                        =======  =======   =======   =======   =======

<PAGE>

(a)   The adjusted ratio of earnings to fixed charges for the year
      ended December 31, 1998 excludes charges of $195.1 million  
      resulting from the Company-wide profit improvement program, $44.1 
      million due to the estimated loss on disposal of Chemicals and 
      $14.0 million as a result of the loss on the sale of IMC Vigoro.

(b)   The adjusted ratio of earnings to fixed charges for the year 
      ended December 31, 1997 excludes a charge of $183.7 million 
      related to the write down of the historical carrying value of 
      the Company's 25 percent interest in Main Pass.  

(c)   The adjusted ratio of earnings to fixed charges for the year        
      ended December 31, 1996 excludes a charge of $84.9 million      
      related to the merger of The Vigoro Corporation into a 
      wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. 


</TABLE>




                                                           EXHIBIT 13

                     FINANCIAL TABLE OF CONTENTS
- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS 
OF OPERATIONS	
	
REPORT OF MANAGEMENT	
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS	
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS	
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET	
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS	
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY	
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS	
QUARTERLY RESULTS (UNAUDITED)	
FIVE YEAR COMPARISON	


<PAGE>
            MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL 
                 CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------

                            INTRODUCTION

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results 
of Operations should be read in conjunction with the financial 
statements and the accompanying notes. 

Through the restructuring of operations, acquisitions and divestitures, 
IMC Global Inc. (Company or IMC) has demonstrated its commitment to 
maintaining its position as one of the world's leading producers of 
crop nutrients and salt products, as well as maintaining its position 
as one of the largest producers and sellers of animal feed ingredients.  
Sales for 1998 increased 27 percent while earnings from continuing 
operations, before non-recurring charges, increased 26 percent over the 
prior year and generated $825.6 million of EBITDA(a), a 78 percent 
increase over 1997.  These cash earnings will allow the Company to make 
the investments necessary to continue to strengthen its prominent 
position in the highly competitive crop nutrient, salt and animal feed 
marketplaces. Management places significant emphasis on EBITDA as one 
of the key standards for measuring consolidated performance.  Although 
EBITDA is a leading indicator used by management, it is not a 
replacement of measurement standards defined by and required by 
generally accepted accounting principles, such as operating earnings 
and cash flow from operating activities.  

The Company's current operational structure consists of six business 
units corresponding to its major product lines as follows:  IMC-Agrico 
Phosphates (phosphates), IMC Kalium (potash), IMC Salt (salt), IMC-
Agrico Feed Ingredients (animal feed), IMC AgriBusiness (wholesale and 
retail distribution), and IMC Chemicals (soda ash and other inorganic 
chemicals). As a result of the pending divestitures of IMC AgriBusiness 
(AgriBusiness) and IMC Chemicals (Chemicals), the future operational 
structure of the Company will be comprised of the following four 
business units: IMC-Agrico Phosphates (Phosphates), IMC Kalium 
(Kalium), IMC Salt (Salt) and IMC-Agrico Feed Ingredients (Feed 
Ingredients).  All financial information for AgriBusiness has been 
stated as discontinued operations.  See Note 4, "Discontinued 
Operations," of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

<PAGE>

[Chart]

Net Sales
- - ---------
(In millions)

  1998        1997         1996
  ----        ----         ----

$2,696.2    $2,116.0     $2,143.3

[Chart]

Gross Margins
- - -------------
(In millions)

1998(a)       1997        1996(a)
- - -------       ----        -------

$761.5       $574.9       $617.1

(a) Before non-recurring charges.

[Chart]

Earnings from Continuing Operations
- - -----------------------------------
(In millions)

1998(a)      1997(a)       1996(a)
- - -------      -------       -------

$229.1       $182.0        $181.6

(a) Before non-recurring charges.

<PAGE>

                             RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

OVERVIEW

1998 Compared to 1997
Net sales of $2,696.2 million in 1998 increased 27 percent from 
$2,116.0 million one year ago.  Gross margins for 1998 were $761.5 
million, an increase of 32 percent from comparable 1997 margins of 
$574.9 million, excluding 1998 non-recurring charges of $23.1 million, 
related to the sale of IMC Vigoro and a Company-wide profit improvement 
program, discussed in more detail below. 

Earnings from continuing operations in 1998, before non-recurring 
charges of $172.0 million, or $1.50 per share, related to a Company-
wide profit improvement program and the divestitures of the Chemicals 
and IMC Vigoro businesses, were $229.1 million, or $2.00 per share.  
The Company incurred a net loss in 1998 of $9.0 million, or $0.08 per 
share, including non-recurring charges of: (i) $114.2 million, or $1.00 
per share, related to a Company-wide profit improvement program, 
discussed in more detail in "Merger and Restructuring Charges;" (ii) 
$69.1 million, or $0.61 per share, of losses from discontinued 
operations, including an estimated loss of $74.2 million, or $0.65 per 
share, on the divestiture of AgriBusiness; (iii) $48.7 million, or 
$0.42 per share, related to an estimated loss on the divestiture of the 
Chemicals business; (iv) $9.1 million, or $0.08 per share, related to 
the divestiture of the IMC Vigoro business, the Company's consumer lawn 
and garden and professional products businesses; and (v) $3.0 million, 
or $0.03 per share, of a net extraordinary gain related to early 
extinguishments of high-cost debt.  

In 1997, earnings from continuing operations, excluding a write-down of 
the historical carrying value of the Company's interest in Main Pass 
299 (Main Pass) of $112.2 million, or $1.19 per share, were $182.0 
million, or $1.92 per share.  Net earnings, including: (i) the Main 
Pass write-down; (ii) earnings from discontinued operations of $18.0 
million, or $0.19 per share; and (iii) an extraordinary charge of $24.9 
million, or $0.26 per share, related to the early extinguishment of 
high-cost debt, were $62.9 million, or $0.67 per share.

<PAGE>

Sales and earnings for 1998 were driven by increased sales by Kalium 
and Phosphates which improved 13 percent and six percent, respectively.  
In addition, sales and earnings for 1998 included the operations of 
Salt and Chemicals which were established in conjunction with the 
acquisition of privately held Harris Chemical Group, Inc. and its 
Australian affiliate, Harris Chemical Australia Pty Ltd. & Its 
Controlled Entities (collectively, Harris) in April 1998 (Harris 
Acquisition).  Sales for Salt and Chemicals in 1998 were $175.0 million 
and $311.8 million, respectively.  In December 1998, a definitive 
agreement was signed to sell the Chemicals business unit.  See Note 2, 
"Acquisitions" and Note 5, "Other Divestitures," of Notes to 
Consolidated Financial Statements.

1997 Compared to 1996
Net sales of $2,116.0 million in 1997 decreased one percent from 
$2,143.3 million in 1996.  Gross margins in 1997 were $574.9 million, a 
decrease of seven percent from comparable 1996 margins of $617.1 
million, excluding 1996 non-recurring charges of $20.8 million, related 
to the Company's merger (Vigoro Merger) with The Vigoro Corporation 
(Vigoro),discussed in more detail below.

Earnings from continuing operations in 1997, excluding the Main Pass 
write-down of $112.2 million, or $1.19 per share, were $182.0 million, 
or $1.92 per share.  Net earnings, which included: (i) the Main Pass 
write-down; (ii) earnings from discontinued operations of $18.0 
million, or $0.19 per share; and (iii) an extraordinary charge of $24.9 
million, or $0.26 per share, related to the early extinguishment of 
high-cost debt, were $62.9 million, or $0.67 per share.  

In 1996, earnings from continuing operations, excluding non-recurring 
charges related to the Vigoro Merger, as well as costs associated with, 
among other things, a corporate restructuring, other asset valuations 
and environmental issues of $59.9 million, or $0.62 per share, were 
$181.6 million, or $1.87 per share.   Net earnings, which included: (i) 
the non-recurring charges referred to above; (ii) earnings from 
discontinued operations of $13.5 million, or $0.14 per share; and (iii) 
an extraordinary charge of $8.1 million, or $0.08 per share, were 
$127.1 million, or $1.31 per share.  

Sales and earnings for 1997 were driven by record-level sales by Kalium 
offset by a decline in sales at Phosphates. Kalium's net sales 
increased 33 percent while Phosphates' net sales decreased 11 percent.

<PAGE>

For more detail on all the charges discussed above, see Note 2, 
"Acquisitions," Note 3, "Non-Recurring Charges," Note 4, "Discontinued 
Operations," Note 5, "Other Divestitures" and Note 13, "Financing 
Arrangements," of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

<TABLE>
IMC-AGRICO PHOSPHATES
- - ---------------------
(Dollars in millions)
<CAPTION>
                                                          % Increase
                         Years ended December 31,         (Decrease)
                    ------------------------------------------------
                       1998        1997       1996       1998   1997
                       ----        ----       ----       ----   ----
<S>                 <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>    <C>
Net sales           $1,572.8     $1,484.8   $1,661.3       6    (11)
Gross margins       $  375.6(c)  $  298.7   $  411.4(d)   26    (27)
As a percentage 
 of net sales            24%          20%        25%		
Sales volumes 
 (000 tons)(a)         7,313        7,105      7,382       3     (4)
Average DAP price 
 per short ton(b)   $    178     $    176   $    186       1     (5)

(a)  Sales volumes include tons sold captively and represent dry 
     product tons, primarily DAP.	
(b)  FOB plant.
(c)  Before non-recurring charges of $17.2 million.		
(d)  Before non-recurring charges of $6.9 million.

</TABLE>
	
1998 Compared to 1997
Phosphates' net sales of $1,572.8 million in 1998 increased six percent 
from $1,484.8 million in 1997.  Increased shipments of concentrated 
phosphates contributed an additional $57.7 million to net sales.  The 
majority of the volume growth came from increased domestic shipments of 
diammonium phosphate (DAP) and granular monoammonium phosphate (GMAP), 
which each increased 17 percent, partially offset by decreased granular 
triple superphosphate (GTSP) volumes of 13 percent.  The increase in 
DAP and GMAP was primarily a result of a strong spring season, an 
increase in the number of supply contracts and spot sales to certain 
larger co-ops.  The decrease in GTSP was primarily the result of the 
availability in the marketplace of aggressively priced imports.

<PAGE>

International sales volumes rose slightly compared to the prior year as 
increased shipments of GMAP and merchant acid were partially offset by 
decreased shipments of DAP.  In addition, average sales realizations of 
concentrated phosphates, particularly DAP, favorably impacted net sales 
by $20.5 million.  Net sales were also favorably impacted by $6.6 
million due to higher domestic phosphate rock sales volumes.

Gross margins in 1998 of $375.6 million, excluding non-recurring 
charges of $17.2 million, climbed 26 percent from $298.7 million in 
1997, primarily as a result of the increased volumes and prices 
discussed above as well as favorable raw material costs.

1997 Compared to 1996
Phosphates' net sales of $1,484.8 million in 1997 decreased 11 percent 
from $1,661.3 million in 1996.  Decreased sales volumes of concentrated 
phosphates caused a decline in net sales of $45.0 million.  The 
majority of the decline came from reduced domestic shipments of DAP and 
GTSP, which declined 17 and 11 percent, respectively, offset by 
increased GMAP volumes of 18 percent.  The decline in DAP and GTSP 
volumes was primarily due to overall weakened demand and a focus on 
higher margin GMAP opportunities.  International sales volumes were 
relatively flat in 1997 compared to 1996, as decreased shipments of DAP 
and GTSP were offset by increased shipments of GMAP.  In addition, 
average sales realizations of concentrated phosphates, particularly 
DAP, unfavorably impacted net sales by $49.2 million.  Net sales were 
also unfavorably impacted by $56.7 million due to lower phosphate rock 
sales volumes as a result of the Company's strategic decision to phase 
out third-party sales of phosphate rock.  This action was taken to 
maximize relative values of rock and concentrated phosphates by 
utilizing high-quality reserves for internal upgrading.

Gross margins declined 27 percent in 1997 to $298.7 million from $411.4 
million, excluding non-recurring charges of $6.9 million in 1996, 
primarily due to the lower volumes and prices discussed above.  In 
addition, gross margins reflected the benefit of a change to 
market-based acid pricing to Feed Ingredients.

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
IMC KALIUM
- - ----------
(Dollars in millions)
<CAPTION>
                                                           %Increase
                               Years ended December 31,    (Decrease)
                           ------------------------------------------
                             1998      1997      1996       1998 1997
                             ----      ----      ----       ---- ----
<S>                        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>  <C>
Net sales                  $ 700.1    $ 617.4    $ 464.8     13   33
Gross margins              $ 283.1    $ 237.7    $ 159.8(c)  19   49
As a percentage of net 
 sales                         40%        39%        34%		
Sales volumes 
 (000 tons)(a)               8,485      8,941      7,290     (5)  23
Average potash price per 
 short ton(b)              $    81    $    70    $    64     16    9
 
(a)  Sales volumes include tons sold captively.
(b)  FOB plant/mine.
(c)  Before non-recurring charges of $7.9 million.	
</TABLE>

1998 Compared to 1997
Kalium's net sales increased 13 percent to $700.1 million in 1998 from 
$617.4 million in 1997.  This increase resulted from acquisitions made 
by the Company as well as price increases during the year, partially 
offset by decreased volumes.  Sales for 1998 included a full year of 
operating results for Western Ag-Minerals (Western Ag), which was 
acquired in September 1997.  The Company also acquired a salt 
evaporation facility located in Ogden, Utah as part of the Harris 
Acquisition in April 1998.  The incremental sales in 1998 from these 
two acquisitions contributed $80.0 million.  Average sales realizations 
increased 16 percent as a result of price increases effective in March 
and September 1998.  Sales volumes decreased by five percent as a 
result of a decrease in domestic sales volumes of nine percent 
partially offset by an increase in international volumes of five 
percent.  Domestic sales volumes declined as a result of low demand for 
agricultural products due to an excellent harvest coupled with low 
commodity prices, while the increase in international sales volumes was 
attributable to greater potash exports to Brazil and China.  The 
increase in average sales realizations, partially offset by decreased 
volumes, favorably impacted net sales by $3.0 million.

<PAGE>

Gross margins of $283.1 million in 1998 increased 19 percent compared 
with $237.7 million in 1997, primarily as a result of the acquisitions 
and price increases discussed above.

1997 Compared to 1996
Kalium's net sales increased 33 percent to $617.4 million in 1997 from 
$464.8 million in 1996 as a result of higher volumes and prices.  
Domestic volumes grew 22 percent, or $67.4 million, primarily due to 
additional corn acreage planted in 1997, favorable weather conditions 
and anticipated corn price increases.  Internationally, increased 
volumes favorably impacted net sales by $38.2 million primarily as the 
result of higher demand from China.  Average sales realizations 
increased nine percent, or $41.6 million, as a result of a series of 
price increases during the year.   In addition, the inclusion of salt 
sales in 1997 favorably impacted net sales by $5.4 million.

Gross margins of $237.7 million in 1997 increased 49 percent compared 
to 1996 margins of $159.8 million, excluding 1996 non-recurring charges 
of $7.9 million, primarily as a result of the volume and price 
increases discussed above.

IMC SALT

The Salt business unit was established in April 1998 concurrent with 
the Harris Acquisition; consequently, operating results for the year 
ended December 31, 1998 included only partial year activity.  The 
Harris Acquisition established the Company as one of the leaders in the 
salt industry.  See Note 2, "Acquisitions," of Notes to Consolidated 
Financial Statements.

Salt's net sales for 1998 were $175.0 million with gross margins of 
$57.0 million.  These results were lower than comparable pre-
acquisition amounts in 1997 of $182.8 million and $66.6 million, 
respectively, primarily due to mild weather conditions.

OTHER

1998 Compared to 1997
The Company's net sales and gross margins in 1998 included results from 
the Chemicals, Feed Ingredients and IMC Vigoro business units. 
Chemicals, with 1998 sales and margins of $311.8 million and $40.8 
million, respectively, was established concurrent with the Harris

<PAGE>

Acquisition in April 1998; consequently, operating results for the year 
ended December 31, 1998 included only partial year activity.  In 
December 1998, a definitive agreement was signed to sell the Chemicals 
business unit with the Company retaining an ongoing minority economic 
interest.  Additionally, sales for Feed Ingredients remained relatively 
flat and margins decreased slightly as a result of a change in the 
price of purchased acid from Phosphates in mid-1997. The divestiture of 
IMC Vigoro in June 1998 partially offset the increases in net sales and 
gross margins discussed above.  See Note 2, "Acquisitions" and Note 5, 
"Other Divestitures," of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.  

1997 Compared to 1996
Net sales for 1997 included the Feed Ingredients and IMC Vigoro 
businesses and remained relatively unchanged from 1996 levels. 

Gross margins in 1997 were negatively impacted by increased costs at 
Feed Ingredients as a result of a change in the price in mid-1997 of 
acid purchased from Phosphates coupled with inventory write-offs at IMC 
Vigoro.
<TABLE>
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES
- - --------------------------------------------
(In millions)
<CAPTION>
                                                          % Increase
                              Years ended December 31,    (Decrease)
                            -----------------------------------------
                              1998      1997      1996    1998   1997
                              ----      ----      ----    ----   ----
<S>                         <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>    <C>
Selling, general and 
 administrative expenses    $ 159.6(a)$ 131.8   $ 132.4(b) 21      -

(a)  Before non-recurring charges of $9.9 million.
(b)  Before non-recurring charges of $0.2 million.
</TABLE>

1998 Compared to 1997
The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses for 1998 
as compared to 1997 primarily resulted from the Harris Acquisition in 
April 1998, partially offset by an overall reduction in general 
corporate spending and the divestiture of IMC Vigoro in June 1998.  See 
Note 2, "Acquisitions" and Note 5, "Other Divestitures," of Notes to 
Consolidated Financial Statements.

<PAGE>

1997 Compared to 1996
Selling, general and administrative expenses for 1997 remained 
consistent with 1996.

MERGER AND RESTRUCTURING CHARGES

During the fourth quarter of 1998, the Company developed and began 
execution of a plan to improve profitability (Restructuring Plan or 
Project Profit).  The Restructuring Plan was comprised of four major 
initiatives: (i) the combination of the potash and phosphates business 
units in an effort to realize certain operating and staff function 
synergies; (ii) restructuring of the phosphate rock mining, 
concentrated phosphate and salt production/distribution operations and 
processes in an effort to reduce costs; (iii) simplification of the 
current business activities by eliminating businesses not deemed part 
of the Company's core competencies; and (iv) reduction of operational 
and corporate headcount.  In conjunction with the Restructuring Plan, 
the Company recorded pre-tax charges totaling $193.3 million ($162.0 
million net of minority interest) in the fourth quarter of 1998.

As a result of the specific plans described below, the Company expects 
to increase operating earnings in excess of an estimated $100.0 million 
over the next two years, with approximately half of that amount 
expected to be realized in 1999.  The increase in earnings is 
anticipated to result from simplification of the business, shut-down of 
high-cost operations, exit from low-margin businesses and headcount 
reductions.  The Restructuring Plan (shown below in tabular format) 
primarily relates to the following:

Asset impairments
Project Profit included the removal of property, plant and equipment, 
as well as the write-down to fair value of those assets made obsolete 
due to the decision to close certain facilities and forego or abandon 
certain mineral properties.  In order to determine the write-down of 
assets affected by the Restructuring Plan, and in accordance with 
Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (SFAS) No. 121, "Accounting 
for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be 
Disposed Of," the Company performed an assessment of future cash flows 
and, accordingly, adjusted the assets to their appropriate fair values.  

<PAGE>

The majority of the impairment occurred at Phosphates' Florida 
production facilities where property, plant and equipment was written 
down by approximately $64.4 million to fair value.  Phosphates 
developed a new strategic mine plan (Mine Plan) which identified asset 
reductions, lower operating costs and optimal phosphate rock management 
as key drivers in the restructuring of operations.  The write-down of 
impaired assets in connection with the Mine Plan primarily consisted of 
facilities, production equipment, operating supplies, land and mineral 
reserves.  

Salt recorded an $11.2 million write-down of property, plant and 
equipment at its Kansas and Canadian locations, as a result of the 
decision to consolidate certain facilities and achieve operating 
efficiencies.  The majority of the write-down related to production 
equipment.  The remaining $0.4 million of asset impairments was 
recorded at Feed Ingredients for the permanent closure of a limestone 
rock production facility.        

The $76.0 million in asset impairment charges included $31.8 million 
pertaining to assets which will continue to be utilized until their 
respective disposal dates, primarily within the first nine months of 
1999.  The estimated fair value of these assets, which will be 
depreciated over their respective remaining periods of service, 
reflected estimated operating net cash flows until disposition.

Non-employee exit costs
In accordance with the objective of the Mine Plan, to optimize 
phosphate rock management, Phosphates decided to permanently close a 
high-cost phosphate rock mine.  As a result of this decision, the 
Company recorded a charge of $18.4 million for the demolition and other 
incremental costs of closure of the mine.  The closure costs included 
approximately $15.5 million for incremental environmental land 
reclamation of the surrounding mined-out areas. The Company expects the 
demolition and closure activities to be essentially completed by the 
end of the third quarter of 1999.  

The Company also decided to close certain production operations in 
connection with the Restructuring Plan, principally the uranium and 
urea operations of Phosphates.  This decision was based on an analysis 
of the future outlook for these products, taking into consideration 
whether the operations were part of the Company's core businesses.  
These operations were determined to be non-core businesses and the 
Company recorded charges of approximately $12.8 million for demolition 
and closure, including environmental costs, of the uranium and urea

<PAGE>

production facilities. Additionally, environmental and closure costs of 
$2.4 million have been recognized for the planned closure of one of the 
Company's evaporated salt production facilities.  The Company expects 
the demolition and closure activities to be completed by late-1999.  
Other various exit costs totaled $7.3 million.  

In connection with the Restructuring Plan, the Company decided to 
discontinue its transportation of ammonia from Louisiana to its 
phosphate operations in Florida.  This decision was based on current 
market conditions which secured the availability of ammonia to the 
Company and which made the high-cost transportation of ammonia from 
Louisiana to Florida unnecessary.  As a result, the Company recorded a 
charge of $13.2 million for the net present value of costs associated 
with permanently idling leased equipment used in the transportation of 
ammonia from Louisiana. 

Employee headcount reductions
As part of the Restructuring Plan, headcount reductions were 
implemented at the Phosphates, Feed Ingredients, Salt and Kalium 
operations, as well as at the Company's corporate headquarters.  
Certain of these reductions were a result of the closing and/or exiting 
of production operations, as discussed above.  To facilitate headcount 
reductions, the Company offered a voluntary retirement program for 
eligible employees.  In addition, certain involuntary eliminations of 
positions, which were communicated prior to December 31, 1998, were 
necessary in order to achieve desired staffing levels.  A total of 185 
employees accepted the voluntary retirement plan by December 31, 1998, 
with 112 of those employees having left the Company as of that date.  
The remaining voluntarily terminated employees will leave the Company 
by June 1999.  Additionally, a total of 454 employees were 
involuntarily terminated and had left the Company by the end of 
February 1999.  Virtually all severance payments were disbursed 
subsequent to December 31, 1998. 

As a result of the employee terminations necessitated by the 
Restructuring Plan, settlement, curtailment and special termination 
charges of $19.7 million were recorded in accordance with SFAS No. 88, 
"Employers' Accounting for Settlements and Curtailments of Defined 
Benefit Pension Plans and for Termination Benefits."  The related 
liabilities have been classified in Other noncurrent liabilities in the 
Company's Consolidated Balance Sheet.  See Note 15, "Pension Plans and 
Other Benefits," of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

<PAGE>

Inventories and spare parts of exited businesses
Phosphates recorded charges of approximately $17.2 million to reduce 
the carrying value of finished goods inventories on-hand to net 
realizable value at December 31, 1998, as a result of the decision to 
exit certain businesses.        

The Restructuring Plan included a major reduction in production assets 
primarily used in the Phosphates business.  The reduction was 
accomplished through the permanent shut-down of select mining 
facilities as well as a cut-back in concentrate facilities.  Given the 
reduction in facilities and the resulting decrease in production, 
historical levels of spare parts inventory that had been maintained by 
the Company were no longer necessary or warranted.  Therefore, the 
Company recorded a charge of $8.7 million for the write-off of spare 
parts inventory.   

Details of the restructuring charges were as follows:
<TABLE>
(In millions)
<CAPTION>
                                                 Activity
                                          --------------------
                              Restructuring                   Remaining
                                 Charges  Cash Paid   Non-cash  Accrual
                                 -------  ---------   --------  -------
<S>                              <C>      <C>         <C>       <C>
Asset impairments:
  Facilities closed prior to 
  December 31, 1998              $ 44.2    $    -     $ 44.2    $   -
  Facilities to be closed 
   in 1999                         31.8         -       31.8        -
				
Non-employee exit costs: 				
  Demolition and closure costs     33.6         -          -     33.6
  Idled leased transportation
   equipment                       13.2         -          -     13.2
  Other                             7.3       0.5        1.5      5.3
			
Employee headcount reductions:				
  Severance benefits               17.6       0.2          -     17.4
  Settlement, curtailment and 
   special termination benefits    19.7         -       19.7        -

<PAGE>
			
Inventories and spare parts 
 of exited businesses:				
  Finished goods inventories       17.2         -       17.2        -
  Spare parts inventories           8.7         -        8.7        -
                                 ------    ------     ------   ------
Total                            $193.3    $  0.7     $123.1   $ 69.5
                                 ======    ======     ======   ======
</TABLE>

All restructuring charges have been recorded as a separate line item on 
the Consolidated Statement of Operations, except for the finished goods 
inventory write-down which was recorded in Cost of goods sold.

<TABLE>
OTHER (INCOME) EXPENSE, NET
- - -------------------------------
(In millions)
<CAPTION>
                                                           % Increase
                           Years ended December 31,         (Decrease)
                      -------------------------------------------------
                         1998        1997       1996       1998    1997
                         ----        ----       ----       ----    ----
<S>                   <C>          <C>       <C>           <C>     <C>
Other (income) 
 expense, net         $ (3.9)(a)   $ (5.4)   $(22.5)(b)    (28)    (76)

(a)  Before a non-recurring loss on sale of Chemicals of $44.1 million.
(b)  Before non-recurring charges of $16.6 million.

</TABLE>

1998 Compared to 1997
The decrease in other income in 1998 as compared to 1997 resulted from 
increased debt fee amortization as a result of the issuance and 
refinancing of certain debt in conjunction with the Harris Acquisition.  
See Note 13, "Financing Arrangements," of Notes to Consolidated 
Financial Statements.

1997 Compared to 1996
Results for 1996 included gains on the sale of properties of $11.6 
million and higher interest income realized from short-term investments 
as compared to 1997.

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
INTEREST EXPENSE
- - ----------------
(In millions)
<CAPTION>
                                                            % Increase
                           Years ended December 31,         (Decrease)
                      -------------------------------------------------
                         1998        1997       1996       1998    1997
                         ----        ----       ----       ----    ----
<S>                    <C>        <C>         <C>          <C>     <C>
Interest expense       $ 176.0    $  40.2     $  43.6       n/m     (8)

n/m  not meaningful.

</TABLE>

1998 Compared to 1997
The increase in interest expense in 1998 compared with 1997 was 
attributable to debt assumed as part of the Harris Acquisition and the 
issuance of additional debt necessary to fund the purchase.  For 
additional detail, see "Capital Resources and Liquidity" as well as 
Note 2, "Acquisitions" and Note 13, "Financing Arrangements," of Notes 
to Consolidated Financial Statements.

1997 Compared to 1996
Interest expense for 1997 remained consistent with 1996.

<TABLE>
MINORITY INTEREST
- - -----------------
(In millions)
<CAPTION>
                                                            % Increase
                           Years ended December 31,         (Decrease)
                      -------------------------------------------------
                         1998        1997       1996       1998    1997
                         ----        ----       ----       ----    ----
<S>                    <C>         <C>        <C>          <C>     <C>

Minority interest      $  14.1     $ 124.4    $ 185.7      (89)    (33)

</TABLE>

<PAGE>
1998 Compared to 1997
The decrease in minority interest compared with 1997 was primarily the 
result of the merger between Freeport-McMoRan Inc. (FTX) and the 
Company (FTX Merger).  See Note 2, "Acquisitions" and Note 6, "Minority 
Interest," of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

1997 Compared to 1996
The decrease in minority interest compared with 1996 was primarily 
attributable to a reduction in IMC-Agrico Company (IMC-Agrico) earnings 
in 1997.

[CHART]

EBITDA(a)
- - ------
(In millions)

 1998          1997
 ----          ----

$825.6        $464.5

(a) Earnings from continuing operations before non-recurring charges, 
    minority interest, interest charges, taxes, depreciation and 
    amortization, and after PLP distributions.

[Chart]

Capital Expenditures
- - --------------------
(In millions)

 1998          1997
 ----          ----

$367.6        $244.0

[CHART]

Debt-to-Total Capitalization
- - ----------------------------

1998          1997
- - ----          ----

62.1%         42.4%

<PAGE>

                    CAPITAL RESOURCES AND LIQUIDITY 

The Company generates significant cash from operations and has 
sufficient borrowing capacity to meet its operating and discretionary 
spending requirements.   

Operating activities generated $269.1 million of cash in 1998 compared 
with $563.4 million in 1997.  The decrease of $294.3 million was 
primarily due to an increase in working capital. The Company's working 
capital ratio, excluding short-term debt and current maturities and 
assets of discontinued operations held for sale, was 2.4:1 as of 
December 31, 1998 compared with 2.2:1 as of December 31, 1997.  The 
change in working capital was the result of a build-up of inventories 
and the payment of previously settled litigation matters.

Net cash used in investing activities increased $383.1 million over 
1997 primarily due to acquisitions and increased capital expenditures, 
partially offset by $44.8 million of proceeds from the sale of IMC 
Vigoro.  The Company invested $393.3 million of cash to fund the Harris 
Acquisition in April 1998, which established the Company as a leading 
salt producer.  See Note 2, "Acquisitions" and Note 5, "Other 
Divestitures," of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.  

In 1998, the Company expended $367.6 million on mine expansion and 
development; oil and gas exploration and development; and system 
development and production equipment upgrades while in 1997 
expenditures of $244.0 million related to mine expansion and 
development as well as production equipment upgrades.  The increase of 
$123.6 million over 1997 was primarily due to the following: (i) PLP's 
share of McMoRan Exploration Co. (MMR), formerly McMoRan Oil & Gas Co. 
(MOXY), exploration and development costs of $44.4 million (see 
discussion below); (ii) enterprise-wide systems development 
expenditures of $28.2 million; and (iii) expenditures for Salt and 
Chemicals of $28.1 million and $17.6 million, respectively. The Company 
estimates that its capital expenditures for 1999 will approximate 
$230.0 million and will be financed primarily from operations.

In conjunction with the FTX Merger, the Company, through its interest 
in PLP, participates in an aggregate $210.0 million, multi-year oil and 
natural gas exploration program with MMR (Exploration Program).  In 
accordance with the Exploration Program, PLP, MMR and an individual 
investor (Investor) fund 56.4 percent, 37.6 percent and 6.0 percent, 
respectively, of the exploration costs.  As of December 31, 1998, PLP's 
total exploration spending-to-date was approximately $70.0 million.

<PAGE>

All revenue and other costs are allocated 47.0 percent to PLP, 48.0 
percent to MMR and 5.0 percent to the Investor.

Cash generated from financing activities increased $631.9 million in 
1998 from a use of funds of $190.4 million in 1997 to a source of funds 
of $441.5 million in 1998.  This increase in financing funds was 
primarily due to higher net debt proceeds in 1998 of $315.6 million, 
decreased stock repurchases of $184.4 million and decreased cash 
distributions to PLP of $135.4 million as a result of the Company's 
increased ownership in IMC-Agrico due to the FTX Merger.  During 1998, 
total borrowings increased to approximately $3.0 billion primarily due 
to the assumption and issuance of approximately $1.5 billion in debt 
related to the Harris Acquisition.  As part of a general debt 
restructuring subsequent to the Harris Acquisition, the Company issued 
approximately $1.1 billion in long-term notes and debentures with 
effective interest rates ranging from 6.50 percent to 7.625 percent 
with maturities from 2001 through 2018.  The debt restructuring reduced 
the Company's short-term borrowings, primarily commercial paper, and 
retired the higher rate debt assumed as part of the Harris Acquisition.  
Additionally, the Company will use anticipated proceeds from the 
pending divestitures of AgriBusiness and Chemicals to pay down existing 
debt.

As of December 31, 1998, the Company had the ability to borrow under a 
shelf registration statement which permitted the issuance of 
approximately $750.0 million of securities.  As of December 31, 1998, 
the Company also had $977.6 million of commercial paper outstanding 
supported by $1.5 billion of bank facilities.  See Note 13, "Financing 
Arrangements," of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Company may acquire shares of its stock on an ongoing basis and is 
authorized as of December 31, 1998 to purchase up to an additional 4.5 
million shares.  Management considers market conditions, alternate uses 
of cash and shareholder returns, among other factors, when evaluating 
the timing of share repurchases.

The Company's financial condition remains strong.  The Company believes 
that its cash, other liquid assets, operating cash flows and access to 
capital markets, taken together, provide adequate resources to fund 
ongoing operating requirements and future capital expenditures related 
to the expansion of and investment in existing businesses and 
development of new projects.


<PAGE>

                             MARKET RISK

The Company is exposed to the impact of interest rate changes, 
fluctuations in the functional currency of foreign operations, and the 
impact of fluctuations in the purchase price of natural gas consumed in 
operations, as well as changes in the market value of its financial 
instruments.  The Company periodically enters into derivatives in order 
to minimize these risks, but not for trading purposes.

The functional currency of all operations outside the United States is 
the respective local currency.  Foreign currency translation effects 
are included in Accumulated other comprehensive income in stockholders' 
equity.  The Company uses foreign currency forward exchange contracts, 
which typically expire within one year, to hedge transaction exposure 
related to United States dollar-denominated assets and liabilities.  
Realized gains and losses on these contracts are recognized in the same 
period as the hedged transaction.  The Company had foreign currency 
forward exchange contracts outstanding as of December 31, 1998 and 1997 
with notional amounts of $106.2 million and $183.8 million, 
respectively, which approximated fair value.  

The Company conducted sensitivity analyses of its derivatives and other 
financial instruments assuming the following: (i) a one percentage 
point adverse change in interest rates; (ii) a ten percent adverse 
change in foreign currency exchange rates; and (iii) a ten percent 
adverse change in the purchase price of natural gas, all from their 
levels at December 31, 1998.  Holding all other variables constant, the 
hypothetical adverse changes would not materially affect the Company's 
financial position.  These analyses did not consider the effects of the 
reduced level of economic activity that could exist in such an 
environment and certain other factors.

Further, in the event of a change of such magnitude, management would 
likely take actions to further mitigate its exposure to possible 
changes.  However, due to the uncertainty of the specific actions that 
would be taken and their possible effects, the sensitivity analyses 
assume no changes in the Company's financial structure.

                             CONTINGENCIES

Reference is made to Note 20, "Contingencies," of Notes to Consolidated 
Financial Statements.

<PAGE>

              ENVIRONMENTAL, HEALTH AND SAFETY  MATTERS 


The Company's Program
The Company has adopted the following Environmental, Health and Safety 
(EHS) Policy (Policy):

     As a key to the Company's success, the Company is committed     
     to the pursuit of excellence in health and safety, and 
     environmental stewardship.  Every employee will strive to 
     continuously improve the Company's performance and to 
     minimize adverse environmental, health and safety impacts. 
     The Company will proactively comply with all environmental, 
     health and safety laws and regulations.

This Policy is the cornerstone of the Company's comprehensive EHS plan 
(EHS Plan) to achieve sustainable, predictable, measurable and 
verifiable EHS performance.  Integral elements of the EHS Plan include: 
(i) improving the Company's EHS procedures and protocols; (ii) 
upgrading its related facilities and staff; (iii) performing baseline 
and verification audits; (iv) formulating improvement plans; and (v) 
assuring management accountability.  The Company has adopted a three-
year phased approach to initial implementation of this EHS Plan.  Each 
of the Company's business units is in a different stage of EHS 
integration, with the recently acquired operations just beginning the 
process. In the fourth year of the EHS Plan and beyond, the Company 
will conduct verification audits to confirm that the business units 
have implemented the program and have achieved regulatory compliance, 
continuous improvement and integration of EHS management into day-to-
day business functions.  The Company's goal is to implement a 
harmonized EHS system that supports the Company's position as a 
proactive, effective and efficient corporate citizen.

Through the EHS Plan, the Company endeavors to ensure that it satisfies 
its obligations.  As a producer and distributor of crop nutrients and 
salt, the Company is subject to a myriad of international, federal, 
state, provincial and local EHS laws in the United States, Canada and 
Europe. These ever-evolving standards regulate, or propose to regulate: 
(i) the content and use of products; (ii) the conduct of mining and 
production operations including employee safety procedures; (iii) the 
management and handling of raw materials; (iv) air and water quality;

<PAGE>

(v) disposal of hazardous and solid wastes; and (vi) post-mining land 
reclamation.  For new regulatory programs, it is difficult to ascertain 
future compliance obligations or estimate future costs until 
implementing regulations have been finalized and definitive regulatory 
interpretations have been adopted.  The Company believes that the EHS 
Plan will respond to these regulatory requirements while minimizing EHS 
risk and associated costs.  Nevertheless, there can be no assurance 
that unexpected or additional costs, penalties, or liabilities will not 
be incurred.

The Company has expended, and anticipates that it will continue to 
expend, substantial resources, both financial and managerial, to comply 
with EHS standards.  In 1999, environmental capital expenditures will 
total approximately $55.0 million, primarily related to: (i) 
installation of a new mine shaft at Cote Blanche, Louisiana; (ii) 
construction of wastewater treatment areas in Florida; (iii) 
modification and construction projects associated with phosphogypsum 
stacks at the concentrates plants in Florida and in Louisiana; and (iv) 
remediation of contamination at current or former operations.  
Additional expenditures for land reclamation activities will total 
approximately $19.0 million.  In 2000, the Company expects 
environmental capital expenditures will be approximately $49.0 million 
and expenditures for land reclamation activities to be approximately 
$20.0 million.  Based on current information, it is the opinion of 
management that the Company's contingent liability arising from EHS 
matters, taking into account established reserves, will not have a 
material adverse effect on the Company's financial position or results 
of operations.  However, no assurance can be given that greater-than-
anticipated EHS expenditures will not be required in 1999 or in the 
future.

Product Requirements and Impacts
The Company's primary businesses include the production and sale of 
crop nutrients and salt.  International, federal, state and provincial 
standards:  (i) require registration of all crop nutrient products and 
certain salt products before those products can be sold; (ii) impose 
labeling requirements on those products; and (iii) require producers to 
manufacture the products to formulations set forth on the labels. 
Various environmental, natural resource and public health agencies at 
all regulatory levels have begun evaluating alleged environmental 
impacts that might arise from the handling and use of products such as 
those manufactured by the Company.  Most of these evaluations are in 
the initial stages.  Some agencies have implemented or are considering 
standards that may restrict customers' use of the Company's products 
because of the alleged impacts; however, it is unclear whether the

<PAGE>

evaluations will result in additional regulatory requirements for the 
industry, including the Company.  At this preliminary stage, the 
Company cannot estimate the potential impact of these standards on the 
market for the Company's products or on the expenditures that may be 
necessary to meet new requirements.

Operating Requirements and Impacts

Permitting
The Company holds numerous environmental and other permits authorizing 
operations at each of its facilities.  A decision by a government 
agency to deny an application for a new or renewed permit, or to revoke 
or substantially modify an existing permit, could have a material 
adverse effect on the Company's ability to continue operations at the 
affected facility.  Expansion of Company operations also is predicated 
upon securing the necessary environmental or other permits.  The United 
States Environmental Protection Agency has recently proposed guidance 
that would allow organizations or communities to challenge federally 
authorized permits on the basis that those permits would have a 
disproportionate impact on minority or low-income communities.  This 
guidance could impact the ability of the Company's operations to obtain 
timely permits, particularly in Louisiana.

In addition, over the next two to six years, Phosphates will be 
continuing its efforts to obtain permits in support of its anticipated 
Florida mining operations at the Ona and Pine Level properties.  These 
properties contain in excess of 100 million tons of phosphate rock 
reserves.  For years, the Company has successfully permitted mining 
properties in Florida and anticipates that it will be able to permit 
these properties.  Nevertheless, a denial of these permits or the 
issuance of permits with cost-prohibitive conditions would adversely 
impact the Company by preventing it from mining at Ona or Pine Level.

Mining Operations 
A significant number of EHS standards govern the Company's phosphate, 
potash and salt mining activities and the Company is in substantial 
compliance with these standards.  In October 1997, however, Phosphates 
received three notices from the United States Army Corps of Engineers 
(Corps) alleging that the Company had violated the permits authorizing 
phosphate mining in certain wetland areas.  After an internal audit of 
its Corps permits, the Company notified the Corps that the Company had 
inadvertently disturbed, without permits, additional wetlands over

<PAGE>

which the Corps had asserted jurisdiction. The Company has had 
discussions with the Corps to resolve these issues.  A settlement 
agreement is pending and the Company does not expect that the 
settlement will have a material adverse effect on the Company's 
financial condition or operations.

Several regulatory agencies have begun to review potential health 
impacts of diesel emissions in mining operations.  The Province of 
Ontario has adopted and the Mine Safety and Health Administration has 
proposed limits of exposure to diesel emissions for all underground 
mining operations including salt and potash.  Moreover, in 1998, the 
National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) conducted 
a study to determine whether exposure to exhaust generated by diesel 
equipment used in underground mining operations results in health 
effects. This study involved a review of Kalium's two potash mines in 
Carlsbad, New Mexico.  The Company cannot estimate the extent of 
expenditures that may be necessary to address conclusions of the NIOSH 
study or additional regulatory standards that may arise.

Management of Residual Materials
Potash, salt and phosphate mining and processing generate residual 
materials that must be managed. Potash tailings, which contain 
primarily salt, iron and clay, are stored in surface disposal sites. 
Salt residuals are managed in piles.  Phosphate mining residuals such 
as overburden and sand tailings are used in reclamation, while clay 
residuals are deposited in clay ponds.  Phosphate processing produces 
phosphogypsum which is stored in phosphogypsum stack systems. The 
Company has incurred and will continue to incur significant costs to 
manage its potash, salt and phosphate residual materials in accordance 
with environmental laws, regulations and permit requirements.

For potash and salt residuals in Saskatchewan, the Department of 
Environmental and Resource Management (Department) published 
regulations in 1994 requiring all mine operators to obtain approval of 
facility decommissioning and reclamation plans that would cover all 
mine facilities, including salt piles and potash tailings management 
areas.  As part of these plans, the Department will require operators 
to provide financial assurance that the plans will be carried out, 
although the financial assurance mechanism has not been specified.

<PAGE>

Along with other members of the potash industry, the Company filed 
decommissioning plans for its three Saskatchewan potash mines in 1997.  
The Department rejected all industry plans that did not provide for the 
underground disposal of surface tailings.  The potash industry is 
cooperating with the Department to evaluate technically feasible 
disposal alternatives besides underground disposal.  Although costs for 
decommissioning are likely to be significant, the Company does not 
anticipate expending such funds in the foreseeable future because 
implementation of the decommissioning plans is deferred until an 
agreement is reached with the Department over the appropriate technical 
approach.  Like all members of the potash industry, the Company is 
unable to predict with certainty the financial impact of these 
regulations on the Company due to the anticipated life of each mine, 
potential advances in tailings management technology and changes from 
time to time in rules and regulations.

The Company's Saskatchewan salt mine also submitted its decommissioning 
plan in 1997.  The plan was conditionally approved because it provided 
for dissolution and reinjection of the facility's residual salt pile.  
The dissolution process has begun; however, the Department still has 
not specified the type of financial assurance that it will require from 
the salt mine facility. 

With regard to phosphate processing, Florida law may require Phosphates 
to close one or more of its unlined phosphogypsum stacks and/or 
associated cooling ponds after March 25, 2001 if the stack system or 
pond is demonstrated to cause an exceedance of Florida's groundwater 
quality standards.  Phosphates has already begun closure activities at 
its unlined gypsum stack at its New Wales facility in central Florida. 
Phosphates cannot predict at this time whether Florida law will require 
closure of any of its other stack systems.  The costs of such closure 
could be significant.  In addition, Phosphates currently operates an 
unlined cooling pond at New Wales.  Monitoring indicates that 
discharges from the unlined cooling pond are within Florida goundwater 
standards.  As a result, Phosphates is seeking a permit to continue 
operating this pond.  The Company anticipates that the permit will be 
granted during the second quarter of 1999.  However, if Phosphates does 
not receive the permit, it will need to line or relocate the cooling 
pond, which is estimated to cost approximately $50.0 million.

On-Site Remedial Activities
Many of the Company's currently, and formerly, owned facilities have 
been in operation for a number of years.  The historical use and 
handling of regulated chemical substances, crop nutrient products and

<PAGE>

salt at these facilities by the Company and predecesssor operators has 
resulted in soil and groundwater contamination.  In addition, through 
the FTX Merger, the Company has assumed responsibility for 
contamination at some crop nutrient or oil and gas facilities that were 
operated by FTX, PLP or their predecessors.

Spills or other unintended releases of regulated substances have 
occurred previously at these facilities, and potentially could occur in 
the future, possibly requiring the Company to undertake or fund cleanup 
efforts.  At some locations, the Company has agreed, pursuant to 
consent orders with the appropriate governmental agencies, to undertake 
certain investigations, which currently are in progress, to determine 
whether remedial action may be required to address contamination.

Material expenditures could be required by the Company in the future to 
remediate the contamination at these current or former sites. It is the 
Company's policy to accrue environmental investigatory and non-capital 
remediation costs for identified sites when litigation has commenced or 
a claim or assessment has been asserted or is probable and the 
likelihood of an unfavorable outcome is probable.  The Company cannot 
determine the cost of any remedial action that ultimately may be 
required at unknown sites, sites currently under investigation, sites 
for which investigations have not been performed, or sites at which 
unanticipated conditions are discovered.

The Company believes that, pursuant to several indemnification 
agreements, it is entitled to at least partial, and in many instances 
complete, indemnification for a portion of the costs that may be 
expended by the Company to remedy environmental issues at certain 
facilities.  These agreements address issues that resulted from 
activities occurring prior to the Company's acquisition of facilities 
or businesses from parties including PPG Industries, Inc.; Kaiser 
Aluminum & Chemical Corporation; Beatrice Companies, Inc.; Estech, 
Inc.; ARCO; Conoco; the Williams Companies; Kerr-McGee Inc.; and 
certain other private parties.  The Company has already received and 
anticipates receiving amounts pursuant to the indemnification 
agreements for certain of its expenses incurred to date as well as 
future anticipated expenditures.

Off-Site Remedial Activities 
In addition to impacting the sites at which the Company has operated, 
several parties have alleged that the Company's historic operations 
have resulted in contamination to neighboring off-site areas.

<PAGE>

In Louisiana, three lawsuits filed in 1998 contend that former oil and 
gas operations of FTX, its subsidiaries and other defendants resulted 
in damage to marshland:  Terrebone Parish School Board v. Texaco Inc.; 
Estate of Simoneaux v. Southern Natural Gas Co.; and Michael X. St. 
Martin v. Quintana Petroleum Corp.  These suits seek unspecified 
damages for restoration of the marshes to their "pre-leased," "pre-
operational," or "natural" conditions.  Because the suits are in the 
early stages, it is difficult to determine the magnitude of exposure to 
the Company; however, the Company intends to vigorously contest these 
actions.

Superfund
The Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act 
(Superfund)imposes liability, without regard to fault or to the 
legality of a party's conduct, on certain categories of persons that 
are considered to have contributed to the release of "hazardous 
substances" into the environment.  Currently, the Company is involved 
or concluding involvement at less than 20 Superfund sites.  The 
Company's liability at these sites, either alone or in the aggregate, 
is not currently expected to be material.  As more information is 
obtained regarding these sites and the potentially responsible parties 
involved, this expectation could change.

                     YEAR 2000 READINESS DISCLOSURE

Like other businesses dependent on modern technology, the Company must 
address potential Year 2000-related issues.  The Company is progressing 
through a comprehensive program (Year 2000 Program) to evaluate and 
address the impact of Year 2000-related issues on its operational 
systems, business application software, computer hardware, facilities 
infrastructure and equipment with embedded technology, and Year 2000-
related risks associated with its vendors and customers.  

The Company's Year 2000-related effort is a cooperative venture 
coordinated among business units and appropriate members of the 
Company's senior management.  Progress reviews are held regularly with 
senior management and the Board of Directors.  As an additional step, 
the Company has created the position of Year 2000 Risk Manager to 
provide Company-wide leadership, oversight and coordination of its Year 
2000 project. 


<PAGE>

State of Readiness
The Company is using both internal and external resources to implement 
its Year 2000 Program, which includes the following overlapping phases: 
(i) system inventory and analysis; (ii) remediation, testing and 
implementation; and (iii) vendor and customer review.  The Company 
expects that its Year 2000 Program will be substantially complete by 
the end of the third quarter of 1999. 

System Inventory and Analysis Phase  
The system inventory and analysis phase consists of compiling a 
detailed inventory of all of the Company's systems and platforms to 
determine which items are date sensitive, affected by the Year 2000, 
and therefore require remediation.  Each of the Company's business 
units has focused specifically on the following seven target areas: (i) 
business application software; (ii) mainframe hardware and software; 
(iii) network servers; (iv) desktop environment; (v) network and 
telephone systems; (vi) non-information technology assets and 
facilities; and (vii) major suppliers and service providers.  This 
analysis has involved both an internal assessment conducted by Company 
engineers, technicians and business unit managers, as well as contact 
with the manufacturers of computer systems and equipment used by the 
Company in its operations.  Each of the Company's business units has 
substantially completed its system inventory and analysis phase.  The 
principal business application systems requiring remediation that were 
identified by the Company during this stage include the following 
systems: (i) equipment maintenance; (ii) spare parts inventory; (iii) 
distribution; (iv) customer order entry; and (v) financial/accounting.  
In addition,  some Company plants have identified certain production 
control systems that will require Year 2000-related remediation in 
order to remain operative. 

Remediation, Testing and Implementation Phase  
The remediation, testing and implementation phase involves determining 
and implementing a remediation method (upgrade, replace or discontinue) 
that is most appropriate for each specific date-sensitive item.   The 
remediated item is then tested and returned to normal operations when 
Year 2000-related issues have been addressed.  Testing includes 
functional testing of remedial measures and regression testing to 
validate that changes have not altered existing functionality.  Several 
system manufacturers have provided testing procedures for their 
equipment and have been available for consultations about Year 2000-
related testing.  In certain cases, the Company has also retained 
special consultants to assist with its remediation efforts. 

<PAGE>

As a separate initiative, the Company is implementing its Global Vision 
Project, an enterprise-wide resource planning (ERP) software package.  
Its scope includes accounts payable, inventory, purchasing, general 
ledger, payroll, human resources and plant maintenance.  This new ERP 
software and the improvements to the infrastructure hardware required 
to support the Global Vision Project should further remediate issues 
associated with the Year 2000.  The Company expects all of its business 
units to have substantially completed the remediation, testing and 
implementation phase in the third quarter of 1999. 

Vendor and Customer Review Phase 
Vendor reviews consist of assessing vendor readiness, and if necessary, 
identifying alternate channels to receive critical materials and/or 
supplies.  Each business unit has developed a questionnaire that has 
been submitted to its primary suppliers and vendors to determine their 
Year 2000-related status.  The business units are currently analyzing 
the information provided in these responses, and will determine the 
best way to address any specific issues.  As an additional precaution, 
each business unit's purchase orders now contain a Year 2000-related 
clause to help ensure that any newly purchased equipment adequately 
addresses Year 2000-related issues.  

Although the Company is attempting to monitor and validate the efforts 
of other parties, it may not have control over the success of these 
efforts.  In the event that satisfactory commitments from key suppliers 
are not received, the Company is forming plans for the continuing 
availability of critical materials and supplies through alternate 
channels.  In general, however, the Company is satisfied with the 
progress made by key vendors to date and no critical issues have been 
identified.  

In addition to investigating the Company's key suppliers, the Company's 
business units are also contacting key customers to explain the 
Company's Year 2000-related efforts and to solicit certain information 
about each customer's Year 2000-related efforts to assess potential 
Year 2000-related problems that could affect future orders from such 
customers. 
 
Costs
The Company does not currently expect that the costs of addressing its 
Year 2000-related issues will have a material effect on its financial 
position, results of operations or liquidity.  Modification costs for 
Year 2000-related issues are expensed as incurred and are funded 
through operating cash flows.  In a few limited instances, some

<PAGE>

business units have deferred certain non-Year 2000-related information 
technology projects due to their respective Year 2000-related efforts.  
The Company believes, however, that these deferred projects are not 
critical to its present or future financial performance or business 
operations.  The Company estimates its total Year 2000-related 
technology and non-information technology systems remediation costs to 
be approximately $6.0 million, of which approximately $2.0 million was 
expended in 1998.  The remaining costs will be incurred during 1999.  A 
sizable portion of these costs represent the redeployment of existing 
employee resources rather than incremental expenses. 

Risks
Progress reports on the Year 2000 Program are presented regularly to 
the Company's Board of Directors and senior management.  As the program 
continues, the Company may discover additional Year 2000-related 
challenges, including that remediation plans are not feasible or that 
the cost of such plans exceeds current expectations.  In many cases, 
the Company is relying on written assurances from vendors that the 
current systems are, or that new or upgraded systems acquired by the 
Company will adequately address Year 2000-related issues. The Company 
believes that one of its principal Year 2000-related risks is the 
effect Year 2000-related issues will have on its vendors, especially 
its utilities vendors.  A substantial part of the Company's day-to-day 
operations is dependent on power, transportation systems, and 
telecommunication services, as to which alternative sources of service 
may not be available.  The Company will continue to investigate the 
readiness of its suppliers, including utilities, and pursue the 
availability of alternatives to further diminish the extent of any 
impact Year 2000-related issues may have on the Company.  Although 
there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to complete all 
of the modifications in the required time frame or that no 
unanticipated events will occur, it is management's belief that the 
Company is taking adequate action to address Year 2000-related issues.  
However, because of the range of possible issues and the large number 
of variables involved, it is impossible to quantify the potential cost 
of problems should the Company's remediation efforts or the efforts of 
those it does business with not be successful.  If either the Company, 
or the Company's vendors, fail to adequately address Year 2000-related 
issues, the Company may suffer business interruptions.  If such 
interruptions cause the Company to be unable to fulfill its obligations 
to third parties, the Company may potentially be exposed to third-party 
liability.

<PAGE>

Contingency Planning
The Company is developing contingency measures to address the 
possibility that it will not have fully addressed Year 2000-related 
issues by December 31, 1999. Each of the Company's business units is 
developing a contingency plan based upon templates and suggested 
procedures that have been provided by the Year 2000 Risk Manager.  Each 
business unit contingency plan will identify the risk and document the 
steps that need to be taken to allow the Company to continue to meet 
the needs of its customers in the event of a Year 2000-related failure.  
The Company expects each business unit to complete its contingency plan 
by the end of the second quarter of 1999.

The above section, even if incorporated by reference into other 
documents or disclosures, is a Year 2000 Readiness Disclosure as 
defined under the Year 2000 Information and Readiness Disclosure Act of 
1998.

                  RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING GUIDANCE

In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued 
SFAS No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging 
Activities," which the Company is required to adopt effective January 
1, 2000.  SFAS No. 133 will require the Company to recognize all 
derivatives on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at fair value.  
Additionally, changes in derivative fair values will either: (i) be 
recognized in earnings as offsets to the changes in fair value of 
related hedged assets, liabilities and firm commitments; or (ii) for 
forecasted transactions, deferred and recorded as a component of 
accumulated other comprehensive income in stockholders' equity until 
the hedged transactions occur and then are recognized in earnings.  The 
ineffective portion of a derivative's change in fair value will be 
immediately recognized in earnings.  The Company does not believe the 
effect of adopting SFAS No. 133 will be material to its results of 
operations or financial position.

                      FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

All statements, other than statements of historical fact, contained 
within "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and 
Results of Operations" constitute "forward-looking statements" within 
the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.

<PAGE>

Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those 
expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements include, but are 
not limited to, the following: general business and economic conditions 
in the agricultural industry or in localities where the Company or its 
customers operate; weather conditions; the impact of competitive 
products; pressure on prices realized by the Company for its products; 
constraints on supplies of raw materials used in manufacturing certain 
of the Company's products; capacity constraints limiting the production 
of certain products; difficulties or delays in the development, 
production, testing and marketing of products; difficulties or delays 
in receiving required governmental and regulatory approvals; market 
acceptance issues, including the failure of products to generate 
anticipated sales levels; difficulties in integrating acquired 
businesses and in realizing related cost savings and other benefits; 
the effects of and change in trade, monetary and fiscal policies, laws 
and regulations; foreign exchange rates and fluctuations in those 
rates; the costs and effects of legal proceedings, including 
environmental, and administrative proceedings involving the Company; 
the completion of the Company's Year 2000 Program; and the other risk 
factors reported from time to time in the Company's Securities and 
Exchange Commission reports.


<PAGE>

                         REPORT OF MANAGEMENT
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------

Management of IMC Global Inc. is responsible for the preparation, 
integrity and fair presentation of the financial information included 
in this report.  The financial statements have been prepared in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and 
necessarily include certain amounts that are based on management's 
estimates and judgment.

Management is responsible for maintaining a system of internal 
accounting controls to provide reasonable assurance as to the integrity 
and reliability of the financial statements, the proper safeguarding 
and use of assets, and the accurate execution and recording of 
transactions.  Such controls are based on established policies and 
procedures and are implemented by trained personnel.  The system of 
internal accounting controls is monitored by the Company's internal 
auditors to confirm that the system is proper and operating 
effectively.  The Company's policies and procedures prescribe that the 
Company and its subsidiaries are to maintain ethical standards and that 
its business practices are to be consistent with those standards.

The Company's financial statements have been audited by Ernst & Young 
LLP, independent auditors.  Their audit was conducted in accordance 
with generally accepted auditing standards and included consideration 
of the Company's internal control system.  Management has made 
available to Ernst & Young LLP all of the Company's financial records 
and related data, as well as minutes of the meetings of the Board of 
Directors.  Management believes that all representations made to Ernst 
& Young LLP were valid and appropriate.

The Board of Directors, operating through its Audit Committee composed 
entirely of non-employee directors, provides oversight to the financial 
reporting process.  The Audit Committee meets periodically with 
management, the internal auditors and Ernst & Young LLP, jointly and 
separately, to review financial reporting matters, internal accounting 
controls and audit results to assure that all parties are properly 
fulfilling their responsibilities.  Both Ernst & Young LLP and the 
internal auditors have unrestricted access to the Audit Committee.


J. Bradford James                   Anne M. Scavone
Senior Vice President and           Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer             Controller


<PAGE>

                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of IMC Global Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of IMC 
Global Inc. as of December 31, 1998 and 1997 and the related 
consolidated statements of operations, cash flows and stockholders' 
equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 
1998.  These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility 
of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an 
opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing 
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit 
to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements 
are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a 
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the 
financial statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting 
principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well 
as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe 
that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above 
present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial 
position of IMC Global Inc. at December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the 
consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of 
the three years in the period ended December 31, 1998, in conformity 
with generally accepted accounting principles.



Ernst & Young LLP
Chicago, Illinois
January 28, 1999



<PAGE>
<TABLE>
                  CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------
(In millions, except per share amounts)
<CAPTION>
                                           Years ended December 31,
                                      --------------------------------
                                        1998        1997        1996
                                        ----        ----        ----
<S>                                   <C>         <C>         <C>
Net sales                             $2,696.2    $2,116.0    $2,143.3
Cost of goods sold                     1,957.8     1,541.1     1,547.0
                                      --------    --------    --------
Gross margins                            738.4       574.9       596.3
Selling, general and administrative 
 expenses                                169.5       131.8       132.6
Main Pass write-down                         -       183.7           -
Merger and restructuring charges         176.1           -        37.3
Exploration expenses                      20.9           -           -
                                      --------    --------    --------
Operating earnings                       371.9       259.4       426.4
Interest expense                         176.0        40.2        43.6
Other (income) expense, net               40.2        (5.4)       (5.9)
                                      --------    --------    --------
Earnings from continuing operations 
 before minority interest                155.7       224.6       388.7
Minority interest                         14.1       124.4       185.7
                                      --------    --------    --------
Earnings from continuing operations 
 before income taxes                     141.6       100.2       203.0
Provision for income taxes                84.5        30.4        81.3
                                      --------    --------    --------
Earnings from continuing operations       57.1        69.8       121.7

Discontinued operations:			
Earnings from discontinued operations      5.1        18.0        13.5
Estimated loss on disposal               (74.2)          -           -
                                      --------    --------    --------
Total earnings (loss) from 
 discontinued operations                 (69.1)       18.0        13.5
Earnings (loss) before 
 extraordinary item                      (12.0)       87.8       135.2
Extraordinary item - debt retirement       3.0       (24.9)       (8.1)
                                      --------    --------    --------
Net earnings (loss)                   $   (9.0)   $   62.9    $  127.1
                                      ========    ========    ========

<PAGE>

Basic earnings (loss) per share:			
Earnings from continuing operations   $   0.50    $   0.74    $   1.31
Total earnings (loss) from 
 discontinued operations                 (0.61)       0.19        0.15
Extraordinary item - debt retirement      0.03       (0.26)      (0.09)
                                      --------    --------    --------
Net earnings (loss) per share         $  (0.08)   $   0.67    $   1.37
                                      ========    ========    ========

Basic weighted average number of 
 shares outstanding                      114.2        94.0        92.7
			
Diluted earnings (loss) per share:			
Earnings from continuing operations   $   0.50    $   0.74    $   1.25
Total earnings (loss) from 
 discontinued operations                 (0.61)       0.19        0.14
Extraordinary item - debt retirement      0.03       (0.26)      (0.08)
                                       -------    --------    --------
Net earnings (loss) per share         $  (0.08)   $   0.67    $   1.31
                                      ========    ========    ========
Diluted weighted average number of 
 shares outstanding                      114.8        94.7        97.0

           See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

</TABLE>

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
                      CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------
(In millions, except per share amounts)
<CAPTION>
                                              As of December 31,
ASSETS                                        1998         1997
- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                        <C>          <C>
Current assets:		
Cash and cash equivalents                  $  110.6     $  109.7
Receivables, net                              421.5        288.1
Inventories, net                              580.6        592.8
Assets of discontinued operations 
 held for sale                                273.3            -
Deferred income taxes                          91.1         54.2
Other current assets                            5.5         17.4
                                           --------     --------
    Total current assets                    1,482.6      1,062.2
		
Property, plant and equipment, net          3,697.4      2,506.0
Other assets                                1,276.9      1,105.7
                                           --------     --------
Total assets                               $6,456.9     $4,673.9
                                           ========     ========

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY			
- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------
Current liabilities:		
Accounts payable                           $  255.9     $  253.3
Accrued liabilities                           240.9        230.9
Short-term debt and current maturities 
 of long-term debt                            408.3        188.9
                                           --------     --------
    Total current liabilities                 905.1        673.1
		
Long-term debt, less current maturities     2,638.7      1,235.2
Deferred income taxes                         566.6        389.7
Other noncurrent liabilities                  486.1        440.2

<PAGE>
		
Stockholders' equity:		
Common stock, $1 par value, authorized 
 300,000,000 shares; issued 125,072,811 
 and 124,668,286 shares in 1998 and 1997, 
 respectively                                 125.0        124.6
Capital in excess of par value              1,697.3      1,690.3
Retained earnings                             400.6        446.2
Accumulated other comprehensive income        (66.3)       (30.8)
Treasury stock, at cost, 10,738,520 and 
 10,691,520 shares in 1998 and 1997, 
 respectively                                (296.2)      (294.6)
                                           --------     --------
    Total stockholders' equity              1,860.4      1,935.7
                                           --------     --------
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY $6,456.9     $4,673.9
                                           ========     ========
                                      
             See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

</TABLE>


<PAGE>
<TABLE>
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------
(In millions)
<CAPTION>
                                             Years ended December 31,
                                             1998      1997     1996
- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                        <C>       <C>      <C>
Cash Flows from Operating Activities: 			
Net earnings (loss)                      $    (9.0) $   62.9  $  127.1
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings 
 (loss) to net cash provided by 
 operating activities:			
Depreciation, depletion and amortization     251.7     183.2     171.0
Merger and restructuring charges             144.0         -      67.3
Estimated loss on disposal of 
 discontinued operations                      74.2         -         -
Estimated loss on sale of business            48.7         -         -
Minority interest                             14.1     124.4     175.7
Main Pass write-down                             -     112.2         -
Deferred income taxes                          2.9      58.4      27.9
Other charges and credits, net               (38.4)      2.4     (26.3)
Changes in:				
Receivables                                  (18.2)    (12.3)     69.1
Inventories                                  (81.4)      3.9     (66.9)
Other current assets                          (9.4)      2.1      18.9
Accounts payable                             (64.9)     (2.8)    (21.8)
Accrued liabilities                          (79.8)     29.0     (55.3)
Net current assets of discontinued 
 operations                                   34.6         -         -
                                          --------  --------  --------
Net cash provided by operating activities    269.1     563.4     486.7
                                          --------  --------  --------
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:			
Capital expenditures                        (367.6)   (244.0)   (209.0)
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired          (393.3)    (91.4)     (7.1)
Proceeds from sale of business                44.8         -         -
Proceeds from sale of property, plant 
 and equipment                                 6.4       8.8      12.4
                                          --------  --------  --------
Net cash used in investing activities       (709.7)   (326.6)   (203.7)
                                          --------  --------  --------
Net cash provided (used) before 
 financing activities                       (440.6)    236.8     283.0
                                          --------  --------  --------

<PAGE>

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:			
Cash distributions to the unitholders 
 of PLP                                      (11.0)        -         -
Cash distributions from IMC-Agrico to PLP        -    (146.4)   (265.8)
Payments of long-term debt                (1,303.1)   (515.9)   (232.7)
Proceeds from issuance of long-term 
 debt, net                                 2,370.2     805.3     244.6
Changes in short-term debt, net             (522.3)   (127.7)    (75.4)
Increase (decrease) in securitization 
 of accounts receivable, net                 (61.5)      6.0      (9.5)
Stock options exercised and restricted 
 stock awards                                  8.9       5.5      18.0
Cash dividends paid                          (36.6)    (29.7)    (34.5)
Purchase of treasury stock                    (3.1)   (187.5)        -
                                          --------  --------  --------
Net cash provided by (used in) 
 financing activities                        441.5    (190.4)   (355.3)
                                          --------  --------  --------
Net change in cash and cash equivalents        0.9      46.4     (72.3)
Cash and cash equivalents - 
 beginning of year                           109.7      63.3     135.6
                                          --------  --------  --------
Cash and cash equivalents - end of year   $  110.6  $  109.7  $   63.3
                                          ========  ========  ========

            See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

</TABLE>

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
             CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------
(In millions, except per share amounts)
<CAPTION>
                                         Capital in              Accumulated
                                           Excess                   Other                   Total
                               Common        of       Retained  Comprehensive Treasury  Stockholders'
                                Stock     Par Value   Earnings     Income      Stock       Equity
- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                   <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>
Balance at 
 December 31,1995        $ 96.9   $ 793.6   $315.8   $ (8.5)  $(107.4)  $1,090.4
Net earnings                  -         -    127.1        -         -      127.1
Foreign currency 
 translation adjustment       -         -        -     (8.7)        -       (8.7)
                                                                        --------
Comprehensive income          -         -        -        -         -      118.4
Dividends ($0.32 per share)   -         -    (29.9)       -         -      (29.9)
Stock options exercised     0.7      17.2        -        -       0.1       18.0
Issuance of common stock 
 pursuant to acquisitions   0.4      14.5        -        -         -       14.9
Conversion of convertible 
 notes                      3.6     110.8        -        -         -      114.4
                         ------   -------   ------   ------   -------   --------
Balance at  
 December 31,1996        $101.6   $ 936.1   $413.0   $(17.2)  $(107.3)  $1,326.2
Net earnings                  -         -     62.9        -         -       62.9
Foreign currency 
 translation adjustment       -         -        -    (13.6)        -      (13.6)
                                                                        --------
Comprehensive income          -         -        -        -         -       49.3
Dividends ($0.32 per 
 share)                       -         -    (29.7)       -         -      (29.7)
Stock options exercised     0.3       5.2        -        -         -        5.5
Issuance of common stock
 pursuant to acquisitions  22.7     749.0        -        -       0.2      771.9
Purchase of treasury 
 shares                       -         -        -        -    (187.5)    (187.5)
                         ------   -------   ------   ------   -------   --------

<PAGE>

Balance at  
 December 31,1997        $124.6  $1,690.3   $446.2    $(30.8) $(294.6)  $1,935.7
Net loss                      -         -     (9.0)        -        -       (9.0)
Foreign currency 
 translation adjustment       -         -        -     (35.5)       -      (35.5)
                                                                        --------
Comprehensive loss            -         -        -         -        -      (44.5)
Dividends ($0.32 per 
 share)                       -         -    (36.6)        -        -      (36.6)
Stock options exercised 
 and restricted 
 stock awards               0.4       7.0        -         -      1.5        8.9
Purchase of treasury 
 shares                       -         -        -         -     (3.1)      (3.1)
                         ------   -------   ------    ------  -------   --------	
Balance at  
 December 31,1998        $125.0  $1,697.3   $400.6    $(66.3) $(296.2)  $1,860.4
                         ======  ========   ======    ======  =======   ========

              See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

</TABLE>

<PAGE>

                NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
              (Dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

    Basis of Presentation
    The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the 
    Company and all subsidiaries which are more than 50.0 percent owned 
    and controlled. Additionally, its interest in the Exploration 
    Program is proportionately consolidated by PLP at a rate of 56.4 
    percent of the exploration costs and 47.0 percent of the profits 
    derived from oil and gas producing properties.  Prior to its 
    disposal in 1997, the Company proportionately consolidated its 25.0 
    percent interest in the sulphur operations of Main Pass.  All 
    significant intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated 
    in consolidation.  Certain amounts in the consolidated financial 
    statements for periods prior to December 31, 1998 have been 
    reclassified to conform to the current presentation.

    As discussed in more detail in Note 4, the IMC AgriBusiness 
    business unit has been presented as discontinued operations.

    Use of Estimates
    Management is required to make estimates and assumptions that 
    affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and 
    accompanying notes.  Actual results could differ from those 
    estimates.

    Revenue Recognition
    Revenue is recognized by the Company upon the transfer of title to 
    the customer, which is generally at the time product is shipped.

    Cash Equivalents
    The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an 
    original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents 
    which are reflected at their approximate fair value.  

    Concentration of Credit Risk
    Domestically, the Company sells its products to manufacturers, 
    distributors and retailers primarily in the midwestern and 
    southeastern United States and to governmental bodies such as 
    states, provinces, counties and municipalities located in the Great 
    Lakes region of the United States and Canada.  Internationally, the 
    Company's products are sold primarily through two North American 
    export associations and various distributors.  In 1998, sales to 
   

<PAGE>

    China accounted for approximately 15.0 percent of the Company's net 
    sales.  No single customer or group of affiliated customers 
    accounted for more than ten percent of the Company's net sales.

    Inventories
    Inventories are valued at the lower-of-cost-or-market (net 
    realizable value).  Cost for substantially all of the Company's 
    inventories is calculated on a cumulative annual-average cost 
    basis.  

    Property, Plant and Equipment/Other Assets
    Property (including mineral deposits), plant and equipment, 
    including assets under capital leases, are carried at cost.  Cost 
    of significant assets includes capitalized interest incurred during 
    the construction and development period.  Expenditures for 
    replacements and improvements are capitalized; maintenance and 
    repair expenditures, except for repair and maintenance overhauls 
    (Turnarounds), are charged to operations when incurred.  
    Expenditures for Turnarounds are deferred when incurred and 
    amortized into cost of goods sold on a straight-line basis, 
    generally over an 18-month period.  Turnarounds are large-scale 
    maintenance projects that are performed regularly, usually every 18 
    to 24 months, on average.  Turnarounds are necessary to maintain 
    the operating capacity and efficiency rates of the production 
    plants.  The deferred portion of the Turnaround expenditures is 
    classified in Other assets in the Company's Consolidated Balance 
    Sheet.

    Depreciation and depletion expenses for mining operations, 
    including mineral deposits, are determined using the 
    unit-of-production method based on estimates of recoverable 
    reserves.  Other asset classes or groups are depreciated or 
    amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful 
    lives as follows: buildings, ten to 45 years; machinery and 
    equipment, three to 25 years; and leasehold improvements, over the 
    lesser of the remaining useful life of the asset or the remaining 
    term of the lease.

    Goodwill, representing the excess of purchase cost over the fair 
    value of net assets of acquired companies, is generally amortized 
    using the straight-line method over 40 years.  At December 31, 1998 
    and 1997, goodwill, included in Other assets in the Consolidated 
    Balance Sheet, totaled $1,064.2 million and $839.7 million, 
    respectively.  See Note 2, "Acquisitions," for detail regarding 
    goodwill.

<PAGE>
    Using the methodology prescribed in SFAS No. 121, the Company 
    reviews long-lived assets and the related intangible assets for 
    impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the 
    carrying amounts of such assets may not be recoverable.  Once 
    evidence of a potential impairment exists, recoverability of the 
    respective assets is determined by comparing the forecasted 
    undiscounted net cash flows of the operation to which the assets 
    relate, to the carrying amount, including associated intangible 
    assets, of such operation.  If the operation is determined to be 
    unable to recover the carrying amount of its assets, then 
    intangible assets are written down first, followed by the other 
    long-lived assets of the operation, to fair value.  Fair value is 
    determined based on discounted cash flows or appraised values, 
    depending upon the nature of the assets.

    Accrued Environmental Costs 
    As a producer and distributor of crop nutrients and salt, the   
    Company is subject to a myriad of international, federal, state, 
    provincial and local EHS laws in the United States, Canada, and 
    Europe.  These standards regulate: (i) the content and use of 
    products; (ii) the conduct of mining and production operations 
    including employee safety procedures; (iii) the management and 
    handling of raw materials; (iv) air and water quality; (v) disposal 
    of hazardous and solid wastes; and (v) post-mining land 
    reclamation.  Compliance with these laws often requires the Company 
    to incur costs.  The Company also has incurred contingent 
    environmental liability arising from three sources: facilities 
    currently or formerly owned by the Company or its predecessors; 
    facilities adjacent to currently or formerly owned facilities; and 
    third-party Superfund sites.  At facilities currently or formerly 
    owned by the Company or its corporate predecessors, including FTX,   
    PLP and their corporate predecessors, the historical use and 
    handling of regulated chemical substances, crop nutrient products, 
    and salt has resulted in soil and groundwater contamination, 
    sometimes requiring the Company to undertake or fund cleanup 
    efforts.  Similarly, disposal of the Company's waste at third-party 
    sites may result in liability for remedial costs.

    Of the environmental costs discussed above, the following 
    environmental costs are charged to the Company's operating expense: 
    fines, penalties, and certain remedial action to address violations 
    of the law; remediation of properties that are currently or were 
    formerly owned or operated by the Company, when those properties do 
    not contribute to current or future revenue generation; and 
    liability for remediation of facilities adjacent to currently or 
   

<PAGE>

    formerly owned facilities or for third-party Superfund sites.  
    Contingent environmental liabilities are recorded for environmental 
    investigatory and non-capital remediation costs at identified sites 
    when litigation has commenced or a claim or assessment has been 
    asserted or is probable and the likelihood of an unfavorable 
    outcome is probable.

    Derivatives
    The Company is exposed to the impact of interest rate changes, 
    fluctuations in the functional currency of foreign operations, and 
    the impact of fluctuations in the purchase price of natural gas 
    consumed in operations, as well as changes in the market value of 
    its financial instruments.  The Company periodically enters into 
    derivatives in order to minimize these risks, but not for trading 
    purposes.

    The functional currency of all operations outside the United States 
    is the respective local currency.  Foreign currency translation 
    effects are included in Accumulated other comprehensive income in 
    stockholders' equity.  The Company uses foreign currency forward 
    exchange contracts, which typically expire within one year, to 
    hedge transaction exposure related to United States 
    dollar-denominated assets and liabilities.  Realized gains and 
    losses on these contracts are recognized in the same period as the 
    hedged transaction.  The Company had foreign currency forward 
    exchange contracts outstanding as of December 31, 1998 and 1997 
    with notional amounts of $106.2 million and $183.8 million, 
    respectively, which approximated fair value. 

    Comprehensive Income
    In 1998, the Company adopted SFAS No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive 
    Income." This Statement establishes rules for the reporting of 
    comprehensive income and its components.  Comprehensive income 
    consists of net income and foreign currency translation effects and 
    is presented in the Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity.  
    The adoption of SFAS No. 130 had no impact on total stockholders' 
    equity.  Prior year financial statements have been reclassified to 
    conform to the SFAS No. 130 requirements.  As of December 31, 1998, 
    the Company's Accumulated other comprehensive income reduced 
    stockholders' equity by $66.3 million.

   

<PAGE>

    Recently Issued Accounting Guidance

    In June 1998, the FASB issued SFAS No. 133 which the Company 
    is required to adopt effective January 1, 2000.  SFAS No. 133 will 
    require the Company to recognize all derivatives on the 
    Consolidated Balance Sheet at fair value.  Additionally, changes in 
    derivative fair values will either: (i) be recognized in earnings 
    as offsets to the changes in fair value of related hedged assets, 
    liabilities and firm commitments; or (ii) for forecasted 
    transactions, deferred and recorded as a component of Accumulated 
    other comprehensive income in stockholders' equity until the hedged 
    transactions occur and are then recognized in earnings.  The 
    ineffective portion of a derivative's change in fair value will be 
    immediately recognized in earnings.  The Company does not believe 
    the effect of adopting SFAS No. 133 will be material to its results 
    of operations or financial position.

2.  ACQUISITIONS

    Harris 
    In April 1998, the Company completed the acquisition of Harris for 
    approximately $1.4 billion.  Under the terms of the Harris 
    Acquisition, the Company purchased all Harris equity for 
    approximately $450.0 million in cash and assumed approximately $1.0 
    billion of debt.  Harris, with annual sales of approximately $800.0 
    million, is a leading producer of salt, soda ash, boron chemicals 
    and other inorganic chemicals, including potash crop nutrients.

    For financial statement purposes, the Harris Acquisition was 
    accounted for as a purchase and, accordingly, Harris' results are 
    included in the consolidated financial statements since the date of 
    acquisition.  The purchase price, which was initially financed 
    through proceeds borrowed under credit facilities and assumed debt, 
    has been preliminarily allocated to acquired assets and liabilities 
    based on estimated fair values at the date of acquisition.  This 
    allocation resulted in an excess of purchase price over 
    identifiable net assets acquired, or goodwill, of approximately 
    $326.0 million which is included in Other assets in the 
    Consolidated Balance Sheet.  This goodwill is being amortized on a 
    straight-line basis over 40 years.

<PAGE>
    FTX
    In December 1997, the Company completed a merger with 
    FTX.  The combination was accounted for as a purchase and resulted 
    in the dissolution of FTX.  In connection with the FTX Merger, each 
    share of common stock of FTX was exchanged for 0.90 share of the 
    Company's common stock plus one-third of a warrant, with each whole 
    warrant entitling the holder to purchase one share of the Company's 
    common stock for $44.50 per share.  As a result of the transaction, 
    22.7 million shares were issued at an average market price of 
    $32.28 per share.  The warrants, which are publicly traded on the 
    New York Stock Exchange and expire on the third anniversary of the 
    FTX Merger, were valued at $3.56 per warrant.  As a result of the 
    FTX Merger, goodwill of $747.5 million was recorded and is being 
    amortized on a straight-line basis over 40 years.

    The FTX Merger resulted in the Company relinquishing its 25.0 
    percent interest in Main Pass to MMR, a newly formed public entity 
    consisting of the former sulphur business of PLP and Main Pass.  
    In connection with the FTX Merger, the Company recorded a charge of 
    pre-tax $183.7 million, included in Operating earnings in the 
    Consolidated Statement of Operations, to write down the assets of 
    Main Pass to their fair value of approximately $14.1 million.

    Other Business Acquisitions
    In 1997, the Company completed several smaller acquisitions, 
    including a potash mine and processing facility (Western 
    Ag); several retail distribution operations (Frankfort Supply, 
    Sanderlin, Crop-Maker, So-Green and Hutson Ag Services, Inc.); a 
    storage terminal company (Hutson Company, Inc.); and the purchase 
    of the preferred stock of a subsidiary held by an unrelated third 
    party.  Total cash payments for these acquisitions were $91.4         
    million, and approximately 0.2 million shares of common stock of 
    the Company were issued for $7.9 million.  In 1996, the Company 
    acquired several retail distribution operations (Madison Seed and 
    Agri-Supply) and a precision farming operation (Top-Soil).  Total 
    cash payments for acquisitions during the year were $7.1 million.  
    Hutson Company, Inc., Top-Soil and the retail distribution 
    operations were acquired by the IMC AgriBusiness business unit 
    which has been classified as discontinued operations as of December    
    31, 1998.

    These acquisitions were accounted for under the purchase method of 
    accounting, and, accordingly, results of operations for the 
    acquired businesses have been included in the Company's 
    Consolidated Statement of Operations since the respective dates of 
    acquisition. 

<PAGE>

    Pro Forma Information (unaudited)
    The unaudited pro forma information for the periods set forth below 
    gives effect to the Harris Acquisition and the FTX Merger, 
    including the contribution of Main Pass, as if the transactions had 
    occurred as of January 1, 1997.  Pro forma information for the 
    Other Business Acquisitions, discussed above, has not been included 
    as it would not be materially different from reported amounts.  The 
    pro forma information is presented for informational purposes only 
    and is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that 
    actually would have been achieved had the acquisitions been 
    consummated as of that time. 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                1998           1997
                                                ----           ----
    <S>                                       <C>            <C>
    Net sales                                 $2,923.4       $2,910.2
    Earnings from continuing operations 
     before minority interest                    160.1           48.7
    Earnings from continuing operations
     before income taxes                         146.0           22.9
    Earnings (loss) from continuing operations    63.8           (8.0)
    Net loss                                      (4.8)         (14.9)
    Net loss per diluted share                   (0.04)         (0.13)

</TABLE>

    There was no common stock issued for acquisitions in 1998 while 
    $771.9 million and $14.9 million of common stock were issued in 
    1997 and 1996, respectively.  Liabilities assumed in acquisitions 
    were $1,628.8 million, $357.5 million and $6.6 million in 1998, 
    1997 and 1996, respectively.

3.  NON-RECURRING CHARGES

    Restructuring Plan
    During the fourth quarter of 1998, the Company developed and began 
    execution of a plan to improve profitability.  The Restructuring 
    Plan was comprised of four major initiatives: (i) the combination 
    of the potash and phosphates business units in an effort to realize 
    certain operating and staff function synergies; (ii) restructuring 
    of the phosphate rock mining, concentrated phosphate and salt 

<PAGE>

    production/distribution operations and processes in an effort to 
    reduce costs; (iii) simplification of the current business 
    activities by eliminating businesses not deemed part of the 
    Company's core competencies; and (iv) reduction of operational and 
    corporate headcount.  In conjunction with the Restructuring Plan, 
    the Company recorded pre-tax charges totaling $193.3 million 
    ($162.0 million net of minority interest) in the fourth quarter of 
    1998. The Restructuring Plan (shown below in tabular format) 
    primarily relates to the following:

    Asset impairments
    The Restructuring Plan included the removal of property, plant and 
    equipment, as well  as the write-down to fair value of those assets 
    made obsolete due to the decision to close certain facilities and 
    forego or abandon certain mineral properties.  In order to 
    determine the write-down of assets affected by the Restructuring 
    Plan, in accordance with SFAS No. 121, the Company performed an 
    assessment of future cash flows and, accordingly, adjusted the 
    assets to their appropriate fair values.  

    The majority of the impairment occurred at Phosphates' Florida 
    production facilities where property, plant and equipment was   
    written down by approximately $64.4 million to fair value.  
    Phosphates developed a Mine Plan which identified asset reductions, 
    lower operating costs and optimal phosphate rock management as key 
    drivers in the restructuring of operations.  The write-down of 
    impaired assets in connection with the Mine Plan primarily  
    consisted of facilities, production equipment, operating supplies, 
    land and mineral reserves.  

    Salt recorded an $11.2 million write-down of property, plant 
    and equipment at its Kansas and Canadian locations, as a result of 
    the decision to consolidate certain facilities and achieve 
    operating efficiencies.  The majority of the write-down related to 
    production equipment.  The remaining $0.4 million of asset 
    impairments was recorded at Feed Ingredients for the permanent 
    closure of a limestone rock production facility.        

    The $76.0 million in asset impairment charges included $31.8 
    million pertaining to assets which will continue to be utilized 
    until their respective disposal dates, primarily within the first 
    nine months of 1999.  The estimated fair value of these assets, 
    which will be depreciated over their respective remaining periods 
    of service, reflected estimated operating net cash flows until 
    disposition.

<PAGE>

    Non-employee exit costs
    In accordance with the objective of the Mine Plan to optimize 
    phosphate rock management, Phosphates shut-down a high-cost 
    phosphate rock mine.  As a result of this shut-down, the Company 
    recorded a charge of $18.4 million for the demolition and other 
    incremental costs of closure of the mine.  The closure costs 
    included approximately $15.5 million for incremental environmental 
    land reclamation of the surrounding mined-out areas. The Company 
    expects the demolition and closure activities to be essentially 
    completed by the end of the third quarter of 1999.  

    The Company also decided to close certain production operations in 
    connection with the Restructuring Plan, principally the uranium and 
    urea operations of Phosphates.    This decision was based on an 
    analysis of the future outlook for these products, taking into 
    consideration whether the operations were part of the Company's 
    core businesses.  These operations were determined to be non-core 
    businesses and the Company recorded charges of approximately $12.8 
    million for demolition and closure, including environmental costs, 
    of the uranium and urea production facilities. Additionally, 
    environmental and closure costs of $2.4 million have been 
    recognized for the planned closure of one of the Company's 
    evaporated salt production facilities.  The Company expects the 
    demolition and closure activities to be completed by late-1999. 
    Other various exit costs totaled $7.3 million.
    
    In connection with the Restructuring Plan, the Company decided to 
    discontinue its transportation of ammonia from Louisiana to its 
    phosphate operations in Florida.  This decision was based on 
    current market conditions which secured the availability of ammonia 
    to the Company and which made the high-cost transportation of 
    ammonia from Louisiana to Florida unnecessary.  As a result, 
    the Company recorded a charge of $13.2 million for the net present 
    value of costs associated with permanently idling leased equipment 
    used in the transportation of ammonia from Louisiana.  

<PAGE>

    Employee headcount reductions
    As part of the Restructuring Plan, headcount reductions were 
    implemented at the Phosphates, Feed Ingredients, Salt and 
    Kalium operations, as well as at the Company's corporate 
    headquarters.  Certain of these reductions were a result of the 
    closing and/or exiting of production operations, as discussed 
    above.  To facilitate headcount reductions, the Company offered a 
    voluntary retirement program for eligible employees.  In addition, 
    certain involuntary eliminations of positions, which were 
    communicated prior to December 31, 1998, were necessary in order to 
    achieve desired staffing levels.  A total of 185 employees accepted 
    the voluntary retirement plan by December 31, 1998, with 112 of 
    those employees having left the Company as of that date.  The 
    remaining voluntarily terminated employees will leave the Company 
    by June 1999.  Additionally, a total of 454 employees were 
    involuntarily terminated and had left the Company by the end of 
    February 1999.  Virtually all severance payments were disbursed 
    subsequent to December 31, 1998. 

    As a result of the employee terminations necessitated by the 
    Restructuring Plan, settlement, curtailment and special termination    
    charges of $19.7 million were recorded in accordance with SFAS No. 
88.  The related liabilities have been classified in Other 
    noncurrent liabilities in the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheet.  
    See Note 15, "Pension Plans and Other Benefits," of Notes to 
    Consolidated Financial Statements.

    Inventories and spare parts of exited businesses
    Phosphates recorded charges of approximately $17.2 million to 
    reduce the carrying value of finished goods inventories on-hand to 
    net realizable value at December 31, 1998, as a result of the 
    decision to exit certain businesses.        

    The Restructuring Plan included a major reduction in production 
    assets primarily used in the Phosphates business.  The reduction 
    was accomplished through the permanent shut-down of select mining 
    facilities as well as a cut-back in concentrate facilities.  Given 
    the reduction in facilities and the resulting decrease in 
    production, historical levels of spare parts inventory that had 
    been maintained by the Company were no longer necessary or 
    warranted.  Therefore, the Company recorded a charge of $8.7 
    million for the write-off of spare parts inventory.   

<PAGE>

    Details of the restructuring charges were as follows:
<TABLE>
    (In millions)
<CAPTION>

                                                 Activity
                                           -------------------
                               Restructuring                  Remaining
                                  Charges  Cash Paid  Non-cash  Accrual
                                  -------  ---------  --------  -------
    <S>                          <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>
    Asset impairments:				
      Facilities closed prior 
       to December 31, 1998      $  44.2    $    -    $  44.2   $    -
      Facilities to be closed 
       in 1999                      31.8         -       31.8        -
				
    Non-employee exit costs: 				
      Demolition and closure
       costs                        33.6         -          -     33.6
      Idled leased transportation
       equipment                    13.2         -          -     13.2
      Other                          7.3       0.5        1.5      5.3
				
    Employee headcount reductions:				
      Severance benefits            17.6       0.2          -     17.4
      Settlement, curtailment and
       special termination
       benefits                     19.7         -       19.7        -
				
    Inventories and spare parts 
     of exited businesses:				
      Finished goods inventories    17.2         -       17.2        -
      Spare parts inventories        8.7         -        8.7        -
                                 -------    ------    -------   ------
    Total                        $ 193.3    $  0.7    $ 123.1   $ 69.5
                                 =======    ======    =======   ======
</TABLE>

    All restructuring charges have been recorded as a separate line 
    item on the Consolidated Statement of Operations, except for the 
    finished goods inventory write-down which was recorded in Cost of 
    goods sold.

   

<PAGE>

    Vigoro Merger
    In March 1996, the Company completed a merger with Vigoro 
    that resulted in Vigoro becoming a subsidiary of the Company.  Upon 
    consummation of the Vigoro Merger, the Company issued approximately 
    32.4 million shares of its common stock in exchange for all of the 
    outstanding shares of Vigoro.  The Vigoro Merger was structured to 
    qualify as a tax-free reorganization for income tax purposes and 
    was accounted for as a pooling of interests.  Accordingly, the 
    Company's financial statements for periods prior to the merger date  
    have been restated to reflect the Vigoro Merger.

    In connection with the Vigoro Merger, the Company recorded charges 
    totaling $20.2 million, primarily for consulting, legal and 
    accounting services.  Immediately following the Vigoro Merger, the 
    Company adopted a plan to restructure its business operations into 
    a decentralized organizational structure with five stand-alone 
    business units.  As a result, the Company recorded restructuring 
    charges totaling $23.1 million. Of these amounts, $6.0 million has 
    been included in discontinued operations.  The charges consisted 
    of $6.5 million for lease terminations resulting from office 
    consolidations and $16.6 million for severance and related 
    benefits from staff reductions resulting from the termination of 
    approximately 120 employees, primarily middle management personnel, 
    and other related actions.  As of December 31, 1998, the following 
    amounts were paid: (i) $20.2 million for charges relating to the 
    Vigoro Merger; (ii) $6.4 million for lease terminations resulting 
    from office consolidations; and (iii) $16.6 million relating to the 
    termination of approximately 120 employees and other actions.  

    In connection with the 1996 restructuring plan, the Company 
    undertook a detailed review of its accounting records and valuation 
    of various assets and liabilities.  As a result, the Company 
    recorded charges totaling $58.3 million ($55.3 million net of 
    minority interest) comprised of: (i) $26.3 million ($23.3 million 
    net of minority interest) to Cost of goods sold of which $17.5 
    million was primarily related to the write-off of certain idle 
    plant facilities and other obsolete assets, $5.0 million for     
    environmental matters and $3.8 million for other matters; (ii) $2.4 
    million of general and administrative expenses for the write-off of 
    miscellaneous assets; (iii) $16.6 million to Other income and 
    expense, net, to reduce certain long-term assets to net realizable 
    value and other provisions; and (iv) $13.0 million to Minority 
    interest for the transfer of 0.85 percent interest of IMC-Agrico 
   

<PAGE>

    Distributable Cash, as defined in the IMC-Agrico Company 
    Partnership Agreement, from the Company to PLP.  Of these amounts 
    $7.7 million has been included in discontinued operations.  As of 
    December 31, 1998, $14.7 million has been paid and $31.1 million of 
    non-cash write-offs were recorded.  

4.  DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

    In January 1999, the Company signed a definitive agreement to sell 
    its AgriBusiness retail and wholesale distribution business 
    unit.  The Company anticipates the sale to be completed in the 
    first quarter of 1999.  The loss on disposal, net of income tax 
    benefits of $21.1 million, is estimated to be $74.2 million and was 
    recorded in the fourth quarter of 1998 in accordance with 
    Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 30, "Reporting the 
    Results of Operations."  The Consolidated Statement of Operations 
    of the Company has been restated to report separately the operating 
    results of AgriBusiness as discontinued operations.  Interest 
    expense has been allocated to discontinued operations based on the 
    portion of the Company's short-term borrowing program that is 
    specifically attributable to AgriBusiness and amounted to $13.2 
    million, $13.3 million and $13.1 million in 1998, 1997 and 1996, 
    respectively.  

    Income taxes associated with the discontinued operations of 
    AgriBusiness were $2.9 million, $13.1 million and $8.4 million for 
    1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively. For 1998, 1997 and 1996, 
    AgriBusiness' revenues were $787.0 million, $872.6 million and 
    $797.7 million, respectively.

<PAGE>

    For financial reporting purposes, the assets and liabilities of 
    AgriBusiness, to be sold, net of the estimated loss on disposal, 
    have been classified in the Consolidated  Balance Sheet as Assets 
    of discontinued operations held for sale as of December 31, 1998, 
    as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

    <S>                                                <C>
    Assets:	
      Accounts receivable                              $   63.7
      Inventories                                         157.1
      Other current assets                                  0.5
      Property, plant and equipment, net                  130.4
      Other assets                                          6.0
                                                       --------
        Total assets                                      357.7
	
    Liabilities:	
      Accounts payable                                     69.8
      Accrued liabilities                                  11.1
      Other noncurrent liabilities                          3.5
                                                       --------
        Total liabilities                                  84.4
                                                       --------
    Assets of discontinued operations held for sale    $  273.3
                                                       ========
</TABLE>

5.  OTHER DIVESTITURES

    IMC Vigoro
    In June 1998, the Company completed the sale of its IMC Vigoro 
    business unit which consisted primarily of consumer lawn and garden 
    and professional products for $44.8 million in cash.  In connection 
    with this transaction, the Company recorded a non-recurring charge 
    of approximately $14.0 million, $9.1 million after tax benefits, or 
    $0.08 per share.  Of the $14.0 million charge, $4.1 million was 
    included in Cost of goods sold and $9.9 million was included in 
    Selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated 
    Statement of Operations.

<PAGE>
    IMC Chemicals
    In December 1998, the Company signed a definitive agreement to sell 
    its Chemicals business unit with the Company retaining an 
    ongoing minority economic interest. The sale is anticipated to 
    close in the first quarter of 1999.  Based on the terms of the sale 
    agreement, the Company recorded a pretax charge of $44.1 million 
    for the estimated loss on sale.  This charge is included in Other 
    income and expense, net in the Consolidated Statement of 
    Operations.

    Chemicals was established concurrent with the Harris Acquisition 
    (see Note 2, "Acquisitions") in April 1998.  Net sales and 
    operating earnings for Chemicals since the date of acquisition 
    were $311.8 million and $21.9 million, respectively.

6.  MINORITY INTEREST

    Minority interest as included in the Consolidated Statement of 
    Operations was $14.1 million, $124.4 million, and $185.7 million 
    for 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.  Prior to the FTX Merger, 
    minority interest primarily consisted of PLP's 43.5 percent 
    interest in IMC-Agrico.  Subsequent to the FTX Merger, minority 
    interest was largely comprised of the public unitholder interest in 
    PLP (majority owned and consolidated by the Company since the FTX 
    Merger), including an effective 21.1 percent minority interest in 
    IMC-Agrico.

7.  EARNINGS PER SHARE

    The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted 
    earnings per share:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               1998     1997     1996
                                               ----     ----     ----
    <S>                                       <C>      <C>      <C>
    Basic earnings (loss) per share computation:			
      Earnings from continuing operations     $ 57.1   $ 69.8   $121.7
      Total earnings (loss) from 
       discontinued operations                 (69.1)    18.0     13.5
      Extraordinary item - debt retirement       3.0    (24.9)    (8.1)
                                              ------   ------   ------
      Net earnings (loss)                     $ (9.0)  $ 62.9   $127.1
                                              ======   ======   ======
      Basic weighted average common shares 
       outstanding                             114.2     94.0     92.

<PAGE>
	
    Basic per share amounts:			
      Earnings per share from continuing 
       operations                             $ 0.50   $ 0.74   $ 1.31
      Total earnings (loss) from discontinued 
       operations                              (0.61)    0.19     0.15
      Extraordinary item - debt retirement      0.03    (0.26)   (0.09)
                                              ------   ------   ------
      Net earnings (loss) per share           $(0.08)  $ 0.67   $ 1.37
                                              ======   ======   ======
    Diluted earnings (loss) per share computation:			
      Earnings from continuing operations     $ 57.1   $ 69.8   $121.7
      Total earnings (loss) from discontinued 
       operations                              (69.1)    18.0     13.5
      Extraordinary item - debt retirement       3.0    (24.9)    (8.1)
                                              ------   ------   ------
      Net earnings (loss)                     $ (9.0)  $ 62.9   $127.1
                                              ======   ======   ======
      Basic weighted average common shares
       outstanding                             114.2     94.0     92.7
      Unexercised stock options                  0.6      0.7      1.1
      Convertible debt                             -        -      3.2
                                              ------   ------   ------
  Diluted weighted average common         
       shares outstanding                      114.8     94.7     97.0
                                              ======   ======   ======

   Diluted per share amounts: 
      Earnings per share from continuing 
       operations                             $ 0.50   $ 0.74   $ 1.25
      Total earnings (loss) from discontinued 
       operations                              (0.61)    0.19     0.14
      Extraordinary item - debt retirement      0.03    (0.26)   (0.08)
                                              ------   ------   ------
      Net earnings (loss) per share           $(0.08)  $ 0.67   $ 1.31
                                              ======   ======   ======
</TABLE>

    Options to purchase approximately 4.6 million, 3.1 million and 0.8 
    million shares of common stock were outstanding at December 31, 
    1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively, but were not included in the 
    computation of diluted earnings per share because the exercise 
    price was greater than the average market price of the common 
    shares and, therefore, the effect would be antidilutive.  

<PAGE>

    Additionally, warrants to purchase approximately 8.4 million shares 
    of common stock were outstanding at December 31, 1998 and 1997 but 
    were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share 
    for the same reason as the options noted above.  See Note 2, 
    "Acquisitions."

8.  RECEIVABLES 

    Accounts receivable as of December 31 were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     1998         1997
                                     ----         ----
    <S>                            <C>          <C>
    Trade                          $ 349.4      $ 270.8
    Non-trade                         78.5         53.8
                                   -------      -------
                                     427.9        324.6
    Less:		
      Allowances                       6.4          7.5
      Receivable interests sold          -         29.0
                                   -------      -------
    Receivables, net               $ 421.5      $ 288.1
                                   =======      =======
</TABLE>

    The carrying value of accounts receivable was equal to the 
    estimated fair value of such assets due to their short maturity.

    Under an agreement with a financial institution, IMC-Agrico L.L.C., 
    a special-purpose limited liability company of which IMC-Agrico is 
    the sole equity owner, had transferred, on an ongoing basis, an 
    undivided percentage interest in a designated pool of receivables, 
    subject to limited recourse provisions related to the receivables 
    generated from export transactions, in an amount not to exceed 
    $65.0 million.  This agreement expired in August 1998.  As of 
    December 31, 1997, IMC-Agrico L.L.C. had transferred a total of 
    $61.5 million of such receivable interests, of which $32.5 million 
    did not meet the criteria to be accounted for as a sale under SFAS 
    No. 125, "Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial 
    Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities."  As a result, short-
    term debt of $32.5 million was recorded in the Consolidated Balance   
    Sheet as of December 31, 1997.  Related costs, primarily from 
    discount fees, totaled $2.0 million, $3.3 million and $3.6 million 
    in 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

<PAGE>

9.  INVENTORIES

    Inventories as of December 31 were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                             1998       1997
                                             ----       ----
    <S>                                    <C>        <C>
    Products (principally finished)        $ 468.2    $ 499.7
    Operating materials and supplies         136.3      109.9
                                           -------    -------
                                             604.5      609.6
    Less: Inventory allowances                23.9       16.8
                                           -------    -------
      Inventories, net                     $ 580.6    $ 592.8
                                           =======    =======
</TABLE>

10. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT 

    Property, plant and equipment as of December 31 were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              1998       1997
                                              ----       ----
    <S>                                     <C>        <C>

    Land                                    $  104.6   $  121.3
    Mineral properties and rights            1,431.7      713.4
    Buildings and leasehold improvements       615.9      481.2
    Machinery and equipment                  3,520.8    2,958.0
    Construction-in-progress                   244.4      188.2
                                            --------   --------
                                             5,917.4    4,462.1
    Accumulated depreciation and depletion  (2,220.0)  (1,956.1)
                                            --------   --------
      Property, plant and equipment, net    $3,697.4   $2,506.0
                                            ========   ========
</TABLE>


<PAGE>
    The increase in Property, plant and equipment was a result of the 
    Harris Acquisition.  See Note 2, "Acquisitions."  As of December 
    31, 1998, idle facilities of the Company included one phosphate 
    rock mine and two concentrated phosphate plants, all of which will 
    remain closed subject to improved market conditions.  The net book 
    value of these facilities totaled $72.1 million.  In the opinion of 
    management, the net book value of the Company's idle facilities is 
    not in excess of net realizable value.  Subsequent to December 31, 
    1998, the Company idled a second phosphate rock mine and resumed 
    production at a concentrated phosphate plant.

11. OTHER ASSETS

    Other assets as of December 31 were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           1998          1997
	                      ----          ----
    <S>                 <C>           <C>
    Goodwill            $ 1,064.2     $   839.7
    Other                   212.7         266.0
                        ---------     ---------
      Other assets      $ 1,276.9     $ 1,105.7
                        =========     =========
</TABLE>

    The increase in Other assets was primarily due to the goodwill 
    recorded in conjunction for the Harris Acquisition.  See Note 2, 
    "Acquisitions."

12. ACCRUED LIABILITIES

    Accrued liabilities as of December 31 were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      1998        1997
                                      ----        ----
    <S>                             <C>         <C>
    Salaries, wages and bonuses     $  62.5     $  35.3
    Interest                           47.1        14.4
    Restructuring                      36.7        13.0
    Legal reserve                         -        40.8
    Other                              94.6       127.4
                                    -------     -------
      Accrued liabilities           $ 240.9     $ 230.9
                                    =======     =======
</TABLE>       

<PAGE>

    The decrease in the legal reserve in 1998 relates to the payment of 
    previously settled litigation matters.  See Note 3, "Non-Recurring 
    Charges," for detail relating to the restructuring reserve.

13. FINANCING ARRANGEMENTS 

    Total indebtedness as of December 31, 1998 was approximately $3.0 
    billion, a $1.6 billion increase from total indebtedness as of 
    December 31, 1997 of $1.4 billion. The primary reason for this 
    increased indebtedness was the Harris Acquisition. See Note 2, 
    "Acquisitions." 

    Short-term borrowings were $397.0 million and $179.7 million as of   
    December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively, which primarily consisted
    of commercial paper, revolving credit facilities, vendor financing 
    arrangements and the portion of the sale of receivables classified 
    as short-term debt as of December 31, 1997, as required by SFAS No. 
    125. The weighted average interest rate on short-term borrowings 
    was 6.1 percent and 6.0 percent for 1998 and 1997, respectively.

    Long-term debt as of December 31 consisted of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 1998        1997
                                                 ----        ----
    <S>                                        <C>        <C>
    Notes and debentures due 2001-2018, 
     with interest rates ranging from 
     6.50% to 7.625%                           $1,700.0   $  300.0
    Corporate commercial paper                    596.9          -
    Industrial revenue bonds, maturing 
     through 2022, with interest rates 
     ranging from 3.50% to 7.525%                  92.8      102.1
    Revolving credit facilities, 
     variable rates                                66.8      655.0
    Other debt                                    193.5      187.3
                                               --------   --------
                                                2,650.0    1,244.4
    Less: current maturities                       11.3        9.2
                                               --------   --------
    Total long-term debt, less current 
     maturities                                $2,638.7   $1,235.2
                                               ========   ========
</TABLE>

    A portion of outstanding commercial paper is classified as long-
    term since it is supported by a long-term bank facility.

<PAGE>

    As part of a general debt restructuring subsequent to the Harris 
    Acquisition, the Company issued approximately $1.1 billion of long-
    term notes and debentures with effective interest rates ranging 
    from 6.50 percent to 7.625 percent with maturities from 2001 
    through 2018.  The debt restructuring reduced the Company's short-
    term borrowings, primarily commercial paper, and retired the higher 
    rate debt assumed as part of the Harris Acquisition.  

    Also in conjunction with the Harris Acquisition, the Company 
    arranged a $1.0 billion bridge credit facility (Bridge Facility).  
    The Bridge Facility is a 364-day, floating rate facility maturing 
    in March 1999.  In December 1998, the Bridge Facility was amended 
    to reduce the amount available under the facility from $1.0 billion 
    to $500.0 million.  Commitment fees associated with the Bridge   
    Facility are 15.0 basis points.  The Company is currently 
    negotiating an extension of this facility at a reduced amount.  

    Also in December 1998, the Company renewed and amended its $350.0 
    million short-term credit facility maturing in December 1999, and 
    amended its $650.0 million long-term credit facility maturing in 
    December 2002, (collectively with the Bridge Facility, the Credit  
    Facilities).   Commitment fees associated with the short-term and 
    long-term facilities are 10.0 basis points and 11.0 basis points, 
    respectively.  The amount available for borrowing under the Credit 
    Facilities is reduced by the balance of outstanding commercial 
    paper, letters of credit and guarantees. As of December 31, 1998, 
    the Company had a total of $977.6 million of commercial paper 
    outstanding and $1.5 billion of commercial paper backup facilities.  
    Net available borrowings, under the Credit Facilities, as of 
    December 31, 1998 were $442.0 million. Outstanding letters of 
    credit as of December 31, 1998 totaled $53.1 million.  These Credit 
    Facilities contain provisions which: (i) restrict the Company's 
    ability to dispose of a substantial portion of its consolidated 
    assets; (ii) limit the creation of additional liens on the 
    Company's and its subsidiaries' assets; and (iii) limit the 
    Company's subsidiaries' incurrence of debt. These Credit Facilities 
    also contain a leverage ratio test and other covenants. 

    The Company, through various subsidiaries, also maintains the 
    following credit facilities: (i) a $100.0 million, five-year 
    revolving credit facility maturing in December 2002 (Canadian 
    Facility); (ii) a 50.0 million Australian Dollar, two-year 
    revolving credit facility maturing in September 2000 and a 25.0 

<PAGE>

    million Australian Dollar, five-year term loan facility maturing in 
    September 2003 (Australian Facilities); and (iii) a 45.0 million 
    Pound Sterling, five-year revolving credit facility maturing in 
    December 2003 (European Facility).  As of December 31, 1998, $66.8 
    million was outstanding under the European Facility while there 
    were no outstanding obligations under either the Canadian Facility 
    or the Australian Facilities.  Commitment fees associated with the 
    Canadian Facility, the Australian Facilities and the European 
    Facility are 11.0 basis points, 30.0 basis points and 30.0 basis 
    points, respectively.

    The Company currently guarantees the payment of $75.0 million 
    principal amount of industrial revenue bonds due 2015 issued by the 
    Florida Polk County Industrial Development Authority (Polk County 
    Bonds). As a result of the FTX Merger, the Company is not in 
    technical compliance with one covenant in such guarantee. The 
    Company has notified the Bank of New York, trustee for holders of    
    the Polk County Bonds, regarding the issue. The holders of the Polk 
    County Bonds have not sought to accelerate the Polk County 
    Bonds or requested that any other action be taken. Because 
    solicitation of a unanimous waiver of the technical default is 
    impractical, the Company currently intends to take no action. The 
    Company does not believe that any acceleration, redemption or 
    refinancing of the Polk County Bonds would have a material adverse 
    effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole 
    because the Company believes it would be able to repay the Polk 
    County Bonds from available sources of liquidity.

    As of December 31, 1998, the estimated fair value of long-term debt 
    described above was approximately the same as the carrying amount 
    of such debt in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.  The fair value was 
    calculated in accordance with the requirements of SFAS No. 107, 
    "Disclosures of Fair Value of Financial Instruments," and was 
    estimated by discounting the future cash flows using rates 
    currently available to the Company for debt instruments with 
    similar terms and remaining maturities.

    Extraordinary income of $3.0 million in 1998 and extraordinary 
    charges of $24.9 million and $8.1 million in 1997 and 1996, 
    respectively, related to the early extinguishment of debt.

    Cash interest payments were $145.4 million, $56.8 million and $68.3 
    million for 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

<PAGE>

    Scheduled maturities, excluding commercial paper borrowings and the     
    revolving credit facilities, are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
	         <S>                <C>
              1999               $   27.6
              2000                   41.8
              2001                  212.0
              2002                  314.0
              2003 and beyond     1,407.2

</TABLE>

14. OTHER NONCURRENT LIABILITIES

    Other noncurrent liabilities as of December 31 were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       1998         1997
                                       ----         ----
    <S>                              <C>          <C>
    Employee and retiree benefits    $ 234.7      $ 231.0
    Environmental                      114.3        105.8
    Restructuring                       44.6         13.3
    Deferred gain                       36.0         36.8
    Other                               56.5         53.3
                                     -------      -------
      Noncurrent liabilities         $ 486.1      $ 440.2
                                     =======      =======
</TABLE>

    See Note 3, "Non-Recurring Charges," for more detail on the 
    restructuring reserve.

15. PENSION PLANS AND OTHER BENEFITS

    The Company has non-contributory pension plans for a majority of 
    its employees.  Benefits are based on a combination of years of 
    service and compensation levels, depending on the plan.  Generally, 
    contributions to the United States plans are made to meet minimum 
    funding requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act 
    of 1974, while contributions to Canadian plans are made in 
    accordance with Pension Benefits Acts, instituted by the provinces 
    of Saskatchewan and Ontario.  Employees in the United States and 
    Canada whose pension benefits exceed Internal Revenue Code and 
    Revenue Canada limitations, respectively, are covered by 
    supplementary non-qualified, unfunded pension plans.

<PAGE>

    The plans' assets consist mainly of corporate equity, United States 
    government securities, corporate debt securities and units of 
    participation in a collective short-term investment fund.

    Effective January 1, 1998, the Company transitioned from a defined 
    benefit pension plan to a defined contribution plan for certain 
    employees who elected to do so (Transition).  The Company accounted 
    for the Transition in accordance with SFAS No. 88.  The impact of 
    the curtailment as a result of the Transition was not material.

    The Company also provides certain health care benefit plans for   
    certain retired employees.  The plans may be either contributory or 
    non-contributory and contain certain other cost-sharing features 
    such as deductibles and coinsurance.  The plans are unfunded.  
    Employees are not vested and such benefits are subject to change.

    The Company has adopted SFAS No. 132, "Employers' Disclosures about 
    Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits," effective December 31, 
    1998.  The new standard does not change the measurement or 
    recognition of costs for pension or other postretirement plans.  It 
    standardizes disclosures and eliminates those that are no longer 
    useful.  

    The following tables, prepared in accordance with the new standard, 
    set forth pension and postretirement obligations and plan assets 
    for the Company's defined benefit plans, based on a September 30 
    measurement date, as of December 31:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   Pension Benefits   Other Benefits
                                   ----------------   --------------
                                     1998     1997     1998     1997
                                     ----     ----     ----     ----
    <S>                            <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
    Change in benefit obligation:
    Benefit obligation as of 
     January 1                     $ 391.8  $ 233.8  $ 175.3  $  71.8
    Service cost                      10.6     13.0      2.6      1.9
    Interest cost                     27.5     18.3     11.0      5.3
    Plan amendment                     6.1      2.9      4.1        -
    Effect of settlements            (31.0)       -        -        -
    Actuarial loss                    41.3      0.7     17.2      2.0
    Benefits paid                    (48.1)   (13.6)    (9.1)    (2.3)
    Acquisitions                      36.4    136.7        -     96.6
    Other                             (1.2)       -     (3.3)       - 
    Curtailments                      (7.0)       -        -        -
                                   -------  -------  -------  -------

<PAGE>

    Benefit obligation as of 
     December 31                   $ 426.4  $ 391.8  $ 197.8  $ 175.3
                                   =======  =======  =======  =======
    Change in plan assets:				
    Fair value as of January 1     $ 380.8  $ 190.2  $     -  $     -
    Actual return                      0.5     29.5        -        -
    Company contribution              37.5     11.2      9.1      2.3
    Effect of settlements            (57.9)       -        -        -
    Acquisitions                      38.1    154.5        -        -
    Asset transfer                       -      9.0        -        -
    Benefits paid                    (48.1)   (13.6)    (9.1)    (2.3)
                                   -------  -------  -------  -------
    Fair value as of December 31   $ 350.9  $ 380.8  $     -  $     -
                                   =======  =======  =======  =======

    Funded status of the plan      $ (75.5) $ (11.0) $(197.8) $(175.3)
    Unrecognized net (gain) loss      74.5      1.5      7.4    (11.2)
    Unrecognized transition 
     liability (asset)                20.7     (1.3)    (1.6)    (1.7)
    Unrecognized prior service cost   (0.5)    17.0     (5.3)   (10.2)
                                   -------  -------  -------  -------
    Prepaid (accrued) benefit cost $  19.2  $   6.2  $(197.3) $(198.4)
				
    Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheet:
    Prepaid benefit cost           $  69.7  $  63.1  $  17.1  $  17.9
    Accrued benefit liability        (64.8)   (64.8)  (214.4)  (216.3)
    Intangible asset                  14.3      7.9        -        -
                                   -------  -------  -------  -------
    Total recognized               $  19.2  $   6.2  $(197.3) $(198.4)
                                   =======  =======  =======  =======
</TABLE>

    The acquisition amounts relate to pension and postretirement 
    liabilities and assets assumed in conjunction with the Harris 
    Acquisition in April 1998, and the FTX Merger which occurred in 
    December 1997.   See Note 2, "Acquisitions" and Note 3, "Non-
    Recurring Charges." 

<PAGE>

    Amounts applicable to the Company's pension plan with accumulated 
    benefit obligations in excess of plan assets are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        1998        1997
                                        ----        ----
    <S>                               <C>         <C>
    Projected benefit obligation      $  191.4    $  113.6
    Accumulated benefit obligation    $  147.0    $   81.3
    Fair value of plan assets         $   96.3    $   35.3

</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   Pension Benefits   Other Benefits
                                   ----------------   --------------
                                     1998    1997      1998    1997
                                     ----    ----      ----    ----
    <S>                              <C>     <C>       <C>     <C>
    Actuarial assumptions:				
    Discount rate                    7.0%    7.5%      7.0%    7.5%
    Expected return on plan assets   9.9%    9.6%        -       -
    Rate of compensation increase    5.0%    5.1%        -       -

</TABLE>

    For measurement purposes, a 7.4 percent annual rate of increase in 
    the per capita cost of covered pre-65 health care benefits was 
    assumed for 1998 decreasing gradually to 4.7 percent in 2004 and 
    thereafter; and a 7.5 percent annual rate of increase in the per 
    capita cost of covered post-65 health care benefits was assumed for 
    1998 decreasing gradually to 5.0 percent in 2004.

<PAGE>

    The components of net pension and other benefits expense were:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             Pension Benefits      Other Benefits
                            ------------------   ------------------
                            1998   1997   1996   1998   1997   1996
                            ----   ----   ----   ----   ----   ----
    <S>                    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>
    Service cost for 
     benefits earned 
     during the year       $ 10.6 $ 13.0 $ 13.5 $  2.6 $  1.9 $  1.7
    Interest cost on 
     projected benefit
     obligation              27.5   18.3   16.8   11.0    5.3    5.2
    Return on plan assets   (33.5) (18.1) (16.8)     -      -      -
    Net amortization and 
     deferral                 2.8    2.8    2.6   (1.4)  (1.8)  (1.8)
    Curtailments and 
     settlements             19.4    2.8      -    0.5      -      -
                           ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
    Net pension and other 
     benefits expense      $ 26.8 $ 18.8 $ 16.1 $ 12.7 $  5.4 $  5.1
                           ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ======
</TABLE>

    The curtailment and settlement charges included in the tables above 
    were primarily recorded as part of the Restructuring Charge.  See 
    Note 3, "Non-Recurring Charges."

    The assumed health care cost trend rate has a significant effect on 
    the amounts reported.  A one-percentage-point change in the assumed 
    health care cost trend rate would have the following effects:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                  One Percentage      One Percentage
                                  Point Increase      Point Decrease
		                        --------------      --------------
    <S>                           <C>                 <C>
    Effect on total service and 
     interest cost components         $ 0.7              $ (0.6)
    Effect on postretirement 
     benefit obligation               $10.8              $(10.2)

</TABLE>

<PAGE>

    The Company also has defined contribution pension and 401K 
    investment savings plans (Plans) for certain of its employees in 
    the United States and Canada.  Under each of the Plans, 
    participants are permitted to defer a portion of their 
    compensation.  Company contributions to the Plans are based on a 
    percentage of employee contributions.  In 1998, the Company added a 
    profit sharing feature to the Plans for salaried and non-union 
    hourly employees as a replacement for traditional pension plans.  
    The Company contribution is based on the employee's age and pay and 
    the Company's financial performance.  The expense attributable to 
    these plans was $18.1 million, $8.5 million and $6.4 million in 
    1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

    In addition, the Company provides benefits such as workers' 
    compensation and disability to certain former or inactive employees 
    after employment but before retirement.  

16. INCOME TAXES

    Two of the Company's three potash operations that are subject to 
    Canadian taxes, IMC Kalium Canada Ltd. and IMC Central Canada 
    Potash Inc., are included in the consolidated United States federal 
    income tax return filed by the Company.

    Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary 
    differences between the amounts of assets and liabilities for 
    accounting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes.

    Significant components of the Company's deferred tax liabilities 
    and assets as of December 31 were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   1998       1997
                                                   ----       ----
    <S>                                          <C>        <C>
    Deferred tax liabilities:		
      Property, plant and equipment              $ 824.2    $ 433.4
      Other liabilities                            132.1      114.8
                                                 -------    -------
        Total deferred tax liabilities             956.3      548.2

<PAGE>
		
    Deferred tax assets:		
      Alternative minimum tax credit 
       carryforwards                               137.4      124.4
      Net operating loss carryforward               96.7          -
      Postretirement and postemployment benefits    45.8       43.1
      Foreign tax credit carryforward               24.6       30.6
      Sterlington litigation settlement                -       22.4
      Reclamation and decommissioning accruals      22.3       23.8
      Sale of AgriBusiness business unit            20.0          -
      Restructuring charges                         58.1        9.5
      Purchase accounting adjustments related
       to Harris Acquisition                        28.2          -
      Other assets                                 107.8       61.4
                                                 -------    -------
        Subtotal                                   540.9      315.2
      Valuation allowance                           60.1       37.3
                                                 -------    -------
        Total deferred tax assets                  480.8      277.9
                                                 -------    -------
        Net deferred tax liabilities             $ 475.5    $ 270.3
                                                 =======    =======
</TABLE>

    As of December 31, 1998, the Company had alternative minimum tax 
    credit carryforwards of approximately $137.4 million, net operating 
    loss carryforwards in the amount of $229.6 million, foreign tax 
    credit carryforwards in the amount of $24.6 million, investment tax 
    credit and other general business credit carryforwards in the 
    amount of $10.7 million, and a carryover of charitable 
    contributions in the amount of $17.8 million.

    The alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards can be carried 
    forward indefinitely.  The net operating loss carryforwards have 
    expiration dates ranging from 2005 through 2013.  The foreign tax 
    credit carryforward will expire in 2001 to the extent it remains 
    unutilized.  The investment tax credit and other general business 
    credit carryforwards have expiration dates ranging from 1999 
    through 2008.  The charitable contributions carryover has 
    expiration dates ranging from 1999 through 2001.

    Due to the uncertainty of the realization of certain tax 
    carryforwards, the Company has established a valuation allowance 
    against these carryforward benefits in the amount of $60.1 million.

<PAGE>

    Some of these carryforward benefits may be subject to limitations 
    imposed by the Internal Revenue Code.  Except to the extent that 
    valuation allowances have been established, the Company believes 
    these limitations will not prevent the carryforward benefits from 
    being realized.

    The provision for income taxes from continuing operations for the 
    years ended December 31 consisted of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                1998         1997          1996
                                ----         ----          ----
    <S>                       <C>          <C>           <C>
    Current:			
    Federal                   $  27.9      $  11.9       $  42.0
    State and local               1.9          3.7           2.2
    Foreign                      43.1         48.3          12.0
                              -------      -------       -------
                                 72.9         63.9          56.2
			
    Deferred:			
    Federal                     (20.7)       (37.0)          3.3
    State and local              (2.9)        (8.4)          0.7
    Foreign                      35.2         11.9          21.1
                              -------      -------       -------
                                 11.6        (33.5)         25.1
                              -------      -------       -------
                              $  84.5      $  30.4       $  81.3
                              =======      =======       =======
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

    The components of earnings from continuing operations including 
    non-recurring items and before income taxes and extraordinary items 
    and the effects of significant adjustments to tax computed at the 
    federal statutory rate were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              1998     1997     1996
                                              ----     ----     ----
    <S>                                      <C>      <C>      <C>
    Domestic earnings                        $(18.0)  $ (5.0)  $151.7
    Foreign earnings                          159.6    105.2     51.3
                                             ------   ------   ------
    Earnings from continuing operations 
     before income taxes 
     and extraordinary item                  $141.6   $100.2   $203.0
                                             ======   ======   ======
    Computed tax at the federal statutory 
     rate of 35%                             $ 49.6   $ 35.1   $ 70.9
    Foreign income and withholding taxes       40.9      4.9     11.3
    Percentage depletion in excess of basis   (26.6)    (9.5)    (9.0)
    Vigoro Merger expenses not deductible 
      for tax purposes                            -        -      7.1
    State income taxes, net of federal 
     income tax benefit                        (0.7)    (3.0)     1.9
    Benefit of foreign sales corporation       (4.4)    (5.6)    (3.9)
    Amortization of goodwill                    9.1        -        -
    Sale of Chemicals                          16.8        -        -
    Other items (none in excess of 5% of 
     computed tax)                             (0.2)     8.5      3.0
                                             ------   ------   ------
    Provision for income taxes               $ 84.5   $ 30.4   $ 81.3
                                             ======   ======   ======
    Effective tax rate                        59.6%    30.3%    40.0%
                                              =====    =====    =====
</TABLE>



<PAGE>

    The following supplemental information presents earnings from 
    continuing operations before income taxes and non-recurring charges 
    and the related reconciliation of the effective income tax rate 
    before the impact of such non-recurring charges:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             1998      1997      1996
                                             ----      ----      ----
    <S>                                    <C>       <C>       <C>
    Domestic earnings                      $ 203.6   $ 178.7   $ 236.6
    Foreign earnings                         159.6     105.2      51.3
                                           -------   -------   -------
    Earnings from continuing operations 
     before income taxes and non-recurring 
     and extraordinary items                 363.2     283.9     287.9
                                           -------   -------   -------
    Computed tax at the federal statutory 
     rate of 35%                             127.1      99.4     100.8
    Foreign income and withholding taxes      41.2       4.9      11.3
    Percentage depletion in excess of basis  (26.6)     (9.5)     (9.0)
    State income taxes, net of federal 
     income tax benefit                        6.0       4.0       4.4
    Benefit of foreign sales corporation      (4.4)     (5.6)     (3.9)
    Amortization of goodwill                   9.1         -         -
    Other items (none in excess of 5% of
     computed tax)                           (18.3)      8.7       2.7
                                           -------   -------   -------
    Provision for income taxes             $ 134.1   $ 101.9   $ 106.3
                                           =======   =======   =======
    Effective tax rate                       36.9%     35.9%     36.9%
                                             =====     =====     =====
</TABLE>

    United States income and foreign withholding taxes are provided on 
    the earnings of foreign subsidiaries that are expected to be 
    remitted to the extent that taxes on the distribution of such 
    earnings would not be offset by foreign tax credits.  The Company 
    has no present intention of remitting undistributed earnings of 
    foreign subsidiaries aggregating $228.9 million as of December 31, 
    1998, and, accordingly, no deferred tax liability has been 
    established relative to these earnings.  If these amounts were not 
    considered permanently reinvested, a deferred tax liability of 
    $40.2 million would have been required.

<PAGE>

    Income taxes paid, net of refunds received, were $84.9 million, 
    $51.6 million and $73.8 million for 1998, 1997 and 1996, 
    respectively.

17. CAPITAL STOCK

    Changes in the number of shares of common stock issued and in 
    treasury were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                1998          1997
                                                ----          ----
    <S>                                     <C>            <C>
    Common stock issued:		
     Balance, beginning of year             124,668,286    101,639,885
     Common stock issued                         10,033     22,737,681
     Stock options exercised                    394,492        290,720
                                            -----------    -----------
     Balance, end of year                   125,072,811    124,668,286
		
    Treasury common stock:		
     Balance, beginning of year              10,691,520      5,545,884
     Common stock issued                              -       (211,364)
     Restricted stock awards                    (53,000)             -
     Purchases                                  100,000      5,357,000
                                            -----------    -----------
     Balance, end of year                    10,738,520     10,691,520
                                            -----------    -----------
    Common stock outstanding, end of year   114,334,291    113,976,766
                                            ===========    ===========
</TABLE>
                                  
    In connection with the FTX Merger, each share of common stock of 
    FTX was exchanged for 0.90 share of the Company's common stock plus 
    one-third of a warrant, with each whole warrant entitling the 
    holder to purchase one share of the Company's common stock for 
    $44.50 per share.  As a result of the FTX Merger, 22.7 million 
    shares were issued at an average market price of $32.28 per share.  
    In addition, approximately 8.4 million warrants were issued, which 
    are publicly traded on the New York Stock Exchange and will expire 
    on the third anniversary of the FTX Merger.  These warrants were 
    valued at $3.56 per warrant and are convertible into approximately 
    8.4 million shares of common stock.  See Note 2, "Acquisitions."

<PAGE>

    Pursuant to a Shareholder Rights Plan adopted by the Company in 
    June 1989, a dividend of one preferred stock purchase right (Right) 
    for each outstanding share of common stock of the Company was 
    issued on July 12, 1989, to stockholders of record on that date.  
    Under certain conditions, each Right may be exercised to purchase 
    one two-hundredth of a share of Junior Participating Preferred 
    Stock, Series C, par value $1 per share, at a price of $75, subject 
    to adjustment.  This preferred stock is designed to participate in 
    dividends and vote on essentially equivalent terms with a whole 
    share of common stock.  The Rights generally become exercisable 
    apart from the common stock only if a person or group acquires 15 
    percent or more of the outstanding common stock or makes a tender 
    offer for 15 percent or more of the outstanding common stock.  Upon 
    the acquisition by a person or group of 15 percent or more of the 
    common stock, each Right will entitle the holder to purchase, at 
    the then-current exercise price of the Right, a number of shares of 
    common stock having a market value at that time of twice the 
    exercise price.  The Rights may be redeemed at a price of $0.005 
    per Right under certain circumstances prior to their expiration on 
    June 21, 1999.  No event during 1998 made the Rights exercisable.

18. STOCK PLANS

    The Company has various stock option plans (Stock Plans) under 
    which it may grant non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation 
    rights (SARs) and restricted stock awards to officers and key 
    managers of the Company, accounted for under APB Opinion No. 25, 
    "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees."  The Company also has a 
    non-qualified stock option plan for non-employee directors.  The 
    Stock Plans, as amended, provide for the issuance of a maximum of 
    10.6 million shares of common stock of the Company which may be 
    authorized but unissued shares or treasury shares.

    Under the terms of the Stock Plans, the option price per share may 
    not be less than 100 percent of the fair market value on the date 
    of the grant.  Stock options and SARs granted under the Stock Plans 
    extend for ten years and generally become exercisable either 50 
    percent one year after the date of the grant and 100 percent two 
    years after the date of the grant, or in one-third increments: 
    one-third one year after the date of the grant, two-thirds two 
    years after the date of the grant, and 100 percent three years 
    after the date of the grant.

<PAGE>

    In conjunction with the FTX Merger, outstanding FTX stock options 
    for officers and key managers were converted into options of the 
    Company to acquire approximately 1.4 million Company shares at a 
    weighted average exercise price of $25.02 per share.  Outstanding 
    FTX stock options for non-employee directors of FTX were converted 
    into options of the Company to acquire approximately 0.1 million 
    Company shares at a weighted average exercise price of $18.50 per 
    share.  Additionally, FTX SARs and stock incentive units (SIUs) 
    were converted into approximately 0.1 million Company SARs and 
    approximately 0.2 million Company SIUs based on the Company's 
    common stock at weighted average exercise prices of $15.63 and 
    $24.44 per share, respectively.  Due to change of control 
    provisions, all converted FTX options, SARs and SIUs were 
    considered fully vested at the date of the FTX Merger.  See Note 
    2, "Acquisitions."

    At the Company's 1996 Annual Meeting, the stockholders approved the 
    1996 long-term incentive plan which replaced a predecessor plan.  
    The new plan became effective in October 1996.  Under the plan, 
    officers and key managers may be awarded stock and/or cash upon 
    achievement of specified objectives over a three-year period ending 
    December 31, 1999.  Final payouts are made at the discretion of the 
    Compensation Committee of the Company's Board of Directors whose 
    members are not participants in the plan.  Approximately $7.5 
    million, $8.6 million and $4.4 million were charged to earnings in 
    1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively, for performance awards earned 
    for the relevant three-year period under the 1996 long-term 
    incentive plan.  

    Excluding the SARs and SIUs converted in conjunction with the FTX 
    Merger discussed above, there were no SARs granted in 1998, 1997 or 
    1996.  For the SARs, a total of 69,357 shares, 8,525 shares and 
    26,775 shares were exercised in 1998, 1997  and 1996, respectively.  
    For the SIUs, a total of 49,663 shares were exercised in 1998.  
    There were no exercises during 1997 or 1996, as SIUs did not exist 
    at the Company prior to the FTX Merger.  When exercised, all SARs 
    and SIUs are settled with cash payments to employees.

<PAGE>

    The following table summarizes stock option activity:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               1998               1997                1996
                        -----------------   ----------------    -----------------
                                 Weighted            Weighted            Weighted
                                  Average             Average             Average
                                 Exercise            Exercise            Exercise
                        Shares     Price    Shares     Price     Shares    Price
                        ------     -----    ------     -----     ------    -----
    <S>               <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>      <C>        <C>    
    Outstanding at 
      January 1       5,972,350  $  29.05  3,805,519  $ 27.33  3,816,654  $ 22.98
        Granted       2,008,245     28.61  1,222,219    37.63    841,500    40.78
        Exercised       350,966     18.12    297,162    18.88    670,727    19.02
       Cancelled        274,813     33.28    161,419    36.68    181,908    29.13
       Converted FTX 
        options               -         -  1,403,193    25.02          -        -
                      ---------  --------  ---------  -------  ---------   ------
						
    Outstanding at 
     December 31      7,354,816  $  29.30  5,972,350  $ 29.05  3,805,519  $ 27.33
                      =========  ========  =========  =======  =========  =======
    Exercisable at 
     December 31      4,530,065  $  27.91  4,216,057  $ 25.26  2,294,731  $ 21.92

    Available for 
     future grant 
     at December 31     574,338            2,307,770           3,368,570

</TABLE>

<PAGE>

    Data related to significant option ranges, weighted average 
    exercise prices and contract lives as of December 31, 1998 
    follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                 Options Outstanding       Options Exercisable
                        ---------------------------------  -------------------
                                     Weighted
                                      Average   Weighted             Weighted
                                     Remaining   Average              Average
         Range of         Number    Contractual Exercise    Number   Exercise
      Exercise Prices   of Options      Life      Price    Of Options   Price
     ----------------   ----------  ------------ --------  ---------- --------
     <S>              <C>         <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>
    $10.17 to 16.50     413,862   4 years   $ 16.07     413,862  $16.07
    $16.51 to 24.16   1,718,189   4 years     19.34   1,210,189   19.82
    $24.17 to 37.13   2,925,198   4 years     29.59   1,700,964   28.60
    $37.14 to 40.88   2,297,567   7 years     38.75   1,205,050   39.14
                      ---------                       ---------
    $10.17 to 40.88   7,354,816   5 years   $ 29.30   4,530,065  $27.91
                      =========                       =========
</TABLE>

    The assumption regarding the stock options contractual life was 
    that 100 percent of such options vested in the first year after 
    issuance rather than ratably according to the applicable vesting 
    period as provided by the terms of the grants.

<PAGE>

    If the Company's stock option plans' compensation cost had been 
    determined based on the fair value at the grant date for awards 
    beginning in 1995, consistent with the provisions of SFAS No. 123 
    "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation," the Company's net 
    earnings and earnings per share would have been reduced to the 
    following pro forma amounts:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                      1998       1997        1996
                                      ----       ----        ----
    <S>                             <C>        <C>         <C>
    Net earnings (loss):			
     As reported                    $  (9.0)   $  62.9     $ 127.1
     Pro forma                        (16.5)      51.4       123.6
			
    Net earnings (loss) per share:			
     Basic                          $ (0.08)   $  0.67      $ 1.37
     Pro forma-basic                  (0.14)      0.55        1.33
     Diluted                          (0.08)      0.67        1.31
     Pro forma-diluted                (0.14)      0.54        1.27

</TABLE>

    For the pro forma disclosures, the estimated fair value of the 
    options is amortized to expense over their expected six-year life.  
    These pro forma amounts are not indicative of anticipated future 
    disclosures because SFAS No. 123 does not apply to grants before 
    1995.

    Weighted average fair values of options as of their grant date 
    during 1998, 1997 and 1996 were $9.82, $12.74 and $14.61, 
    respectively.  The fair value of these options was estimated at the 
    date of grant using the Black Scholes option pricing model using 
    the following weighted average assumptions:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                              1998     1997     1996
                                              ----     ----     ----
    <S>                                      <C>      <C>      <C>
    Expected dividend yield                    0.90%    0.85%    0.85%
    Expected stock price volatility            29.1%    25.0%    26.0%
    Risk-free interest rate 
     (7 year government)                        4.7%     5.8%     6.3%
    Expected life of options                 6 years  6 years  6 years

</TABLE>

<PAGE>

    Because the Company's employee stock options have characteristics 
    significantly different from those of traded options, and because 
    changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially affect 
    the fair value estimate, in management's opinion the existing 
    models do not provide a reliable single measure of the value of the 
    employee stock options.

19. COMMITMENTS

    The Company purchases natural gas, ammonia, electricity and
    coal from third parties under contracts extending, in some 
    cases, for multiple years.  Purchases under these contracts are 
    generally based on prevailing market prices.  These contracts 
    generally range from one to four years. The Company has entered 
    into a third-party sulphur purchase commitment, the term of which 
    is indeterminable.  Therefore, the dollar value of the sulphur 
    commitments has been excluded from the schedule below after the 
    year 2003.

    The Company leases plants, warehouses, terminals, office 
    facilities, railcars and various types of equipment under operating 
    and capital leases.  Lease terms generally range from three to five 
    years, although some leases have longer terms.

    A schedule of future minimum long-term purchase commitments and 
    minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating and capital 
    leases as of December 31, 1998 follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       Purchase  Operating  Capital
                                      Commitments  Leases    Leases
                                      -----------  ------    ------
    <S>                                <C>        <C>       <C>	
    1999                               $  410.1   $  37.6   $   5.8
    2000                                  228.7      32.9       3.8
    2001                                  203.9      30.6       2.6
    2002                                  172.8      23.5       0.5
    2003                                  173.0      22.6       0.5
    Subsequent years                      126.5     135.1       1.1
                                       --------   -------   -------
                                       $1,315.0   $ 282.3   $  14.3
                                       ========   =======
    Less: Amount representing interest                          1.7
                                                            -------
    Present value of minimum capital 
     lease payments                                         $  12.6
                                                            =======
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

    Assets recorded under capital leases are included in machinery and 
    equipment in Property, plant and equipment, net in the Company's 
    Consolidated Balance Sheet and were $21.6 million at December 31, 
    1998.  Capital leases for 1997 were not significant to the Company.

    Rental expense for 1998, 1997 and 1996 amounted to $54.5 million, 
    $35.0 million and $31.5 million, respectively.

    International Minerals & Chemical (Canada) Global Limited is 
    committed under a service agreement with Potash Corporation of 
    Saskatchewan Inc. (PCS) to produce annually from mineral reserves 
    specified quantities of potash for a fixed fee plus a pro rata 
    share of total production and capital costs at the potash mines 
    located at Esterhazy, Saskatchewan.  The agreement extends through 
    June 30, 2001 and is renewable at the option of PCS for five 
    additional five-year periods.  Potash produced for PCS amounts to 
    an annual minimum of approximately 0.5 million tons, but no more 
    than approximately 1.1 million tons.  During 1998, production of 
    potash for PCS amounted to 598,359 tons, or 16 percent of the 
    Esterhazy mine's total tons produced.

    In conjunction with the FTX Merger, the Company, through its 
    interest in PLP, participates in the Exploration Program.  In 
    accordance with the Exploration Program, PLP, MMR and the 
    Investor fund 56.4 percent, 37.6 percent and 6.0 percent, 
    respectively, of the exploration costs.  As of December 31, 1998,  
    PLP's total exploration spending-to-date was approximately $70.0 
    million.  All revenue and other costs are allocated 47.0 percent to 
    PLP, 48.0 percent to MMR and 5.0 percent to the Investor.

    In November 1998, Phosphate Chemicals Export Association, Inc. 
    (PhosChem), of which the Company's IMC-Agrico joint venture is a 
    member, reached a two-year agreement through the year 2000 to 
    supply DAP to the China National Chemicals Import and Export 
    Corporation (Sinochem).  This agreement provides Sinochem with an 
    option to extend the agreement to December 31, 2002.  Sinochem is a 
    state company with government authority for the import of 
    fertilizers into China.  Under the contract's terms, Sinochem will 
    receive monthly shipments at prices reflecting the market at the 
    time of shipment. 

<PAGE>

20. CONTINGENCIES

    Mining Risks
    Since December 1985, the Company has experienced an inflow of water 
    into one of its two interconnected potash mines located at 
    Esterhazy, Saskatchewan.  As a result, the Company has incurred 
    expenditures, certain of which due to their nature have been 
    capitalized while others have been charged to expense, to control  
    the inflow.  Since the initial discovery of the inflow, the Company 
    has been able to meet all sales obligations from production at the 
    mines.  The Company has considered, and continues to evaluate, 
    alternatives to the operational methods employed at Esterhazy.  
    However, the procedures utilized to control the water inflow have 
    proven successful to date, and the Company currently intends to 
    continue conventional shaft mining.  Despite the relative success 
    of these measures, there can be no assurance that the amounts 
    required for remedial efforts will not increase in future years or 
    that the water inflow, risk to employees or remediation costs will 
    not increase to a level which would cause the Company to change its 
    mining process or abandon the mines.

    Sterlington Litigation
    In early 1998, the Company entered into a Preliminary Settlement  
    Agreement with the plaintiffs in connection with the Louisiana 
    class action arising out of a May 1991 explosion at a 
    nitroparaffins plant located in Sterlington, Louisiana.  The 
    Preliminary Settlement Agreement settles all claims that members of 
    the class have against the Company and releases the Company from 
    further potential liabilities based on the claims of the members of 
    the class.  In January 1999, the court held a hearing on the 
    fairness of the preliminary Settlement Agreement.  In February 
    1999, the court entered a written order approving the Settlement 
    Agreement.  The Company also has settled all the known claims of 
    individuals and entities who opted out of the Louisiana class 
    action.  Settlement of the Louisiana third-party claims is intended 
    to resolve the Company's known potential future liabilities in 
    connection with the Sterlington explosion.  In addition, the 
    settlement is intended to protect the Company from the remaining 
    claims for contribution and indemnity filed by ANGUS Chemical 
    Company and the other remaining defendants with respect to the 
    Sterlington explosion.

<PAGE>

    Potash Antitrust Litigation
    The Company was a defendant, along with other Canadian and United 
    States potash producers, in a class action antitrust lawsuit filed 
    in federal court in 1993.  The plaintiffs alleged a price-fixing 
    conspiracy among North American potash producers beginning in 1987 
    and continuing until the filing of the complaint.  The class action 
    complaint against all defendants, including the Company, was 
    dismissed by summary judgment in January 1997.  The summary 
    judgment dismissing the case is currently on appeal by the 
    plaintiffs to the United States Court of Appeals for the Eighth 
    Circuit (Court of Appeals).  The Court of Appeals is expected to 
    rule during calendar 1999.

    In addition, in 1993 and 1994, class action antitrust lawsuits with 
    allegations similar to those made in the federal case were filed 
    against the Company and other Canadian and United States potash 
    producers in state courts in Illinois and California.  The Illinois 
    case was dismissed for failure to state a claim.  In the California 
    litigation, all proceedings have been stayed pending the decision 
    of the Court of Appeals.

    FTX Merger Litigation
    In August 1997, five identical class action lawsuits were filed in 
    Chancery Court in Delaware by unitholders of PLP.  Each case named 
    the same defendants and broadly alleged that FTX and FMRP Inc. 
    (FMRP) had breached fiduciary duties owed to the public unitholders 
    of PLP.  The Company was alleged to have aided and abetted these 
    breaches of fiduciary duty.

    In November 1997, an amended class action complaint was filed with 
    respect to all cases.  The amended complaint named the same 
    defendants and raised the same broad allegations of breaches of 
    fiduciary duty against FTX and FMRP for allegedly favoring the 
    interests of FTX and FTX's common stockholders in connection with 
    the FTX Merger.  The plaintiffs claimed specifically that, by 
    virtue of the FTX Merger, the public unitholders' interests in 
    PLP's ownership of IMC-Agrico would become even more subject to the 
    dominant interest of the Company.  The amended complaint seeks 
    certification as a class action and an injunction against the 
    proposed FTX Merger or, in the alternative, rescissionary damages.   
    The defendants' moved the Court to dismiss the amended complaint in 
    November 1998.  The plaintiffs have until March 1999 to file 
    their response.  IMC intends to defend this action vigorously.

<PAGE>

    In May 1998, IMC and PLP (collectively, Plaintiffs) filed a lawsuit 
    (IMC Action) in Delaware Chancery Court against certain former 
    directors of FTX (Director Defendants), and MOXY.  IMC alleges 
    that the Director Defendants, as the directors of PLP's 
    administrative managing general partner FTX, owed duties of loyalty 
    to PLP and its limited partnership unitholders.  IMC further 
    alleges that the Director Defendants breached their duties by 
    causing PLP to enter into a series of interrelated non-arm's-length 
    transactions with MOXY, an affiliate of FTX.  

    IMC also alleges that MOXY knowingly aided and abetted and 
    conspired with the Director Defendants to breach their fiduciary 
    duties.  On behalf of the PLP public unitholders, IMC seeks to 
    reform or rescind the contracts that PLP entered into with MOXY and 
    to recoup the monies expended as a result of PLP's participation in 
    those agreements.  The Director Defendants and MOXY have filed 
    motions to dismiss the Plaintiffs' claims. The defendants filed 
    their briefs in support of their motions in January 1999.  IMC 
    filed its amended complaint, and its responses to the motions to 
    dismiss in February 1999.  No trial date has been scheduled.  IMC 
    intends to pursue this action vigorously.

    In May 1998, Jacob Gottlieb filed an action (Gottlieb Action) on 
    behalf of himself and all other PLP unitholders against the 
    Director Defendants, MOXY and IMC asserting the same claims that 
    IMC asserts in the IMC Action.  Because IMC and PLP had already 
    asserted these claims, IMC has filed a motion to dismiss the 
    Gottlieb Action.  The court has not set a briefing schedule for 
    IMC's motion to dismiss.  IMC intends to defend this action 
    vigorously.

    Pine Level Property Reserves
    In October 1996, IMC-Agrico signed an agreement with Consolidated 
    Minerals, Inc. (CMI) for the purchase of real property, Pine Level, 
    containing approximately 100 million tons of phosphate rock 
    reserves.  In connection with the purchase, Phosphates has agreed 
    to obtain all environmental, regulatory and related permits 
    necessary to commence mining on the property.

<PAGE>

    Within five years from the date of this agreement, Phosphates is 
    required to provide notice to CMI regarding one of the following: 
    (i) whether they have obtained the permits necessary to commence 
    mining any part of the property; (ii) whether they wish to extend 
    the permitting period for an additional three years; or (iii) 
    whether they wish to decline to extend the permitting period.  If 
    the permits necessary to commence mining the property have been 
    obtained, Phosphates is obligated to pay CMI an initial royalty 
    payment of $28.9 million.  In addition to this royalty payment, 
    Phosphates is required to pay CMI a mining royalty on phosphate 
    rock mined from the property to the extent the permits are 
    obtained.

    Environmental Matters
    The Company's contingent environmental liability arises from three  
    sources:  facilities currently or formerly owned by the Company or 
    its predecessors; facilities adjacent to currently or formerly 
    owned facilities; and third-party Superfund sites. 

    At facilities currently or formerly owned by the Company or its 
    corporate predecesssors, including FTX, PLP and their corporate 
    predecessors, the historical use and handling of regulated chemical 
    substances, crop nutrient products and salt has resulted in soil 
    and groundwater contamination.  Spills or other unintended releases 
    of regulated substances have occurred previously at these 
    facilities, and potentially could occur in the future, possibly 
    requiring the Company to undertake or fund cleanup efforts.  At 
    some locations, the Company has agreed, pursuant to consent orders 
    with the appropriate governmental agencies, to undertake certain 
    investigations (which currently are in progress) to determine 
    whether remedial action may be required to address contamination.

    In a limited number of cases, the Company's current or former 
    operations also allegedly have resulted in soil or groundwater 
    contamination in neighboring areas.  For instance, three lawsuits 
    filed in 1998 in Louisiana contend that FTX's historic oil and gas 
    operations may have resulted in contamination at and damage to 
    neighboring marshland:  Terrebone Parish School Board v. Texaco 
    Inc.; Estate of Simoneaux v. Southern Natural Gas Co.; and Michael 
    X. St. Martin v. Quintana Petroleum Corp.  The suits seek 
    unspecified damages for restoration of the marshes to their "pre-
    leased," "pre-operational," or "natural" conditions.  Because the 
    suits are in the early stages, it is difficult to determine the 
    magnitude of exposure to the Company; however, the Company intends 
    to vigorously contest these actions.

<PAGE>

    Finally, the Superfund, and equivalent state statutes impose 
    liability without regard to fault or to the legality of a party's 
    conduct, on certain categories of persons that are considered to 
    have contributed to the release of "hazardous substances" into the 
    environment.  Currently, the Company is involved or concluding 
    involvement at less than twenty Superfund or equivalent state   
    sites.  

    With regard to these contingent environmental liabilities, it is 
    the Company's policy to accrue environmental investigatory and 
    non-capital remediation costs for identified sites when
    litigation has commenced or a claim or assessment has been 
    asserted or is probable and the likelihood of an unfavorable 
    outcome is probable.  In addition to these accrued amounts, 
    material expenditures could be required by the Company in the 
    future to remediate contamination at current or former sites or 
    neighboring off-site areas.  For other known sites, the
    Company estimates that any additional loss in excess of the 
    accrued amounts would not be material.  The Company cannot 
    determine the cost of any remedial action that ultimately may be 
    required at unknown sites, sites currently under investigation, 
    sites for which investigations have not been performed, or sites at 
    which unanticipated conditions are discovered.  The Company's 
    liability at the federal or state Superfund sites, either alone or 
    in the aggregate, is not currently expected to be material.

    The Company believes that, pursuant to several indemnification 
    agreements, it is entitled to at least partial, and in many 
    instances complete, indemnification for a portion of the costs that 
    may be expended by the Company to remedy environmental issues at 
    certain facilities.  These agreements address issues that resulted 
    from activities occurring prior to the Company's acquisition of 
    facilities or businesses from parties including PPG Industries, 
    Inc.; Kaiser Aluminum & Chemical Corporation; Beatrice Companies, 
    Inc.; Estech, Inc.; ARCO; Conoco; the Williams Companies; Kerr-
    McGee Inc.; and certain other private parties.  The Company has 
    already received and anticipates receiving amounts pursuant to the 
    indemnification agreements for certain of its expenses incurred to 
    date as well as any future anticipated expenditures.

<PAGE>

    Other
    Most of the Company's export sales of phosphate and potash crop 
    nutrients are marketed through two North American export 
    associations, PhosChem and Canpotex Limited (Canpotex).  As a 
    member, the Company is, subject to certain conditions, 
    contractually obligated to reimburse the export association for its 
    pro rata share of any losses or other liabilities incurred.  There 
    were no such operating losses or other liabilities in 1998, 1997 
    and 1996.

    The Company also has certain other contingent liabilities with 
    respect to litigation, claims and guarantees of debt obligations to 
    third parties arising in the ordinary course of business.  The 
    Company does not believe that any of these contingent liabilities 
    will have a material adverse impact on the Company's financial 
    position.

21. OPERATING SEGMENTS

    The Company's reportable segments are strategic business units that 
    offer different products and services.  They are managed separately 
    because each business requires different technology and marketing 
    strategies.  The Company's operations were restructured into a 
    decentralized organizational structure with five stand-alone 
    business units in July 1996.  

    As of December 31, 1998, the Company had four reportable segments: 
    Phosphates, Kalium, Salt and Chemicals. The Company produces and 
    markets phosphate crop nutrients through the Phosphates business 
    unit.  Potash crop nutrients, industrial grade potash and salt are 
    produced and marketed through the Kalium business unit. Salt 
    produces salt for use in road de-icing, food processing, water 
    softeners and industrial applications. Chemicals produces soda 
    and boron chemicals principally used in the manufacture of glass 
    and numerous industrial and specialty chemical products.  In 
    December 1998, a definitive agreement was signed to sell the 
    Chemicals business unit.  See Note 5, "Other Divestitures."

    The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those 
    described in the summary of significant accounting policies.  All 
    intersegment sales prices are market-based.  The Company evaluates 
    performance based on operating earnings of the respective business 
    units.

<PAGE>

    Segment information for the years 1998, 1997 and 1996 was as 
    follows(a):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                           1998
                   --------------------------------------------------
                        IMC-Agrico    IMC        IMC         IMC     
                        Phosphates   Kalium      Salt     Chemicals  Other(b)    Total
                      ----------------------------------------------------------
    <S>               <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>
    Net sales from 
     external 
     customers        $1,393.9  $  604.2  $  173.7  $  311.8  $  212.6  $2,696.2
    Intersegment 
     net sales           178.9      95.9       1.3         -       3.1     279.2
    Gross margins(c)     375.6     283.1      57.0      40.8       5.0     761.5
    Operating 
     earnings(d)         337.3     257.1      33.3      21.9     (68.6)    581.0
    Depreciation, 
     depletion and 
     amortization         84.5      54.0      26.5      38.0      48.7     251.7
    Total assets       1,792.2   1,364.9   1,119.3     617.7   1,562.8   6,456.9
    Capital 
     expenditures         76.2     159.7      28.1      17.6      86.0     367.6

                                                  1997
                   --------------------------------------------------
                        IMC-Agrico    IMC        IMC         IMC     
                        Phosphates   Kalium      Salt     Chemicals  Other(b)    Total
                      ----------------------------------------------------------
    Net sales from 
     external 
     customers        $1,312.5   $ 537.7   $     -  $      -  $  265.8  $2,116.0
    Intersegment 
     net sales           172.3      79.7         -         -      32.3     284.3
    Gross margins        298.7     237.7         -         -      38.5     574.9
    Operating 
     earnings(e)         257.4     214.8         -         -     (29.1)    443.1
    Depreciation, 
     depletion and 
     amortization        100.5      35.9         -         -      26.0     162.4
    Total assets       1,752.2     891.1         -         -   2,030.6   4,673.9
    Capital 
     expenditures         82.3     123.3         -         -      38.4     244.0

<PAGE>

                                                  1996
                   --------------------------------------------------
                        IMC-Agrico    IMC        IMC         IMC     
                        Phosphates   Kalium      Salt     Chemicals  Other(b)    Total
                      ----------------------------------------------------------

    Net sales from 
     external 
     customers        $1,492.5  $ 392.2   $     -   $      -  $  258.6  $2,143.3
    Intersegment 
     net sales           168.8     72.6         -          -     155.8     397.2
    Gross margins(f)     411.4    159.8         -          -      45.9     617.1
    Operating 
     earnings(g)         372.6    136.8         -          -     (24.7)    484.7
    Depreciation, 
     depletion and 
     amortization         96.3     30.1         -          -      27.2     153.6
    Total assets       1,670.8    697.4         -          -   1,117.0   3,485.2
    Capital 
     expenditures         84.1     83.3         -          -      41.6     209.0

    (a) The operating results and assets of Great Salt Lake Minerals 
        (included in Kalium), Salt and Chemicals, acquired 
        as part of the Harris Acquisition, and FTX, acquired as part of  
        the FTX Merger, are included in the segment information since 
        the dates of acquisition.  See Note 2, "Acquisitions."  The 
        operating results of AgriBusiness have not been included in the 
        segment information provided as this business has been 
        classified as discontinued operations.    However, 
        AgriBusiness' assets have been included as part of total assets 
        in the Other column.  See Note 4, "Discontinued Operations."

    (b) Segment information below the quantitative thresholds are 
        attributable to two business units (Feed Ingredients 
        and IMC Vigoro) and corporate headquarters. IMC Vigoro was sold 
        in June 1998.  Corporate headquarters includes the 
        elimination of inter-business unit transactions, the goodwill 
        recorded as a result of the FTX Merger in 1997 and oil and gas 
        activities through its interest in PLP.  See Note 2, 
        "Acquisitions," Note 3, "Non-Recurring Charges" and Note 5, 
        "Other Divestitures." 

<PAGE>

    (c) Before non-recurring charges of $4.1 million related to the 
        sale of IMC Vigoro in June 1998 and $19.0 million related to 
        the Company-wide profit improvement program recorded in 
        December 1998.  See Note 3, "Non-Recurring Charges" and Note 5, 
        "Other Divestitures."

    (d) Before non-recurring charges of $14.0 million related to the 
        sale of IMC Vigoro in June 1998 and $195.1 million primarily 
        related to the Company-wide profit improvement program recorded 
        in December 1998.  See Note 3, "Non-Recurring Charges" and Note 
        5, "Other Divestitures."

    (e) Before a non-recurring charge of $183.7 million related to the 
        write-down of Main Pass.  See Note 2, "Acquisitions."

    (f) Before non-recurring charges of $20.8 million related to the 
        Vigoro Merger.  See Note 3, "Non-Recurring Charges."

    (g) Before non-recurring charges of $58.3 million related to the 
        Vigoro Merger.  See Note 3, "Non-Recurring Charges." 

</TABLE>

    Financial information relating to the Company's operations by 
    geographic area was as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 Net Sales(a)
                     ----------------------------------
                       1998         1997         1996
                       ----         ----         ----
    <S>              <C>          <C>          <C>
    United States    $1,277.9     $1,044.2     $  999.1
    China               406.2        459.6        485.0
    Other             1,012.1        612.2        659.2
                     --------     --------     --------
    Consolidated     $2,696.2     $2,116.0     $2,143.3
                     ========     ========     ========
                      
    (a) Revenues are attributed to countries based on location of 
        customer.  Sales through Canpotex, one of the Company's export 
        associations, have been allocated based on the Company's share 
        of total Canpotex sales.  Amounts reflect continuing operations 
        only.
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   Long-Lived Assets
                          -----------------------------------
                            1998         1997          1996
                            ----         ----          ----
    <S>                   <C>          <C>           <C>
    United States         $3,944.0     $3,233.2      $2,188.8
    Canada                   634.7        378.5         362.8
    Other                    395.6            -             -
                          --------     --------      --------
    Consolidated          $4,974.3     $3,611.7      $2,551.6
                          ========     ========      ========
</TABLE>

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
                       QUARTERLY RESULTS (UNAUDITED)
                  (In millions, except per share amounts)
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------
<CAPTION>
                                         Quarter(a)
                      ------------------------------------------------
                        First    Second    Third     Fourth     Year
                        -----    ------    -----     ------     ----
<S>                   <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
1998					
Net sales             $ 536.5   $ 793.4   $ 659.5   $ 706.8   $2,696.2
Gross margins           153.9     214.0     178.6     191.9      738.4
Earnings (loss) 
 from continuing 
 operations before 
 income taxes            84.3      87.8      75.2    (105.7)     141.6
Earnings (loss) 
 from continuing 
 operations              54.7      56.9      48.7    (103.2)      57.1
Earnings (loss) 
 before extraordinary 
 item                    48.0      87.0      37.8    (184.8)     (12.0)
Net earnings (loss)   $  45.3   $  87.0   $  36.9   $(178.2)  $   (9.0)
					
Basic earnings (loss) per share(b):					
Earnings (loss) from 
 continuing 
 operations           $  0.48   $  0.50   $  0.43   $ (0.90)  $   0.50
Earnings (loss) 
 from discontinued 
 operations             (0.06)     0.26     (0.10)    (0.71)     (0.61)
Extraordinary item - 
 debt retirement        (0.02)        -     (0.01)     0.06       0.03
                      -------   -------   -------   -------   --------
Net earnings (loss) 
 per share            $  0.40   $  0.76   $  0.32   $ (1.55)  $  (0.08)
                      =======   =======   =======   =======   ========

<PAGE>
				
Diluted earnings (loss) per share(b):					
Earnings (loss) 
 from continuing 
 operations           $  0.48   $  0.50   $  0.43   $ (0.90)  $   0.50
Earnings (loss) 
 from discontinued 
 operations             (0.06)     0.26     (0.10)    (0.71)     (0.61)
Extraordinary item - 
 debt retirement        (0.02)        -     (0.01)     0.06       0.03
                      -------   -------   -------   -------   --------
Net earnings (loss) 
 per share            $  0.40   $  0.76   $  0.32   $ (1.55)  $  (0.08)
                      =======   =======   =======   =======   ========

1997					
Net sales             $ 524.9   $ 558.4   $ 499.8   $ 532.9   $2,116.0
Gross margins           149.3     155.6     135.0     135.0      574.9
Earnings (loss) 
 from continuing 
 operations before
 income taxes            69.3      76.0      59.6    (104.7)     100.2
Earnings (loss) 
 from continuing
 operations              43.5      51.8      36.9     (62.4)      69.8
Earnings (loss) 
 before extraordinary 
 item                    39.1      88.3      26.7     (66.3)      87.8
Net earnings (loss)   $  39.1   $  85.0   $  26.7   $ (87.9)  $   62.9
					
Basic earnings (loss) per share(b):					
Earnings (loss) 
 from continuing 
 operations           $  0.46   $  0.55   $  0.40   $ (0.67)  $   0.74
Earnings (loss) 
 from discontinued 
 operations             (0.05)     0.39     (0.11)    (0.04)      0.19
Extraordinary item - 
 debt retirement            -     (0.03)        -     (0.23)     (0.26)
                      -------   -------   -------   -------   --------
Net earnings (loss) 
 per share            $  0.41   $  0.91   $  0.29   $ (0.94)  $   0.67
                      =======   =======   =======   =======   ========

<PAGE>
				
Diluted earnings (loss) per share(b):					
Earnings (loss) 
 from continuing 
 operations           $  0.46   $  0.55   $  0.39   $ (0.66)  $   0.74
Earnings (loss) 
 from discontinued 
 operations             (0.05)     0.38     (0.11)    (0.04)      0.19
Extraordinary item - 
 debt retirement            -     (0.03)        -     (0.23)     (0.26)
                      -------   -------   -------   -------   --------
Earnings (loss) 
 per share            $  0.41   $  0.90   $  0.28   $ (0.93)  $   0.67
                      =======   =======   =======   =======   ========

(a) All quarterly amounts have been restated to reflect AgriBusiness as 
    discontinued operations.
(b) Due to weighted average share differences, when stated on a quarter 
    and year-to-date basis, the earnings per share for the years ended 
    December 31, 1998 and 1997 do not equal the sum of the respective 
    earnings per share for the four quarters then ended.

</TABLE>

1998
All four quarters operating results for 1998 reflect the FTX Merger 
while second, third and fourth quarter operating results reflect the 
Harris Acquisition.  

Second quarter operating results include a non-recurring charge of $9.1 
million, or $0.08 per share, related to the sale of the IMC Vigoro 
business unit.

Fourth quarter operating results include after-tax charges of $114.2 
million, or $1.00 per share, related to a Company-wide profit 
improvement program and $48.7 million, or $0.42 per share, for the 
estimated loss on the divestiture of Chemicals.

1997
Fourth quarter operating results include an after-tax charge of $112.2 
million, or $1.19 per share, from charges related to the write-down of 
the Company's 25.0 percent ownership in the Main Pass sulphur, oil and 
gas joint venture in connection with the FTX Merger.



<PAGE>
<TABLE>
                           FIVE YEAR COMPARISON
                  (In millions, except per share amounts)
- - ----------------------------------------------------------------------
<CAPTION>
                                           Years ended December 31,
                            1998(a)(b)  1997(b)(c) 1996(b)(d)(e)  1995(d)   1994(d)(f)
                            ---------  --------- -----------  ------   ---------
<S>                         <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Statement of Operations Data(g):					
					
Net sales                   $2,696.2   $2,116.0   $2,143.3   $2,132.7   $1,675.2
Non-recurring charges          253.2      183.7       84.9          -          -
Earnings from continuing 
 operations before income 
 taxes                         141.6      100.2      203.0      307.9      180.9
Provision for income taxes      84.5       30.4       81.3      112.7       81.1
                            --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
Earnings from continuing 
 operations before 
 extraordinary item and 
 cumulative effect of 
 accounting change              57.1       69.8      121.7      195.2       99.8
Earnings (loss) from
 discontinued operations       (69.1)      18.0       13.5       23.8       24.4
Extraordinary item - 
 debt retirement                 3.0      (24.9)      (8.1)      (3.5)      (4.4)
Cumulative effect of 
 accounting change                 -          -          -          -       (5.9)
                            --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
Net earnings (loss)         $   (9.0)  $   62.9   $  127.1   $  215.5    $ 113.9
                            ========   ========   ========   ========    =======
					
Basic earnings (loss) per share:					
Earnings from continuing 
 operations before 
 extraordinary item and 
 cumulative effect of 
 accounting change          $   0.50   $   0.74   $   1.31   $   2.15    $  1.17
Earnings (loss) from 
 discontinued operations       (0.61)      0.19       0.15       0.26       0.29
Extraordinary item - 
 debt retirement                0.03      (0.26)     (0.09)     (0.04)     (0.05)
Cumulative effect of 
 accounting change                 -          -          -          -      (0.07)
                            --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
Net earnings (loss)         $  (0.08)  $   0.67   $   1.37   $   2.37    $  1.34
                            ========   ========   ========   ========    =======

<PAGE>
		
Diluted earnings (loss) per share:					
Earnings from continuing 
 operations before 
 extraordinary item and 
 cumulative effect of 
 accounting change          $   0.50   $   0.74   $   1.25   $   2.09   $   1.17
Earnings (loss) from 
 discontinued operations       (0.61)      0.19       0.14       0.25       0.28
Extraordinary item - 
 debt retirement                0.03      (0.26)     (0.08)     (0.04)     (0.05)
Cumulative effect of 
 accounting change                 -          -          -          -      (0.07)
                            --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
Net earnings (loss)         $  (0.08)  $   0.67   $   1.31   $   2.30   $   1.33
                            ========   ========   ========   ========   ========
					
Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):					
Total assets                $6,456.9   $4,673.9   $3,485.2   $3,521.8   $3,275.1
Working capital                577.5      389.1      582.6      507.6      355.2
Working capital ratio          1.6:1      1.6:1      2.7:1      2.0:1      1.9:1
Long-term debt, less 
 current maturities          2,638.7    1,235.2      656.8      741.7      699.1
Total debt                   3,047.0    1,424.1      711.9      889.5      791.2
Stockholders' equity         1,860.4    1,935.7    1,326.2    1,090.4      883.3
Total capitalization         4,907.4    3,359.8    2,038.1    1,979.9    1,674.5
Net debt/total 
 capitalization                62.1%      42.4%      34.9%      44.9%      47.2%
					
Other Financial Data:					
Cash provided by operating 
 activities                 $  269.1   $  563.4   $  486.7   $  513.8   $  403.2
Capital expenditures           367.6      244.0      209.0      146.0       97.7
Cash dividends paid             36.6       29.7       34.5       33.2       14.7
Dividends declared per share    0.32       0.32       0.32       0.31       0.19
Book value per share           16.28      16.98      13.80      11.25       9.20

(a) Non-recurring charges include the following: (i) $195.1 million, 
    $114.2 million after tax benefits, or $1.00 per share, resulting 
    from the Company-wide profit improvement program; (ii) $44.1 
    million, $48.7 million after tax expense, or $0.42 per share, due 
    to the estimated loss on disposal of Chemicals; and (iii) 
    $14.0 million, $9.1 million after tax benefits, or $0.08 per share, 
    as a result of the loss on sale of IMC Vigoro.
(b) See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of 
    acquisitions, divestitures, and non-recurring items.

<PAGE>

(c) Non-recurring charges of $183.7 million, $112.2 million after tax 
    benefits, or $1.19 per share, resulted from the write-down of the 
    historical carrying value of the Company's 25 percent interest in 
    Main Pass.
(d) Restated to reflect the Vigoro Merger which was accounted for as a 
    pooling of interests.
(e) Non-recurring charges of $84.9 million, $59.9 million after tax 
    benefits, or $0.62 per share, resulted from the restructuring of 
    the Company into a decentralized organizational structure with five 
    stand-alone business units immediately after the Vigoro Merger.
(f) Net earnings reflected the cumulative effect of adopting SFAS No. 
    112, "Employers' Accounting for Postemployment Benefits."
(g) Restated to reflect AgriBusiness as discontinued operations.

</TABLE>


















- - -----------------------------------
(a) Earnings from continuing operations before non-recurring charges, 
    minority interest, interest charges, taxes, depreciation and 
    amortization, and after Phosphate Resource Partners Limited 
    Partnership (PLP) distributions.




                                                          EXHIBIT 21


                    SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT


     Certain of IMC Global Inc.'s subsidiaries are listed below.  These 
subsidiaries are all included in the Company's consolidated financial 
statements, and collectively, together with IMC Global Inc., account 
for more than 90 percent of consolidated net sales, earnings from 
continuing operations before income taxes.


                                     Jurisdiction of          Percent
                                      Incorporation          Ownership
                                      -------------          ---------

IMC Global Operations Inc.              Delaware                100%
IMC-Agrico Company                      Delaware               53.5%
IMC Global Potash Holdings Inc.         Delaware                100%
International Minerals & Chemical
(Canada) Global Limited                 Canada                  100%
The Vigoro Corporation                  Delaware                100%
IMC AgriBusiness Inc.                   Delaware                100%
KCL Holdings, Inc.                      Delaware                100%
IMC Kalium Ltd.                         Delaware                100%
IMC Central Canada Potash Inc.          Delaware                100%
 VNH, Inc.                              Delaware                100%
IMC Nitrogen Company                    Delaware                100%
IMC Kalium Carlsbad Potash Company      Delaware                100%
IMC Kalium Canada Ltd.                  Canada                  100%
Western Ag-Minerals Company             Nevada                  100%
Phosphate Resource Partners Limited
 Partnership                            Delaware               51.6%
IMC Inorganic Chemicals Inc.            Delaware                100%
IMC Global Australia Pty. Ltd.          Australia               100%
 (Australia)

     A number of subsidiaries are not shown, but even as a whole they 
do not constitute a significant subsidiary.



                                                           EXHIBIT 23




                   CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

     We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following 
Registration Statements of IMC Global Inc. and in the related 
prospectuses of our report dated January 28, 1999 with respect to the 
consolidated financial statements of IMC Global Inc. incorporated by 
reference in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 
31, 1998.


                            Commission File No.

                        --------------------------
                        Form S-3          Form S-8
                        --------------------------
  
                        333-27287        333-00189
                        333-40377        333-00439
                        333-70797        333-22079
                                         333-22080
                                         333-38423
                                         333-40377
                                         333-40781
                                         333-40783
                                         333-56911
                                         333-59685
                                         333-59687
                                         333-70039
                                         333-70041




ERNST & YOUNG LLP
Chicago, Illinois
March 29,1999






                                                            EXHIBIT 24


                          POWER OF ATTORNEY


     The undersigned, being a Director and/or Officer of IMC Global 
Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), hereby constitutes and 
appoints Robert E. Fowler, Jr., Marschall I. Smith and Rose Marie 
Williams his or her true and lawful attorneys and agents, each with 
full power and authority (acting alone and without the other) to 
execute and deliver in the name and on behalf of the undersigned as 
such Director and/or Officer, the Annual Report of the Company on Form 
10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997 (the "Annual Report") 
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and to execute 
and deliver any and all amendments to the Annual Report for filing with 
the Securities and Exchange Commission; and in connection with the 
foregoing, to do any and all acts and things and execute any and all 
instruments which such attorneys and agents may deem necessary or 
advisable to enable the Company to comply with the securities laws of 
the United States.  The undersigned hereby grants unto such attorney 
and agents, and each of them, full power of substitution and revocation 
in the premises and hereby ratifies and confirms all that such 
attorneys and agents may do or cause to be done by virtue of these 
presents.

Dated this    th day of February, 1998.
           ---




- - -------------------------------
      Raymond F. Bentele


<PAGE>



                           POWER OF ATTORNEY


     The undersigned, being a Director and/or Officer of IMC Global 
Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), hereby constitutes and 
appoints Robert E. Fowler, Jr., Marschall I. Smith and Rose Marie 
Williams his or her true and lawful attorneys and agents, each with 
full power and authority (acting alone and without the other) to 
execute and deliver in the name and on behalf of the undersigned as 
such Director and/or Officer, the Annual Report of the Company on Form 
10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997 (the "Annual Report") 
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and to execute 
and deliver any and all amendments to the Annual Report for filing with 
the Securities and Exchange Commission; and in connection with the 
foregoing, to do any and all acts and things and execute any and all 
instruments which such attorneys and agents may deem necessary or 
advisable to enable the Company to comply with the securities laws of 
the United States.  The undersigned hereby grants unto such attorney 
and agents, and each of them, full power of substitution and revocation 
in the premises and hereby ratifies and confirms all that such 
attorneys and agents may do or cause to be done by virtue of these 
presents.

Dated this    th day of February, 1998.
           ---




- - -------------------------------
       Rod F. Dammeyer


<PAGE>


                         POWER OF ATTORNEY


     The undersigned, being a Director and/or Officer of IMC Global 
Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), hereby constitutes and 
appoints Robert E. Fowler, Jr., Marschall I. Smith and Rose Marie 
Williams his or her true and lawful attorneys and agents, each with 
full power and authority (acting alone and without the other) to 
execute and deliver in the name and on behalf of the undersigned as 
such Director and/or Officer, the Annual Report of the Company on Form 
10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997 (the "Annual Report") 
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and to execute 
and deliver any and all amendments to the Annual Report for filing with 
the Securities and Exchange Commission; and in connection with the 
foregoing, to do any and all acts and things and execute any and all 
instruments which such attorneys and agents may deem necessary or 
advisable to enable the Company to comply with the securities laws of 
the United States.  The undersigned hereby grants unto such attorney 
and agents, and each of them, full power of substitution and revocation 
in the premises and hereby ratifies and confirms all that such 
attorneys and agents may do or cause to be done by virtue of these 
presents.

Dated this    th day of February, 1998.
           ---




- - -------------------------------
      James M. Davidson


<PAGE>


                         POWER OF ATTORNEY


     The undersigned, being a Director and/or Officer of IMC Global 
Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), hereby constitutes and 
appoints Robert E. Fowler, Jr., Marschall I. Smith and Rose Marie 
Williams his or her true and lawful attorneys and agents, each with 
full power and authority (acting alone and without the other) to 
execute and deliver in the name and on behalf of the undersigned as 
such Director and/or Officer, the Annual Report of the Company on Form 
10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997 (the "Annual Report") 
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and to execute 
and deliver any and all amendments to the Annual Report for filing with 
the Securities and Exchange Commission; and in connection with the 
foregoing, to do any and all acts and things and execute any and all 
instruments which such attorneys and agents may deem necessary or 
advisable to enable the Company to comply with the securities laws of 
the United States.  The undersigned hereby grants unto such attorney 
and agents, and each of them, full power of substitution and revocation 
in the premises and hereby ratifies and confirms all that such 
attorneys and agents may do or cause to be done by virtue of these 
presents.

Dated this    th day of February, 1998.
           ---




- - -------------------------------
       Harold H. MacKay


<PAGE>



                         POWER OF ATTORNEY


     The undersigned, being a Director and/or Officer of IMC Global 
Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), hereby constitutes and 
appoints Robert E. Fowler, Jr., Marschall I. Smith and Rose Marie 
Williams his or her true and lawful attorneys and agents, each with 
full power and authority (acting alone and without the other) to 
execute and deliver in the name and on behalf of the undersigned as 
such Director and/or Officer, the Annual Report of the Company on Form 
10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997 (the "Annual Report") 
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and to execute 
and deliver any and all amendments to the Annual Report for filing with 
the Securities and Exchange Commission; and in connection with the 
foregoing, to do any and all acts and things and execute any and all 
instruments which such attorneys and agents may deem necessary or 
advisable to enable the Company to comply with the securities laws of 
the United States.  The undersigned hereby grants unto such attorney 
and agents, and each of them, full power of substitution and revocation 
in the premises and hereby ratifies and confirms all that such 
attorneys and agents may do or cause to be done by virtue of these 
presents.

Dated this    th day of February, 1998.
           ---




- - -------------------------------
       David B. Mathis


<PAGE>



                          POWER OF ATTORNEY


     The undersigned, being a Director and/or Officer of IMC Global 
Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), hereby constitutes and 
appoints Robert E. Fowler, Jr., Marschall I. Smith and Rose Marie 
Williams his or her true and lawful attorneys and agents, each with 
full power and authority (acting alone and without the other) to 
execute and deliver in the name and on behalf of the undersigned as 
such Director and/or Officer, the Annual Report of the Company on Form 
10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997 (the "Annual Report") 
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and to execute 
and deliver any and all amendments to the Annual Report for filing with 
the Securities and Exchange Commission; and in connection with the 
foregoing, to do any and all acts and things and execute any and all 
instruments which such attorneys and agents may deem necessary or 
advisable to enable the Company to comply with the securities laws of 
the United States.  The undersigned hereby grants unto such attorney 
and agents, and each of them, full power of substitution and revocation 
in the premises and hereby ratifies and confirms all that such 
attorneys and agents may do or cause to be done by virtue of these 
presents.

Dated this    th day of February, 1998.
           ---




- - -------------------------------
    Thomas H. Roberts, Jr.


<PAGE>



                          POWER OF ATTORNEY


     The undersigned, being a Director and/or Officer of IMC Global 
Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), hereby constitutes and 
appoints Robert E. Fowler, Jr., Marschall I. Smith and Rose Marie 
Williams his or her true and lawful attorneys and agents, each with 
full power and authority (acting alone and without the other) to 
execute and deliver in the name and on behalf of the undersigned as 
such Director and/or Officer, the Annual Report of the Company on Form 
10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997 (the "Annual Report") 
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and to execute 
and deliver any and all amendments to the Annual Report for filing with 
the Securities and Exchange Commission; and in connection with the 
foregoing, to do any and all acts and things and execute any and all 
instruments which such attorneys and agents may deem necessary or 
advisable to enable the Company to comply with the securities laws of 
the United States.  The undersigned hereby grants unto such attorney 
and agents, and each of them, full power of substitution and revocation 
in the premises and hereby ratifies and confirms all that such 
attorneys and agents may do or cause to be done by virtue of these 
presents.

Dated this    th day of February, 1998.
           ---




- - -------------------------------
     Joseph P. Sullivan


<PAGE>



                         POWER OF ATTORNEY


     The undersigned, being a Director and/or Officer of IMC Global 
Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), hereby constitutes and 
appoints Robert E. Fowler, Jr., Marschall I. Smith and Rose Marie 
Williams his or her true and lawful attorneys and agents, each with 
full power and authority (acting alone and without the other) to 
execute and deliver in the name and on behalf of the undersigned as 
such Director and/or Officer, the Annual Report of the Company on Form 
10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997 (the "Annual Report") 
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and to execute 
and deliver any and all amendments to the Annual Report for filing with 
the Securities and Exchange Commission; and in connection with the 
foregoing, to do any and all acts and things and execute any and all 
instruments which such attorneys and agents may deem necessary or 
advisable to enable the Company to comply with the securities laws of 
the United States.  The undersigned hereby grants unto such attorney 
and agents, and each of them, full power of substitution and revocation 
in the premises and hereby ratifies and confirms all that such 
attorneys and agents may do or cause to be done by virtue of these 
presents.

Dated this    th day of February, 1998.
           ---




- - -------------------------------
       Richard L. Thomas


<PAGE>



                           POWER OF ATTORNEY


     The undersigned, being a Director and/or Officer of IMC Global 
Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), hereby constitutes and 
appoints Robert E. Fowler, Jr., Marschall I. Smith and Rose Marie 
Williams his or her true and lawful attorneys and agents, each with 
full power and authority (acting alone and without the other) to 
execute and deliver in the name and on behalf of the undersigned as 
such Director and/or Officer, the Annual Report of the Company on Form 
10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997 (the "Annual Report") 
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and to execute 
and deliver any and all amendments to the Annual Report for filing with 
the Securities and Exchange Commission; and in connection with the 
foregoing, to do any and all acts and things and execute any and all 
instruments which such attorneys and agents may deem necessary or 
advisable to enable the Company to comply with the securities laws of 
the United States.  The undersigned hereby grants unto such attorney 
and agents, and each of them, full power of substitution and revocation 
in the premises and hereby ratifies and confirms all that such 
attorneys and agents may do or cause to be done by virtue of these 
presents.

Dated this    th day of February, 1998.
           ---




- - -------------------------------
       Billie B. Turner


<PAGE>



                           POWER OF ATTORNEY


     The undersigned, being a Director and/or Officer of IMC Global 
Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), hereby constitutes and 
appoints Robert E. Fowler, Jr., Marschall I. Smith and Rose Marie 
Williams his or her true and lawful attorneys and agents, each with 
full power and authority (acting alone and without the other) to 
execute and deliver in the name and on behalf of the undersigned as 
such Director and/or Officer, the Annual Report of the Company on Form 
10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997 (the "Annual Report") 
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and to execute 
and deliver any and all amendments to the Annual Report for filing with 
the Securities and Exchange Commission; and in connection with the 
foregoing, to do any and all acts and things and execute any and all 
instruments which such attorneys and agents may deem necessary or 
advisable to enable the Company to comply with the securities laws of 
the United States.  The undersigned hereby grants unto such attorney 
and agents, and each of them, full power of substitution and revocation 
in the premises and hereby ratifies and confirms all that such 
attorneys and agents may do or cause to be done by virtue of these 
presents.

Dated this    th day of February, 1998.
           ---




- - -------------------------------
     Donald F. Mazankowski


<PAGE>



                          POWER OF ATTORNEY


     The undersigned, being a Director and/or Officer of IMC Global 
Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), hereby constitutes and 
appoints Robert E. Fowler, Jr., Marschall I. Smith and Rose Marie 
Williams his or her true and lawful attorneys and agents, each with 
full power and authority (acting alone and without the other) to 
execute and deliver in the name and on behalf of the undersigned as 
such Director and/or Officer, the Annual Report of the Company on Form 
10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997 (the "Annual Report") 
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and to execute 
and deliver any and all amendments to the Annual Report for filing with 
the Securities and Exchange Commission; and in connection with the 
foregoing, to do any and all acts and things and execute any and all 
instruments which such attorneys and agents may deem necessary or 
advisable to enable the Company to comply with the securities laws of 
the United States.  The undersigned hereby grants unto such attorney 
and agents, and each of them, full power of substitution and revocation 
in the premises and hereby ratifies and confirms all that such 
attorneys and agents may do or cause to be done by virtue of these 
presents.

Dated this    th day of February, 1998.
           ---




- - -------------------------------
       Wendell F. Bueche


<PAGE>



                          POWER OF ATTORNEY


     The undersigned, being a Director and/or Officer of IMC Global 
Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), hereby constitutes and 
appoints Robert E. Fowler, Jr., Marschall I. Smith and Rose Marie 
Williams his or her true and lawful attorneys and agents, each with 
full power and authority (acting alone and without the other) to 
execute and deliver in the name and on behalf of the undersigned as 
such Director and/or Officer, the Annual Report of the Company on Form 
10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997 (the "Annual Report") 
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and to execute 
and deliver any and all amendments to the Annual Report for filing with 
the Securities and Exchange Commission; and in connection with the 
foregoing, to do any and all acts and things and execute any and all 
instruments which such attorneys and agents may deem necessary or 
advisable to enable the Company to comply with the securities laws of 
the United States.  The undersigned hereby grants unto such attorney 
and agents, and each of them, full power of substitution and revocation 
in the premises and hereby ratifies and confirms all that such 
attorneys and agents may do or cause to be done by virtue of these 
presents.

Dated this    th day of February, 1998.
           ---




- - -------------------------------
    Robert E. Fowler, Jr.


<PAGE>



                         POWER OF ATTORNEY


     The undersigned, being a Director and/or Officer of IMC Global 
Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), hereby constitutes and 
appoints Robert E. Fowler, Jr., Marschall I. Smith and Rose Marie 
Williams his or her true and lawful attorneys and agents, each with 
full power and authority (acting alone and without the other) to 
execute and deliver in the name and on behalf of the undersigned as 
such Director and/or Officer, the Annual Report of the Company on Form 
10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997 (the "Annual Report") 
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and to execute 
and deliver any and all amendments to the Annual Report for filing with 
the Securities and Exchange Commission; and in connection with the 
foregoing, to do any and all acts and things and execute any and all 
instruments which such attorneys and agents may deem necessary or 
advisable to enable the Company to comply with the securities laws of 
the United States.  The undersigned hereby grants unto such attorney 
and agents, and each of them, full power of substitution and revocation 
in the premises and hereby ratifies and confirms all that such 
attorneys and agents may do or cause to be done by virtue of these 
presents.

Dated this    th day of February, 1998.
           ---




- - -------------------------------
     Robert W. Bruce III


<PAGE>



                          POWER OF ATTORNEY


     The undersigned, being a Director and/or Officer of IMC Global 
Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), hereby constitutes and 
appoints Robert E. Fowler, Jr., Marschall I. Smith and Rose Marie 
Williams his or her true and lawful attorneys and agents, each with 
full power and authority (acting alone and without the other) to 
execute and deliver in the name and on behalf of the undersigned as 
such Director and/or Officer, the Annual Report of the Company on Form 
10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997 (the "Annual Report") 
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and to execute 
and deliver any and all amendments to the Annual Report for filing with 
the Securities and Exchange Commission; and in connection with the 
foregoing, to do any and all acts and things and execute any and all 
instruments which such attorneys and agents may deem necessary or 
advisable to enable the Company to comply with the securities laws of 
the United States.  The undersigned hereby grants unto such attorney 
and agents, and each of them, full power of substitution and revocation 
in the premises and hereby ratifies and confirms all that such 
attorneys and agents may do or cause to be done by virtue of these 
presents.

Dated this    th day of February, 1998.
           ---




- - -------------------------------
       Rene L. Latiolais


<PAGE>



                           POWER OF ATTORNEY


     The undersigned, being a Director and/or Officer of IMC Global 
Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), hereby constitutes and 
appoints Robert E. Fowler, Jr., Marschall I. Smith and Rose Marie 
Williams his or her true and lawful attorneys and agents, each with 
full power and authority (acting alone and without the other) to 
execute and deliver in the name and on behalf of the undersigned as 
such Director and/or Officer, the Annual Report of the Company on Form 
10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997 (the "Annual Report") 
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and to execute 
and deliver any and all amendments to the Annual Report for filing with 
the Securities and Exchange Commission; and in connection with the 
foregoing, to do any and all acts and things and execute any and all 
instruments which such attorneys and agents may deem necessary or 
advisable to enable the Company to comply with the securities laws of 
the United States.  The undersigned hereby grants unto such attorney 
and agents, and each of them, full power of substitution and revocation 
in the premises and hereby ratifies and confirms all that such 
attorneys and agents may do or cause to be done by virtue of these 
presents.

Dated this    th day of February, 1998.
           ---




- - -------------------------------
       James R. Moffett




<TABLE> <S> <C>


                                      
       
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                  <C>
<ARTICLE>                                            5
<MULTIPLIER>                                         1000
<PERIOD-TYPE>                                        YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                                    DEC-31-1998
<PERIOD-END>                                         DEC-31-1998
<CASH>                                                    24,900
<SECURITIES>                                              85,700
<RECEIVABLES>                                            427,900
<ALLOWANCES>                                               6,400
<INVENTORY>                                              580,600
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                         369,900
<PP&E>                                                 5,917,400
<DEPRECIATION>                                         2,220,000
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                         6,456,900
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                                    905,100
<BONDS>                                                2,638,700
<COMMON>                                                 125,000
                                          0
                                                    0
<OTHER-SE>                                             1,735,400
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                           6,456,900
<SALES>                                                2,696,200
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                       2,696,200
<CGS>                                                  1,957,800
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                          2,324,300
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                          54,300
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                               0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                       176,000
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                          141,600
<INCOME-TAX>                                              84,500
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                                       57,100
<DISCONTINUED>                                           (69,100)
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                            3,000
<CHANGES>                                                      0
<NET-INCOME>                                              (9,000)
<EPS-PRIMARY><F1>                                          (0.08)
<EPS-DILUTED><F1>                                          (0.08)

<FN>
<F1>
Earnings per share has been calculated in accordance with Statement of 
Financial Accounting Standard No. 128, "Earnings Per Share," and is, 
therefore, stated on a basic and diluted basis.
</FN>
        


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission